West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP) (Funded by the World Bank and AIIB) Environmental and Social Management Framework SPMU- WBMIFMP Irrigation & Waterways Directorate Government of West Bengal India West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP) (Funded by the World Bank and AIIB) Environmental and Social Management Framework SPMU- WBMIFMP Irrigation & Waterways Directorate Government of West Bengal India Table of Contents ABBREVIATION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1.1 OVERVIEW OF DAMODAR VALLEY COMMAND (DVC) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1.1.1 Irrigation System -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1.1.2 Flood Management ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1.2 OBJECTIVE OF THE WBMIFM PROJECT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1.3 PROJECT COMPONENT --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1.4 IMPLEMENTING AGENCY ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1.5 PROJECT COST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 1.6 PROJECT DURATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL CATEGORIZATION OF WBMIFMP ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 1.8 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ESMF ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 1.9 COMPONENTS OF THE ESMF -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1.10 METHODOLOGY OF ESMF DEVELOPMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1.10.1 Desk Review of Relevant Documents -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1.10.2 Field Visits ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1.10.3 Stakeholder Consultations ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1.10.4 Disclosure -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1.11 CHAPTERISATION& REPORT PRESENTATION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 CHAPTER 2: OVERVIEW OF APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORKS --------------------------------------- 10 2.1 NATIONAL POLICIES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 2.1.1 India’s Constitutional Provisions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 2.1.2 National Conservation Strategy & Policy on Environment & Development, 1992 ------------------------------- 10 2.1.3 National Environmental Policy, 2006 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 2.1.4 National Water Policy, 2012 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 2.1.5 National Agricultural Policy, 2002 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 2.1.6 National Policy of Farmers, 2007 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 2.1.7 National Policy for Women ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 2.1.8 Tribal Development and Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) Approach -------------------------------------------------------------- 13 2.2 STATE POLICY ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 2.2.1 State Environment Policy, 1985 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 2.3.1 National Standards --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 2.4 SOCIAL POLICIES AND REGULATIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 2.4.1 Memorandum of the Government of West Bengal ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 2.4.2 Land Acquisition Related Act / Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31 2.4.3 Panchayati Raj Act ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32 2.4.4 Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 ------------------------------------------------------------ 32 2.4.5 Forest Rights Act, 2006 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33 2.4.6 Constitutional Safeguard for Scheduled Tribes --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 2.4.7 The SCs and the STs (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989 --------------------------------------------------------------- 35 2.4.8 Agricultural Produce Market Committee Act, 2003---------------------------------------------------------------------- 36 2.5 WORLD BANK SAFEGUARD POLICIES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 37 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ASSESSMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 3.1 INTRODUCTION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 3.2 DISTRICT PROFILE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 3.2.1 Bankura ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 41 3.2.2 Bardhhaman ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42 3.2.3 Howrah ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 43 3.2.4 Hooghly ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 43 3.3 DEMOGRAPHY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 3.3.1 SC & ST Population in Project District ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 3.4 LITERACY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 3.5 WORKING POPULATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 45 3.6 LIVELIHOOD ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 3.7 MIGRATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47 3.8 HEALTH AND GENDER -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47 3.9 PHYSICAL FEATURES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 3.9.1 Climate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 3.9.2 Temperature ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 3.9.3 Rainfall ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 3.10 IRRIGATION STATUS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 3.10.1 Water Quality of Damodar River ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 51 3.11 LAND -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52 3.12 SOIL---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 3.12.1 Soil Type ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 3.12.2 Soil Degradation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55 3.12.3 Soil Drainage and Water Logging ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55 3.12.4 Soil Contamination ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 55 3.12.5 Sediment Contamination ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56 3.13 FLOODS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 56 3.14 GROUND WATER AVAILABILITY---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56 3.15 GROUND WATER QUALITY--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58 3.16 ECOLOGICAL PROFILE OF PROJECT AREA ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 59 3.16.1 District-wise biodiversity profile ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61 3.16.2 Forest Profile ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 62 3.16.3 Fisheries -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 3.17 AGRO-CLIMATIC ZONE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64 3.18 AGRICULTURE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 3.18.1 Operational Holding ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 3.18.2 Land Utilisation Pattern ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 3.18.3 Agricultural Crops ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66 3.19 AGRO-CHEMICAL USE -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67 3.19.1 Pesticides ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 67 3.19.2 Fertilizers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 68 3.20 PRESENCE OF INDUSTRY ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 70 CHAPTER 4: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 72 4.1 PRELIMINARY E&S IMPACT SCREENING FOR THE WBMIFMP------------------------------------------------------------------------ 73 4.2 CATEGORIZATION OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88 4.3 PROCEDURE FOR SCREENING OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90 4.3.1 Overview of the Process – From Screening to E&S Management Plans -------------------------------------------- 90 4.3.2. Details of the Screening Process ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 95 5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95 5.2 ANALYSIS OF ‘NO PROJECT’ SCENARIO -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95 CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ------------------------------------------------100 6.1 OBJECTIVE AND ELEMENTS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------100 6.2 APPLICATION OF ESMF -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------101 6.3 AVOIDANCE AND MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS -----------------------------------------------------------------------105 6.3.1 Avoidance (Non-Permissible Activities) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------105 6.3.2 Mitigation Measures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------106 6.4 LABOR INFLUX AND CONSTRUCTION WORKERS’ CAMP MANAGEMENT PLAN ------------------------------------------------------146 6.4.1 Key environmental and social aspects to be considered for preparation of a Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------146 6.4.2 Guidelines for locating Construction Worker’s Campsites ------------------------------------------------------------147 6.4.3 Sample Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Campsite Mana gement Plan --------------------------------148 6.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------152 6.5.1 Guidelines for Waste Management -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------152 6.5.2 Sample Waste Management Plan -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------156 CHAPTER 7: SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (SMF) -----------------------------------------------------------------------158 7.1 NEED FOR SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------158 7.2 OBJECTIVES OF SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK---------------------------------------------------------------------------------158 7.3 SOCIAL ASSESSMENT PROCESS----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------159 7.4 POTENTIAL IMPACT OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------159 7.4.1 Screening and Survey of Affected Households and Assets ------------------------------------------------------------159 7.4.2 Establishing Impacts ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------160 7.5 STAKEHOLDER’S CONSULTATIONS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------161 7.6 RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------161 7.6.1 Broad Principles ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------168 7.6.2 Definitions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------170 7.6.3 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------171 7.6.4 R &R Benefits for Project Affected Families -------------------------------------------------------------------------------172 7.6.5 Disclosure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------176 CHAPTER 8: STRATEGY AND PLAN FOR PROMOTION OF INTEGRATED PEST AND NUTRITION MANAGEMENT--177 8.1 OBJECTIVES OF IPNM-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------177 8.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT APPROACH --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------177 8.3 MAJOR ACTIVITIES UNDER IPNM PROMOTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------178 8.4 CAPACITY BUILDING ON IPNM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------178 8.5 MONITORING OF IPNM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------179 8.6 DETAILS ON INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------179 8.6.1 Monitoring Pest Populations -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------179 8.6.2 Selection of IPM Methods Based on Assessment of Economic Threshold Level ---------------------------------179 8.6.3 Criteria for Pesticide Selection and Use ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------180 8.6.4 Pesticide Storage, Handling and Disposal ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------180 8.6.5 Major Insect Pests by Cultivated Crops and IPM Strategy ------------------------------------------------------------183 8.7 DETAILS ON INTEGRATED NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ---------------------------------------------------------------------193 CHAPTER 9: GENDER EQUITY AND SOCIAL INCLUSION (GESI) ------------------------------------------------------------------195 9.1 POLICY PROVISIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------195 9.1.1 Fundamental Rights -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------195 9.1.2 Directive Principles of State Policy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------196 9.1.3 Fundamental Duties -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------196 9.1.4 Other Constitutional Provisions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------196 9.1.5 Specific Laws for Women ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------196 9.1.6 International Commitments ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------196 9.1.7 National Policy for Women ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------197 9.1.8 World Bank Approach ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------197 9.2 ISSUES OF SIGNIFICANCE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------197 9.2.1 Gender issues that have significance for the Project are; -------------------------------------------------------------198 9.2.2 General Check list ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------198 9.2.3 Core Requirement for Mainstreaming Gender ---------------------------------------------------------------------------199 9.2.4 Steps of Gender Mainstreaming ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------199 9.3 GENDER ACTION PLAN THROUGH THE PROJECT CYCLE -------------------------------------------------------------------------------199 9.4 MONITORING GENDER ACTION PLAN --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------200 9.5 IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------201 CHAPTER 10: TRIBAL PEOPLE’S PLANNING FRAMEWORK -------------------------------------------------------------------------202 10.1 OBJECTIVE OF TPPF ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------202 10.2 TRIBAL INCLUSION APPROACH ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------202 10.3 TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT AND INCLUSION FRAMEWORK --------------------------------------------------------------------------------204 10.3.1 Project Information Dissemination and Vulnerability Awareness Building -----------------------------------204 10.3.2 Ethnic Screening --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------204 10.3.3 Social Assessment (SA) and Free, Prior and Informed Consultations -------------------------------------------205 10.4 ENTITLEMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------205 10.5 TRIBAL PEOPLES PLANS (TPP) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------206 10.5.1 Suggested Format for IPDP ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------206 10.5.2 Key Elements of IPDP and Participatory Approach ------------------------------------------------------------------206 10.5.3 Approval and Disclosure ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------207 10.6 IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------207 10.7 MONITORING AND EVALUATION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------207 10.8 GENDER ISSUES AMONG TRIBES --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------208 CHAPTER 11: ESMF MONITORING AND EVALUATION FRAMEWORK -----------------------------------------------------------209 11.1 MONITORING AND AUDIT OF THE ESMF OF THE PROJECT AS A WHOLE -------------------------------------------------------------209 11.1.1 Monitoring of the ESMF implementation by the SPMU ------------------------------------------------------------209 11.1.2 Audit of the Environmental and Social Management in the Project --------------------------------------------210 11.2 MONITORING OF E & S MANAGEMENT ASPECTS IN PROJECT ACTIVITIES-------------------------------------------------------------210 11.2.1 Environmental and Social Management Aspects to be Monitored ---------------------------------------------210 11.2.2 Details on environmental aspects to be monitored -----------------------------------------------------------------211 11.2.3 Details on social aspects to be monitored -----------------------------------------------------------------------------213 11.2.4 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan for Project Activities ------------------------------------------------213 CHAPTER 12: CONSULTATION, INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM -------------217 12.1 STAKEHOLDER’S CONSULTATION ON ESMF -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------217 12.1.1 Stakeholder Identification and Analysis --------------------------------------------------------------------------------217 12.1.2 Stakeholder’s Consultation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------219 12.1.3 Stakeholder’s Concerns / Opinion ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------219 12.1.4 Issues of Significance for the Project ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------220 12.1.5 Issues addressed in ESMF --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------220 12.2 STAKEHOLDER’S CONSULTATION FRAMEWORK ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------222 12.3 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------224 12.3.1 Information Disclosure on ESMF -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------224 12.3.2 Information Disclosure Procedures --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------224 12.3.3 Information to be disclosed ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------225 12.4 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------226 CHAPTER 13: INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR IMPLEMENTATION ----------------------------------------------------------229 13.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT (PMC) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------230 13.1.1 Senior Safeguard Specialist at SPMU level (under PMC) -----------------------------------------------------------231 13.1.2 Junior Safeguard Specialist at DPMU level (under PMC) ----------------------------------------------------------231 13.2 M&E AGENCY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------231 13.3 CAPACITY BUILDING STRATEGY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------231 CHAPTER 14: BUDGET FOR ESMF IMPLEMENTATION -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------233 ANNEXURE- 1: INDICATIVE TOR FOR CONDUCTING ESIA STUDY FOR CATEGORY 1 ACTIVITIES --------------------------------------------- I ANNEXURE- 2: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR CATEGORY 2 ACTIVITIES ---------------------------------------------------------- IX ANNEXURE- 3: (A) FORMAT FOR MONITORING REPORT ON ESMF IMPLEMENTATION --------------------------------------------------- XII ANNEXURE- 4: FORMAT FOR AUDIT REPORT ON ESMF IMPLEMENTATION ------------------------------------------------------------- XVIII ANNEXURE- 5: TOR FOR POSITION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EXPERT AT SPMU AND DPMU ------------------------------------------------ XX 5.A Terms of Reference (TOR) for Senior Environmental Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project ------------- XX 5.B Terms of Reference (TOR) for Environmental Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project -------------------- XXII 5.C Terms of Reference (TOR) for Senior Social Cum Gender Development Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project XXIV 5.D Terms of Reference (TOR) for Social Cum Gender Development Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project XXVI ANNEXURE- 6: GUIDANCE ON CHANCE FIND PROCEDURES------------------------------------------------------------------------------ XXVIII ANNEXURE- 7: REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT ASSESSMENT STUDY ON DAM SAFETY --------------------------------------------------- XXX ANNEXURE- 8: STAKE-HOLDER CONSULTATION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- XXXII ANNEXURE- 9: OUTLINE FOR PREPARATION OF MINUTES OF STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION MEETINGS ----------------------------- XXXVII ANNEXURE- 10: GUIDANCE TO ENSURE THE PARTICIPATION OF ALL ELIGIBLE FARMERS IN PROJECT ACTIVITIES ------------------ XXXIX ANNEXURE-11: COMPLAINT FORM -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------XL ANNEXURE-12: BLOCK WISE ST POPULATION PERCENTAGE IN PROJECT DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------- XLI ANNEXURE-13: MOM ON ESMF CONSULTATION WORKSHOP----------------------------------------------------------------------------- XLII List of Tables TABLE 1: SUB-COMPONENTS/ACTIVITIES UNDER IRRIGATION MODERNIZATION --------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 TABLE 2: SUB-COMPONENTS/ACTIVITIES UNDER IRRIGATION MANAGEMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 TABLE 3: SUB-COMPONENTS/ACTIVITIES UNDER FLOOD MANAGEMENT----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 TABLE 4: SUB-COMPONENTS/ACTIVITIES UNDER CROP DIVERSIFICATION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 TABLE 5: TYPE OF STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTED IN PROJECT DISTRICTS / BLOCKS --------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 TABLE 6: APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS AND SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT ---------------------------------------- 14 TABLE 7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 TABLE 8: NOISE STANDARD BY AREA ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 26 TABLE 9: NOISE STANDARD FOR THE CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 TABLE 10: BHARAT (CEV) STAGE II - III EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY ---------------------------------------- 27 TABLE 11: BHARAT (CEV) STAGE III USEFUL LIFE PERIODS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 27 TABLE 12: BHARAT (CEV/TREM) STAGE IV - V EMISSION STANDARDS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 27 TABLE 13: BHARAT (CEV/TREM) STAGE IV - V USEFUL LIFE PERIODS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 28 TABLE 14: GENERAL STANDARDS FOR DISCHARGE OF ENVIRONMENT POLLUTANTS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 28 TABLE 15: OPERATIONAL POLICIES AND ITS IMPLICATIONS FOR THE PROJECT ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 37 TABLE 16: CONSTITUENTS OF DAMODAR RIVER BASIN IN WEST BENGAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 TABLE 17: LAND UTILIZATION PATTERN OF BANKURA DISTRICT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42 TABLE 18: LAND UTILIZATION PATTERN OF BARDHHAMAN DISTRICT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 TABLE 19: LAND UTILISATION PATTERN OF HOWRAH DISTRICT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 TABLE 20: LAND UTILISATION PATTERN OF HOOGHLY DISTRICT------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 TABLE 21: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF WHOLE PROJECT DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 TABLE 22: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE SC & ST POPULATION CONCENTRATION ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 TABLE 23: LITERACY RATE IN PROJECT DISTRICT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 45 TABLE 24: WORKER AND NON-WORKER POPULATION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 TABLE 25: MALE WORK FORCE (MAIN AND MARGINAL)-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 TABLE 26: FEMALE WORK FORCE (MAIN AND MARGINAL) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 TABLE 27: DISTRICT WISE HEALTHCARE FACILITIES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47 TABLE 28: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE TEMPERATURE PROFILE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 48 TABLE 29: SEASON WISE AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 49 TABLE 30: MONTH WISE RAINFALL FROM 2013-17 IN BANKURA----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 TABLE 31: MONTH WISE RAINFALL FROM 2013-17 IN BARDHHAMAN ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 TABLE 32: MONTH WISE RAINFALL FROM 2013-17 IN HOOGHLY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 TABLE 33: MONTH WISE RAINFALL FROM 2013-17 IN HOWRAH ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 TABLE 34: IRRIGATION BY SOURCE IN PROJECT DISTRICTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 TABLE 35: SOURCE WISE WATER AVALABILITY IN DIFFRENT SEASON --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 TABLE 36: WATER QUALITY OF DAMODAR RIVER ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 TABLE 37: LAND UTILISATION PATTERN IN PROJECT DISTRICTS AND BLOCKS----------------------------------------------------------------------- 52 TABLE 38: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE MAJOR SOIL CLASS AND AREA COVERAGE ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 TABLE 39: SOILS UNDER LIMITING WATER LOGGING CLASSES--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55 TABLE 40: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE GROUND WATER RESOURCES AVAILABILITY, UTILIZATION AND STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT (AS ON 31ST MARCH 2013) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 56 TABLE 41: SOURCE WISE IRRIGATED AREA FROM GROUND WATER SOURCES------------------------------------------------------------------------ 57 TABLE 42: GROUND WATER QUALITY IN PROJECT DISTRICTS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 58 TABLE 43: GROUND WATER CONTAMINATION STATUS IN PROJECT DISTRICTS---------------------------------------------------------------------- 58 TABLE 44: ECOLOGICAL PROFILE OF PROJECT AREA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 61 TABLE 45: AREA UNDER FOREST IN PROJECT DISTRICT------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 62 TABLE 46: NEAR THREATENED FISH SPECIES IN DAMODAR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 63 TABLE 47: INLAND FISH PRODUCTION YEAR 2014-15 (IN TONS) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 64 TABLE 48: DISTRICTS BY AGRO-CLIMATIC ZONE AND MAIN CROPS GROWN ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 64 TABLE 49: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE LAND HOLDING STATUS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 65 TABLE 50: PROJECT DISTRICT WISE LAND USE PATTERN ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66 TABLE 51: CROPS GROWN IN PROJECT DISTRICT AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT CROPS ----------------------------------------------------------- 66 TABLE 52: PESTICIDE CONSUMPTION IN THE YEAR OF 2012 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67 TABLE 53: KEY PESTS BY CROP CATEGORIES IN PROJECT DISTRICTS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 67 TABLE 54: PESTICIDES IN USE BY THE FARMERS IN PROJECT DISTRICTS------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 68 TABLE 55: CONSUMPTION OF FERTILIZERS IN WEST BENGAL BY DISTRICT (IN MT) ---------------------------------------------------------------- 69 TABLE 56: CONSUMPTION OF FERTILIZER PER UNIT OF GROSS CROPPED AREA (KG. /HA.) ------------------------------------------------------- 69 TABLE 57: COMPONENT WISE INVESTMENT ACTIVITY ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 72 TABLE 58: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES (ORGANIZED BY PROJECT COMPONENTS) -------------------------- 74 TABLE 59: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF CONSTRUCTION RELATED ACTIVITIES------------------------------------------------------- 83 TABLE 60: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES (ORGANIZED BY ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RESOURCES) ----- 87 TABLE 61: SUB-COMPONENT/ ACTIVITY WISE PROJECT CATEGORIZATION BASED ON POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS ------ 88 TABLE 62: E&S SCREENING CHECKLIST --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 92 TABLE 63: ANALYSIS OF “NO PROJECT” AND “WITH PROJECT” SCENARIO ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96 TABLE 64: ACTIVITY WISE SCENARIO MAPPING AT NO PROJECT AND WITH PROJECT SITUATION --------------------------------------------------- 96 TABLE 65: APPLICATION OF ESMF IN DIFFERENT PROJECT STAGES --------------------------------------------------------------------------------101 TABLE 66: PROJECT COMPONENT WISE EIA/ EMP REQUIREMENT AND RESPONSIBILITY ---------------------------------------------------------103 TABLE 67: GENERIC MITIGATION MEASURES FOR ALL PROJECT ACTIVITIES -----------------------------------------------------------------------106 TABLE 68: CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES AND MITIGATION MEASURES ------------------------------------------------------------------------107 TABLE 69: ESMP FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION WORKS AND CAMP SITE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------109 TABLE 70: ESMP FOR IRRIGATION MODERNIZATION------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------122 TABLE 71: ESMP FOR FLOOD MANAGEMENT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------130 TABLE 72: ESMP FOR CROP DIVERSIFICATION AND INTENSIFICATION -----------------------------------------------------------------------------142 TABLE 73: GUIDELINES FOR CONSTRUCTION CAMP SITE SELECTION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------147 TABLE 74: GENERIC CAMP SITE MANAGEMENT PLAN ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------148 TABLE 75: WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------156 TABLE 76: SOCIAL SCREENING CHECKLIST-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------160 TABLE 77: GAP IN RFCTLAR&R ACT 2013 AND THE WORLD BANK POLICY ON INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT -------------------------------162 TABLE 78: ENTITLEMENT MATRIX --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------173 TABLE 79: IPM STRATEGY AND KEY ACTIVITIES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------178 TABLE 80: CAPACITY BUILDING ACTIVITIES AND FOLLOW-UP --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------178 TABLE 81: MONITORING OF IPNM PROMOTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------179 TABLE 82: INSECT SCOUTING CHART -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------179 TABLE 83: ADOPTION OF IPM METHODS AND ITS PRIORITY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------180 TABLE 84: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN DIFFERENT STAGES OF APPLICATION OF PESTICIDES ---------------------------------------------------------182 TABLE 85: IPM STRATEGY BY CROP TYPE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------183 TABLE 86: KEY ACTIVITIES IN DIFFERENT PROJECT STAGES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------199 TABLE 87: MONITORING INDICATORS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------200 TABLE 88: PROJECT APPROACH AND STRATEGY FOR TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------203 TABLE 89: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED ---------------------------------------------------------------210 TABLE 90: AIR QUALITY INDEX (AQI) CATEGORY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------211 TABLE 91: AIR QUALITY INDEX AND HEALTH IMPACTS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------211 TABLE 92: CRITERIA FOR HARMFUL BOTTOM SEDIMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------212 TABLE 93: MONITORING INDICATORS AND PLAN FOR MONITORING-------------------------------------------------------------------------------214 TABLE 94: IDENTIFIED STAKEHOLDERS IN DIFFERENT EXECUTION LEVELS --------------------------------------------------------------------------217 TABLE 95: ISSUES ADDRESSED IN ESMF -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------221 TABLE 96: STAKEHOLDER'S CONSULTATION ACTIVITIES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------224 TABLE 97: INFORMATION DISCLOSURE MATRIX ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------225 TABLE 98: CAPACITY BUILDING STRATEGY -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------232 TABLE 99: INDICATIVE COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK IMPLEMENTATION ------------------------------233 TABLE 100: TEAM COMPOSITION FOR CONDUCTING ESIA STUDY AND DEVELOPING ESMP AS WELL AS RAP ------------------------------------ VI TABLE 101: BLOCK WISE ST POPULATION PERCENTAGE IN PROJECT DISTRICT ---------------------------------------------------------------------- XLI List of Figures FIGURE 1: STATE MAP DEMARCATING PROJECT DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 FIGURE 2: DVC MAP SHOWING PROJECT AREA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 FIGURE 3: DAMODAR RIVER BASIN -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 FIGURE 4: SOIL DISTRIBUTION MAP OF PROJECT DISTRICT UNDER WBMIFMP--------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 FIGURE 5: SOIL MAP OF HOOGHLY DISTRICT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 FIGURE 6: SOIL MAP OF BANKURA DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 FIGURE 7: SOIL MAP OF BARDHHAMAN DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 FIGURE 8: SOIL MAP OF HOWRAH DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 FIGURE 9: LOCATION MAP SHOWING RAMNABAGAN WLS AT BARDHHAMAN- 1 BLOCK OF EAST BARDHHAMAN DISTRICT--------------------- 59 FIGURE 10: FOREST MAP OF HOWRAH & HOOGHLY DISTRICT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 FIGURE 11: FOREST MAP OF BANKURA DISTRICT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 FIGURE 12: FOREST MAP OF BARDHHAMAN DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 FIGURE 13: ESMF PROCESS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91 FIGURE 14: OVERALL PROJECT GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------227 FIGURE 15: PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------229 FIGURE 16: STAKE-HOLDER CONSULTATION AT BANKURA DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- XXXIV FIGURE 17: STAKE-HOLDER CONSULTATION AT BARDHHAMAN DISTRICT ------------------------------------------------------------------------XXXV FIGURE 18: STAKE-HOLDER CONSULTATION AT HOWRAH DISTRICT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- XXXVI Abbreviation AIIB Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank APMC Agricultural Produce Market Committees ASI Archeological Survey of India BMP Best Management Practices C&D Construction and Demolition CCA Certified Command Area CEDAW Convention on Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women CIB & RC Central Insecticides Board and Registration Committees CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species CMS Convention on Migratory Species CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CRZMA Coastal Regulation Zone Management Authority CTE Consent to Establish DAP Diammonium Phosphate DG Diesel Generator DLLR Dept. of Land and Land Reforms DoA Department of Agriculture DPMU District Project Management Unit DPSP Directive Principles of State Policies DV Damodar Valley DVC Damodar Valley Corporation DVCA Damodar Valley Corporation Area E&W East and West EC Electrical Conductivity ECoPs Environmental Code of Practices EE Executive Engineer EIA Environment Impact Assessment EKW East Kolkata Wetlands ESIA Environment and Social Impact Assessment ESMF Environment and Social Management Framework ESMP Environment and Social Management Plan ESZ Eco Sensitive Zones ETL Economic Threshold Level FFS Farmer’s Field School FPO Farmer Producer Organisation GAP Gender Action Plan GHG Green House Gas GoI Government of India GoWB Government of West Bengal GoWB Government of West Bengal GP Gram Panchayat GRC Grievance Redressal Committee GRM Grievance Redressal Mechanism HFL High Flood Level HTL High Tide Line IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development IEC Information Education and Communication ILO International Labour Organisation IMD Indian Meteorological Department INM Integrated Nutrition Management IP Indigenous People IPM Integrated Pest Management IPNM Integrated Plant Nutrient Management ITDP / ITDA Integrated Tribal Development Project / Agency IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources IWD Irrigation and Waterways Department KoPT Kolkata Port Trust LARR Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement LTL Low Tide Line M&E Monitoring and Evaluation MADA Modified Area Development Approach MGNREGA/S Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act / Scheme MIS Management Information System MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change MOP Muriate of Potash MSW Management of Solid Waste MTR Mid-Term Review NDC Nationally Determined Contributions NGO Non-Government Organisation NGT National Green Tribunal NPK Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potash O&M Operation and Maintenance OP Operational Policy PAP Project Affected Person PCR Physical Cultural Resource PCR Physical Cultural Resources PESA Panchayat Extension to Scheduled Area PIA Project Implementing Agency PIM Project Implementation Manual PIs Performance Indicators PMU Project Management Unit R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement RAP Resettlement Action Plan ROW Right of Way RPF Resettlement Policy Framework SAU State Agriculture University SC Scheduled Caste SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority SLF Scientific Land Filling SPCB State Pollution Control Board ST Scheduled Tribe ToR Terms of Reference TPP Tribal People’s Plan TPPF Tribal People’s Plan Framework UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention for Climate Change WB World Bank WBMIFMP West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project WBPCB West Bengal Pollution Control Board WBSLGWRDA West Bengal State Level Ground Water Resource Development Authority WHO World Health Organisation WRIDD Water Resource Investigation and Development Directorate WTP Water Treatment Plant WUA Water User Association Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 1 Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Overview of Damodar Valley Command (DVC) River Damodar originating from Chota Nagpur Plateau at Latehar District in Jharkhand, flows through the districts of Lakhar, Hazaribagh in Jharkhand and enters Purulia District in West Bengal. It then flows through Dhanbad District in Jharkhand and border of Purulia District, to reach Bardhhaman District. In its lower stretches, the river bifurcates into Mundeswari River and Lower Damodar (Amta) Channel near the border of Bardhhaman and Hooghly Districts. Mundeswari outfalls into river Rupnarayan, after flowing through Hooghly and Howrah Districts, Lower Damodar (Amta Channel) debouches into river Hooghly, after traversing through Hooghly and Howrah Districts. River Rupnarayan also meets river Hooghly in its course towards downstream and the combined flow outfalls into Bay of Bengal. There are 5 reservoirs across river Damodar and its tributaries in Jharkhand, 4 by Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) under Ministry of Power, Government of India about 6 decades back and 1 by the Government of Jharkhand about 3 decades back. Mandate on DVC was primarily to control floods in West Bengal and to provide water for irrigation, as well as Municipal & Industrial uses in West Bengal and Jharkhand (erstwhile part of Bihar) and to generate hydroelectric power. Barrage at Durgapur across river Damodar is situated at Bardhhaman District. Irrigation canal network off taking from the barrage was constructed by DVC. West Bengal regularly receives its share of allocated and earmarked quantum of water from DVC reservoirs for irrigation (Kharif and Rabi), drinking and other municipal and industrial uses. Apart from the committed allocation, Figure 1: State map demarcating project district surplus water in the post monsoon season after meeting other committed needs is also released for irrigating Boro (post winter) paddy in West Bengal. Tenughat reservoir constructed by the Government of Jharkhand would also further help in IWD, GoWB Page 1 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 2 flood moderation in West Bengal as well as would provide more water for cultivating Boro paddy in the post winter period. So, availability of water at source is not an issue of concern. 1.1.1 Irrigation System Command area of the DVC served by canal network having total length of around 2734 km in the downstream of Durgapur Barrage and spread over 41 Administrative Development Blocks in the districts of Bankura, East Bardhhaman, West Bardhhaman, Hooghly and Howrah. The DVCA canals currently irrigate around 332,000 ha in the Kharif season (out of a design area of 393,800 hectares), 20,000 ha in the Rabi season on the basis of an earmarked allocation, and an average of 28,000 ha in the summer (Boro) season, depending on the amount of water remaining in upstream reservoirs and after meeting the priority needs. The total area irrigated (including all sources of water) is approximately 100,000 hectares in Rabi and Boro season each. The main sources of water of those parts that are not covered by canal water are ground water, and household and village ponds. The DVCA was developed more than six decades ago and is now degraded. Numerous regulating structures including cross and tail regulators, outlet gates, distributaries and minors have been severely damaged. Cross drainage structures, including aqueducts are damaged and are leaking, resulting in a loss of irrigation water. Tail end farmers are not getting the required amount of water at the time of need as per the irrigation schedule, and are using groundwater, especially during Rabi and Boro seasons. Dilapidated regulating structures, silted up canal network, seepage loss of water in some critical zones of unlined canals, led to reduction of efficiency of irrigation management and scanty irrigation, particularly in tail reaches. As a result, gap between irrigation potential created, vis-à-vis utilized by surface water is increasing, in-spite of having adequate water availability at barrage point in normal monsoon years. Revamping of critically affected stretches of canal systems and structures and developing a suitable system for real-time operation and monitoring of irrigation by embracing latest technologies are the needs of the hour. Harnessing of post monsoon flow as well as tidal ingress in channels and rivers for irrigation during the lean season is also a major issue of development. 1.1.2 Flood Management Flooding of extensive areas of the Lower Damodar is a frequent phenomenon within parts of Howrah and Hooghly districts causing significant economic damage and social distress. The situation occurs because these areas are on low-lying alluvial plains of the lower reaches of the river, a naturally accreting zone where tidal backwater restricts outflow of extensive floodwaters from the upland headwaters of the basin. Development of “Boro bunds” to store water in the summer season aggravates the situation. Lower Damodar sub-basin adjoining the two branches of main Damodar, i.e. Mundeswari River and Lower Damodar (Amta) Channel measuring around 1.887 lakh hectare (1887 sqkm) spread over 2 Municipalities and 20 Administrative Development Blocks, is historically flood prone. Around 4.61 lakh people and 0.335 lakh hectare (335 sq. km.) of cropped area are affected annually due to flood related inundation. The major reasons of floods, water logging and drainage are: 1. Inadequate utilization of flood storage in upstream reservoirs for incomplete land acquisition; 2. Unresolved conflict on the issue of constructing embankments on both banks of river Damodar, vis- à-vis keeping one side unembanked; 3. Progressive rise of bed level of river Mundeswari at head reaches due to siltation, resulting in reduction of its carrying capacity and carrying lesser water particularly during low and medium floods; 4. Tidal effect at the outfall of channels and rivers, causing prolonged drainage congestion; 5. Inadequate capacities of drainage channels and outfall structures. Although flooding cannot be eliminated altogether, there is scope of reduction of duration as well as extent of inundation, by revitalizing critical channels to facilitate more equitable distribution and quicker passage of flood water. Remodeling of regulating structures and various other structural measures are also required. IWD, GoWB Page 2 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 3 To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. 1.2 Objective of the WBMIFM Project The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba& Paschim Bardhhaman/Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly three broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Management, 2) Flood Management and 3) Modernization of Hydraulic Assets. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. 1.3 Project Component Component 1: Irrigation Modernization This component aims to reduce operational water losses across the system and allow the available water to service a greater combined area across all crop seasons. The investment would include: (i) improving water conveyance and allocation and increasing storage potential; and (ii) strengthening institutions that are responsible for irrigation management. Table 1: Sub-Components/Activities under Irrigation Modernization Sl. No. Sub-component/ Investment activity I Restoration of carrying capacity of Main & Branch Canals (Earth Work for Re sectioning Channel Section) throughout the area II Slope stabilization of critically affected reaches by PCC Block lining III Rehabilitation and upgradation of canal regulating structures wherever required IV Construction of gates/shutters at uncontrolled existing outlets V Providing controlled structures (Duckbill weir) at tail end of canals and other locations of Level 4 canals. VI Construction of rubber dams at identified location across rivers/channels VII Construction of water retaining structure over small rivers and drainage channels to create storage for use in Rabi crops VIII Adoption of Pressurized Irrigation system IX Augmenting induced recharge of ground water Component 2: Irrigation Management. This component would complement the irrigation system improvement under Component 1, with the aim of improving water delivery and allocation below the outlet level (effectively at tertiary command level). The investment would include infrastructure development, capacity strengthening and institutional reforms for improving irrigation at tertiary command level. Table 2: Sub-Components/Activities under Irrigation Management Sl. No. Sub-component/ Investment activity I Automated gate operation with centralized control only in the main canal and offtake head regulators of branch canals II Development of framework of MIS system for monitoring and also development of mobile based apps III Capacity strengthening of IWD, operators, farmers & other Convergent Departments IWD, GoWB Page 3 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 4 Component 3: Flood Management This component mainly aims to alleviate annualized flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. The investment would mitigate flooding hotspots by carrying out channel desilting works, flow regulation structure modification and embankment reconstruction at key locations. In close collaboration with the World Bank- funded Dam Rehabilitation and Improvement Project, the investment would also include measures to strengthen forecasting and analysis capability to improve dam operation and water storage management in upstream reservoirs. Opportunities will also be explored for ways to capture and direct wet season water in order to recharge groundwater. Table 3: Sub-Components/Activities under Flood Management Sl. No. Sub-component/ Investment activity I Desiltation of Mundeswari river for a length of 20 km from Beguahana to further down stream II De siltation (Re-sectioning) of other smaller rivers and drainage channels III Armoring of Damodar Right Dwarf embankment to act as Broad Crested Weir to allow controlled spilling of flood water IV Improving Damodar Protected Left Embankment by providing adequate free board to withstand flood through construction of flood walls at identified locations V Improving Upper Rampur & Hurhura Channels by providing adequate freeboard through provision of flood wall on Left Embankments VI Raising & Strengthening of countryside existing earthen embankments to its design section of Damodar Left, Hurhura Left & Lower Rampur left embankments VII Protection / River training works on river Damodar / Mundeswari, Hurhura Khal, Upper Rampur and Lower Rampur Khals VIII Remodeling& Reconstruction of sluices at the outfalls of drainage channels Component 4: Crop Diversification This component would aim to reduce water demand by diversifying agricultural production towards crops that have a lower water requirement and provide higher income, in particular during Boro season. Indicators would include the proportion of the project area under crops that require less water. Table 4: Sub-Components/Activities under Crop Diversification Sl. No. Sub-component/ Investment activity I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of low cost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Promosion on Cultivation of Hybrid Vegetable Infrastructure development for promosion of Vermi compost, protected cultivation and post harvest infrastructure Capacity strengthening of DPIUs and training of farmers and DPIUs officials II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building (Promotion of small sized FPO) and convert them into farmer producer company (FPC) - 44 nos. Construction of aggregation centre/ pack house (1/ FPC) Providing equity grant and other financial support to the FPC Transport subsidy for procurement of motorized van (transportation support) to each FPC Training to the FPCs and departmental staff III. Support for farm mechanisation, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Hiring Centre (CHC) to facilitate farmers in hiring of farm machineries (Zero Tillage) at subsidised rate Crop demonstration on Cropping System, Diversification, SARP, SRI, Zero Tillage and Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of farmers on Micro Irrigation, Water management, Farm Mechanisation and Packaging IWD, GoWB Page 4 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 5 Sl. No. Sub-component/ Investment activity Training and exposure visit of farmers and departmental staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one time sustainance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture (prividing cages with appurtenants) in the main and branch canal and one time sustainance support (providing fish seed, fish feed, prophylectics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening and training of departmental staff Training and exposure visit of SHG members, facilitators Component 5: Project Management and Institutional Development This component would support strengthening of the capacity for project management of both the IWD and the State Project Management Unit (SPMU), including, inter alia, procurement, financial management, and monitoring and evaluation. 1.4 Implementing Agency Irrigation & Waterways Department, Government of West Bengal is the nodal agency to implement West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP). To manage and oversee implementation of the project, there will be a State Project Management Unit (SPMU) and two District Project Management Units (DPMUs). The SPMU is headed by a Project Director in the rank of Chief Engineer and the DPMUs are headed by Additional Project Directors in the rank of Superintending Engineers (Civil). In addition to the dedicated SPMU and 2 DPMUs, four Irrigation Divisions (i.e. Howrah Irrigation Division, Hooghly Irrigation Division, Bardhhaman Irrigation Division and Right Bank Irrigation Division) under the Irrigation & Waterways Directorate have been identified for implementing field works of the project exclusively, and these Divisions are designated as District Project Implementation Units (DPIUs). Apart from IWD, Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department of govt. of west Bengal will also be associated in the implementation of the project activities. There will be one Project Management Consultant (PMC) at SPMU level. PMC will assist SPMU in implementing entire project. 1.5 Project Cost The project is to be co-financed by the World Bank and Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), jointly in equal proportion for USD 145 million each of the total loan amounting to USD 290 million (70% of the total estimated project cost of USD 413 million). Remaining 30% of the project cost, i.e. USD 123 million would be borne by the State Government. 1.6 Project Duration The project will be executed over a period of five years, starting from 2018-19. IWD, GoWB Page 5 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 6 Figure 2: DVC map showing project area 1.7 Environmental & Social Categorization of WBMIFMP The environmental and social risks and impacts related to the proposed project activities have been identified in a joint AIIB-World Bank mission. The project has been classified into ‘category B’ as per World Bank’s Safeguard Policy OP 4.01 as its potential adverse impacts on human populations or environmentally important areas are limited, site-specific, and mostly reversible in nature. Also, mitigation measures can be designed to remove or reduce the potential negative impacts. 1.8 Purpose and Objectives of the ESMF The IWD will avoid, minimize, and mitigate potential negative impacts of the project by adhering to India’s national safeguard regulatory frameworks, the state’s own safeguard regulations, and the principles and processes laid down in the Bank’s OPs. The OP 4.01 requires that Environmental Assessment of the project be undertaken to examine the potential negative and positive environmental impacts and recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance. Towards this, the IWD is undertaking the following: • Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) • Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) and Environmental and Social management Plans (ESMPs) The exact scope, scale and location of the project activities will be evident after the feasibility study is completed and the preferred options for the project activities are identified and designed. Hence, at the current stage of project preparation, a ‘Framework’ has been developed to spell out the procedures for undertaking Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) and preparing Environmental and Social management Plans (ESMPs) for the identified project activities. The ‘Framework’ called the ‘E nvironmental and Social Management Framework’ (ESMF) also describes the institutional arrangements and the monitoring mechanisms. The ESMF will also guide the environmental and social assessments for future activities to be IWD, GoWB Page 6 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 7 taken up by the IWD (that is for activities that are identified through the feasibility study but are not part of the current project). This ESMF provides guidance to IWD and other associated line departments (e.g., Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department) to ensure the environmental and social assessments and implementation of environmental and social safeguard requirements in compliance with the national guidelines, laws and regulations of the Governments of India and West Bengal, and in accordance with the World Bank Safeguard Policies. This ESMF and its constituents (procedures for screening, procedures for environmental and social assessment, stakeholder consultation framework, Labour Influx and Construction Workers Camp Management Plan, Waste Management Plan, Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management Plan, Resettlement Policy Framework, Indigenous People Framework, Gender Action Framework) describe the overall environmental and social safeguard procedures to be undertaen during project preparation and implementation. This ESMF will be an integrated part of the Project Implementation Manual (PIM) and will be applicable to all linked investment activities financed in the project area regardless of their funding source or implementing agency. The application and implementation of the ESMF will therefore 1. Support the integration of environmental and social aspects into decision-making processes at all stages of the project cycle by identifying, avoiding, and/or minimizing adverse environmental and social impacts at an early stage; 2. Promote sustainable environmental and social outcomes through improved planning, design, and implementation of activities; 3. Minimize environmental degradation resulting from either individual project activities or through their indirect, induced, and cumulative effects; and 4. Ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations of India, as well as with the requirements of the World Bank’s Safeguard Policies. 1.9 Components of the ESMF The ESMF will assist implementing agency IWD, and other line departments (Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department) in identifying and mitigating potential environmental and social impacts early on and guide them in safeguards planning and implementation. The ESMF 1. Outlines best practices in safeguard policy implementation that will provide a useful guide for IWD; 2. Provides a categorization system to screen out potential environmental and involuntary resettlement issues, and possible impact on indigenous peoples; 3. Establishes the principles and processes for screening out project components with significant adverse environmental or social impacts; 4. Examines whether the mitigation of environmental impacts and risks meet the requirements of environmental laws and regulations of the Government of India, Government of West Bengal, and the World Bank’s OPs; 5. Creates awareness among the executing agency, implementing agencies, and supporting departments of the Government of West Bengal, as well as participating agencies about the importance of safeguard requirements; 6. Guides the implementing agencies to conduct meaningful consultations with relevant stakeholders where required; 7. Guides the safeguard personnel of implementing agencies in preparing and monitoring the implementation of ESIAs and ESMPs; IWD, GoWB Page 7 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 8 8. Guides IWD on how to disclose information related to environmental and social issues to all stakeholders; 9. Outlines institutional arrangements for implementing safeguard planning instruments, monitoring and reporting, and for undertaking corrective action plans; and 10. Strengthens institutional capacity for safeguard compliance among implementing agencies, affiliated institutions and all associated contractors in the project. 1.10 Methodology of ESMF Development A participatory and consultative approach has been adopted to prepare the ESMF. Project stakeholders at various levels, including small and marginal farmers (men and women), tribal farmers, line department personnel, technical experts, local CBO / NGO etc., were consulted. Their views and concerns have been incorporated in this document. The key activities undertaken in the preparation and finalization of the ESMF are as follows: 1.10.1 Desk Review of Relevant Documents A detailed and in-depth review of existing information on the project and the project area was undertaken and covered the following: • Environmental and social baseline of the project area; • Central & state level legal and regulatory framework; • World Bank operational safeguard policies and guidelines; • Secondary data sources of the Government of India and the Government of West Bengal. 1.10.2 Field Visits Field visits were conducted in five project districts. The selection of the visit locations within the project districts was based on the project intervention areas. Within each district, sample project blocks were visited, the proposed project interventions were discussed and its potential impacts were assessed. The field visits included visits to project sites and the nearby areas, consultation with different stakeholders at the district and sub-district level, consultation with the farmers (small and marginal, medium and large farmers), etc. 1.10.3 Stakeholder Consultations Consultations were carried out with farmers, local service providers, state and district level line departments and agencies, extension institutions (for example, ATMA and Krishi Vignan Kendra), etc. The details of consultations held in the four districts are given in the table. Table 5: Type of Stakeholders Consulted in Project Districts / Blocks SN District Place Stakeholders Vill. - Patrasayer, GP. - Patrasayer, Block- 1. Small farmers 1 Bankura Patrasayer 2. Marginal farmers West Vill. - Malandighi, GP. - Malandighi, Block- Kanksa 3. Tribal Community 2 Bardhhaman 4. Women farmers / workers Vill. - Tilkoria, GP. - Jarugrame, Block- Jamalpur 5. Fishing Community East 6. FPO 3 Vill. - Kaligram, GP. - Belkash, Block- Bardhhaman 7. Dept. of Agri. Bardhhaman- 1 Vill. - Nandanpur, GP. - Jagatpur, Block- Khanakul- 8. Dept. of Horticulture & Food II Processing 4 Hooghly 9. Dept. of Agri. Marketing Vill. - Fatepur, GP. - Chilidangi, Block- Pursura Vill. - Ratanpur, GP. - Singur-II, Block- Singur 10. Dept. of WRIDD Vill. - Sarpai, GP. - Banichak, Block- Amta-I 11. Dept. of Fishery Vill. - Pancharul, GP. - Pancharul, Block- 12. Dept. of Irrigation 5 Howrah 13. West Bengal State Pollution Udayanarayanpur Vill. - Rajapur, GP. - Bonibon, Block- Uluberia-II Control Board The details of the stakeholder consultation are provided in chapter 12 of this ESMF. IWD, GoWB Page 8 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 9 1.10.4 Disclosure The draft ESMF report will be disclosed on the website of the IWD, the World Bank’s website, and will be made available to the project stakeholders through all the Irrigation Division Offices in the project area. The executive summary of the document will be translated into the local language (Bengali) and made public at the divisional level. 1.11 Chapterisation& Report Presentation Chapter 1: This chapter gives an overview of the project and methodology adopted for ESMF preparation, including stakeholder consultations. Chapter 2: Safeguards overview, covering National and State acts / policies / regulatory framework are discussed in this chapter, along with World Bank Policies. Chapter 3: The baseline overview of the project locations is discussed in this chapter covering environmental and social aspects. Chapter 4: The impact identification process / screening process and methodological aspects are presented in Chapter 4. Chapter 5: This chapter highlights analysis of alternatives and a comparative assessment of with project and without project scenario. Chapter 6: The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) is discussed in this chapter covering key issues and its avoidance, mitigation and management aspects. Chapter 7: This chapter highlights Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF), covering broad principles and a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) Chapter 8: This chapter discuss about nutrition and pest management aspects, covering INM and IPM. Chapter 9: Gender aspects, including gender inclusion and equity issues are discussed in this section and a Gender Action Plan (GAP) is suggested for the project Chapter 10: Tribal people and their inclusion in the overall project intervention is discussed in this section along with a framework that suggests greater participation and inclusion of tribals in the project. Chapter 11: Monitoring and evaluation procedures, in line with the project components and activities, are discussed in this chapter. Chapter 12: Overall consultation process, information disclosure mechanism and grievance redressal system are presented in this chapter. Chapter 13: Institutional arrangement for the implementation of safeguards / mitigation measures, in line with the project level institutional arrangement is discussed in this chapter. Chapter 14: A tentative budget for implementation of different safeguard measures, suggested in the ESMF are presented. IWD, GoWB Page 9 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 10 Chapter 2: OVERVIEW OF APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORKS This section discusses the policies, legislations and procedures for environmental and social assessment and land acquisition / resettlement, at the national and state levels. It also presents an overview of the environmental laws and regulations relevant for major irrigation works. Further, an outline of the environmental and social safeguards policies of the World Bank has been presented. As is evident from the section below, there are no substantial differences in principle between the two set of policies and operational procedures applicable - 2.1 National Policies 2.1.1 India’s Constitutional Provisions Article 48-A of India’s Constitution lays down a directive principle noting that the state shall endeavor to protect and improve the natural environment. Article 51-A of the Constitution declares it a fundamental duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers, and wildlife, and to have compassion for living creatures. 2.1.2 National Conservation Strategy & Policy on Environment & Development, 1992 The National Conservation Strategy and the Policy Statement on Environment and Development respond to the need of environmental considerations and development process. The agenda for action in the policy looks in to the followings; 1. To ensure sustainable and equitable use of resources for meeting the basic needs of the present and future generations without causing damage to the environment; 2. To prevent and control future deterioration in land, water and air which constitute our life-support systems; 3. To take steps for restoration of ecologically degraded areas and for environmental improvement in our rural and urban settlements; 4. To prevent further damage to and conserve natural and man-made heritage; 5. To ensure that development projects are correctly sited to minimize their adverse environmental consequences; 6. To ensure that the environment and productivity of coastal areas and marine ecosystems are protected; 7. To conserve and nurture the biological diversity, gene-pool and other resources through environmentally sustainable development and management of ecosystems, with special emphasis on our mountain, marine and coastal, desert, wetlands, riverine and island ecosystems; and, 8. To protect the scenic landscapes, areas of geo-morphological significance, unique and representative biomes and ecosystems and wildlife habitats, heritage sites/structures and areas of cultural heritage importance. Different instruments of action are suggested in the policy guidelines to achieve the objectives, which area as follows. 1. To carry out environmental impact assessment of all development projects right from the planning stage and integrate it with their cost-benefit considerations. Appropriate costs of environmental safeguards and regeneration would continue to form an integral part of the projects; 2. To ensure that all projects above a certain size and in certain ecologically sensitive areas should require compulsory prior environmental clearance; IWD, GoWB Page 10 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 11 3. To incorporate environmental safeguards and protection measures, in policies, planning, site selection, choice of technology and implementation of development projects like agriculture, water resource development, industry, mineral extraction and processing, energy, forestry, transport and human settlements; 4. To encourage research, development and adoption of environmentally compatible technologies; and to promote application of the modern tools of science and technology for conservation, bridging of large gaps in supply and demand as well as control and monitoring of natural resources; 5. To elicit and ensure participation of people in programmes for environmental improvement and for integrating the environmental concerns in planning and implementation of development programmes; 6. To create environmental consciousness through education and mass awareness programmes; 7. To aim at moderation of process of demand unleashed by the developmental process itself by taking measures to recycle waste materials and natural resources, conserve energy, conserve use of natural resources in industrial products by measures like wood substitution and generally try to reach moderation’s in life styles consistent with sustainability and human dignity; 8. To develop appropriate organizational structures and a pool of professional manpower to serve as the cadre for environmental management service; and, 9. To effectively implement the various environmental laws and regulations for environmental protection through creation or strengthening of the requisite enforcement machinery. 2.1.3 National Environmental Policy, 2006 India’s National Environmental Policy, 2006 seeks to extend the coverage and fill in gaps by building on earlier policies such as the National Forest Policy, 1988; National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and Development, 1992; and Policy Statement on Abatement of Pollution, 1992. This policy intends to mainstream environmental concerns in all developmental activities. The objectives of the National Environment Policy 2006 are: (i) Conservation of critical environmental resources; (ii) Intra-generational Equity (Livelihood Security for the Poor); (iii) Inter-generational Equity; (iv) Integration of Environmental Concerns in Economic and Social Development; (v) Efficiency in Environmental Resource Use; (vi) Environmental Governance; and (vii) Enhancement of Resources for Environmental Conservation. 2.1.4 National Water Policy, 2012 The nodal ministry for implementation of the policy is the Ministry of Water Resources of the Government of India. It is stated in the policy that water should be treated as an economic good so as to promote its conservation and efficient use. In the preamble, it is stated that water availability for various users including agriculture will be under strain in future due to a range of causatives like increasing needs of growing population, wastage, inefficient use and pollution etc. The policy mentions that, depletion of ground water should be arrested by introducing improved technologies of water use, incentivizing efficient water use and encouraging community-based management of aquifers. The policy emphasizes water basin and sub-basin level. The policy notes that climate change is likely to increase the variability of water resources affecting human health and livelihoods. Therefore, special impetus is to be given towards mitigation at micro level by enhancing the capabilities of community to adopt climate resilient technological options. IWD, GoWB Page 11 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 12 2.1.5 National Agricultural Policy, 2002 The policy seeks to promote technically sound, economically viable, environmentally non-degrading and socially acceptable use of natural resources – land, water and genetic endowment to achieve sustainable development of agriculture. The policy while stressing on conjunctive use of surface and ground water intends to promote on-farm management of water resources to optimise use of irrigation potential. 2.1.6 National Policy of Farmers, 2007 The Policy notes non-availability of adequate water for irrigation as a major constraint in achieving higher productivity and stability of farming in many parts of the country. It recognizes water as a public resource and not a private property and there is need to evolve mechanisms for just and equitable sharing of water and to include local communities in managing water resources. It stresses on rainwater harvesting and aquifer recharge for ensuring sustainability of supply and the need for regulation and control of the development and management of ground water resources. The National Policy for Farmers was formulated in view of the need to focus more on the economic well- being of the farmers, rather than just on production. The policy recognizes the socio-economic well-being of the farmers, besides production and growth. The aim of the Policy is “to stimulate attitudes and actions which should result in assessing agricultural progress in terms of improvement in the income of farm families, not only to meet their consumption requirements but also to enhance their capacity to invest in farm related activities”. The major goals of the National Policy for Farmers, among others, are to: 1. Improve economic viability of farming by substantially increasing the net income of farmers and to ensure that agricultural progress is measured by advances made in this income. 2. Protect and improve land, water, bio-diversity and genetic resources essential for sustained increase in the productivity, profitability and stability of major farming systems by creating an economic stake in conservation. 3. Develop support services including provision for seeds, irrigation, power, machinery and implements, fertilizers and credit at affordable prices in adequate quantity for farmers. 4. Strengthen the bio-security of crops, farm animals, fish and forest trees for safeguarding the livelihood and income security of farmer families and the health and trade security of the nation. 5. Provide appropriate price and trade policy mechanisms to enhance farmers’ income. 6. Provide for suitable risk management measures for adequate and timely compensation to farmers. 7. Mainstream the human and gender dimension in all farm policies and programmes. 8. Pay explicit attention to sustainable rural livelihoods. 9. Foster community-centered food, water and energy security systems in rural India and to ensure nutrition security at the level of every child, woman and man. 10. Develop and introduce a social security system for farmers. 11. Provide appropriate opportunities in adequate measure for non-farm employment for the farm households. Overall, the policy looks at improving the socio-economic condition of the farmers through various measures, like, (1) reform in asset, i.e., ensuring that every farmer household in villages possesses and/or has access to productive assets like land, livestock, fishpond, homestead farm and/or income through an enterprise and or market driven skills, so that the household income is increased substantially on a sustainable basis; (2) land reforms, with particular reference to tenancy laws, land leasing, distribution of ceiling surplus land and wasteland, providing adequate access to common property and wasteland resources and the consolidation of holdings; (3) availability of water for irrigation and water use efficiency; (4) livestock development etc. IWD, GoWB Page 12 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 13 2.1.7 National Policy for Women In 2016, Government of India in its Ministry of Women and Child Development formulated a draft women policy. The policy was formulated decade after the formulation of National Policy for the Empowerment of Women (2001). The objectives of the policy look at (1) creating a conducive socio-cultural, economic and political environment for women, (2) mainstreaming gender in all-round development processes / programmes, (3) a holistic and life cycle approach to women’s health, (4) improving and incentivizing access of women / girls to universal and quality education, (5) improving participation of women in workforce etc. Different priority areas are identified in the policy that are contextually relevant for women, such as (1) health, food security and nutrition, (2) education, (3) economy (includes agricultural activities; poverty reduction; industry, labour and employment, service sector engagement etc.), (4) governance and decision making, (5) violence against women. In the line of National Policy for Women, the Government of Maharashtra is having a State policy on Women to protect their rights and entitlement. 2.1.8 Tribal Development and Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) Approach The tribal situation varies by states where some areas have high tribal concentration while in other areas, the tribal form only a small portion of the total population. The Constitution of India provides a comprehensive framework for the socio-economic development of Scheduled Tribes and for preventing their exploitation by other groups of society. A detailed and comprehensive review of the tribal problem was taken on the eve of the Fifth Five Year Plan and the Tribal Sub-Plan strategy took note of the fact that an integrated approach to the tribal problems was necessary in terms of their geographic and demographic concentration. The tribal areas in the country were classified under three broad categories, i.e., (1) category 1: States and Union Territories having a majority Scheduled Tribes population, (2) Category 2: States and Union Territories having substantial tribal population but majority tribal population in particular administrative units, such as block and tehsils, and (3) Category 3: States and Union Territories having dispersed tribal population. In the light of the above approach, for the second category of States and Union Territories, tribal sub-Plan approach was adopted after delineating areas of tribal concentration. To look after the tribal population coming within the new tribal sub-Plan strategy, in a coordinated manner, Integrated Tribal Development Projects are conceived during Fifth Five Year Plan. During the Sixth Plan, Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) was adopted to cover smaller areas of tribal concentration and during the Seventh Plan, the TSP strategy was extended further to cover even more smaller areas of tribal concentration and thus cluster of tribal concentration was identified. At the time of delineation of project areas under the Tribal Sub-Plan strategy, it was observed that the ITDPs/ITDAs are not co-terminus. Areas declared under Fifth Schedule of the Constitution. The Scheduled Areas as per the Constitutional orders have been declared in eight States and Maharashtra is one among them. As per the provisions contained in the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution, various enactment in the forms of Acts and Regulations have been promulgated in the states for the welfare of scheduled tribes and their protection from exploitation. The TSP strategy is having twin objectives, i.e., Socio-economic development of Schedule Tribes and protection of tribal against exploitation, the Govt. of India in Aug., 1976 had decided to make the boundaries of Scheduled Areas co-terminus with TSP areas (ITDP/ITDA only) so that the protective measure available to Scheduled Tribes in Sch. Areas could be uniformly applied to TSP areas for effective implementation of the development programmes in these areas. Accordingly, the TSP areas have been made co-terminus with Scheduled Areas in the State. 2.2 State Policy 2.2.1 State Environment Policy, 1985 It intends to integrate environmental considerations into decision-making process at all levels. This states that rivers, reservoirs, water bodies and watersheds in the State will be protected and developed for ecological balance to provide for agriculture, irrigation, industrial, drinking and other civic purposes. The thrust of the policy is to ensure the tempo of developmental activities considering the conservation of environment and natural resources. IWD, GoWB Page 13 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 14 2.3 Environmental Laws and Regulations The list of relevant Government of India laws and regulations and their applicability to the project is discussed in Table. Table 6: Applicable Environmental Legislations and Specific Requirements for the Project Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability A National Level 1. Water (Prevention and For the prevention and control of water pollution by West Bengal - Applicable Control of Pollution) controlling discharge of pollutants and the maintaining or Pollution Control - There will be generation of wastewater and other water- Act, 1974, amended restoring of wholesomeness of water as per prescribed Board (WBPCB) based pollutants during construction and operations. 1988 and it’s standards. - Consent to establish (CTE) and consent to operate Rules, 1975. (CTO) from WBPCB required. 2. Air (Prevention and For prevention, control and abatement of air pollution WBPCB - Applicable Control of Pollution) activities. - Applicable for equipment and machinery’s potential to Act, 1981, amended emit air pollution (including diesel generators and 1987 and it’s Establishes ambient air quality standards. vehicles); Rules, 1982. - The project involves digging, spoil dumping, etc., which will generate fugitive dust. - Consent to establish (CTE) and consent to operate (CTO) from WBPCB required 3. Environmental To protect and improve overall environment. MoEFCC, GoI - Applicable (Protection) Act, 1986 (This is a umbrella legislation for protecting the amended This act essentially links pollution and natural resource DOE, Govt. of environment. Many rules/ notification are formed under 1991 and associated rules issues. It seeks to supplement existing laws on pollution West Bengal, this act. As per this Act, the responsibility of / notifications control and also lays down standards for air quality and administering this legislation rests on the MoEFCC, noise. CPCB, SPCB Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), and SPCB) For protection and improvement of environment and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. IWD, GoWB Page 14 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 15 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability 12 a. EIA Notification, 2006 To provide environmental clearance to new development MoEFCC and - Not Applicable . as amended in 2009 and activities following an EIA. SEIAA - This is rehabilitation of existing irrigation network to 2013, 2016 restore design CCA. The project does not involve any Sets out the requirement for environmental clearance to new expansion or any capacity addition beyond the designed development activities following an EIA for specified CCA. activities/projects. - None of the project activities are included in the list of projects requiring Environmental Clearance. . Environmental clearance process comprises of a maximum of four stages: Stage (1) Screening (2) Scoping (3) Public Consultation and (4) Appraisal b. Environment These rules include specifications on: WBPCB - Applicable (Protection) Rules, 1986 -Standards for emissions or discharge of environmental - Compliance with emission and disposal standards including amendments. pollutants during construction required. -Prohibitions and restrictions on the location of industries -Procedure for taking samples and submission of samples for analysis, -Prohibition and restriction on the handling of hazardous substances in different areas -Submission of environmental reports c. Municipal Solid Wastes Rules to manage municipal solid waste generated; provides WBPCB - Applicable Management Rules, rules for segregation, storage, collection, processing and Solid waste generated during construction stage at 2016 disposal. construction camp shall be managed and disposed in accordance with the Rules. d. Construction and Rules to manage construction waste resulting from WBPCB - Applicable Demolition Waste construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of any civil - Construction and demolition waste generated from the Management Rules, structure. project works shall be managed and disposed as per the 2016 rules e. Hazardous Waste - Rules defines and classifies hazardous waste, and CPCB and - Applicable Management Rules, procedures for handling and storage WBPCB - Used engine oil, gear oil, hydraulic oil, spent oil, 2016 - Requires Pollution Control Board’s consent for handling lubricants etc. will be generated during construction and hazardous waste desiltation operation as well as operation of diesel generator at camp site. The desilted sediments will be 1The Gazette of India, extraordinary, Part-II, and section (3), sub-section (II), Ministry of Environment and Forest dated 14 th September, 2006 notification (S.O. 1533) reads that “… the required construction of new projects or activities or the expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification entailing capacity addition with change in process and or technology shall be undertaken in any part of India only after the prior environmental clearance from the Central Government or as the case may be, by the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority,…”. 2 It has been confirmed with WBPCB. IWD, GoWB Page 15 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 16 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability - Provides procedures for recycling, reprocessing or reuse, tested for toxicity (presence of heavy metals, pesticide import and export of HW residues, etc.) and disposed as per the provisions of the - Rules for development of treatment, storage, disposal applicable Rules. facility (TSDF) for hazardous wastes f. Noise Pollution Standards for permitted level of noise during the day and WBPCB - Applicable (Regulation and Control) night have been promulgated by the MoEFCC for various - Noise will be generated during project implementation Act, 1990 and Rules, uses. stage due to different activities like construction, 2000. operation and movement of vehicle, heavy equipment. The increasing noise level in public places from various sources have delirious effects on humans and thereby it is considered necessary to regulate and control noise generating sources to maintain ambient air quality standards through a set of rules. The ambient air quality standards are achieved through enforcement of noise pollution control measures and restrictions on the use sound producing instruments. In case of any violation in silence zone area, complaints to be made to authority and power to prohibit continuance of music sound or noise also falls under within these rules g. Notification of Eco ESZs are of significant ecological importance, and to Forest - Not applicable Sensitive Zones (ESZs): conserve and protect the natural resources and living beings, Department, - None of the project activity falls within declared ESZ several zones are declared in the country as eco sensitive GOWB and zones by notifications. Besides for specific reasons, buffer MoEFCC areas around protected areas (national park, wildlife sanctuaries etc.,) are also declared as ESZ in this notification. - Notified ESZs in WB are: ESZ around Dalma wildlife sanctuary (in Jharkhand state) established in 2012 falling partly in West Bengal (Purulia); draft notifications issued for 3 ESZs in 2016-17: ESZs around Jaladapara National Park Alipurduar District, Neora Valley National Park and Singalila National Park in Darjeeling. - Restriction of activities (including construction, tree cutting, etc.) in the notified zones -Any project activity located in ESZs will require prior permission from ESZ monitoring committee IWD, GoWB Page 16 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 17 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability h Wetland (Conservation -For the protection of wetlands and restriction of certain Central Wetlands - Not applicable and Management) Rules, activities within wetlands, provides a regulatory mechanism Regulatory - None of the project activity area falls within the 2010 -Applies to protected wetlands notified under the rules Authority wetlands listed under the Rules (which include Ramsar sites; wetlands in ESZs /United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) sites, high altitudes, etc.) - Rules prohibit: reclamation of wetlands, expansion/ setting new industries, hazardous waste storage, disposal., discharge of untreated effluent, permanent construction within 50 m HFL, etc., -Activities such as the following are regulated: water withdrawal/diversion, treated effluent discharge, desiltation, repair of existing infrastructure, buildings and construction I Coastal Regulation Zone Protection of fragile coastal belts. West Bengal - Not Applicable (CRZ) Notification, 2011 Coastal - Proposed project is rehabilitation of existing irrigation This supersedes the CRZ Notification issued in 1991; to Regulation Zone network to restore design CCA and flood management at ensure livelihood security to the fisher communities and Management Lower Damodar river. other local communities, living in the coastal areas, to Authority conserve and protect coastal stretches, its unique (CRZMA) Proposed project activities are outside of the CRZ environment, promote sustainable development considering demarcated zone. natural hazards, sea level rise due to global warming Declares coastal stretches as CRZ and restricts new construction, and industrial activities. West Bengal has a coastline of 157.5 km. CRZ (landward side) include the following: (i) land area from High Tide Line (HTL) to 500 m on the landward side on the sea front: (ii) land area between HTL to 100 m or width of creek whichever is less on the landward side along the tidal influenced water bodies connected to sea and; (iii) land area between HTL and LTL. Notification defines CRZ in I. II, III, IV Categories based on the environmental sensitivity and existing development. j Manufacture, Storage, -Defines hazardous chemicals Various agencies - Not Applicable and Import of Hazardous - stipulates rules, procedures to manufacture, storage and - (Use and storing of any kind of hazardous chemical Chemical Rules, 1989 import of hazardous chemicals beyond permissible limit during construction, or -requires permission, authorization from various agencies if IWD, GoWB Page 17 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 18 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability the total storage exceeds specified quantity; requires desiltation or any other project activity, will trigger this emergency management plan rules) 4. Indian Wildlife To protect wildlife and preserve national parks and National Board of - Not applicable, (Protection) Act, 1972 sanctuaries Wildlife / State amended wildlife boards - None of the project activities will be taken up in 1993 and Rules An Act to provide for the comprehensive protection of wild protected areas 1995; Wildlife animals, birds and plants. This would cover matters (Ramnabagan WLS at Bardhhaman-1 block is located (Protection) Amendment concerning Appointment of forest authorities, hunting of minimum 2.5 km away from DVC canal and 3.7 km Act, 2002 wild animals, protection of specified plants, conservation of away from Damodar river. However, only reconstruction national parks and sanctuaries, trade commerce in relation to of existing regulating structure is proposed in this area. plants and animals and prevention of any offences. No other project activity is proposed in near around area. Wildlife protected areas are notified under this act. Reconstruction work of regulating structure is estimated -There are 6 NPs and 15 WLS s in West Bengal to take less than ___ days) 5. Indian Forest Act, 1927 To check deforestation by restricting conversion of forested MoEFCC - Not Applicable areas into non-forested areas WB Forest Department - Proposed rehabilitation of irrigation network and flood The Indian Forest Act 1927 was enacted to consolidate the managment will be restricted within design command law relating to forests, the transit of forest-produce and the area. Work will mainly be undertaken on existing canal/ duty leviable. Applies reserved forests, village forests, and river flowing area and/ or embankment without protected forests. This act also concerns lands not being the disturbing or diverting any forest or forest fringe area. property of government. Provides penalties and procedures with regard to all property, cattle trespasses and powers of Proposed project activities under WBMIFMP in/ along Forest officers; declaration of forest areas (reserved, river/ canal stretches does not include any part of forest protected and village forests), and regulation of activities area. within the forests 6. Forest (Conservation) Act provides for conservation of forests MoEFCC - Not Applicable Act, 1980, Restricts the de-reservation of forests or use of forest lands WB Forest amendment 1988 for non-forest purpose Department - Proposed rehabilitation of irrigation network and flood Non-forest purpose means breaking up or clearing of any managment will be restricted within design command forest land area. Work will mainly be undertaken on existing canal/ river flowing area and/ or embankment without - Restricts use of forest lands for non-forest purposes disturbing or diverting any forest or forest fringe area. - Requires prior permission to take up the works Proposed project activities under WBMIFMP in/ along river/ canal stretches does not include any part of forest area. IWD, GoWB Page 18 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 19 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability 7. The Major Port Trusts Prior permission of KoPT Board is required for any KoPT - Not Applicable Act, 1963 (Kolkata Port construction, mooring, reclamation etc., in port limit and port Trust, KoPT) approaches; the port limit includes River Hooghly and shore Proposed project activities does not fall in port limit. and land area within 45.7 m of High Water Mark and extends from Jangipur in the north (in Murshidabad District) to Sandheads in the south (near Bay of Bengal) -Detailed study by designated institutes is a prerequisite of KoPT for any permission -Construction of deep tube wells restricted in said area 8. Ancient Monuments and Conservation of cultural and historical remains found in ASI - Applicable Archeological Sites and India Remains (Amendment - There are 57 nos. 3 (34 nos. in Bankura, 11 nos. in and Validation) Act, Act for better and effective preservation of the Bardhhaman, 1 in Howrah and 11 nos. in Hooghly) 2010 archaeological wealth of the country, on par with nationally protected monuments located within 5 nos. constitutional provisions project districts. The Environmental Impact Assessment This Act provides for the preservation of ancient and (EIA) of the project will ascertain if any of these historical monuments and archaeological sites and remains monuments are located within 300 m periphery of of national importance, for the regulation of archaeological proposed project activity sites. Environmental excavations and for the protection of sculptures, carvings and Management Plans (EMPs) of the project works will other like objects. include procedures for dealing with chance finds. - Notifies 100m around the monument as prohibited area and 100 to 300m as regulated area for construction works; - No excavation/construction work is allowed within 100m of boundary of the protected monument; - Requires prior permission of Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) for taking works within 100-300m of the boundary of protected monuments 9. Notification for use of fly Reuse large quantity of fly ash discharged from thermal MOEF Applicable ash, 2003 and subsequent power plant to minimize land use for disposal. amendment, 2016 - Any construction agency engaged in construction of Presence of TPPs within 300 km radius of proposed building with a radious of 300km of coal or lignite based project activities are observed. thermal power plant (TPP) shall use only fly ash based product for construction. Project activity involves construction activity like PCC lining, rehabilitation of regulating structure, flood wall construction. 3 Source: http://www.asikolkata.in/monuments.aspx IWD, GoWB Page 19 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 20 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability - Fly ash shall mandatorily be utilized in asset creation programmes of the Govt. involving construction of building, Possibility of using fly ash in diffrent construction road, dams and embankment. related activities will be planned as part of the EMPs of - Fly ash shll be used in soil conditioner. the project works. - Fly ash bvased bricks or product shall be used in construction under all Govt. scheme or programme. 10. Public Liability and Protection from hazardous materials and accidents SPCB Not applicable, as any of projects activities will not entail Insurance Act, 1991 the use of hazardous materials. Day to day fuel (Diesel) requirement for operation of heavy machineries will directly be purchased from nearby diesel pump. 11. Insecticides Act, 1968, Use of registered and recommended insecticides and non-use Central - Insecticides that are banned and restricted in India will Rule 1971 of banned insecticides. Insecticides Board not be promoted as part of the project activities. and Registration Committees (CIB & RC) 12. Central Motor Vehicle To check vehicular air and noise pollution Motor Vehicle Applicable, as during project implementation, there will Act, 1988 and Central Department be use of vehicles and these vehicles need to operate Motor Vehicle within permissible emission levels Rules,1989 13. Contract Labour The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided Chief Labour - Applicable to all construction works under WBMIFMP (Regulation and by the Contractor to contract labor and in case the Contractor Commissioner, - IWD/PMU to obtain a Certificate of Registration as the Abolition) Act, 1970; fails to provide, the same are required to be provided by the Government of principle employer; Principal Employer by Law. The principal employer is West Bengal required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take a License from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of principal employer if they employ 20 or more contract labor. 14. The Building and Other All the establishments who carry on any building or other Chief Labour - Applicable during construction work Construction Workers construction work and employ 10 or more workers are Commissioner, (Regulation of covered under this Act. All such establishments are required Government of - Applicable to any building or other construction work Employment and to pay Cess at rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of West Bengal employing 10 or more workers; Conditions of Service) construction as may be notified by the Government. The - provide safety measures at the construction work and Act, 1996 and the Cess employer of the establishment is required to provide safety other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid Act of 1996. measures at the building or construction work and other facilities, ambulance, housing accommodation for welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, workers near the workplace etc. ambulance, housing accommodation for workers near the IWD, GoWB Page 20 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 21 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability workplace etc. The employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government - Cess should be paid at a notified rate; -The employer has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer 15. The Inter-State Migrant The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 Chief Labour - Applicable Workmen (Regulation of or more inter-state migrant workmen through an Commissioner, - Contractor shall register with Labour Department if Employment and intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for Government of Inter- state migrant workmen are engaged Conditions of Service) employment in the establishment situated in another state). West Bengal - Adequate and appropriate amenities and facilities to be Act, 1979 The inter- state migrant workmen, in an establishment to provided to workers - housing, medical aid, traveling which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be expenses provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, traveling expenses from home up to the establishment and back, etc. 16. The Child Labour The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of As above - No person under 18 years of age shall be employed in (Prohibition and age in certain occupations and processes and provides for the project works Regulation) Act, 1986. regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of child labor is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry. 17. Minimum Wages Act, The employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum As above - All construction workers should be paid not less than 1948. Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the prescribed minimum wage. the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads, Runways are scheduled employment. 18. Workmen Compensation The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by As above - Compensation for workers in case of injury by accident. Act, 1923. accident arising out of and during the course of employment. 19. Equal Remuneration Act, The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of As above - Equal wages for work of equal nature to male and 1979. equal nature to Male and Female workers and not for making female workers. discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. B State Level 1. Notification on Air - Issued under the Air Act, 1981 WBPCB Yes (if generation capacity is more than > 15 KVA - for Pollution, Department of -Prohibits use of diesel generators not confirming to non-Industrial use5) standards laid down by CPCB 5 Source: http://www.wbpcb.gov.in/pages/view/119/46-download IWD, GoWB Page 21 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 22 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability Environment, GOWB, Procure generators that comply with the standards, and March 20104 obtain CTE and CTO 2 Direction of West Bengal - lays out norms for control of air pollution from construction WBPCB Compliance to the norms in project implementation by Department of activities all parties (contractors, including any subcontractors) Environment under the - failure to comply will lead to legal action, stoppage of work required Air Act, 1981 Direction and imposition of `Pollution Cost’. No. EN/3170/T-IV-7 /001/2009 dated: 10 December 2009 3 West Bengal Ground -To manage, control and regulate indiscriminate extraction WBSLGWRDA - Rehabilititation of irrigation structure and promotion of Water Resources or use - West Bengal State Level Ground Water Resource micro irrigation in semi-critical blocks will reduce stress (Management, Control Development Authority (WBSLGWRDA) was established on ground water abstraction. and Regulation) Act, under this act; State Water Investigation Directorate is its - Conjuctive water use with a increase availability of 2005’ functional organ surface water will reduce pressure on ground water. -Permission of Authority is mandatory to construct ground - Ground water development status in the project districts water extraction structures (operated by engine or motor is below 50%. However, project will not promote/ driven pump) support ground water extraction in semi-critical/ over- exploited areas. 4 West Bengal Inland -Act to conserve, develop, propagate, protect, exploitation of Department of - Contractor shall not be allowed to discharge waste Fisheries Act, 1984 inland fish and fisheries Fisheries water and other wastes generated during construction -No discharge of wastewater, pollutants into inland water activity or campsite activities into water bodies. bodies that may affect fish -Prohibits conversion of fishery area (any water area, - Construction workers will be sensitized for not naturally or artificially depressed land, irrespective of undertaking any kind of fishing activity in any restricted ownership, measuring 0.035 ha or more, which retains water area/manner as notified by fisheries department. for more than 6 months and capable of being used as fishery) for any other purpose -prohibits filling up fishery areas to convert into solid land, e.g., for any construction -Prohibits dividing water area into parts to make any part less than 0.035 ha -if conversion/ filling up is for development works, prior permission is required 4 Source: http://www.wbpcb.gov.in/writereaddata/upload/downloads/Download-41.pdf IWD, GoWB Page 22 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 23 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability 7. West Bengal - A Rule to encourage and promote plantation of trees, and WB Forest - Yes, Applicable Trees (Protection and to protect and conserve trees Department Conservation in Non- - Rules for felling or otherwise disposing of any tree in non- - Tree felling may be required during construction of Forest Areas) Act, 2006 forest area. flood wall, PCC lining and slope stabilization work. The and Rules, 2007 - Compensatory plantation to be carried out in the vicinity of EIA will assess the number of trees to be felled. the area where trees have been felled. Permission shall be obtained from competent authority. - At least five times the number of tree to be felled shall be The EMP will include plan for compensatory plantation replanted. and after-care. - Cutting of trees in non-forest land, irrespective of land ownership, requires permission from Forest Department. - Permission from the Divisional Forest Officer (Utilization Division), Forest Directorate, will be required if trees are: sacred groves, endangered species, or with heritage status 9. WB Preservation of -State government notifies monuments, objects, and Directorate of - May applicable, (if any such archaeological wealth Historical Monuments excavation sites as state protected under this Archaeology and found during implementation of project activities and Objects and -Construction activities within the notified areas of each Museums, GOWB specially during desiltation of Mundeswari river) Excavation of monument are regulated Archaeological Sites - There are 57 nos. 6 (34 nos. in Bankura, 11 nos. in Act, 1957. Bardhhaman, 1 in Howrah and 11 nos. in Hooghly) nationally protected monuments located within 5 nos. project districts. However, any of these archaeological wealths is not located within 300 m periphery of proposed project activity zone or any kind of construction activity under any proposed project activities is not planned within 300 meters of protected monuments. 10 Building and Other - Regulate the employment and conditions of service of Chief Labour - Many of the project activities (like PCC block lining, Construction Workers’ building and other construction workers and to provide for Commissioner, flood wall construction, renovation of regulating (Regulation of their safety, health and welfare measures. Government of structure) involve construction work where construction Employment and - Established West Bengal building and other construction West Bengal labour will be engaged. Conditions of Service) Workers’ welfare Board as per the Act - Provisions are integrated in the ESMP for Construction Act, 1996 and - Provide various benefits for the registered workers and campsite management plan. West Bengal Building and Other Construction 6 Source: http://www.asikolkata.in/monuments.aspx IWD, GoWB Page 23 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 24 Ref. Legislation Description Regulator Applicability Workers(Regulation of employment and Conditions of Service) Rules,2004 IWD, GoWB Page 24 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 25 2.3.1 National Standards All project activities during the period of construction and operation have to be guided by the standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board. 2.3.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Standards Table 7: Ambient Air Quality Standards Sl. No. Pollutant Time- Concentration in ambient air weighted Industrial, Residential, Ecologically Method of Measurement average Rural and other areas sensitive area 3 1 SO2, µg/m Annual* 50 20 Improved West &Gaeke Ultraviolet fluorescence 24hrs** 80 80 3 2 NO2, µg/m Annual* 40 30 Modified Jacob &Hocheisser 24hrs** 80 80 Chemiluminence 3 PM10 µg/m3 Annual 60 60 Gravimetric TOEM 24hrs 100 100 Beta attenuation 4 PM2.5 µg/m3 Annual* 40 40 Gravimetric TOEM 24hrs** 60 60 Beta attenuation 5 O3 µg/m3 8hrs** 100 100 UV Photometry 1hr** 180 180 Chemiluminescence Chemical method 6 Pb µg/m3 Annual* 0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM2000 24hrs** 1.00 1.00 ED-XRF using Teflon Filter 7 CO mg/m3 8 hrs** 02 02 Non-dispersive Infra-red spectroscopy 1hr.** 04 04 8 Benzeneµg/m3 Annual* 05 05 Gas chromatography based continuous analyser 9 BenzoPyrene, Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction followed (Particulate phase by HPLC/GC analysis only) ng/m3 10 Arsenic ng/m3 Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 11 Nickel ng/3 Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 12 NH3 µg/m3 Annual* 100 100 Chmilumuminescence Indophenol blue method 24hrs** 400 400 *Annual arithmetic means of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hrs at uniform intervals. ** 24hrs/08hrs/02 hourly monitored values as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of time they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring. IWD, GoWB Page 25 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 26 2.3.1.2 Ambient Noise Quality Standards Table 8: Noise Standard by Area Sl. No. Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq* Day Time Night Time A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40 Note: 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. 2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. 3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by the competent authority. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent authority. * dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing. A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured. “A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear. Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period. Table 9: Noise standard for the construction vehicle Sl. No. Equipment Noise Level (in dB) 1 Tractor-scraper 93 2 Rock drill 87 3 Unmuffled concrete breaker 85 4 Hand-held tree saw 82 5 Large rotary diesel compressor 80 6 1 ½ tonne dumper truck diesel 75 7 Concrete mixture 75 Source: The Noise pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 2.3.1.3 Emission Standards for Construction Equipment Vehicles: Bharat Stage Emission Standards (BSES) are emission standards instituted by the Govt. of India to regulate the output of air pollutants from internal combustion engines and spark-ignition engines equipment, including motor vehicles. The standards and the timeline for implementation are set by the Central Pollution Control Board under the Ministry of Environment & Forests and climate change. Since October 2010, Bharat Stage (BS) III norms have been enforced across the country along with Bharat Stage IV emission norms in entire country since April 2017. Bharat (CEV) Stage II - III emission standards for diesel construction machinery were adopted in 2006. The standards were structured into two tiers, i.e., (1) BS (CEV) II—These standards are based on the EU Stage I requirements, but also cover smaller engines that were not regulated under the EU Stage I; (2) BS (CEV) III standards are based on US Tier 2/3 requirements. Bharat Stage IV-V emission standards for diesel non-road engines used in construction and agricultural equipment was adopted in 2018. The BS IV emission standards are aligned with EU Stage IV standards. IWD, GoWB Page 26 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 27 Table 10: Bharat (CEV) Stage II - III emission standards for diesel construction machinery Engine Power CO HC HC+NOx NOx PM kW g/kWh Bharat (CEV) Stage II P<8 8.0 1.3 - 9.2 1.00 8 ≤ P < 19 6.6 1.3 - 9.2 0.85 19 ≤ P < 37 6.5 1.3 - 9.2 0.85 37 ≤ P < 75 6.5 1.3 - 9.2 0.85 75 ≤ P < 130 5.0 1.3 - 9.2 0.70 130 ≤ P < 560 5.0 1.3 - 9.2 0.54 Bharat (CEV) Stage III P<8 8.0 - 7.5 - 0.80 8 ≤ P < 19 6.6 - 7.5 - 0.80 19 ≤ P < 37 5.5 - 7.5 - 0.60 37 ≤ P < 75 5.0 - 4.7 - 0.40 75 ≤ P < 130 5.0 - 4.0 - 0.30 130 ≤ P < 560 3.5 - 4.0 - 0.20 The Bharat Stage III standards must be met over the useful life periods (refer Table). Alternatively, it was suggested that the manufacturers may use fixed emission deterioration factors of 1.1 for CO, 1.05 for HC, 1.05 for NOx, and 1.1 for PM. Table 11: Bharat (CEV) Stage III Useful Life Periods Power Rating Useful Life Period (hours) < 19 kW 3000 19-37 kW Constant speed 3000 Variable speed 5000 > 37 kW 8000 Bharat Stage (CEV/Trem) IV - V emission standards for non-road diesel engines used in construction and agricultural equipment are summarized in Table. The BS IV/V nonroad regulations include BS IV emission standards for diesel engines with rated power below 37 kW (a category that includes some 90% of ag tractors in India) or for engines above 560 kW, but the BS V standards cover all power ratings. The regulation includes a six-month grace period when registrations of equipment complying with the previous set of emission standards is allowed. Table 12: Bharat (CEV/Trem) Stage IV - V emission standards Engine Power CO HC NOx PM PN Test Cycle kW g/kWh 1/kWh Bharat (CEV/Trem) Stage IV 37 ≤ P < 56 5.0 4.7* 0.025 - NRSC and NRTC 56 ≤ P < 130 5.0 0.19 0.4 0.025 - 130 ≤ P < 560 3.5 0.19 0.4 0.025 - Bharat (CEV/Trem) Stage V P<8 8.0 7.5* 0.4 - NRSC 8 ≤ P < 19 6.6 7.5* 0.4 - 19 ≤ P < 37 5.0 4.7* 0.015 1×1012 NRSC and NRTC 37 ≤ P < 56 5.0 4.7* 0.015 1×1012 56 ≤ P < 130 5.0 0.19 0.4 0.015 1×1012 130 ≤ P < 560 3.5 0.19 0.4 0.015 1×1012 P ≥ 560 3.5 0.19 3.5 0.045 - NRSC Engines equipped with SCR must meet an ammonia emission limit of 25 ppm for engines ≤ 56 kW and 10 ppm for engines above 56 kW. The limits are defined as a mean value over the NRTC and NRSC cycles. The IWD, GoWB Page 27 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 28 standards must be met over the useful life periods shown Table. Alternatively, manufacturers may use fixed emission deterioration factors of 1.3 for CO, 1.3 for HC, 1.15 for NOx, and 1.05 for PM (NRSC and NRTC). Table 13: Bharat (CEV/Trem) Stage IV - V Useful Life Periods Power Rating Useful Life Period (hours) ≤ 37 kW Constant speed 3000 Variable speed 5000 > 37 kW 8000 2.3.1.4 Water Quality Criteria The Central Pollution Control Board has laid down General Standards for discharge of environment Pollutants. Standard is given below: Table 14: General Standards for discharge of environment Pollutants General Standards for discharge of environment Pollutants Part-A: Effluents SN Parameter Standards Inland Surface Public Land for Marine Coastal Area Water Sewers Irrigation 1 Colour and Odour 5 to 25 - 5 to 25 5 to 25 Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 2 Suspended Solids mg/l, Max. 100 600 200 (a) For process waste water-100 (b) For Cooling water effluent 10 percent above total suspended matter of influent 3 Particular size of suspended solids Shall pass 850 - - (a) Floatable solids, microns IS max. 3 mm Sieve (b) Settleable solids, max850 microns 4* --- - - --- - 5 pH value 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 6 Temperature Shall not - - Shall not exceed 5oC exceed 5oC above the receiving above the water temperature receiving water temperature 7 Oil and grease (mg/L Max) 10 20 10 20 8 Total residual chlorine mg/1, Max 1 - - 1 9 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/1 50 50 - 50 max. 10 Total Kjeldhal nitrogen (as NH3) 100 - - 100 mg/l, Max 11 Free Ammonia (as NH3) mg/1, Max 5 - - 5 12 Biochemical oxygen demand (5 days 30 350 100 100 at 20oC), mg/1 Max) 13 Chemical Oxygen demand, mg/1 250 - - 250 Max 14 Arsenic (as) mg/1 Max 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 15 Mercury (As Hg), mg/1 max) 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 16 Lead (as Pb) mg/L, Max 0.1 1 - 2 17 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/1, Max 2 1 - 2 18 Hexavalent chromium, (as Cr + 6) 0.1 2 - 1 mg/1, Max 19 Total chromium (as Cr) mg/l, Max 2 2 - 2 20 Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max 3 3 - 3 21 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max 5 15 - 15 IWD, GoWB Page 28 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 29 General Standards for discharge of environment Pollutants Part-A: Effluents SN Parameter Standards Inland Surface Public Land for Marine Coastal Area Water Sewers Irrigation 22 Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max 0.05 0.05 - 0.05 23 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l, Max 3 3 - 5 24* - - - - 25* - - - - - 26 - - - - - 27 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l Max 0.2 2 0.2 0.2 28* - - - - - 29 Fluoride (as F) mg/l Max 2 15 - 15 30 Dissolved Phosphates (as p), mg/l 5 - - - Max 31* - - - - - 32 Sulphide (as S) mg/l Max 2 - - 5 33 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) 1 5 - 5 mg/l Max 34 Radioactive materials: (a) Alpha emitter micro curie/ml 10-7 10-7 10-8 10-7 (b) Beta emitter micro curie/ml) 10-6 10-6 10-7 10-6 35 Bio-assay test 90% survival 90% 90% survival 90% survival of fish of fish after 96 survival of of fish after after 96 hours in hours in 100% fish after 96 hours in 100% effluent effluent 96 hours 100% in 100% effluent effluent 36 Manganese (as Mn) 2 mg/l 2 mg/l - 2 mg/l 37 Iron (as Fe) 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 38 Vanadium (as V) 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l 39 Nitrate Nitrogen 10 mg/l - - 20 mg/l 40 - - - - - IWD, GoWB Page 29 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 30 2.4 Social Policies and Regulations In this section, some of the policies and legislations of the Government of India and the Government of West Bengal are briefly discussed, that will have bearing on the Project. This is followed by a brief description of the project relevant development programmes and schemes being implemented by the Government of India and the Government of West Bengal. Later, at the end of the section, the World Bank Safeguard Policies are presented. 2.4.1 Memorandum of the Government of West Bengal Government of West Bengal has issued a memorandum vide Gazette Notification, dated March 1, 2016 to ensure the optimal utilization of public funds and early implementation of projects where direct land purchase from land owners may become necessary. The salient features of the memorandum are; (i) A 15-day local notice mentioning preference and details of land intended for purchase shall be given in the public offices and local newspaper (s) informing the prospective land owners and requesting them to submit application in plain paper indicating their intention to sell their lands. (ii) The department concerned will select the appropriate plot (s) of the land to be purchased as per suitability and other considerations from among the applications / offers received on the basis of the notice. (iii) The relevant administrative department will undertake land searching through the panel advocate (s) at the respective sub-registry office to guard against fraudulent transfer. Besides, the BL & LRO will verify the right and title of the selected lands within 14 days and shall furnish report to the Purchase Committee. (iv) Land would be purchased through the Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal as may be decided by the administrative department (s). (v) Funds will be allotted to the Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal by the administrative department for payment to land owners and payment will be made to their bank accounts. An appropriate administrative cost will be given to Zilla Parishad / Corporation by the administrative department (vi) A committee will be constituted to finalize the price of land for the purchasing department, headed by the District Magistrate of the district as Chairperson Value of buildings/structures would be assessed by the Executive Engineer, PWD / Municipal Engineering Directorate / District Engineer / Executive Engineer, Zilla Parishad or by such agency as the administrative department may decide. The base price of the land will be determined considering the assessed value of land or set forth value of land whichever is higher. Incentive on the price of land finally determined will be given to the land owner if land registration is done: (a) within 30 days - 50% (b) within 31 to 60 days - 10%, from the date of publication / communication of land price to the landowners. For this purpose, individual land owner will be informed of the price of land in writing by the Member-Secretary of the Land Purchase Committee, for registration of sale deed. After the purchase of land from the land owners, land will be registered in the name of Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal. Thereafter, Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal, as the case may be, could formally transfer the land in favour of administrative department/s). Care would be taken by the Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal to ensure that the entire transaction is fair and transparent and it is based on mutual consent. There shall be no element of coercion. Stamp duty shall be exempted for such purchase of land by Zilla Parishad / Municipality / Municipal Corporation / Parastatal and also for subsequent transfer to administrative department (s). IWD, GoWB Page 30 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 31 The Panchayat and Rural Development Department will issue direction upon all the Zilla Parishads concerned to purchase land for other department(s) u/s. 212 of the West Bengal Panchayat Act, 1973. The Municipal Affairs Department will issue direction upon all the Urban Local Bodies to purchase land for other department(s) u/s. 429B of the West Bengal Municipal Act, 1993. In case, the aforesaid Purchase Committee fails to perform its functions within a reasonable time, the administrative department would be free to use any Corporation / Parastatal / Authority under its control to purchase the land on the same terms & conditions as prescribed. 2.4.2 Land Acquisition Related Act / Policy Government of West Bengal has issued a memorandum vide Gazette Notification, dated March 1, 2016 to ensure the optimal utilization of public funds and early implementation of projects where direct land purchase from land owners may become necessary. The salient features of the memorandum are; The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RFCTLAR&R) Act, 2013, enacted by the Government of India is the latest legislation. This is in force and supersedes all other old acts for land acquisition and to determining R&R activities. For land acquisition for different development projects, Government of West Bengal has published gazette notification dated March 1, 2016. The act shall apply, when the Government acquires land for its own use, hold and control, including for Public Sector Undertakings and for public purpose; The Memorandum of Government of West Bengal for purchasing land for project purposes and RFCTLAR&R Act, 2013 will not be applicable to the WBMIFMP as the project does not involve any additional fresh land acquisition for the purpose of implementation of the project. The project will be executed within the river bed and ROW that belongs to Government. However, the Government of West Bengal has decided to compensate the encroachers and squatters for their temporary loss of livelihood due to project activities and impact on residential structures. The financial provisions of GITANJALI scheme of the Government of West Bengal will be adopted and accordingly eviction will be done from the embankment during implementation stage. It is also provisioned that for temporary purposes, farmers land may require to be utilized. In such cases, the concerned farmer / land holder / lease holder / registered share cropper will be compensated for crop loss along with provision of rendering rental value of the land. Refer Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for details. GITANJALI Scheme: The scheme is being implemented by the Department of Housing of Government of West Bengal. As per the scheme guidelines, the houses would be constructed by beneficiaries themselves and no contracting agency will be engaged for the purpose. The revised guidelines came into effect from 01/04/2014. As per the revised guidelines, the scheme serves the purpose of three categories of beneficiaries, i.e., (a) Poor People in Rural and Urban areas, (b) Poor People in Erosion/ Flood/ Other calamity affected/ Disaster prone areas, and (c) Poor People affected by Government Projects (As part of rehabilitation measures). The scheme follows the income-based criteria, i.e., the people having family income of Rs 6,000/- per month or less whereas people in the BPL list gets priority. The scheme is applicable to all over the state of West Bengal including Rural and Urban areas. Provision of Land: The scheme is being implemented in rural areas on the land of the beneficiary. As per the guidelines, required land is to be provided by the beneficiary of his / her own land / patta land and must be free from all encumbrances. In case of urban areas where land of beneficiaries is not available, the Group Housing may be built on the land supplied by District Administration, Municipality or any Development Authority. The dwelling unit is in IAY (currently PMAY-G) pattern. It is mandated that district authority will provide a low-cost toilet in every case. Cost of the Dwelling Units: The cost of dwelling unit is in line with the PMAY-G scheme, i.e., Rs.1.20 lakhs per unit of housing. Implementation Modalities: The scheme is being implemented by Housing Department through District Magistrate of the concerned District. He will nominate one of the Additional District Magistrate of the District to look after daily activities of the scheme on his behalf. District Planning Officer of the District acts as the Nodal Officer of the scheme. IWD, GoWB Page 31 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 32 2.4.3 Panchayati Raj Act As per the 73rd constitutional amendment act, 1992, the panchayats as the local self-government are empowered to plan execute and monitor certain activities as per the activity mapping. As per the status of devolution, 11 subjects have been fully devolved in the State of Maharashtra and 18 subjects / schemes are implemented by the PRIs. The act strengthens the decentralized governance system and promotes bottom-up planning. As per the act, the GP level plans are to be prepared in Gram Sabha which is having an important bearing on the planning process of the proposed project. The act is having both mandatory and discretionary provisions and of the mandatory provisions of the Panchayati Raj Act, the most critical are those that strengthen the structure of representative democracy and political representation at the local level. Some of the salient features of the mandatory provisions of the Act are; 1. The establishment in every state (except those with populations below 2 million) of rural local bodies (panchayats) at the village, intermediate and district levels (Article 243B) 2. Direct elections to all seats in the panchayats at all levels (Article 243C) 3. Compulsory elections to panchayats every five years with the elections being held before the end of the term of the incumbent panchayat in the event that a panchayat is dissolved prematurely, elections must be held within six months, with the newly elected members serving out the remainder of the five-year term (Article 243E) 4. Mandatory reservation of seats in all panchayats at all levels for Davits and Advises in proportion to their share of the panchayat population (Article 243D) 5. Mandatory reservation of one-third of all seats in all panchayats at all levels for women, with the reservation for women applying to the seats reserved for Davits and Advises as well (Article 243D) 6. Indirect elections to the position of panchayat chairperson at the intermediate and district levels (Article 243C) 7. Mandatory reservation of the position of panchayat chairperson at all levels for Davits and Advises in proportion to their share in the state population (Article 243D) 8. Mandatory reservation of one-third of the positions of panchayat chairperson at all three levels for women (Article 243D) 9. In addition, the act mandates the constitution of two state-level commissions: an independent election commission to supervise and manage elections to local bodies, much as the Election Commission of India manages state assembly and parliamentary elections (Article 243K); and a state finance commission, established every five years, to review the financial position of local bodies and recommend the principles that should govern the allocation of funds and taxation authority to local bodies (Article 2431). The Article 243ZD, mandates the constitution of District Planning Committees to consolidate the plans prepared by both rural and urban local bodies. In order to facilitate. This is an essential pre-requisite for each tier of the Panchayati Raj system to prepare plans for its areas, as defined through Activity Mapping, and then for all these plans, along with plans of municipalities, to be "consolidated" by the District Planning Committees (DPC) as mandated by Article 243 ZD of the Constitution. 2.4.4 Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 To mainstream the tribal in the development process, without disturbing or destroying their cultural identity and socio- economic milieu, a committee was constituted in 1994, called Bhuria Committee to examine various dimensions of self-rule for tribals, the constitutional requirements and to make recommendations for extending the provisions of the Constitution 73rd (Amendment) Act, 1992 to the Scheduled Areas. Following the recommendations of the committee, the Parliament extended the provisions of 73rd Amendment Act to the Scheduled Areas by passing Provisions of Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996. The Panchayat (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996, commonly known as PESA, legally recognizes Scheduled Tribe’s own systems of self‐governance. The Gram Sabha of the village becomes the focal institution, endowed with significant powers. Under section 4(d) of PESA: "every Gram Sabha shall be IWD, GoWB Page 32 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 33 competent to safeguard and preserve the traditions and customs of the people, their cultural identity, community resources and the customary mode of dispute resolution." PESA legally recognizes the right of tribal communities to govern themselves through their own systems of self-government and also acknowledges their traditional rights over natural resources. The salient feature of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 (PESA) and the modalities worked out to grant rights to tribals in the country are: 1. Legislation on Panchayats shall be in conformity with the customary law, social and religious practices and traditional management practices of community resources; 2. Habitation or a group of habitations or a hamlet or a group of hamlets comprising a community and managing its affairs in accordance with traditions and customs; and shall have a separate Gram Sabha. 3. Every Gram Sabha to safeguard and preserve the traditions and customs of people, their cultural identity, community resources and the customary mode of dispute resolution. 4. The Gram Sabhas have roles and responsibilities in approving all development works in the village, identify beneficiaries, issue certificates of utilization of funds; powers to control institutions and functionaries in all social sectors and local plans. 5. Gram Sabhas or Panchayats at appropriate level shall also have powers to manage minor water bodies; power of mandatory consultation in matters of land acquisition; resettlement and rehabilitation and prospecting licenses/mining leases for minor minerals; power to prevent alienation of land and restore alienated land; regulate and restrict sale/consumption of liquor; manage village markets, control money lending to STs; and ownership of minor forest produce. 6. The provisions of Panchayats with certain modification and exceptions have been extended to the Schedule V areas. In line with the PESA Act, the Government of Maharashtra has formulated rules for the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 2.4.5 Forest Rights Act, 2006 This Act, “Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act”, 2006 grants legal recognition to the rights of traditional forest dwelling communities and makes a beginning towards giving communities and the public a role in forest and wildlife conservation. The Act gives rights to the forest dwellers which secure individual or community tenure or both. The Act gives forest rights of forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers on all forest lands, namely:- (a) right to hold and live in the forest land under the individual or common occupation for habitation or for self-cultivation for livelihood by a member or members of a forest dwelling Scheduled Tribe or other traditional forest dwellers; (b) community rights over forest; (c) right of ownership, access to collect, use, and dispose of minor forest produce which has been traditionally collected within or outside village boundaries. The scope of the Act also covers the following rights that are placed on the forest dwelling communities. 1. Community rights of uses or entitlements such as fish and other products of water bodies, grazing (both settled or transhumant) and traditional seasonal resource access of nomadic or pastoralist communities; 2. Community tenures of habitat and habitation for primitive tribal groups and pre- agricultural communities; 3. Rights in or over disputed lands under any nomenclature in any State where claims are disputed; 4. Conversion of leases or grants issued by any local authority or any State Government on forest lands to title; 5. Settlement and conversion of all forest villages, old habitation unsurveyed villages and other villages in forest, whether recorded, notified, or not, into revenue villages; 6. Protect, regenerate, or conserve or manage any community forest resource, which they have been traditionally protecting and conserving for sustainable use; IWD, GoWB Page 33 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 34 7. Rights which are recognised under any State law or laws of any Autonomous District Council or Autonomous Regional Council or which are accepted as rights of tribal under any traditional or customary law of concerned tribes of any State; 8. Access to biodiversity and community right to intellectual property and traditional knowledge related to biodiversity and cultural diversity; 9. Any other traditional right customarily enjoyed by the forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes or other traditional forest dwellers, as the case may be, which are not mentioned in clauses (a) to (k) but excluding the traditional right of hunting or trapping or extracting a part of the body of any species of wild animal; 10. In-situ rehabilitation, including alternative land in cases where the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers have been illegally evicted or displaced from forest land of any description without receiving their legal entitlement or rehabilitation prior to the 13th of December 2005. The project is not expected to take any such measure that may affect the basic interest of the forest dwellers, contrary to the prescription of the Act. Rather, the implementation of the project will create scope for the forest dwellers, who have been allotted rights over the forest land for agriculture. They may take up climate resilient agricultural practices in their fields to cope with the climate variability for improved livelihoods security. The project suggested measures are supportive to the act and can add value to the current initiatives in terms of improving livelihood and food security of the forest dwellers. 2.4.6 Constitutional Safeguard for Scheduled Tribes "Scheduled Tribes" means such tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such tribes or tribal communities as are deemed under article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of the Constitution. As it is stipulated in the constitution, the President (President of India) may with respect to any State or Union Territory, and where it is a State, after consultation with the Governor thereof, by public notification, specify the tribes, or tribal communities or parts of or groups within tribes or tribal communities which shall for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be Scheduled Tribes in relation to that State or Union Territory, as the case may be. With regard to inclusion or exclusion, Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes specified in a notification, any tribe or tribal community or part of or group within any tribe or tribal community. 2.4.6.1 Prohibition of Discrimination As per this provision, the State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. Other provisions are; 1. No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them, be subject to any disability, liability, restriction or condition with regard to (a.) access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment; or (b.) the use of wells, tanks, bathing Ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of State funds or dedicated to the use of general public. 2. Nothing (clause (2) of article 29) shall prevent the State from making any special provision for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes. 3. Nothing (sub-clause (g) of clause (1) of article 19) shall prevent the State from making any special provision, by law, for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes in so far as such special provisions relate to their admission to educational institutions including private educational institutions, whether aided or unaided by the State, other than the minority educational institutions referred to in clause (1) of article 30. 2.4.6.2 Equality of Opportunity in Matters of Public Employment There shall be equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State. No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, be ineligible for, or discriminated against in respect of, any employment or office IWD, GoWB Page 34 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 35 under the State. The Central and State Government can make provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which, in the opinion of the Centre/State, is not adequately represented in the services under the State. 2.4.6.3 Protection of Rights All citizens shall have the right (a) to freedom of speech and expression; (b) to assemble peaceably and without arms; (c) to form associations or unions; (d) to move freely throughout the territory of India; (e) to reside and settle in any part of the territory of India; and (g) to practise any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or business. 2.4.6.4 Directive Principles of State Policy Promotion of Educational and Economic interests of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other weaker sections: The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people, and, in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation. 2.4.6.5 Special Provisions Claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to Services and Posts: The claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into consideration, consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of administration, in the making of appointments to services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State: Provision in favour of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes can be made for relaxation in qualifying marks in any examination or lowering the standards of evaluation, for reservation in matters of promotion to any class or classes of services or posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State. 2.4.6.6 Political Safeguards Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People: Seats shall be reserved in the House of the People for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. The number of seats reserved in any State or Union territory for the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes at the same proportion to the total number of seats allotted to that State or Union territory in the House of the People as the population of the Scheduled Castes / Tribes in the State or Union territory. Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assemblies of the States: Seats shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of every State, based on proportion to the total number of seats in the Assembly as the population of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the State. Reservation of seats at GPs: Seats shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in every Panchayat and the number of seats so reserved shall be the same proportion to the total number of seats to be filled by direct election in that Panchayat as the population of the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes in that Panchayat area to the total population of that area and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Panchayat. Not less than one-third of the total number of seats reserved shall be reserved for women belonging to the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Panchayat. 2.4.7 The SCs and the STs (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989 The act was passed in 1989 to prevent Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes from atrocities. The act suggests Precautionary and Preventive Measures. under which State Government shall identify the area where it has reason to believe that atrocity may take place or there is an apprehension of reoccurrence of an offence under the Act: The state shall order the concerned officer to visit the identified area and review the law and order situation. If deem necessary, in the identified area cancel the arms licenses of the persons, not being member of the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes, their near relations, servants or employees and family friends and get such arms deposited in the Government Armoury. The act suggests constitution of a high-power State- level committee, district and divisional level committees or such number of other committees as deem proper IWD, GoWB Page 35 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 36 and necessary for assisting the Government in implementation of the provisions of the Act; The act has made provision to set-up a vigilance and monitoring committee to suggest effective measures to implement the provisions of the Act. The state can set-up Awareness Centres and organise Workshops in the identified area or at some other place to educate the persons belonging to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes about their rights and the protection available to them under the provisions of various Central and State enactments or rules, regulations and schemes framed there under. Under the act, Non-Government Organisations are encouraged for establishing and maintaining Awareness Centres and organizing Workshops and provide them necessary financial and other sort of assistance; As per the provision of the act, the State Government shall set up a Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes Protection Cell at the State head quarter under the charge of Director General of Police/Inspector General of Police. This Cell shall be responsible for (i) conducting survey of the identified area; (ii) maintaining public order and tranquility in the identified area; (iii) recommending to the State Government for deployment of special police force or establishment of special police post in the identified area; (iv) making investigations about the probable causes leading to an offence under the Act; (v) restoring the feeling of security amongst the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes; (vi) informing the nodal officer and special officer about the law and order situation in the identified area; (vii) making enquiries about the investigation and spot inspections conducted by various officers; (viii) making enquiries about the action taken by the Superintendent of Police in the cases where an officer in-charge of the police station has refused to enter an information in a book to be maintained by that police station; (ix) making enquiries about the willful negligence by a public servant; 2.4.8 Agricultural Produce Market Committee Act, 2003 The Agricultural Produce Market Committee Act, 1963 (APMC, 1963) operate on two principles, i.e., (1) to ensure that farmers are not exploited by intermediaries (or money lenders) who compel farmers to sell their produce at the farm gate for an extremely low price; (2) all food produce should first be brought to a market yard and then sold through auction. The specific objective of market regulation is to ensure that farmers are offered fair prices in a transparent manner. The APMC Act empowers state governments to notify the commodities, and designate markets and market areas where the regulated trade takes place. The Act also provides for the formation of agricultural produce market committees (APMC) that are responsible for the operation of the markets. The entire State is divided and declared as a market area wherein the markets are managed by the Market Committees constituted by the State Governments. Once an area is declared a market area and falls under the jurisdiction of a Market Committee, no person or agency is allowed freely to carry on wholesale marketing activities. The RPF is prepared in accordance with the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RFCTLAR&R) Act 2013; LARR Rule, 2015; Government of West Bengal Gazette Notification, dated March 1, 2016 for land acquisition and World Bank guidelines as set out in the Operational Policy OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement. IWD, GoWB Page 36 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 37 2.5 World Bank Safeguard Policies .This section is intended to highlight the World Bank safeguard policies and their applicability to the project. The World Bank’s environmental and social safeguard policies are a cornerstone of its support to sustainable poverty reduction. The objective of these policies is to prevent and mitigate undue harm to people and their environment in the development process. These policies provide guidelines for Bank and borrower in the identification, preparation, and implementation of programs and projects. They also provide a platform for the participation of stakeholders in project design. In essence, the safeguard policies ensure that environmental and social issues are evaluated in decision making, help reduce and manage the risks associated with the project and provide a mechanism for consultation and disclosure of information. The safeguards policies of the World Bank are outlined in the Table and the implications of these policies for the project are discussed in Table below. Table 15: Operational Policies and its Implications for the Project Operational Triggered Summary of OP Implications for the Project and Compliance Policy (Yes/No) Mechanism OP 4.01: Yes The purpose of this policy is The project aims at rehabilitation and restoration of Environmental to help ensure the irrigation infrastructure, flood control and Assessment environmental and social management, and agricultural improvement through soundness and various measures. These activities could result in sustainability of investment adverse environmental impacts, if not properly projects. The policy designed, implemented and managed. supports the integration of environmental and social The project is categorized as Category B as per the aspects of projects in the policy. Environmental Assessment is necessary to understand the current environmental setting and decision-making process. possible impact and thereafter propose alternatives The OP/BP 4.01 requires that or mitigation measures for the identified impacts. the environmental consequences of the project The exact scope, scale and location of the project are taken into consideration activities will be evident after the feasibility study is during the project cycle and completed and the preferred options for the project are considered in selection, activities are identified and designed. Hence, at the siting, planning and current stage of project preparation, a ‘Framework’ designing of projects. It has been developed to spell out the procedures for emphasizes upon the undertaking ESIA and preparing ESMPs for the mitigative measures so as to identified project activities. The ‘Framework’ called reduce the adverse the ‘Environmental and Social Management environmental impact, if any. Framework’ (ESMF) also describes the institutional arrangements and the monitoring mechanisms. The ESMF will also guide the environmental assessments for future activities to be taken up by the IWD (that is for activities that are identified through the feasibility study but are not part of the current project). OP 4.04: Yes The OP promotes The project essentially involves works/management Natural environmentally sustainable of existing irrigation infrastructure. The project will Habitats development by supporting not involve activities that can lead to significant the protection, conversion or degradation of critical natural conservation, maintenance, habiatats (protected areas). The nearest protected and rehabilitation of natural area, the Ramnabagan Wild Life Sanctuary (WLS) at habitats and their functions. Bardhhaman-1 block is 3.7 km away (NNE) from Damodar river and 2.5 km away (NE) from the DVC canal. The project impacts on natural habitats such as the rivers and wetlands will be assessed as part of the ESIA, and ESMPs for the various project activities will be prepared to mitigate any identified impacts. IWD, GoWB Page 37 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 38 Operational Triggered Summary of OP Implications for the Project and Compliance Policy (Yes/No) Mechanism OP 4.36: No This policy emphasizes upon The project activities will not be executed in any Forests the management, notified forest area or forest land. The ESIA will conservation, and sustainable confirm any involvement of any forest area for the development of forest project activities. ecosystems. OP 4.09: Yes This policy seeks to With improved availability of surface water, it is Pest minimize and manage the likely that use of pesticides may increase with Management environmental and health agricultural intensification and diversification. risks associated with However, the project does not intend to finance any pesticide use and promote activity that involves procurement of chemical and support safe, effective, pesticides which may have adverse human and and environmentally sound environmental implications. Further, the project will pest management. discourage use of banned pesticides and pesticides listed in the WHO categories 1a, 1b and II. The project will promote Integrated Pest Management (IPM). An Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management Strategy has been included as part of the ESMF. OP 4.11 Yes The policy aims assist in The project activities (construction works) are Physical preserving PCR and in limited to canal bed, embankment and water Cultural avoiding their destruction or regulatory structures. As the structural / construction Resources damage. PCR includes works are limited to existing structures / canal (PCR) resources of archaeological, systems, PCR are not likely to be adversely affected. paleontological, historical, The EIA will confirm any involvement of any PCR architectural, religious in the project activity sites. The EMPs will include (including graveyards and provisions for dealing with any ‘Chance Finds’ of burial sites), aesthetic, or archaeological, paleontological, historical other cultural significance. significance. OP 4.37 Yes This policy is concerned with The project area is fed by waters from 5 large dams Dam Safety ensuring quality and safety located in the State of Jharkhand (Tehyghat, Tilayia, in the design and Konar, Panchet and Maithon). The IWD has construction of new dams commissioned an independent safety assessment of and the rehabilitation of the dams. existing dams, and in carrying out activities that may be affected by an existing dam. OP 7.50 Yes, This policy applies any river, The river Damodar drains into the Hooghly. The International only in regard canal, lake, or similar body of river Damodar is entirely within the national Water Ways to the fact that water that forms a boundary boundary of India, and, India is the lowest the rivers between, or any river or body downstream riparian state of the Hooghly before it considered of surface water that flows drains into the Bay of Bengal. Therefore, an under the through, two or more states. exception of the policy has been approved by the project lie in World Bank. Lower Damodar Sub basin, that is within Ganga basin and Ganga is an international river. It is also to be mentioned that the project area is more than 60 km away from the international border and IWD, GoWB Page 38 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 39 Operational Triggered Summary of OP Implications for the Project and Compliance Policy (Yes/No) Mechanism there is absolutely no drawal/impact from/ on the said international river due to implementation of this project. OP 4.10 Yes This policy asserts that the The assessment finds scheduled tribe population Indigenous adverse impacts of the living in command area of the DV. Though, the People development projects on the project is not likely to impact adversely to the tribal indigenous people should be population, the project will take care of ensuring mitigated or avoided and the their participation in the implementation process and benefits of the project should ensure equity and inclusion in accessing project be accrued to them. benefits. The project will have a TPPF focusing on inclusion of tribal in the project benefits. Based on the TPPF, if so found required, specific TPP will be prepared once sites are identified. OP 4.12 Yes This policy aims at avoiding, Preliminary assessment reveals that there are some Involuntary if not minimizing adverse encroachments in the river bed and near embankment Resettlement impacts on the local those may be temporary relocated. However, the population due to project and project is unlikely in the need of any additional land where unavoidable it ensures for which displacement will take place. that those affected improve or at least restore their livelihood. Projects in No This policy is concerned with The project is not in any disputed area and hence Disputed any project in the disputed OP7.60 is not applicable to the project. Areas (OP area/s concerning two 7.60, BP 7.60) countries IWD, GoWB Page 39 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 40 Chapter 3: Baseline Assessment 3.1 Introduction The state of West Bengal, the fourth largest state of India having an area of about 88,752 sq. km, is the home of about 91.28 million population7. About 31.87 percent of total population of the State lives in urban areas and remaining 68.13 percent live in rural areas. West Bengal offers wide topographic diversity and intricate drainage network of the Ganga, the Brahmaputra and the Subarnarekha river basins. The State can distinctly be divided into three geographical units. The Ganga divides the State into two unequal hubs, i.e., the North and South Bengal. The State has 20 administrative districts. The North Bengal with seven districts covers 21,855 sq. km and renders home to 17,211,010 persons. The remaining thirteen districts of South Bengal can further be subdivided into two geographical units taking Bhagirathi-Hooghly river as the demarcating line. The western Rarh region covers an area of about 46,418 sq. km and supports a population of about 42,677,166 while the eastern deltaic plain covers 20,484 sq. km and population living thereon is 31,387,939. The proposed project is located in the Damodar Valley Command Area (DVCA) and the Lower Damodar Sub-basin, and includes areas located in East (Purba) & West (Paschim) Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah Districts of the state of West Bengal in India. Water to the DVCA is provided by five dams that are located in the upstream parts of the Damodar River in the state of Jharkhand. The DVCA canals currently irrigate around 332,000 ha in the Kharif season (out of a design area of 393,800 hectares), 20,000 ha in the Rabi season on the basis of an earmarked allocation, and an average of 28,000 ha in the summer (Boro) season, depending on the amount of water remaining in upstream reservoirs and after meeting the priority needs. The total area irrigated (including canals, groundwater and ponds) is approximately 100,000 hectares in Rabi and Boro season each. The DVCA was developed more than six decades ago and is now degraded. Numerous regulating structures including cross and tail regulators, outlet gates, distributaries and minors have been severely damaged. Cross drainage structures, including aqueducts are damaged and are leaking, resulting in a loss of irrigation water. As a result, tail end farmers are not getting the required amount of water at the time of need as per the irrigation schedule, and are using groundwater, especially during Rabi and Boro seasons. Further, Flooding of extensive areas of the Lower Damodar is a frequent phenomenon within parts of Howrah and Hooghly districts causing significant economic damage and social distress. The situation occurs because these areas are on low-lying alluvial plains of the lower reaches of the river, a naturally accreting zone where tidal backwater restricts outflow of extensive floodwaters from the upland headwaters of the basin. Along with this, development of Boro bunds to store water in the summer season aggravates the situation. So, WBMIFMP aims to improve the existing irrigation network, to optimize conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area throughout the year, and to reduce flooding. 7 Census of India, 2011 IWD, GoWB Page 40 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 41 Figure 3: Damodar River Basin Table 16: Constituents of Damodar River Basin in West Bengal SN District Total Area Area in the Basin % Area of the % Share in the (Sq. Km.) (Sq. Km.) District in the Basin Basin 1 Purulia 6259 1383.28 22.1 5.92 2 Bankura 6881 1564.67 22.74 6.69 3 Bardhhaman 7028 2113.61 30.07 9.04 4 Hooghly 3145 359.87 11.44 1.54 5 Howrah 1474 726.16 49.29 3.11 Total 6147.59 26.30 Note: 73.70 percent share of the basin is in Jharkhand sub-region of the Damodar River Basin; Purulia district is not a part of the proposed WBMIFM project. 3.2 District Profile 3.2.1 Bankura Bankura, the fourth largest district of West Bengal is located in the western part of the state, which is popularly known as "Rarh" from time immemorial. It has an area of 6,882 sq.km and according to the census of 2011, it has a population of 35.98 lakh. The district is surrounded by the districts of Paschim Medinipur and Hooghly district in the east, Purulia district in the west, Bardhhaman district in the north and again Purulia and Medinipur in the South. It is somewhat triangular in shape and lies within 22° to 23° North latitude and 86° to 87° East longitude. Bankura is drained by Damodar, Darkeswar and Kangsabati along with their tributaries of which Gandeswari, Silai and Kumari deserve separate mention. The river Damodar separates the district from Bardhhaman in the North. This district has a moderate deposit of coal and a number of good deposits of china clay, base material for ceramic industry. The district lies in sub-humid zone having total annual rainfall of 1423 mm. The major part of the district is characterized by undulating topography. The average slope of IWD, GoWB Page 41 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 42 land varies from 0.4% to 10%. The soil is mostly lateritic, light in texture and acidic in nature. The fertility status is also very low. The soil is light and porous in nature with low organic matter and low water holding capacity. However, eastern and southern part of the district is more productive than western part. Rice is the main crop of the district. Besides rice, the other major crops are Potato, wheat, vegetables, Mustard, Summer Til, etc. This district is self-sufficient in rice, potato and vegetable production. The district is having 8 blocks and 75 GPs with 1,378 inhabitant village. The land utilization statistics of the district is presented in the table. Table 17: Land utilization Pattern of Bankura District Sl. Particulars Value (Area in No. Ha.) 1. Geographical Area 6,88,100.00 2. Forest 1,48,350.00 3. Area under Non-Agricultural use 1,09,621.00 4. Barren and Unculturable Land 3,302.00 5. Permanent Pasture 633.00 6. Area under Fruit Crops, Misc. Tree crops and others 5,284.49 7. Culturable Waste Land 2,337.00 8. Fallow other than Current Fallow 1,386.00 9. Current Fallow 2,55,679.40 10. Net Area Cultivated 1,61,507.11 11. Area Cultivated More than Once 1,49,985.00 12. Gross Cropped Area 3,11,492.11 13. Cropping intensity 192.86 % Source: Dy. Director, Agriculture (Admn), Bankura (http://www.bankura.nic.in/agriculture.htm), Note: Figures are of 2010-11 3.2.2 Bardhhaman Bardhhaman district having a total area of 7,024 square Kilometers, constitutes of 31 Blocks containing 277 Gram Panchayats and 2438 inhabited villages. The district extends from22°56/ to 23°53/ North latitude and from 86°48/ to 88°25/ east longitude. Lying within Bardhhaman division, the district is bounded on the north by the districts of Dumka, Birbhumand Murshidabad, on the East by Nadia, on the South by Hooghly, Bankura, Purulia and the West by Dhanbad district of Jharkhand. The average rainfall of the district is 1,446 mm and the maximum and minimum temperature lies between 38to 39 degrees Celsius. There are two distinct agro-climatic regions in Bardhhaman district namely alluvial region (eastern part) and lateritic region (western part). The Eastern Part consists of alluvial soil and is pioneering in agriculture which is mainly a food grain producing zone. The conditions of soil, climate and irrigation infrastructure are favorable for agriculture. As such agriculture and its allied activities i.e. fishery, animal husbandry, horticulture and allied industries like husking mill, cold storage have been flourished in this zone. The Western Part is full of mines, both abandoned and working. The soil of the eastern part of Bardhhaman district is of rich alluvial variety and is suitable for intensive cultivation of paddy, wheat, potatoes and other crops and vegetables. The soil of the western part of the district is reddish and is not that fertile. The district of Bardhhaman is girdled by three major rivers – the Hooghly on the east, the Ajay on the north and the Damodar on the south. Apart from these three, there are myriads of minor rivers and streams which crisscross the district. IWD, GoWB Page 42 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 43 Table 18: Land Utilization Pattern of Bardhhaman District SN Particulars Values (in '000 Ha.) 1 Reporting Area 698.74 2 Forest Area 22.27 3 Area under Non-agri. use 182.62 4 Barren and unculturable Land 2.38 5 Permanent pastures and other grazing land 0.62 6 Land under Misc. tree groves not included in Net Area shown 3.01 7 Culturable Waste Land 9.84 8 Current fallow 8.04 9 Fallow land other than current fallow 3.33 10 Net cropped area 466.63 Source: District Statistical Officer, Bardhhaman (http://Bardhhaman.nic.in/agri/agriculture.htm, Accessed during August 2018). 3.2.3 Howrah Howrah district situated in the southern part of West Bengal district is surrounded by South 24 Parganas on the east, Purba and Paschim Medinipur on the west, Hooghly and North 24 Parganas on the North. It lies within 22 º 35’44.77” N latitude and 88º 15’49.10” E longitude. With an area of 1467 sq. km, the district comprises 02 Sub- Divisions, 14 Blocks and 734 inhabited villages. More than 98% of land belongs to small and marginal farmers and average size of land holdings is about 0.42 ha. Agriculture is one of the predominant activities in the district. The district lies in humid zone having total annual rainfall of 1515 mm. The soil is highly fertile alluvial in nature. Rice is the main crop of the district. Besides rice, the other major crops are Potato, Mustard, Summer Til, Jute, wheat, pulses, etc. This district is self-sufficient in rice, potato and vegetable production. The Land utilization pattern of the district is presented in the table. Table 19: Land Utilisation Pattern of Howrah District Sl. No. Particulars Value (in ‘000 Ha.) 1 Geographical area 138.67 2 Cultivable area 85.57 3 Forest area - 4 Land under non- agricultural use 51.24 5 Permanent pastures - 6 Cultivable Wasteland 0.21 7 Land under Misc. tree crops and groves 1.2 8 Barren and Uncultivable land 1 9 Current fallows 4.6 10 Other fallows 0.24 Source: Dept. of Agriculture, Agriculture Contingency Plan of Howrah, 2011 3.2.4 Hooghly The total geographical area of this District is 314900 ha of which 223390 ha (71%) is under cultivation. Out of the total area under cultivation 66% area is covered by irrigation. More than 95% of land belongs to small and marginal farmers and average size of land holdings is about 0.66 ha. Hooghly despite being a major industrial district of West Bengal retains its basic rural characteristics with over 70% of its total population depending on Agriculture and its position as one of the major producers of cereals in the State. With highly fertile alluvial soil, well developed irrigation infrastructure, the district can be called as an agriculturally advanced district. The cropping intensity in the district is 244%. Aman &Boro Rice is the main crop of the district. Besides rice, the other major crops are Potato, oilseed, Jute, wheat, etc. This district is self-sufficient in rice, potato and vegetable production. Land utilization pattern of the district is presented in the table. IWD, GoWB Page 43 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 44 Table 20: Land Utilisation Pattern of Hooghly District Sl. No Particulars Area (in Ha.) 1 Total Area Reported 314900 2 Forest Land 649 3 Area Not Available for Cultivation 96615 4 Permanent Pasture and Crazing Land 8 5 Land under Miscellaneous Tree Crops 1588 6 Cultivable Wasteland 1518 7 Current Fallow 594 8 Other Fallow 119 9 Net Sown Area 223390 10 Total or Gross Cropped Area 513797 11 Area Cultivated More than Once 193425 12 Cropping Intensity [GCA/NSA] 230 Source: Dept. of Agriculture, Agriculture Contingency Plan of Hooghly, 2011 3.3 Demography The population density among the project districts is highest at Howrah and lowest at Bankura. The sex ratio is highest at Hooghly district, which is marginally higher than the state value. Decadal growth rate in project district varies from 9.5% at Hooghly to maximum 13.5% at Howrah, whereas the state decadal rate recorded at 13.84 which is slightly more than average of project districts. Literacy rate is found to be highest in Hooghly (81.8%) followed by Howrah (80.0%), which are more than state average of 76.3%. ST concentration is maximum (10.25%) in Bankura district and minimum (0.31%) in Howrah district. Average ST concentration at project blocks is only 5.26%, which is slightly lower than state average of 5.80%. However, district specific project blocks analysis reveals that, ST concentration is maximum at Bardhhaman and minimum at Howrah- which is described in following sections. Table 21: Demographic profile of whole project district Bardhhaman Indicators Bankura (Purba & Howrah Hooghly West Bengal Paschim) Population 714599 7717563 4850029 5519145 91276115 Decadal growth rate 12.65% 11.9% 13.5% 9.5% 13.84% Density 523 1099 3306 1753 1,028 Sex ratio 957 932 939 961 950 Child sex ratio 951 962 954 956 Work Participation Rate 40.77% 37.7% 37.5% 39.0% 38.1% Main workers 25.48% 28.1% 30.9% 31.1% 28.1% Literacy Rate 70.26% 76.2 % 80.0 % 81.8 % 76.3 % Scheduled caste 32.65% 27.41% 14.82% 24.35% 23.51 % Scheduled Tribe 10.25% 6.34% 0.31 % 4.15 % 5.80 % Urban Population 8.33% 39.89% 63.4 % 38.6% 31.87 % Note: This table represents total figure of project districts. 3.3.1 SC & ST Population in Project District SC population is predominant in all project district. Average SC population (31.2%) in project districts is marginally below state average (32.65%). Secondary study reveals that ST population is present in all project blocks. In Bankura district, ST concentration is lowest (1.64%) at Barjora block and highest (3.5%) at Sonamukhi block. In West Bardhhaman ST concentration is highest (10.2%) at Kanksa and lowest (6.9%) at Faridpur Durgapur. In East Bardhhaman, ST concentration is more than 10% in 8 project blocks and less than 5% in 7 project blocks. ST concentration is highest at Memari – II (18.4%), followed by Kalna – II (17.28%), Memari – I (15.7%), Jamalpur (15.1%) and Ausgram - II (14.4%) in East Bardhhaman district. In Howrah district, ST population is lowest (0.04%) at Uluberia-II block, followed by Shyampur – II block (0.05%) and IWD, GoWB Page 44 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 45 highest (1.03%) at Jagatballavpur block. In 4 blocks of Hooghly district, ST population concentration is more than 9% and remaining 11 blocks has less than 7% ST concentration. Block wise ST population is given in ANNEXURE- 10. Table 22: Project district wise SC & ST population concentration Items Bankura Purba Paschim Howrah Hooghly Total Bardhhaman Bardhhaman (in 51 Blocks) Household 151,989 806,809 42,590 372,070 706,281 2,079,739 Population 688,813 3,459,154 188,964 1,688,303 3,053,642 9,078,876 Scheduled Caste Population 291,761 1,161,884 70,652 376,505 929,574 2,830,376 Scheduled Tribe Population 17,508 299,879 19,927 3,820 195,422 536,556 % of SC Population 42.4 33.6 37.4 22.3 30.4 31.2 % of ST Population 2.5 8.7 10.5 0.2 6.4 5.9 Note: This table represents only rural population of 51 project blocks (41- Irrigated and 10 – Flood affected) of these five districts 3.4 Literacy According to the 2011 census, the average literacy rate (78.7) in project districts is much more than state (76.3%) as well as country (73%) average. Average urban literacy rate is above 80% in all the project districts and rural literacy rate is below 80 percent in all the project districts. Bankura has rural literacy rate (71%) below state as well as national average. There is a gap between male and female literacy, which is most pronounced in Bankura. Elsewhere the gender gap is less than the national average (16.2%). Table 23: Literacy Rate in Project District District Literacy Male literacy rate Female literacy rate Gender gap in literacy Rate (%) Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Bankura 71 80 79.1 90.1 60.1 58.3 78.5 20 20.8 11.6 Bardhhaman 77.2 82.4 79.1 87.3 69.6 65.9 75.3 12.8 13.3 12 (Purba & Paschim) Howrah 83.9 87 84.7 88.2 79.4 75 82 7.5 9.8 6.2 Hooghly 82.6 87 84.8 90.5 76.4 72.1 83.1 10.7 12.7 7.4 Project Average 78.7 84.1 81.9 89.0 71.4 67.8 79.7 12.8 14.2 9.3 West Bengal 76.3 81.7 78.4 88.4 70.5 65.5 81 11.2 12.9 7.4 India 73 80.9 77.1 88.8 64.6 57.9 79.1 16.2 19.2 9.7 Note: This table represents total figure of project districts. 3.5 Working Population West Bengal has a fewer percentage of female main workers (4.39% of the population) than the national average (7.38%) and a larger percentage of female non-workers (39.91%) than the national average (36.14%). Both main and marginal type female worker percentage in entire project coverage area (51= 41 – Irrigated and 10- Flood affected) is very low (9.6%). In Bardhhaman west, the percentage of male main workers is lowest (19.7%) and the percentage of male marginal workers (10.3%) and non-worker (21.7%) is highest among project blocks. The largest percentage of female main workers is in Bankura and the largest number of female marginal workers is in Bardhhaman (West). IWD, GoWB Page 45 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 46 Table 24: Worker and Non-Worker Population District Male Population Female Population Main Marginal Non- Total Main Marginal Non- Total Worker Worker Worker Worker Worker Worker Bankura 24.2 6.6 20.5 51.2 5.2 6.3 37.3 48.8 Bardhhaman (East) 24.6 6.8 19.7 51.0 5.0 5.0 39.0 49.0 Bardhhaman 19.7 10.3 21.7 51.6 3.6 7.2 37.5 48.4 (West) Howrah 25.1 6.0 20.1 51.2 3.2 3.3 42.2 48.8 Hooghly 25.8 6.0 19.0 50.8 4.5 4.4 40.3 49.2 Average (Project 23.8 7.1 20.2 51.2 4.3 5.3 39.3 48.8 District) Note: This table represents only rural population of 51 project blocks (41- Irrigated and 10 – Flood affected) of these five districts 3.6 Livelihood The livelihood profile of the state varies widely across the districts. The proportion of cultivators is the largest in Bardhhaman (Purba & Paschim) and Bankura district, and the smallest in Howrah. In the latter district, there is a large percentage of household industrial workers. In Howrah, there are a large percentage of female household industrial workers followed by Bardhhaman and Hooghly district. Other workers have a large presence in Bardhhaman, Howrah and Hooghly. As in many districts of the State, cultivators constitute a far smaller part of the West Bengal workforce than in India as a whole. There is a notable growth in the number of marginal workers from 1991 to 2001, largely due to the implementation of the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA). The growth has taken place across all the districts. There has been a decline in the number of main workers in Bankura. Table 25: Male Work Force (Main and Marginal) District Male Worker (Both Main and Marginal) (% Distribution) Cultivator Agricultural Household Other Worker Total Labourer Industrial Worker % of West % of % of West % of % of West % of % of % of % of Bengal District Bengal District Bengal District West District West Bengal Bengal Bankura 6.16 57.75 5.17 80.29 2.69 6.26 2.63 74.81 3.93 Bardhhaman 7.09 66.54 9.40 146.07 5.81 13.51 8.86 252.02 8.58 (Purba & Paschim) Howrah 1.58 14.84 2.15 33.47 17.85 41.49 7.82 222.58 5.61 Hooghly 5.32 49.95 5.58 86.73 5.98 13.89 7.26 206.74 6.41 West Bengal 100.00 938.32 100.00 1554.01 100.00 232.43 100.00 2845.89 100.00 Note: This table represents total figure of project districts. Table 26: Female Work Force (Main and Marginal) District Female Worker (Both Main and Marginal) (% Distribution) Cultivator Agricultural Household Other Worker Total Labourer Industrial Worker % of % of % of West % of % of % of % of % of % of West District Bengal District West District West District West Bengal Bengal Bengal Bengal Bankura 5.31 16.04 9.59 128.50 2.33 15.38 2.66 43.57 5.17 Bardhhaman 3.74 11.29 9.97 133.57 4.43 29.27 7.87 128.68 7.69 (Purba & Paschim) Howrah 1.53 4.61 0.77 10.35 7.32 48.39 5.76 94.23 4.00 Hooghly 3.27 9.87 6.12 82.02 3.35 22.14 6.19 101.15 5.46 Note: This table represents total figure of project districts. IWD, GoWB Page 46 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 47 It may be observed that the percentage of cultivators has reduced in all the districts. Even when the cultivators are considered together with the agricultural labourers (both main and marginal workers), their percentage among all workers has gone down drastically. The decline happened during the decade 1991-2001, when there was implementation of NREGS in West Bengal. Going by this percentage for2001 and 2011, it can be concluded that agriculture no longer provides the only means of livelihood to the majority of the workforce in all project districts. Another change observed is that the combined percentage of agricultural labourers and other workers has steadily increased at the expense of cultivators and household industrial workers. Thus, there has been a clear shift toward wage-earning jobs. 3.7 Migration The sharp rise in the decadal growth rate of the urban population of West Bengal from 2001 to 2011, together with the continued decline in the growth rate of the rural population, is indicative of urban migration. Except for two cities that had growth rates of 40 percent (English bazar urban agglomeration) and 25 percent (Habra urban agglomeration), all the other cities had growth rates below 20 percent. On the other hand, the urban population of West Bengal grew by 30 percent during the same decade. Therefore, it is the smaller towns and cities that must account for this phenomenal growth rate. The growth has happened all over the State. Except for Kolkata, Paschim Medinipur and North 24 Parganas, the urban growth rate in all the districts during this decade has been more than 20 percent. This would have happened because of rural to urban mobility. 3.8 Health and Gender The proportion of institutional births in rural areas of the project district is 84.5%, close to the overall district average of 85.6%. Percentage of children who received full vaccination is high at 96.2% and 95.9% in the overall district and in its rural areas, respectively. Prevalence of diarrhoea among under-five age group children is reportedly 5.1% in the overall project district and 5.2% in its rural areas. There are 2 medical college, 2 District Hospital, 10 Sub-divisional Hospital and 1 State- general & other Hospital, 48 Rural Hospitals. There are also 67 Block Primary Health Centers, 279 Primary Health Centers. However, medical hospital is not present in Howrah and Hooghly district. There is no district hospital as well as state general hospital in Bankura and Bardhhaman district. Table 27: District wise healthcare facilities Category Bankura Bardhhaman Hooghly Howrah Project Total State Total Medical College No 1 1 0 0 2 13 Department of Health & Family Welfare Hospital Total no of beds 947 1181 0 0 2128 15071 District No 0 0 1 1 2 22 Government of West Bengal Hospital Total no of beds 0 0 650 642 1292 10100 Sub-divisional No 2 4 3 1 10 45 Hospital Total no of beds 350 1000 814 589 2753 8926 State General No 0 0 1 7 8 35 Hospital Total no of beds 0 0 204 538 742 4019 Other Hospital No 1 0 1 1 3 34 Total no of beds 550 0 55 52 657 8898 Rural Hospital No 5 13 17 13 48 273 Total no of beds 180 460 630 546 1816 9361 Block Primary No 17 29 10 11 67 252 Health Centre Total no of beds 340 500 180 190 1210 4774 Primary Health No 70 104 62 43 279 921 Centre Total no of beds 394 567 452 387 1800 5593 State Government Other No 2 5 6 6 19 67 Departments* Total no of beds 18 352 817 966 2153 6044 Local Body No 0 0 3 1 4 31 Total no of beds 0 0 83 35 118 960 Government of India* No 1 24 2 2 29 58 Total no of beds 50 3102 34 272 3458 6235 NGO/Private No 36 149 173 107 465 1789 IWD, GoWB Page 47 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 48 Category Bankura Bardhhaman Hooghly Howrah Project Total State Total Total no of beds 657 1944 2215 1169 5985 29891 Total No 135 329 279 193 936 3540 Total no of beds 3486 9106 6134 5386 24112 109872 Source: Data compiled from https://www.wbhealth.gov.in and baseline report of WBMIFMP. 3.9 Physical Features Physio-graphically, the State is broadly divided into three regions, viz (i) Eastern Himalayas (in the north), (ii) Eastern or Chhotonagpur Plateau, and (iii) Alluvial and Deltaic Plains. This section covers the following features of the project area, i.e., climate, temperature and rainfall. 3.9.1 Climate The topography and latitudinal extent (200 30'16"N to 270 16'17"N) exert influence on temperature and rainfall pattern in different parts of West Bengal. The climate of the area is characterized by moderate winters to hot and humid summers. The general climate of all the five project districts is tropical. The Tropic of Cancer passes across the northern part of the district of Bankura. The Damodar Valley experiences three principal seasons; summer (April to June), rainy Season (July to October) and winter (December to March). In the winter season, from December to March the general flow of surface air is north easterly and less humid. In summer months, April to June, the general flow of winds is from sea to land and the season is of much humidity, cloud and rain. The direction of winds mostly south westerly, the season is named as South west Monsoon season. Between these two principal seasons are the transition seasons of hot weather April and May and retreating Monsoon months for October and November. Since the agriculture is the largest consumer of water, agricultural activities are linked with three principal cropping seasons with corresponding meteorological seasons, i.e., (a) Summer corresponding with pre-Kharif or Boro cultivation; (b) Monsoon with Kharif (dominated by Aman cultivation); and (c) Retreating Monsoon with Rabi. 3.9.2 Temperature Bankura is generally arid in nature compared to other parts of Bengal. The climate in the western portion of the district is drier than the eastern regions. From March to May, the hot westerly winds prevail and the day time temperatures are oppressive. The North-westers are frequent during the early part of March (locally called as “Kal Baisakhi”) and help to mitigate the excessive heat. Bardhhaman district experiences a climate which is transitional between CWg and AW types, where 'C' stands for 'warm temperate rainy climates with mild winter', 'W' for 'dry winter not compensated for by total rain in the rest of the year', 'g ' for 'eastern Ganges type of temperature trend' and 'AW ' for 'tropical savanna climates'. Maximum temperature in summer season reaches upto 36 0C while at the cold season minimum temperature touches 16 0C. The cold season starts from about the end of October and continues till the beginning of March. March to May is dry summer intervened by tropical cyclones and storms. June to September is wet summer while October and November are autumn. Table 28: Project district wise temperature profile Season Bankura Bardhhaman Howrah Hooghly Summer (April – May) 17 0C to 42 0C 24 0C to 36 0C 23 0C to 35 0C 25 0C to 33 0C Winter (October to March) 10 0C to 32 0C 16 0C to 30 0C 14 0C to 27 0C 17 0C to 28 0C Rainy season (June to September) 23 0C to 35 0C 24 0C to 33 0C 21 0C to 34 0C 25 0C to 30 0C Source: District Irrigation Plan prepared under PMKSY (Prepared in the year of 2016) Temperature of Hooghly during hot summer (April – May) is varies between minimum 23 0C to maximum 33 0C . During winter (October to March) it varies between minimum of 17 0C to maximum 28 0C . During rainy season (June to September) it ranges between 25 0C to 30 0C . IWD, GoWB Page 48 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 49 3.9.3 Rainfall The normal annual rainfall in the project area varies from 1422 to 1625 mm. The season wise and annual rainfall in the project districts is presented in the table below. Table 29: Season wise average annual rainfall Sl. No. District Normal Rainfall in mm Monsoon Non-monsoon Total 1 Bankura 1109 313 1422 2 Bardhhaman 1140 356 1496 3 Howrah 1208 417 1625 4 Hooghly 1137 386 1523 Average 1148.5 368 1516.5 Source: Ground Water Year Book of West Bengal & Andaman & Nicobar Islands (2014-15) There are three rain gauge station namely Durgapur, Champadanga and Amta situated within entire project district. Month wise cumulative rainfall data as recorded in these three rain gauge stations during monsoon season are presented in the above below. Average rainfall in project area during monsoon season is 1148 mm and ranges between 1109 mm to 1208 mm. BANKURA Rainfall in the project district of Bankura during the period 2013 to 2017 is presented in the table. It is evident that during 2014 and 2015, quantum of rainfall was less in comparison to other three years, i.e., 1075.5 mm and 1127.2 mm. respectively. However, in 2013, the district received 60.21 percent of total annual precipitation during JJAS (June, July August and Sept.) which increased gradually till 2016 and marginally reduced during 2017 (82.46 percent during 2014, 84.0 percent during 2015, 86.41 percent during 2016 and 77.49 percent during 2017). So, monsoon months are gradually experiencing high rainfall and rainfall during post-monsoon months have decreased. Table 30: Month wise rainfall from 2013-17 in Bankura YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP 2013 0.9 -93 15.0 -17 22.9 4 72.6 100 342.4 412 369.7 72 289.8 -4 368.4 27 260.8 8 398.0 278 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 2014 0.8 -93 38.3 113 8.0 -64 3.3 -91 84.7 27 85.7 -60 313.7 3 323.4 11 164.1 -32 53.2 -49 0.0 -100 0.3 -97 2015 17.4 45 1.5 -91 7.1 -68 85.6 136 55.9 -16 152.2 -29 467.5 54 230.6 -21 96.5 -60 12.7 -88 0.0 -100 0.2 -98 2016 6.1 -49 10.2 -43 15.6 -29 0.8 -98 101.3 51 175.1 -19 264.8 -13 445.5 53 268.9 11 46.9 -55 0.7 -93 0.0 -100 2017 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 16.9 -23 27.9 -23 76.3 14 228.8 6 634.2 109 330.4 14 186.1 -23 249.1 137 25.3 159 5.2 -45 BARDHHAMAN The district Bardhhaman also reflect more or less similar trend like that of Bankura. In 2013, the district received 61.71 percent of the total annual rainfall in the monsoon months (JJAS) and rest rainfalls were in the pre-monsoon and post-monsoon period. In the year 2014, 2015 and 2016, the district received maximum rainfall during monsoon (85.18 percent in 2014, 85.55 percent in 2015 and 84.10 percent in 2016) and rainfall in other months was relatively less. In 2017, the district received 69 percent of the total annual rainfall during monsoon of the total rainfall of 1668 mm. Table 31: Month wise rainfall from 2013-17 in Bardhhaman YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP 2013 6.8 -36 17.5 -21 4.6 -77 41.5 10 175.1 122 210.2 6 145.5 -51 341.1 20 250.7 0 342.5 243 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 2014 1.1 -90 35.1 58 32.0 62 0.7 -98 74.6 -5 233.9 18 280.6 -5 256.5 -10 195.3 -22 23.9 -76 0.0 -100 0.7 -88 2015 8.5 -20 10.1 -54 29.4 48 76.3 102 64.2 -19 338.1 71 587.3 100 285.8 0 111.8 -55 34.1 -66 0.0 -100 0.9 -85 2016 13.5 26 29.3 32 15.0 -24 0.0 -100 120.0 52 182.5 -8 263.9 -10 463.5 62 274.5 9 44.3 -56 1.9 -84 0.0 -100 2017 1.2 -88 0.0 -100 32.6 65 28.3 -25 171.2 117 255.8 29 464.1 58 252.9 -11 178.2 -29 260.1 161 14.5 27 9.1 51 HOOGHLY Between 2013 to 2017, the district received average annual rainfall of 1336.96 mm with variance in receipt of rainfall during pre-monsoon, monsoon and post monsoon. The rainfall received during monsoon was 67.30 percent of the total annual rainfall which increased during 2014-2017. In the year 2013, percentage of IWD, GoWB Page 49 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 50 departure from actual rainfall during June was (-)8.0 which increased to (-)23.0 during 2017. Similarly, highest percentage of departure in the month of July was in the year 2015, i.e., 112 percent and highest negative departure in 2015 in the same year (2015). In post-monsoon months, i.e., in November and December, percentage of departure was (-)100.0 percent during 2013 and 2014 and 188 percent during 2017. Table 32: Month wise rainfall from 2013-17 in Hooghly YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP R/F %DEP 2013 2.1 -82 8.9 -67 2.4 -91 56.5 12 93.7 -14 223.9 -8 221.4 -30 287.0 8 186.6 -23 282.8 177 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 2014 0.0 -100 44.0 65 19.5 -31 0.1 -99 78.6 -28 218.3 -10 239.9 -24 289.1 9 190.5 -22 34.4 -66 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 2015 9.1 -24 4.1 -85 16.0 -43 62.4 23 54.0 -50 299.5 23 671.6 112 188.0 -29 215.3 -11 27.2 -73 0.1 -99 1.8 -74 2016 1.3 -89 14.0 -47 20.3 -28 0.0 -100 85.3 -21 166.2 -32 253.0 -20 347.1 31 242.8 0 75.9 -26 12.7 -21 0.0 -100 2017 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 23.9 -15 11.8 -77 115.2 6 186.6 -23 434.6 37 227.0 -14 180.8 -26 212.4 108 25.2 58 19.9 188 HOWRAH The district received major part of its annual rainfall during monsoon months (JJAS), ranging between 72.10 percent during 2013 to 86.68 percent during 2015 and 74.83 percent during 2017.Trend of percent of departure from the actual rainfall is more or less same to other project districts. However, there is a negative departure in the month of June and September in all the five years whereas negative departure from actual rainfall observed in three years during July and August. Table 33: Month wise rainfall from 2013-17 in Howrah YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE R/F %DE P P P P P P P P P P P P 2013 5.8 -52 9.6 -61 9.9 -69 40.2 -24 99.4 -21 228. -2 310. -10 550. 67 249. -18 352. 256 0.0 -100 0.0 -100 1 2 0 1 6 2014 0.1 -99 54.2 118 19. -39 0.0 -100 103. -18 161. -31 224. -34 362. 10 280. -8 24.0 -76 0.0 -100 1.2 -88 5 6 8 9 6 4 2015 9.8 -20 4.2 -83 10. -69 101. 92 68.3 -46 227. -2 854. 149 180. -45 202. -34 25.7 -74 0.0 -100 6.0 -41 0 1 9 4 8 2 2016 0.4 -97 104. 318 8.8 -73 0.0 -100 52.0 -59 119. -49 334. -3 309. -6 214. -30 74.4 -25 59. 88 0.0 -100 1 0 6 5 1 0 2017 0.1 -99 0.0 -100 71. 123 11.3 -79 65.4 -48 174. -25 629. 83 281. -14 155. -49 223. 125 32. 3 14. 38 5 7 6 8 5 1 3 0 Source: Customized Rainfall Information System (CRIS), Hydromet Division, India Meteorological Department, Ministry of Earth Sciences Note: (1) The District Rainfall in millimetres (R/F) shown below are the arithmetic averages of Rainfall of Stations under the District. (2) % Dep. are the Departures of rainfall from the long period averages of rainfall for the District. (3) Blank Spaces show non-availability of Data 3.10 Irrigation Status Canal irrigation is the prime source of irrigation among all irrigation sources in project districts, excluding Hooghly where borewell is the prime source of irrigation. Project district wise irrigation sources, net irrigated area and gross irrigated area is presented in the table. Table 34: Irrigation by Source in Project Districts Irrigation Bankura Bardhhaman Hooghly Howrah Area % Area % Area % Area % ('000 Ha.) ('000 Ha.) ('000 Ha.) ('000 Ha.) Net irrigated area 276.9 331.6 157.52 44.03 Gross irrigated area 453.3 693.3 213.53 126.17 Rainfed area 112.4 138.8 371.05 36.69 Sources of Irrigation Canals 180.3 65.1 296.0 89.2 52.4 23.43 29.34 66.63 Tanks 33.5 12.1 21.0 9.39 8.39 19.05 Open Wells 2.5 0.9 Bore Wells 113.0 47.75 Lift Irrigation 54.5 19.6 35.6 10.7 19 8.49 6.3 14.3 Other Sources 6.28 2.3 8.13 3.63 Total Irrigated Area 276.9 100 331.6 99.9 213.53 92.69 44.03 99.98 Source: Agriculture Contingency Plan of Project Districts, http://agricoop.nic.in/agriculturecontingency/west-bengal IWD, GoWB Page 50 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 51 Lift irrigation has significant contribution in providing irrigation in Bankura and Howrah district. RBMC and LBMC canals (Lvl- 1) have Branch canals ( Lvl- 2), Distributaries ( Lvl- 3 ) & Minors/Sub - Minors ( Lvl- 4 ) catering for irrigation in Kharf, Rabi and Boro seasons. Total length of canals is 2646 Km. and total number of irrigation structures in RBMC and LBMC canal systems is 1702. Season wise water availability from different source is tabulated below. Table 35: Source wise water avalability in diffrent season Sources of water availability Water availability (in ham) Kharif Rabi Boro 1. Average Canal water supply 111070 7960 33347 2. Water from other surface sources (surface lift, 67756 31386 107454 surface flow, ponds, etc.) and Groundwater 3. Total water availability (1+2) 178826 39346 140801 Source: Feasibility report of WBMIFMP No instance of drip or sprinkler irrigation system is observed within study blocks. Eventually majority of respondent (morethan 90%) are neither aware of sprinkler nor drip irrigation system. Very few respondents are aware of sprinkler irrigation system but none of them has ever heard of drip irrigation system. Watershed dept. (under Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchai Yagona -PMKSY) and agriculture department has recently introduced sprinkler based irrigation in other districts. Success rate of such intitiative can only be measured after few years. Financial funding is a major concern for all these Govt. agencies in continually promoting this activity. 3.10.1 Water Quality of Damodar River The use-based water quality of Damodar falls to category A and C (location specific) as per water classification, i.e., Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection (Class A) and Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection (Class C). The water quality is better than the prescribed standards for Class E (Irrigation, industrial cooling or controlled waste disposal). Table 36: Water quality of damodar river District: UnitBardhhaman Bardhhaman Hooghly Hooghly Hooghly Hooghly Hooghly Hooghly Toleran Block Katwa- I Bardhhaman Pursurah Pursurah Pursurah Khanakul- Singur Dhaniyakh ce -I II ali Limits Village Narainpur Majhermana Sahapur Katalpar Soaluk Markhana Dhopagh Harirampu For a ata r Inland Site Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Site 7 Site 4 Surface Sample Month May April April April April April April April Waters, Class C River Damodar Damodar Damodar Damoda Mundes Mundesw Kana Kana River r wari ari River Chloride mg/l 28.07 29.64 24 21 23 21 23 21 600 Conductivity µs/cm 410.6 335.7 340 340 372 342 384 372 -- Fluoride mg/l 0.298 0.247 0.39 0.49 0.3 0.12 0.14 0.68 1.5 pH Unit 8.21 7.41 7.7 7.65 7.44 7.84 7.17 7.2 6- 8.5 Sodium mg/l 37 26 21.7 21.1 23.7 24.4 31.4 25.6 -- Total Dissolved mg/l 244 164 218 218 238 220 246 238 1500 Solids(TDS) Total Hardness mg/l 152 140 150 140 170 160 180 190 -- as CaCo3 Total Iron as Fe mg/l NT NT 0.28 0.15 0.49 0.33 0.39 1.24 0.5 Arsenic as As mg/l NT NT BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 Source: West Bengal State Pollution Control Board (Year 2018) and State Water Investigate Directorate (2018) NT – Not Tested, BDL – Below Detectable Limit Class – E: Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal IWD, GoWB Page 51 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 52 3.11 Land Total geographical area of entire project blocks is 940273.3 (Excluding Howrah district). Gross cropped area is 138% of total geographical area. Net sown area is only 50% to gross cropped area. Project district as well as block wise information on different land use pattenr is tabulated below. Table 37: Land Utilisation Pattern in Project Districts and Blocks Area in Ha. Total Gross Net Sown Cropping Under Under Under Name of the Block Geograph cropped sown more than Intensity Forest Wasteland other uses ical once (%) Bankura Barjora 38445.5 24057 19787 4270 122 8816.3 2457.5 8894.7 Sonamukhi 37884.8 47508 23160 24348 205 9068.5 523 5623.1 Patrasayer 32261.5 39111 20810 18301 188 5129 1433 6591.2 Indus 25498.5 29659 18823 10836 158 65.9 315 4142.4 Total 134090.3 140335 82580 57755 168 23079.7 4728.5 25251.4 Bardhhaman (East) Ausgram-I 24066 30087 19702 10385 153 3321 250 793 Ausgram-II 35922 29110 24480 4630 119 7625 2138 1679 Bhatar 42232 56097 31150 24947 180 250 100 10732 Bardhhaman Sadar (I & II) 43998 56565 32400 24165 175 16 0 11582 Galsi-I 25406 31406 17015 14391 185 108 0 8283 Galsi-II 21802 40559 18780 21779 216 36 47 2940 Jamalpur 26290 50063 21200 28863 236 25 0 5065 Kalna-I 16890 24081 11362 12719 212 130 0 5398 Kalna-II 17540 26997 12835 14162 210 0 0 4705 Katwa-I 16990 21454 11508 9946 186 0 0 5482 Katwa-II 29618 21059 12318 8741 171 0 0 17300 Khandaghosh 26000 37338 23521 13817 159 167 25 2287 Mongalkote 36162 45133 27120 18013 166 0 0 9042 Monteswar 30540 45519 20527 24992 222 60 0 9953 Memari-I 20710 49884 17000 32884 293 0 220 3490 Memari-II 18695 32549 16529 16020 197 9 21 2136 Raina-I 25363 47151 21500 25651 219 0 2 3861 Raina-II 22240 30325 18002 12323 168 46 50 4142 Total 480464 675377 356949 318428 193 11793 2853 108870 Bardhhaman (West) Faridpur - Durgapur 31597 12409 10500 1909 118 2080 4490 14527 Kanksa 25100 17187 14350 2837 120 8150 0 2600 Total 56697 29596 24850 4746 119 10230 4490 17127 Hooghly Arambag 30390 51200 20455 30745 250 528 0 0 Balagarh 20215 37680 14972 22708 252 0 201 0 Chanditala-I 9345 15650 7194 8456 218 0 0 0 Chanditala-II 7042 6000 2421 3579 248 0 45 0 ChinsurahMagra 10820 7071 2863 4208 247 0 0 0 (Chuchura) Dhaniakhali 27568 50325 20089 30236 251 0 160 0 Haripal 18442 34946 13799 21147 253 0 105 0 Jangipara 16423 25250 11496 13754 220 0 94 0 Khanakul-I 17240 33134 13184 19950 251 0 0 0 Khanakul-II 12183 20800 8631 12169 241 0 0 0 Pandua 28642 55696 22368 33328 249 0 131 0 PolbaDadpur 28569 54132 21740 32392 249 0 309 0 Pursura 10042 18364 7405 10959 248 0 15 0 IWD, GoWB Page 52 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 53 Area in Ha. Total Gross Net Sown Cropping Under Under Under Name of the Block Geograph cropped sown more than Intensity Forest Wasteland other uses ical once (%) Singur 19983 23250 9285 13965 250 0 26 0 Tarakeswar 12118 19840 8232 11608 241 0 47 0 Total 269022 453338 184134 269204 244 528 1133 0 Source: District Irrigation Plan (DIP) prepared under PMKSY in the year 2016 Note: Howrah is not included 3.12 Soil Soil texture and covered area are the main two components for analysis of soil profile. Entire project area is mainly dominated by loamy soil (almost 80 %). Only 15.16 % area is covered by clay and 2.34 % by sandy soil. Soil distribution map for the command area under this project is depicted in below figure: Figure 4: Soil distribution map of project district under WBMIFMP 3.12.1 Soil Type Physiographically, the soil of the project area can be classified into several groups depending on their texture, structure, colour, porosity and nutrient content. Broadly, the soils of Rarh tract lying to the west of Bhagirathi- Hooghly are mostly lateritic or red soil. The soils along the eastern deltaic tract and along the western flood plain are younger alluvium. The water infiltrates quickly in this soil. Further south, soil is again classed as younger alluvium but grains are coarser than southern deltaic. The texture and structure of the soil are two important factors controlling runoff infiltration ratio. It has been observed that in lateritic area, the hard crust does not allow easy infiltration and generate more runoff. In the Rarh uplands, the presence of a rock layer in the subsurface does not allow the infiltration of water into the deeper aquifer. Effective soil depth governs root development and is a source of moisture and nutrient supply to the plants. The extent of depth classes which affect crop growth presents that the project district Bankura is having two depth classes of soil, i.e., shallow depth (25-50 cm.) and moderately shallow soil depth (50-75 cm). Bardhhaman district is having moderately shallow soil (50-75 cm.) in some parts of the district. Table 38: Project district wise major soil class and area coverage Sl. No. District Major Soil Classes Area (Ha.) Sl. No. District Major Soil Classes Area (Ha.) 1 Bankura Total Inceptisol 104114 3 Bardhhaman West Sandy 3200 Alfisol 7750 Sandy Loam 25724 Entisol 22224 Red &Lataritic 7410 2 Bardhhaman East Sandy 21537 4 Howrah Recent alluvial plain 12659 IWD, GoWB Page 53 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 54 Sl. No. District Major Soil Classes Area (Ha.) Sl. No. District Major Soil Classes Area (Ha.) Sandy Loam 147714 Coastal Plain 11392 Clay, Clay loam 246286 Older alluvial plain 38387 Red &Lataritic 14777 5 Hooghly Recent Alluvial 77812 Clay Loam 611 Older Alluvial 191210 Note: This table represents 51 project blocks (41- Irrigated and 10 – Flood affected) of these five districts Bankura District: Major soil types found in Bankura are (1) Loamy (307.6 thousand Ha.; 44.7 percent of the total geographical area), (2) Gravelly Clay Loamy (46.7 thousand Ha., 6.8 percent of the total geographical area), (3) Loamy Sandy (27.3 thousand Ha.; 4.0 percent of the total geographical area) and (4) Clayey Loamy (7.8 thousand Ha.; 1.1 percent of the total geographical area).Soil taxonomy of Bankura district reveals major soil classes are Inceptisol, followed by Alfisol and Entisol. Bardhhaman District: Major soil types found in Bardhhaman are (1) Loamy (357.6 thousand Ha.; 51.2 percent of the total geographical area), (2) Gravelly Loamy (42.3 thousand Ha., 6.1 percent of the total geographical area), (3) Clayey (37.6 thousand Ha.; 5.4 percent of the total geographical area), (4) Clayey Loamy (28.2 thousand Ha.; 4.0 percent of the total geographical area) and (5) Loamy Sandy (4.7 thousand Ha.;0.7 percent of the total geographical area). Soil types by east and west Bardhhaman district is presented in the table. Howrah District: The district is having three major soil types, i.e., (1) Clayey (13.82 thousand Ha.; 16.0 percent of the total geographical area), (2) Clayey Loamy (42.35 thousand Ha.; 49.0 percent of the total geographical area) and (3) Loamy (30.25 thousand Ha.; 35.0 percent of the total geographical area). Hooghly District: Three major soil types are found in the district, i.e., (1) Clayey (64.84 thousand Ha.; 29.0 percent of the total geographical area), (2) Clayey Loamy (80.50 thousand Ha.; 36.0 percent of the total geographical area) and (3) Loamy (76.26 thousand Ha.; 35.0 percent of the total geographical area). Figure 5: Soil map of Hooghly district Figure 6: Soil map of Bankura district Figure 7: Soil map of Bardhhaman district Figure 8: Soil map of Howrah district IWD, GoWB Page 54 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 55 3.12.2 Soil Degradation The major problems of the soil degradation in project districts are due to water/wind erosion and deterioration of soil properties including physical deterioration in the form of waterlogging, flooding and chemical deterioration as salinization. About 19.7 percent area in the districts of Bankura is affected due to loss of top soil by water erosion; while 6.9 percent of area in Hooghly is degraded due to waterlogging for a significant period. 3.12.3 Soil Drainage and Water Logging Soils of West Bengal have been grouped into six drainage classes, of which four classes have been found to adversely affect soil and crop management. These are (1) very poorly drained, (2) poorly drained, (3) imperfectly drained and (4) excessively drained, soils. The project district of Hooghly is falling under “very poorly drained” class and “poorly drained” class whereas Howrah falls under “poorly drained” and “imperfectly drained” category. The project district Bankura falls under “excessively” drained category. Water-logging refers to the soil condition whereby the soil becomes saturated with water within the depth of root zone for a significant period. Water-logging may occur due to high water table or submergence by rainwater or both. It is one of major physical deterioration which adversely affects the yield and quality of crops. Crop yield and selection of crop of about 14 per cent area of the State are influenced by water-logging and remaining 86 percent area is free from such problem. Table 39: Soils under Limiting Water Logging Classes Soils under limiting water-logging classes Class AERS (No.) Project District Moderate Hot Per-humid (15.3) Hot Moist Sub-humid (15.1) Bardhhaman Slight Warm Perhumid (16.2) Hot Perhumid (15.3) - Hot Moist Sub-humid (15.1) Bardhhaman, Hooghly Source: SOE Report, West Bengal; Note: TGA: Total Geographical Area Water logging is common phenomenon in Howrah and Hooghly district almost in each alternate year. Water logging becomes worst during flood occurance. The main rivers which take flood discharge coming from water release through Durgapur barrage and responsible for flooding in Lower Damodar areas are river Damodar (Amta Channel) and Mundeswari, bifurcating from main Damodar river at Beguahana. The drainage channels which carry flood water and local run off are located in the flood affected blocks as well as in some blocks in the lower part of Lower Damodar system. A good number of drainage channels exist in the area out of which 30 drainage channels in the upper and middle reaches of Damodar and Mundeswari are mostly carrier channels of flood spill water and 40 channels are also prominent in the lower reaches which also debouch flood water in their outfall channels. Besides this, many small drainage channels are existing in the middle and lower part of Lower Damodar area.The bank full discharges of Damodar and Mundeswari are 1400 m3/s and 2600 m3/s respectively, i.e. the rivers spill practically every year, Damodar over its dwarf right embankment and Mundeswari over both banks. Some of the drainage channels have been highly silted up, the present reduction in their capacities ranging from 25% to 35%. Water Erosion: Erosion by water is a major soil degradation factor. Some parts of project districts are affected by severe and moderate erosion hazards. Bankura falls under “severe” class whereas a part of Howrah and Hooghly falls under “moderate” water erosion class. 3.12.4 Soil Contamination In West Bengal groundwater in 12 districts (out of 20 districts) and 111 blocks (out of 341 blocks) is under the risk of arsenic contamination. Continuous withdrawal and deposition of arsenic contaminated groundwater (<0.01 mg/l as is the permissible limit for irrigation water set by WHO and FAO, the USA and European Union) for irrigation purpose may lead to increase soil arsenic level beyond the maximum acceptable limit for agricultural soil (20 mg/kg) recommended by the European Union and can affect the food chain cultivated in those areas. As per the available information, soil arsenic concentration in agricultural land soils (10.7 mg/kg) is higher compared to the fallow land (5.32 mg/kg). Sarkar et al. (2012) reported that application of 1,200- IWD, GoWB Page 55 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 56 1,400 mm water contaminated with arsenic ranging from of 0.1-0.35 mg/l adds 120-420 mg arsenic per sq. m with each cropping of summer rice making the soil as a secondary source of arsenic pollution. 3.12.5 Sediment Contamination Peninsular rivers like Damodar and Rupnarayan carry fluoride charged alluvium in West Bengal. Use of fluoride loaded groundwater for irrigation purpose can build up fluoride concentration in soils as well as in crops grown in those areas beyond the threshold limit. 3.13 Floods Chronically flood affected parts of project area are in Howrah, and Hooghly Districts. These two districts among 5 project districts under WBMIFPM is typically flood prone due to over discharges of Durgapur barrage during monsoon and not sufficiently drained during peak moment by the Lower Damodar and Mundeswari rivers. It has many reasons like heavy siltation, encroachments, no embankment along the river in most of the areas, etc. Frequent inundation of low lying areas result in stagnation of water turns certain times of the year. Besides flood hazards this also affect the normal dry land crop yields. Flooding is considered as a serious limitation for crop production in Indo-Gangetic plains of West Bengal. Therefore, crop planning as well as crop yield of nearly 22 percent of total geographical area are impacted by surface flooding, while rest is safe from flooding. 489 ha of the Lower Damodar area is subject to frequent flooding to varying intensity (Average depth of inundation varies between 1.0 M to 2.0 M and duration varies between 7 days to more than a month ) due to intense rainfall and river spills. Even after construction of the upstream reservoirs for flood moderation, there have been significant floods in many years, with events in 1978 and 2009 the most extensive and damaging. The Lower Damodar (Amta Channel) has an established flood protection left bank that has saved the area to the east, which includes railways, highways, townships and industries established and operating over many decades, although the embankment failed in 1978 (flood discharge of 10,741 cumecs) with breaches at several locations. The Lower Damodar right bank is constructed lower than the left bank, and therefore starts spilling flood flow earlier, once the flow exceeds the channel conveyance capacity of 1,400 cumecs, and thereby causes more extensive flooding and damage to the farmers and rural communities living to the west, with substantial economic loss through disrupted livelihood, loss of livestock, loss of infrastructure, and even some loss of human life. 3.14 Ground Water Availability Nearly two third area of the state is occupied by unconsolidated sediments; the western part of the state is partly occupied by the hard rocks. The phreatic aquifer is generally developed through dug well, dug cum bore well and shallow tube well. The yield of these wells varies from 1-5 lps. Table 40: Project district wise Ground Water Resources Availability, Utilization and Stage of Development (As on 31st March 2013) Description/ Particular District (water in ham) Total Total Bankura Bardhhaman Howrah Hooghly (ham) (bcm) Monsoon Recharge from rainfall 98905.53 170643.19 18922.39 87499.21 375970.32 3.76 Season Recharge from other 24886.50 42504.98 5987.95 24032.23 97411.66 0.97 Ground Water Replenishable sources Resource Annual Non- Recharge from rainfall 21562.59 13283.39 1114.80 6344.07 42304.85 0.42 Monsoon Recharge from other 32647.44 35214.86 6932.33 21148.49 95943.12 0.96 Season sources Total Annual Ground Water 178002.06 261646.42 32957.47 139024.00 611629.95 6.12 Recharge Natural Discharge during non-monsoon 16232.96 24768.66 3295.74 13902.41 58199.77 0.58 season Net Annual Ground Water Availability 161769.10 236877.76 29661.73 125121.59 553430.18 5.53 IWD, GoWB Page 56 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 57 Description/ Particular District (water in ham) Total Total Bankura Bardhhaman Howrah Hooghly (ham) (bcm) Annual Ground Irrigation 69980.27 94059.60 4970.00 54601.80 223611.67 2.24 Water Draft Domestic and Industrial 4702.22 9608.01 2356.32 7171.42 23837.97 0.24 uses Total 74682.48 103667.61 7326.32 61773.22 247449.63 2.47 Projected Demand for Domestic and 7362.46 15762.29 6038.57 10669.27 39832.59 0.40 Industrial uses up to 2025 Ground Water Availability for future 84426.38 127055.87 18653.16 59850.52 289985.93 2.90 irrigation Stage of Ground Water Development (%) 46.17 43.76 24.70 49.37 44.71 44.71 Source: Dynamic Ground Water Resources of India (June 2017) Apart from surface irrigation, farmers are using Ground Water during Rabi and Boro Crops. Due to extraction of Ground Water, 19 (Nineteen) blocks in the DVC command have reached to semi critical stage. Table 41: Source wise irrigated area from ground water sources Sl. Name Dugwell Sallow Tubewell Medium Tubewell Deep Tubewell Surface Flow Sarface Lift No. No. Actuat Area No. Actuat Area No. Actuat Area No. Actuat Area No. Actuat No. Actuat Irrigated (ha.) Irrigated (ha.) Irrigated (ha.) Irrigated (ha.) Area Area Irrigated Irrigated (ha.) (ha.) Bankura 1 Borjora 2 6 501 1800 47 462 3 68 214 1023 344 1649 2 Indus 5 25 1239 5419 58 507 21 190 31 191 331 1628 3 Patrasayer 2 8 1155 4507 97 1092 62 766 19 252 78 765 4 Sonamukhi 2 8 871 3138 161 1109 163 942 119 592 417 1667 Total 11 47 3766 14864 363 3170 249 1965 383 2058 1170 5710 East Bardhhaman 1 Ausgram-I 4 32 583 4379 78 708 4 83 40 207 172 551 2 Ausgram- II 5 16 991 2494 32 196 57 976 46 150 160 1685 3 Bhatar 1 2 2104 8326 115 635 11 285 3 5 21 910 4 Bardhhaman-I 2 10 993 3317 18 164 62 1314 9 31 10 324 5 Bardhhaman-II 0 0 1235 5730 10 37 30 724 8 392 16 258 6 Galsi-I 1 2 1098 3473 13 68 11 806 1 2 23 201 7 Galsi-II 0 0 1373 4433 6 15 65 1246 1 5 60 209 8 Jamalpur 1 5 1612 5096 4 62 73 2852 17 243 52 1631 9 Kalna-I 2 7 915 3663 115 873 75 3073 2 10 45 2399 10 Kalna-II 1 2 1612 5583 83 798 37 1491 6 16 13 689 11 Katwa-I 0 0 830 4132 1 40 44 2069 0 0 12 266 12 Katwa- II 6 23 645 2875 11 157 62 3012 5 13 37 2169 13 Khandaghosh 0 0 1449 4559 15 367 61 1978 1 5 130 750 14 Mangalkote 2 27 573 3305 137 8335 51 1257 15 143 299 1542 8 15 Memari- I 7 123 1006 3708 13 179 53 1496 14 453 101 2102 16 Memari- II 1 0 1066 4538 241 2729 35 1716 4 63 25 794 17 Monteswar 2 4 1023 5094 750 11102 62 3851 8 587 39 2348 18 Raina-I 0 0 1293 4316 51 590 61 3111 3 15 14 368 19 Raina-II 0 0 1470 5238 8 22 88 3063 22 110 23 449 Total 35 253 #### 84258 294 27079 942 34403 205 2450 1252 19645 2 Wast Bardhhaman 1 Durgapur Faridpur 0 0 13 37 0 0 0 0 3 17 94 705 2 Kanksha 1 4 687 3007 9 260 41 716 21 128 90 2852 Total 1 4 700 3044 9 260 41 716 24 145 184 3557 Hooghly 1 Arambagh 18 256 1802 15111 24 365 57 3654 0 0 57 3577 2 Balagarh 1 0 664 2553 120 1286 59 4260 0 0 74 2862 3 Chanditala- I 0 0 381 2372 65 453 17 1218 2 7 140 523 4 Haripal 59 282 533 3388 5 166 15 1119 7 92 266 2090 5 Jangipara 1 4 591 4521 12 157 18 1133 2 19 58 566 6 Khanakul-I 0 0 476 3819 7 107 30 2425 0 0 112 3304 7 Khanakul-II 0 0 54 570 3 126 19 1660 4 398 126 3922 8 Pandua 1 10 1467 12536 38 860 48 4442 1 3 48 2045 9 Polba Dadpur 3 10 476 974 77 471 46 4414 0 0 93 2767 10 Singur 4 23 410 2536 40 337 21 1321 2 7 20 325 11 Tarakeswar 3 25 148 799 6 166 12 1011 8 289 64 444 Total 90 610 7002 49179 397 4493 342 26658 26 814 1058 22425 IWD, GoWB Page 57 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 58 Howrah 1 Amta-II 8 58 27 109 19 495 14 582 37 194 220 3513 2 Jagotballavpur 2 68 26 138 20 627 17 535 3 16 233 2325 3 Udaynarayanpur 2 13 78 636 45 1048 32 1339 4 48 144 4175 Total 12 139 131 883 84 2170 63 2455 44 258 597 10014 3.15 Ground Water Quality Ground water data was collected from 101 locations of Bankura, 69 locations of Bardhhaman, 18 locations from both Howrah and Hooghly district. EC ranges between 64 to 4540 μS/cm, whereas average is 1061 μS/cm. Maximum EC found in all project districts is above 4200 except in Hooghly block (1300)8. Table 42: Ground Water Quality in Project Districts District Bankura Bardhhaman Howrah Hooghly Entire Project District Acceptable Permissible Min Max Average Min Max Average Min Max Average Min Max Average Min Max Average Limit Limit EC 64 4240 970.2 115 4540 1018.8 554 4450 1631.4 285 1300 623.8 64.0 4540 1061.1 PH 7.4 8.2 7.8 7.1 8.2 7.8 6.88 7.62 7.3 6.9 8.2 7.6 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 HCO3 12 976 213.0 37 1720 298.7 250 457 324.4 152 372 217.8 12.0 1720 263.5 200 600 Cl 18 1013 158.9 14 1013 145.5 32 1195 250.2 21 237 88.1 14.0 1195 160.7 250.0 1000 TH 10 1300 243.1 40 600 252.6 100 600 270.8 105 400 234.7 10.0 1300 250.3 250 (max) 1000 (max) Ca 4 445 80.2 8 140 64.2 8 104 27.7 24 80 39.4 4.0 445 52.9 75.0 200 Mg 1.2 108 28.0 2.4 80 23.4 14.59 93.63 49.0 6 74 32.8 1.2 108 33.3 30.0 100 Na 4 550 86.9 4.6 759 115.6 30 400 129.6 12 50 32.1 4.0 759 91.0 200 No limit K bdl 253 14.71 bdl 34 5.070 2 51 13 0.2 19.8 5.2 bdl 253 9.5 No limit No limit F bdl 2.4 0.47 bdl 1.6 0.481 N.D 0.74 0.28 N.D 0.12 0.087 bdl 2.4 0.3 1.0 (max) 1.5 (max) SO4 bdl 502 88.96 bdl 528 141.44 1 83 43.66 N.D 69 22.47 bdl 528 74.1 200 (max) 400 (max) PO4 bdl 3.2 0.87 0.069 3.079 0.29 0.1 2 0.272 bdl 3.2 0.5 No limit No limit (BIS, WHO) (BIS, WHO) SiO2 bdl 25 8.53 11.41 37.66 24.52 9 47 27.83 bdl 47 20.3 Fe bdl 10 1.213 ND 2.51 1.15 0 7.33 1.11 bdl 10 1.2 0.3 No Relaxsaion Source: Ground Water Year Book of West Bengal & Andaman & Nicobar Islands (2014-15) Iron (Fe) and SiO2 was found in very low concentration in all project district. Fluoride concentration of 1.60 mg/ ltr. has been found at Rampurdanga village of Barjora block of Bankura district. Three blocks of Bardhhaman, 1 block from both Howrah and Hooghly is affected by Arsenic. Almost all project blocks are Iron affected. Table 43: Ground water contamination status in Project Districts District Block Location Concentration (mg/lt.) Fluoride affected area Bankura Borjora Rampurdanga 1.6 Bardhhaman Kalna-II 0.602 Bardhhaman Katwa-I 0.101 Arsenic affected area Bardhhaman Katwa-II 0.835 Hooghly Balagarh 0.51 Howrah Uluberia- II 1.155 Bardhhaman Kalna-II Kalna 3.91 Bardhhaman Kandaghosh Khejurhati 2.53 Bardhhaman Kandaghosh Metedanga 1.95 Bardhhaman Mangalkot Natunhat 1.54 Bardhhaman Memari-I Pallaroad 1.87 Bardhhaman Memari-II Palarhati 7.26 Howrah Amta-II Joypur 8.45 Howrah Amta-II Sehagori 4.3 Iron affected area Howrah Domjur Howarhtown 3.05 Howrah Jagatballavpur Jagatballavpur 5.05 Howrah Udayanarayan Goalpota 1.14 Howrah Uluberiya -I Baganda 1.23 Bankura Borjora Sahabdi 2.85 Bankura Borjora Tarasinghbrid 2.69 Bankura Sonamukhi Ganganidanga 2.49 Hooghly Arambag Gourhati 17.89 Hooghly Arambag Pachimpura 1.4 8 Water quality of surface water will be a part of the ESIA report IWD, GoWB Page 58 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 59 District Block Location Concentration (mg/lt.) Hooghly Arambag Pursura 1.14 Hooghly Balagarh Inchura 2.05 Hooghly Chanditala -I Aniya 1.56 Hooghly Chunchura Khyanyan 6.5 Hooghly Dhaniakhali Ichhapur 2.13 Hooghly Haripal Nalikul 3.15 Hooghly Khanakul - I Digruighat 7.15 Hooghly Khanakul - I Ramnagar 13.37 Hooghly Khanakul - II Kaknan 2.5 Hooghly Khanakul - II Senhat 2.32 Hooghly Pursura Srirampur 1.26 Hooghly Singur Beraberi 1.78 Hooghly Singur Singur 1.06 Source: Ground water Quality in shallow aquifers of India – CGWB- 2010 3.16 Ecological Profile of Project area While there are a number of ponds available in project area, there are no wetlands of significant conservation importance such as protected wetlands. Mostly the existing ponds are used for fish farming. Presently DVC Area has 725 water bodies with area having > 2 Ha and farmers use abundantly abstracted ground water through shallow and deep tubeless in the non- monsoon period to meet the requirement of the crops. Due to non-availability of sufficient irrigation water from the canals, farmers of blocks: Raina-I, Raina-II, Bhatar, Kalna-II, Katwa-II, Mangolkote, Manteswar, Memari-II, in Bardhhaman District and Arambag, Chinsurah- Mogra, Pandua, Polba-Dadpur and Singur in Hooghly District use Ground Water for the field crops in the Kharif, Rabi and Boro season. The Ramnabagan Wildlife Sanctuary having a total area 0.14 Km2 is located at Bardhhaman-1 block within DVC command area. This is located within the Bardhhaman City - and there is no likelihood of any project works being taken up in the sanctuary area – as the DVC canal passes outside the BardhhamanCity. The Ramnabagan Wild Life Sanctuary (WLS) at Bardhhaman-1 block is 3.7 km away (NNE) from Damodar river and 2.5 km away (NE) from the DVC canal. Figure 9: Location map showing Ramnabagan WLS at Bardhhaman- 1 block of East Bardhhaman district IWD, GoWB Page 59 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 60 IWD, GoWB Page 60 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 61 Table 44: Ecological profile of project area Ecologically significant feature Availability within project area Elephant corridors No Wildlife corridors No Meandering rivers Yes. Mainly in Howrah district (Mundeswari) Flood-prone areas Yes. Howrah and Hooghly district Areas of severe landslides No River erosion Yes. Embankment of Damodar river Flood embankment Yes. Embankment of Damodar river Eco-sensitive areas/stretches in rivers No (including habitats of endangered or (Though no ecosensitive area is identified, there vulnerable species) is presence of some endangered and vulnerable species - details mentioned below under section – ‘District-wise biodiversity profile’) Physical cultural properties To be determined during EIA Protected Areas National Parks No Wildlife No Sanctuaries Ramnabagan WLS is located at Bardhhaman-1 (it is located at a distance of 2.5 km (NE) from the nearest stretch of the DVC canal) Reserved Forest No RAMSAR sites No Biosphere reserves No Unprotected and community forests No (Not located within project work area) Forest patches No (Not located within project work area) Protected Wetlands No Surface water bodies Yes Small ponds mostly used for fishery. 3.16.1 District-wise biodiversity9 profile This section gives an overview of the biodiversity in the project districts. As the project area is a sub-set of the area covered by the 5 districts, its biodiversity profile will be examined during the EIA. Bardhhaman The eastern part of the district is typical flood plains of Bhagirathi with abundance of wetlands. Purbasthali wetland complex, located about 45 km from the Damodar River, harbours a rich diversity of residential and migratory birds. It is quite rich in native species of hydrophytes and supports a diverse fauna of freshwater fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and odonates. Most importantly, a small breeding population of Gharial (Gavialis gangeticus), a Critically Endangered species, which was thought to be extinct in the State for at least half a century was recently identified close to this wetland complex. Previously, large water bodies of both Durgapur and Mython barrage have been winter home of a good number of many migratory water birds. Unfortunately, Durgapur barrage stays abandoned by them in recent years. There is also a small protected patch of Sal forests in the district - the Rambagan Wild Life Sanctuary, which provides shelter to smaller wildlife and birds. The district is also known for the high productivity and traditional diversity of rice crop. Hooghly Agricultural diversity especially, that of rice is traditionally the most important biodiversity component of the district. It occupies the western bank of the river Bhagirathi, now called Hooghly and possesses the originally beautiful riverscape with the richness of riverine biodiversity including fishes. The district has no more any significant patch of forests, wild scrubs and bushes in and around villages. The dried beds and banks of the rivers Mundeshwari and Damodar provide shelter to many smaller mammals like jackal, hare, jungle cat, 9 Source: State of Environment Report-West Bengal (2016) IWD, GoWB Page 61 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 62 civets and variety of snakes. There are few swampy wetlands within the district which are home of many wetland birds and animals. Previously, the vast swamp in Dankuni area was a rich haven for water birds and other wetland animals. Unfortunately, much of it has been reclaimed already. Howrah This district shares the western bank of the river Hooghly. But, the most prominent biodiversity feature of the district is the abundance of swampy wetlands, much of which form extensive reed beds. The latter is a very good wildlife habitat for many species of birds to roost and nest. It’s also a preferred habitat for the State animal - the Fishing cat. Big predatory fishes like Gojal (Channa maurilius) which are killed selectively by pisciculturists from their culture ponds along with many other species unwanted by commercial pisciculture, find asylum in these wetlands. Bankura Most of the original patches of mixed forests are gone. Highly degraded relics of original forests exist in patches. Patches of Butea scrubs with lonely canopy of Mahua or Karanja are now dotting over the eroded, undulating meadows with plantations of coppicing Sal, Acacia and Eucalyptus taking over original forest patches all over the district. Considerable forest covers still survive in the Jaipur forests near Bishnupur. Apart from the dominating Sal, few other tree species like Mahua, Piasal, Kusum, are found with dense growth at the shrubs and herb layers. District is of course still rich with the traditional knowledge of tribals and many medicinal products are collected by them along with other forest produce. Many indigenous rice varieties have been documented from the district quite a few of which remain in practice yet. 3.16.2 Forest Profile Some part of DVC command area in Bankura and Bardhhaman district intersect small patches of forest land. However, none of project activities under WBMIFMP is propoed in forest area or any part of forest is located adjacent to proposed work zone. Bankura district has maximum forest cover followed by Bardhhaman among all 5 project districts. Project district wise forest cover is tabulated below and shown in following pictures: Table 45: Area under Forest in project district Area Under Forest (in Sq. Km.) District Reserved Forests Protected Forests Unclassed State Forests Total Area Bankura 80 1311 91 1482 Bardhhaman 3 192 82 277 Howrah - - - - Hooghly 3 - - 3 West Bengal 7054 (59.38%) 3772 (31.75%) 1053 (8.87%) 11879 (100%) All India 423311 217245 127881 768437 Source: Annual Report 2014-15 of the Directorate of Forests, Government of West Bengal . IWD, GoWB Page 62 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 63 Figure 11: Forest Map of Bankura District Figure 10: Forest Map of Howrah & Hooghly District Figure 12: Forest Map of Bardhhaman District 3.16.3 Fisheries The water body of river Damodar has a rich biodiversity of fresh water fishes. Fish diversity recorded a total of 68 species belonging to 22 families and 46 genus. Species of the family Cyprinidaeis dominant followed by Bagridae and Channidae. The abundance distribution showed 23 dominant species across different sites. Maximum species richness has been recorded in Ashishnagar site, followed by Panchet and Namomejia indicating less disturb areas in respect of pollution level as well as suitable habitat characteristics. The dominant species observed are Gudusiachapra with significant relative abundance followed by Securilagora and Labeobata. Exotic species Oreochromis niloticus and Ctenophora godonidella recorded their presence with relative abundance. A sharp dominance of minor and medium carp was evident in the entire stretch. Some fish species that comes under the threatened category in other areas was found to be stable in the river. The trophic structure of fish indicated dominance of carnivore fish species across the river followed by omnivore and herbivores. Three endangered fish species, i.e., Ailiacoila (Gangetic Ailia), Bagariusbagarius (Gangetic goonch; Bag Mach / Bhagar in Bengali) and Wallago attu (Boal; Barali / Bayali in Bengali) has low relative abundance in the river. Table 46: Near Threatened Fish Species in Damodar Sl. No. Near Threatened (NT) Species (IUCN Status) 1 Ailia coila (Hamilton-Buchanan) *, Common Name: Gangetic ailia (English) Local Name: Kajoli, Kajulivacha (West Bengal) 2 Bagarius bagarius (Hamilton-Buchanan) *, Common Name: Gangetic Goonch (English) local Name: Baghari, Baghaar (West Bengal) 3 Bagarius yarrelli, Common Name: Goonch (English), Local Name: Baghaar (West Bengal) 4 Gagata cenia (Hamilton-Buchanan), Common Name: Indian gagata (English) Local Name: Jungla (West Bengal) 5 Wallago attu (Schneider) *, Common Name: Boal (English),, Local Name: Boal (West Bengal) Note: *: Fish Species are also recorded as Endangered Species IWD, GoWB Page 63 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 64 Inland capture fisheries are an important sector of many local economies especially in West Bengal. It provides more job opportunities to rural mass in fishing marketing. The fishing in rivers and other water bodies is one of the main occupations next to farming. The water level and locations of the fish catching area determine the quantity and quality of fish. In most of the villages along the river, the economy depends upon fishing activities. The infrastructural facility, preservation and marketing are main concern of fishing community. Table 47: Inland fish production Year 2014-15 (in Tons) District Fish Fish Varieties Prawn Total Bardhhaman 140518 Rui, Mrigal, Kalbose, Bata, 111 140629 Howrah 38127 Khaira, Chital, Pholui, Kakia, Kanpona, Mourola, 293 38420 Hooghly 96080 Techokha, Punti, Chela, 100 96180 Lata, Sal, Sol, Aard, Tangra, Magur, Ban, Boal Total 274725 504 275229 Source: Department of Fisheries The river Damodar and Mundeswari site is rich in aquatic fauna (fish species). The aquatic ecology of these rivers may be affected by desiltation operation which is temporary in nature and specific to identified sites. During desiltation, the water of the river will not be stored and the natural flow of the river will tried be maintained throughout the stretch. However, the area near the desiltation site will be affected. Desiltation of gravel and sand may affect fish stocks and other aquatic life by destabilizing the sub-stratum, increasing the turbidity of water. These alterations are likely to upset the composition and balance of aquatic organisms. The material at the river substratum like stones and pebbles provide anchorage and home to aquatic life. Amongst the aquatic fauna, the fish life would likely to be affected. During fish spawning season, the fertilized eggs are laid amidst the gravel so that the eggs are not washed away. The eggs of almost all the species are sticky in nature, which provide additional safety. The turbidity in excess of 100 ppm brought by suspended solids chokes the gills of young fish. Fine solids in concentration greater than 25 mg/l, adversely affects the development of fish eggs and fish. 3.17 Agro-Climatic Zone The physiographic setting of the State come under three Agro climatic Regions. Agriculturally, the three broad regions are Eastern Himalayan Region (Zone II), Lower Gangetic Plain Region (Zone III) and Eastern Plateau & Hilly Region (Zone VIII). Three broad regions are further stratified into six agro-climatic sub regions. Salient features of these sub regions are as follows: Table 48: Districts by Agro-Climatic Zone and Main Crops Grown Sl. Agroclimatic Area (ha) Project Districts Main Crops No. Zone 3 Old Alluvial 17,53,757 Bankura, Howrah, Rice, wheat, maize, jute, mustard, Niger, groundnut, Zone (20.20%) Hooghly, Bardhhaman, sesame, linseed, lentil, black gram, green gram, pigeon pea, vegetables etc. 4 New Alluvial 15,30,415 Bardhhaman, Hooghly, Rice, wheat, maize, jute, green gram, black gram, Zone (17.62%) and Howrah pigeon pea, lentil, rapeseed, mustard, groundnut, sesame, linseed, Niger, vegetables etc. 5. Red Lateritic 24,84,244 Part of Bardhhamanand Rice, maize, millets, vegetables, Niger, toria, Zone (28.61%) Bankura safflower, mustard, sesame, pulses, potato, vetiver, sabai etc. 6 Coastal 14,56,879 Howrah Rice, chilli, vegetables, sunflower, sesame Saline Zone (16.77%) watermelon, Lathyrus etc. Source: SOE Report; Data in parenthesis indicate the percentage of land under the concerned agroclimatic zones. Note: Districts in Bold are the project districts IWD, GoWB Page 64 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 65 3.18 Agriculture 3.18.1 Operational Holding Land holding pattern reflects that all the project districts are having significant percentage of marginal and small farmers. In Bankura, 68.0 percent farmers are having less than 1.0 Ha. of land and percentage of holding to total holding is 36.0 percent. Of the total farmers, 21.0 percent are having 1.0 to 2.0 Ha. of land with 31.0 percent of the total land whereas only 11.0 percent farmers are in the holding category of greater than 2.0 Ha. of land with 33.0 percent of the total area of holding. Table 49: Project district wise land holding status District Item Classification of Holding <= 1 Ha > 1 to <= 2 Ha >2 Ha Total Nos. 278414 85292 44325 408031 Holding % to Total 68 21 11 100 Bankura Ha. 148494 125064 133850 407408 Area % to Total 36 31 33 100 Nos. 325565 88410 38892 452867 Holding % to Total 72 20 8 100 Bardharnan Ha. 191610 149896 130612 472118 Area % to Total 41 32 27 100 Nos. 256387 22339 5369 284095 Holding % to Total 90.24 7.86 1.9 100 Howrah Ha. 81880 26669 13242 121791 Area % to Total 67.23 21.9 10.87 100 Nos. 293535 40363 8633 342531 Holding % to Total 86 12 3 100 Hooghly ha. 128989 61311 25855 216155 Area % to Total 60 28 12 100 Nos. 1153901 236404 97219 1487524 Holding % to Total 77.57 15.89 6.54 100.00 Total Ha. 550973 362940 303559 1217472 Area % to Total 45.26 29.81 24.93 100.00 Source: NABARD Note: This table represents total figure of project districts. In Bardhhaman, less than 1.0 Ha. of land holding is more prominent as 72.0 percent farmers are in this category with holding of 41.0 percent of the total land. About 20.0 percent farmers who have holding size of 1.0 to 2.0 Ha. having 32.0 percent of the total land and remaining 27.0 percent land belongs to 8.0 percent farmers who have average holding of more than 2.0 Ha. of land. Similar trend is observed in other two project districts, i.e., Howrah and Hooghly. 3.18.2 Land Utilisation Pattern The land utilisation pattern of the project districts reflects that 61.59 percent of the total geographical area is the net sown area in Bankura whereas 74.29 percent of district geographical area is the net sown area in Bardhhaman (east), 43.83 percent in Bardhhaman (west) which is lowest among all the project districts, 64.17 percent in Howrah and 68.45 percent in Hooghly. Among all the project districts, highest cropping intensity observed in Hooghly (244 percent) followed by Bardhhaman (east) with 193 percent. Lowest cropping intensity is in Bardhhaman (west) among all the project districts with 119 percent. IWD, GoWB Page 65 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 66 Table 50: Project district wise land use pattern Area under Agriculture (ha) District Total Gross Net Area sown Cropping Area Area Area Geographi cropped sown more than Intensity under under under cal Area Area Area once (%) Forest Wastelan other uses d Bankura 134090.3 140335 82580 57755 168 23079.7 4728.5 25251.4 Bardhhaman 480464 675377 356949 318428 193 11793 2853 108870 (East) Bardhhaman 56697 29596 24850 4746 119 10230 4490 17127 (West) Howrah 115593 138738 74180 54706 188 0 0 41413 Hooghly 269022 453338 184134 269204 244 528 1133 0 Source: District Irrigation Plan (DIP), 2016 3.18.3 Agricultural Crops Different crops are grown in the project districts during different seasons and paddy is the prominent among them. Farmers in the district also grow course cereals, pulses, oil seeds, fibres and horticultural crops. Project district wise area covered under different crops are presented in the below table. Table 51: Crops Grown in Project District and Area under Different Crops Project District Crop Type Kharif (Area in Rabi (Area in Summer (Area in Ha) Ha) Ha) Total Total Total Bankura Cereals 79997 754 28290 Coarse Cereals 135 67 0 Pulses 116 669 70 Oil seeds 34 5795 7759 Fibre 222 0 0 Hort. & Other crops 2037 12996 1355 Total 82541 20281 37474 Bardhhaman Cereals 350919 21415 117260 (East) Coarse Cereals 8 0 10 Pulses 731 23145 2112 Oil Seeds 30 29634 17560 Fibre 2551 0 0 Potato including 2710 78217 4440 Horticulture Total 356949 153611 141382 Bardhhaman Cereals 23900 100 1100 (West) Coarse Cereals 500 20 15 Pulses 0 155 5 Oil Seeds 0 460 100 Fibre 0 0 0 Potato including 450 1715 250 Horticulture Total 24850 2450 1470 Hooghly Cereals 159753 0 61095 Coarse Cereals 40 0 0 Pulses 0 4374 861 Oil seed 0 11601 48934 Fibre 16117 0 0 Other crops (potato) 0 78856 0 IWD, GoWB Page 66 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 67 Total 175910 94831 110890 3.19 Agro-Chemical Use 3.19.1 Pesticides In the process of preparation of ESMF, Focus Group Discussion (FGD) were conducted with the farmers of the project locations, in project districts to understand about the type of pesticides they mostly use. The discussions reveal that in most cases, pesticides are used by the farmers as prescribed by the local agrochemical shops. In many cases, farmers are also use a particular type of pesticide that is used and recommended by the fellow farmer of the locality for the specific crop. So, farmer to farmer sharing of pesticide use and advised by the local agrochemical shop play a vital role. Most of the farmers purchase pesticides from agrochemical shops by telling the type of infections or disease the plants are suffering from. Consumption of pesticides in project districts (figure of 2012) are presented in the table. Table 52: Pesticide consumption in the year of 2012 Pesticides Use Bankura Bardhhaman Howrah Hooghly Total Pesticides Consumed [MT] 351.28 N.A. 4447 N.A. 4798.28 Source: District Agriculture Profile (NABARD) Key Pests and Vulnerable Crops: The project districts are having agricultural base with major emphasis on cereal, pulses and vegetables. Attack of pests is a common phenomenon in the project districts during agricultural season. Pests observed in the project districts by crop types are presented in the table. Table 53: Key Pests by Crop Categories in Project Districts District Paddy Pulses Vegetable Rice leaf Folder, Yellow stem Cutworms, stem fly, root Fruit borer (Tomato), Fruit and shoot borer, striped stem borer, Army knot nematode, soil beetle borer (Brinjal), Thrips (Chillies) Fruit Bardhhaman worm borer (Okra) Fruit fly (Cabbage and Cauliflower) Rice leaf Folder, Yellow stem Cutworms, stem fly, root Fruit borer (Tomato), Fruit and shoot borer, striped stem borer, Army knot nematode, soil beetle borer (Brinjal), Thrips (Chillies)Fruit Howrah worm borer (Okra) Fruit fly (Cabbage and Cauliflower) Rice leaf Folder, Yellow stem Cutworms, stem fly, root Fruit borer (Tomato), Fruit and shoot borer, striped stem borer, Army knot nematode, soil beetle borer (Brinjal), Thrips (Chillies)Fruit Hooghly worm borer (Okra) Fruit fly (Cabbage and Cauliflower) Rice leaf Folder, Yellow stem Cutworms, stem fly, root Fruit borer (Tomato), Fruit and shoot borer, striped stem borer, Army knot nematode, soil beetle borer (Brinjal), Thrips (Chillies)Fruit Bankura worm borer (Okra) Fruit fly (Cabbage and Cauliflower) Commonly Used Pesticides and its WHO Classification: Farmers use different pesticides for different crops which are normally procured from the local market by elaborating the disease type to the pesticide outlets. As agriculture extension services remain deficient due to various reasons, the pesticide outlets play a critical role in prescribing different pesticides for different insects / pests / plant diseases. The most commonly used pesticides are alpha-cypermethrin, methyl parathion, imidacloprid, dichlorvos and phorate. Farmers mostly store these chemicals and Pesticides in cowsheds, store rooms and bathrooms.Pesticides that are commonly used by the farmers and its WHO category is presented in the table. IWD, GoWB Page 67 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 68 Table 54: Pesticides in use by the Farmers in Project Districts Sl. No. Chemical Pesticides in Use by the Farmers in Project Districts WHO Class 1 Alpha-cypermethrin II 2 Methyl parathion 1a 3 Imidacloprid II 4 Dichlorvos 1b 5 Phorate 1a 6 Athidathion O 7 Indofil II 8 Aldicarb 1a 9 Allethrin II 10 Molinate II 11 Oxamyl 1b Note: 1a: Extremely hazardous; 1b: Highly Hazardous; II: Moderately hazardous; O: Obsolete Key Issues in Pesticide Use: 1. WHO classified 1a, 1b and II pesticides, i.e., extremely hazardous, highly hazardous and moderately hazardous pesticides are in use in the project districts; 2. Knowledge on pesticide application / doses of application is rudimentary and depends mostly on prescription of the agro-chemical shops; 3. Use of organic pesticides is limited in different stages of crop development; 4. Doses of pesticide use is comparatively higher than prescribed norms; 5. Physical and cultural method of pest / insect control is very less adopted; 6. Integrated pest management practices by crop types is less; 7. Unscientific way of pesticide storage at household level which may have adverse impact on family members; 8. Personal protective measures / Physical safety equipment is limited to covering mouth and nose with cloths; 9. Agri-extension services on pesticide application and promotion of IPM principles are limited. Source of Technical Support: The local agriculture extension service provides of dept. of agriculture / horticulture are officially the major source of providing technical support for pest management. However, their outreach remains limited for which local agrochemical shops play an important role in advising farmers on pesticide use. 3.19.2 Fertilizers Soil Fertility relates to the presence of minerals like nitrogen, potassium and phosphorous. This helps in procuring the right fertilizers and choosing a suitable variety of seed in order to get the highest possible crop productivity. Organic carbon plays an important role in maintaining soil fertility. The soil fertility map of the project districts (excluding Howrah) reveals that high soil organic carbon (0.75) is observed in 79 percent area of Bardhhaman followed by 52 percent area in Hooghly and 19 percent area of Bankura. It reveals that major part of Bankura district is low to medium in soil organic carbon. Further, pH value indicates that soil of these districts are mostly acidic and deficient in Boron and Zinc. Nitrogen content of soil in these districts are low in majority parts and for which Nitrogenous fertiliser application is high in these districts. Use of Phosphorous and Potassium in these districts are low as substantial part of these districts are having moderate to high Phosphorous and Potassium content. Soil Depth: Soil depth helps in development of roots and is a source of moisture and nutrient supply to the plants. The soil depth classes reflect that part of Bankura is in shallow soil depth class (25-50 cm) whereas Bardhhaman and part of Bankura are in the depth class of moderate shallow (50-75 cm). IWD, GoWB Page 68 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 69 Soil Drainage: Soils of the State can be grouped into six drainage classes, of which four classes adversely affect soil and crop management, i.e., (1) very poorly drained, (2) poorly drained, (3) imperfectly drained and (4) excessively drained soils. The project district Hooghly falls in to very poorly drained class whereas some part of Hooghly and Howrah district falls in to poorly drained category. Part of Bardhhaman and part of Howrah district falls in to imperfectly drained class whereas Bankura falls in to excessively drained class. Water Erosion: Erosion by water is a major soil degradation factor and project district Bankura falls in to severe water erosion class whereas Howrah and Hooghly falls in to moderate water erosion category. Water Logging: Waterlogging is considered a serious limitation which adversely affects the yield and quality of crops. The project district Bardhhaman falls in to moderate water logging class whereas Hooghly, Howrah and part of Bardhhaman falls in to marginal (slight) class of water logging. Commonly Used Fertility Management System: Farmers of the project area mostly use Urea, NPK, DAP and MOP fertilizers. Consumption of urea is more than other fertilizers. Approximately 150 kg/ha of NPK fertilizer is used in paddy fields (Irrigated) and 75-80 Kg/ha of NPK fertilizer is used in rainfed paddy fields. Use of organic manure (farmyard manure, compost, green manure) is the oldest practiced means of nutrient replenishment. But due to increasing trend of using cow dung as fuel and using crop residue as animal feed, use of organic manure is reduced. People in command area of the project also used animal waste as organic manure for their crops, However the use of organic manure is less than that of Mineral fertilizers. Table 55: Consumption of Fertilizers in West Bengal by District (in MT) District 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 Growth (in %) N P K N P K N P K N P K N P K N P K Bardhhaman 68631 57644 38294 77511 42157 35037 80848 54189 27030 71384 30474 30932 81802 48398 38121 19.19 -16.04 -0.45 Bankura 29263 26586 17194 31827 21853 16175 38485 29326 13134 30652 13599 13937 35448 22312 17887 21.14 -16.08 4.03 Howrah 10128 8339 5937 12627 10213 6000 13941 7348 7339 10533 3469 3728 11449 7287 5660 13.04 -12.62 -4.67 Hooghly 54485 56969 42844 57998 36736 40695 61917 52617 39118 47367 28532 31926 54853 41744 38296 0.68 -26.73 -10.62 West 712374 495581 363869 782650 476150 319031 824001 453675 282730 692964 262930 270955 756844 390817 319240 6.24 -21.14 -12.27 Bengal Source: Statistical Abstract of West Bengal, 2015 Fertilizer consumption, comparing 2010-11 with 2014-15 reveals that there is an increment in the consumption of Nitrogen whereas Phosphorous (P) and Potash (K) consumption has reduced at district level. During the period of reference, consumption of Nitrogen has increased by 19.2 percent in Bardhhaman whereas consumption of P and K has reduced by 16 percent and 0.5 percent respectively. In project district Bankura, both N and K consumption has increased by 21.1 percent and 4.03 percent respectively whereas P consumption reduced by 16 percent. In Howrah and Hooghly, fertilizer consumption trend is more or less same to that of Bardhhaman. The Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) in N consumption is positive in all the project districts (0.045 in Bardhhaman, 0.049 in Bankura, 0.031 in Howrah and 0.002 in Hooghly) whereas consumption of P is negative in all project districts (-0.043 in Bardhhaman, -0.043 in Bankura, -0.033 in Howrah and -0.075 in Hooghly) along with consumption of K (-0.001 in Bardhhaman, -0.012 in Howrah and -0.028 in Hooghly), excluding Bankura (0.010). Table 56: Consumption of Fertilizer per unit of Gross Cropped Area (Kg. /Ha.) District 1990-91 2000-01 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 Bardhhaman 115.15 149.73 226.83 219.95 221.4 180 160 200 Bankura 63.72 109.28 161.3 227 226.5 160 110 150 Howrah 241.96 350.2 155.97 152.17 171.9 180 110 160 Hooghly 170.13 258.12 286.16 284.51 280.6 280 180 250 West Bengal 86.93 119.02 172.56 177.96 179.1 160 130 150 Source: Statistical Abstract of West Bengal, 2015 Consumption of fertilizer per unit of Gross Cropped Area (GCA) observed increased between 1990-91 to 2014-15 in three project districts. Comparing the rate of consumption (Kg/Ha.) of fertilizer in 1990-91 and IWD, GoWB Page 69 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 70 2014-15, it can be observed that there is 73.69 percent growth in fertilizer consumption in Bardhhaman, 135.4 percent in Bankura, 46.95 percent in Hooghly whereas there is reduction of 33.87 percent in Howrah. The Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) from 2009-10 to 2014-15 reveals that there is reduction in fertilizer consumption by 0.018 in Bardhhaman, 0.010 in Bankura and 0.019 in Hooghly. The CAGR of the State also shows negative (-0.020) in fertilizer consumption. There is a marginal increase of 0.004 in fertilizer consumption per unit of gross cropped area in Howrah district. Use of Bio-fertilizers is of relatively recent origin and its use is restricted to some parts only. Bio fertilizers include N fixers (Rhizobium, Azotobacter, Azolla, Blue green algae) and Phosphate solubilizing bacteria and Fungi (Imycorrhizae). People of the project command area do not possess required knowledge on use of bio- fertilizers. Technical Support on Fertility Management: In order to provide technical support for fertility management, there are seventeen (ten static and seven mobile) soil testing laboratories, three fertilizer quality control laboratories, one pesticide quality control laboratory, one seed testing laboratory and one bio-pesticide quality control laboratory are operating in the State to provide agricultural extension services to the farmers. Apart from current institutional support systems, technical inputs on use of fertilizer and pesticides are also rendered by the input suppliers as extension services remains inadequate in majority cases. Key Issues in Fertilizer Use: Key issues related to fertilizer application in the project districts are; 1. Unscientific application of fertilizer (higher doses); 2. Many farmers use fertilizer without soil test; 3. Inadequate technical inputs on fertilizer application; 4. Poor adoption of Integrated Plant Nutrient Management; 5. Input supplier to farmer extension which is more commercial and less technical; 6. Less use of organic manure in comparison to synthetic fertilsiers 7. Less fertilizer efficiency and less adoption of fertigation method of application 3.20 Presence of Industry Bankura: The district is not having major or minor minerals. There is one industrial area (Bishnupur) having 9 production units. The district is having 226 registered industrial units. The district is having 5 large scale industrie / public sector undertaking. Apart from large scale industries, the district is having a number of medium scale enterprises. Bardhhaman: The district is having minerals like coal, building stone, ordinary sand, murrum and brick earth. The district is having about 11 industrial area with a number of production units. The district is having a number of large scale industries / public sector undertaking. Type of existing industries in the district includes Modern Rice Mill, Rice Bran Oil, Cold Storage, Oil Mill, Chira Mill, Bakery, L.P.G. Gas Filling Plant, Transformer manufacturing/repairing automobile spare parts etc. This district is rich in handicrafts also. Since Bardhhaman is an agro-based area, many Rice Mills are located in Bardhhaman Hooghly: The economy of Hooghly district is admixture of predominant agriculture and industry. Numbers of large and medium scale industries have been set up along the bank of the Hooghly river. Besides, a large number of MSEs have also been set up along the bank of Hooghly river as well as other parts of the district. The district has a number of large scale industries / public sector undertakings along with small scale industries. No. of industrial units registered in the districts are about 6383. The large-scale industries / public sector undertakings include chemical industries, jute mills, ferroalloys, floor mills, agro-industries etc. Howrah: The district is not having a rich mineral base but having about 11 industrial areas with 3049 registered industrial units. More than 50 large scale industries / public sector undertakings are operating in the district which includes docking and engineering, agro-based industries, iron and steel, chemical industries, IWD, GoWB Page 70 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 71 jute industry etc. Engineering and chemical based articles are the major exported items from the district. The ancillary industries in the district are mainly engaged in the manufacture of ships, rail locomotive, industrial furnace, structural etc. Apart from major industries / public sector undertakings, the district is having a number of medium scale enterprises. IWD, GoWB Page 71 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 72 Chapter 4: Environmental and Social Screening WBMIFMP will include activities that have several positive environmental and social impacts including irrigation efficiency, flood mitigation, capacity building and job creation. However, many activities under the project include construction works that are likely to have negative environmental and social impacts. The project does not include large dam or barrage rehabilitation. Large land taking is not anticipated due to rehabilitation work of existing canal system and flood management components. However, all encroachment on canal embankment will be removed as per approved RAP. Considering these aspects, the project has beenclassified as category B as per the World Bank’s OP 4.01. Proposed project has mainly 5 broad components namely 1. Irrigation Modernization, 2. Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management, 4) Crop Diversification and 5) Project Management and Institutional Development. Project will include a number of activities that will be designed and executed during the project’s implementation phase. The types of activities that are planned at this preliminary stage are: Table 57: Component wise investment activity Component Sub-component/ Investment activity I. Restoration of carrying capacity of Main & Branch Canals (Earth Work for Re sectioning Channel Section) throughout the area II. Slope stabilization of critically affected reaches by PCC Block lining III. Rehabilitation and upgradation of canal regulating structures wherever required IV. Construction of gates/shutters at uncontrolled existing outlets A. Irrigation V. Providing controlled structures (Duckbill weir) at tail end of canals and other locations of modernization Level 4 canals. VI. Construction of rubber dams at identified location across rivers/channels VII. Construction of water rataining structure over small rivers and drainage channels to create storage for use in rabi crops VIII. Adoption of Pressurized Irrigation system IX. Augmenting induced recharge of ground water I. Automated gate operation with centralized control only in the main canal and offtake head regulators of branch canals B. Irrigation II. Development of framework of MIS system for monitoring and also development of mobile Management based apps III. Capacity strengthening of IWD, operators, farmers & other Convergent Departments I. Desiltation of Mundeswari river for a length of 20 km from Beguahana to further down stream II. De siltation (Re-sectioning) of other smaller rivers and drainage channels III. Armouring of Damodar Right Dwarf embankment to act as Broad Crested Weir to allow controlled spilling of flood water IV. Improving Damodar Protected Left Embankment by providing adequate free board to C. Flood withstand flood through construction of flood walls at identified locations Management V. Improving Upper Rampur & Hurhura Channels by providing adequate freeboard through provision of flood wall on Left Embankments VI. Raising & Strengthening of countryside existing earthen embankments to its design section of Damodar Left, Hurhura Left & Lower Rampur left embankments VII. Protection / River training works on river Damodar / Mundeswari, Hurhura Khal, Upper Rampur and Lower Rampur Khals VIII. Remodelling & Reconstruction of sluices at the outfalls of drainage channels I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of lowcost storage structure - Department D. Crop of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture diversification Promosion on Cultivation of Hybrid Vegetable and Infrastructure development for promosion of Vermi compost, protected cultivation and post Intensification harvest infrastructure Capacity strengthening of DPIUs and training of farmers and DPIUs officials IWD, GoWB Page 72 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 73 Component Sub-component/ Investment activity II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building (Promotion of small sized FPO) and convert them into farmer producer company (FPC) - 44 nos. Construction of aggregation centre/ pack house (1/ FPC) Providing equity grant and other financial support to the FPC Transport subsidy for procurement of motorized van (transportation support) to each FPC Training to the FPCs and departmental staff III. Support for farm mechanisation, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Hiring Centre (CHC) to facilitate farmers in hiring of farm machineries (Zero Tillage) at subsidised rate Crop demonstration on Cropping System, Diversification, SARP, SRI, Zero Tillage and Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of farmers on Micro Irrigation, Water management, Farm Mechanisation and Packaging Training and exposure visit of farmers and departmental staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one-time sustainance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture (prividing cages with appurtenants) in the main and branch canal and one-time sustainance support (providing fish seed, fish feed, prophylectics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening and training of departmental staff Training and exposure visit of SHG members, facilitators As seen above, the proposed activities are diverse, ranging from civil works to crop diversification. Therefore, the potential environmental and social impacts of the activities are also varied. The screening process helps to make a preliminary assessment of the environmental and social issues associated with the proposed activities. The screening is followed by detailed, focused assessments. This chapter presents the following: 1. Preliminary screening of the project activities for E & S impacts, based on the information available at this stage of the project preparation process (section 4.1). 2. Categorization of the project activities based on potential E & S impacts (section 4.2). 3. Description of the procedure for undertaking screening of each specific project activity, during the activity design stage, when the exact details on location and scale of the activities are known (section 4.3). 4.1 Preliminary E&S Impact Screening for the WBMIFMP A preliminary screening exercise was carried out to delineate the potential environmental and social impacts due to the activities identified in the project preparationstage. The screening has been carried out based on three major parameters, i.e., (1) potential impact covering positive and adverse impact which includes land, air quality, water quality and biological factors; (2) nature of the expected impact which may be reversible or irreversible; and (3) nature of the impact which may be long term or short term. IWD, GoWB Page 73 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 74 Table 58: Environmental and Social Impacts of Project Activities (organized by Project components) Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration A. Irrigation modernization Minimize losses of irrigation water + ve Long-term Improvement of irrigation water supply + ve Long-term Less pressure on groundwater resource + ve Long-term Help in recharging ground water + ve Long-term Removal of weed from river/ canal system + ve Short-term Help in maintaining soil moisture of surrounding agricultural + ve Long-term field Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low; negligible impact on livelihood. I. Restoration of carrying capacity of Main & Soil and water pollution due to improper weed disposal - ve Short-term Low severity; Impact minimization Branch Canals (Earth /neutralization with suitable mitigation Work for Re sectioning measures. Channel Section) Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Low severity; no / low impact on livelihood. throughout the area Removal of excess excavated materials from the canals and its - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is inappropriate dumping which may affect nearby agriculture field low; insignificant impact on local livelihood. and waterbody. Stripping, stocking of excavated earth on agricultural field may - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is damage top soil of agricultural field low; insignificant impact on local livelihood. Dust and air pollution from flying of dried up excavated earth - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Soil and water pollution due to improper weed disposal - ve Short-term Low severity. Impact minimization /neutralization with suitable mitigation measures. Minimize losses of irrigation water + ve Long-term Reduce Seepage Loss from embankment + ve Long-term Protection against soil erosion + ve Long-term II. Slope stabilization of Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is critically affected low; negligible impact on livelihood. reaches by PCC Block lining Soil and water pollution due to improper weed disposal - ve Short-term Low severity. Impact minimization /neutralization with suitable mitigation measures. Felling of tree - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. IWD, GoWB Page 74 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 75 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration Soil impacts and sediment transport in streams, canal, water - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is bodies low. Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Low severity; no / low impact on livelihood. Removal of top soil - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact on local livelihood. Selection of Borrow areas - ve Long-term Ireversible in nature; severity is high; mederae impact. Extraction of borrow earth can disrupt natural drainage, - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact vegetation and resulting in accelerated erosion and leading to on local livelihood. water stagnation, ponding and pollution Minimize losses of irrigation water + ve Long-term III. Rehabilitation and Improvement of irrigation water supply + ve Long-term upgradation of canal Less pressure on groundwater resource + ve Long-term regulating structures Optimum use of water resource + ve Long-term wherever required Better or equitable distribution of water + ve Long-term Help in recharging ground water + ve Long-term Reduce Seepage Loss from regulating structure + ve Long-term Reduce water loss + ve Long-Term IV. Construction of Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is gates/shutters at low; negligible impact on livelihood. uncontrolled existing Soil impacts and sediment transport in streams, canal, water - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is outlets bodies low. Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Low severity; reversible in nature, no / low impact on livelihood. V. Providing controlled Disposal of debris from dismantling structures and spoil - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low; negligible impact on livelihood. structures (Duckbill weir) at tail end of canals Fish migration in water courses may be restricted - ve Long-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is and other locations of low; mederate impact on livelihood. Level 4 canals. Natural flow of rivers/channels may alter and take diversion - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low; negligible impact on livelihood. Improvement of irrigation water supply + ve Long-term VI. Construction of Less pressure on groundwater resource + ve Long-term rubber dams at identified Optimum use of water resource + ve Long-term location across Better or equitable distribution of water + ve Long-term rivers/channels Reduce water loss + ve Long-Term IWD, GoWB Page 75 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 76 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration When the Rubber dam is inflated/deflated, water levels change - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is suddenly and may create a hazard to adjacent people or their low. properties Flood borne debris, especially sharp objects - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Fish migration in water courses may be restricted - ve Long-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate impact on livelihood. Minimize losses of irrigation water + ve Long-term VII. Construction of Improvement of irrigation water supply + ve Long-term water rataining structure Less pressure on groundwater resource + ve Long-term over small rivers and Optimum use of water resource + ve Long-term drainage channels to Better or equitable distribution of water + ve Long-term create storage for use in Help in recharging ground water + ve Long-term rabi crops Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Minimize losses of irrigation water + ve Long-term Improvement of irrigation water supply + ve Long-term Less pressure on groundwater resource + ve Long-term Optimum use of water resource + ve Long-term Better or equitable distribution of water + ve Long-term VIII. Adoption of Attract community participation irrigation management + ve Long-term Pressurized Irrigation Sump development (for pressurised irrigation) + ve Long-Term It will used for storing water, stored water can system be utilized during lean period. It will reduce irrigation water loss. Help in maintaining soil moisture of surrounding agricultural + ve Long-Term field Natural flow of rivers/channels may alter and take diversion due - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is to construction of water storage sump low; negligible impact on livelihood. Help in recharging ground water + ve Long-term IX. Augmenting induced Rise of water table leading to water logging - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is recharge of ground water high. B. Irrigation Management I. Automated gate Minimize human effort and error + ve Long-term operation with centralized control only IWD, GoWB Page 76 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 77 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration in the main canal and offtake head regulators of branch canals II. Development of Better management of irrigation water distribution system + ve Long-term framework of MIS Strengthening forecasting and analysis capacities + ve Long-term system for monitoring and also development of mobile based apps III. Capacity strengthening of IWD, operators, farmers & other Convergent Departments C. Flood Management Reduction in flood intensity and occurrence + ve Long-term Increase in storage capacity + ve Long-term Minimizing overflow from embankment + ve Long-term Minimizing chances of breaching + ve Long-term Reuse of desilted material for road construction and embankment + ve Long-term I. Desiltation of strengthening Mundeswari river for a Removal of weed from river/ canal system before commencement + ve Short-term length of 20 km from of desiltation Beguahana to further Soil and water pollution due to improper weed disposal - ve Short-term Low severity. Impact minimization down stream /neutralization with suitable mitigation measures. Impact on Soil quality & River Bed sediments - ve Long-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. II. De siltation (Re- Detoriation of Water Quality - ve Short-term Low severity. Impact minimization sectioning) of other /neutralization with suitable mitigation smaller rivers and measures. drainage channels Aquatic Ecology- Removal of benthic communities , increasing - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is underwater noise levels, increasing sediments/ turbidity, release low. of locked pollutants in sediment, disposal of desilted material, increasing depth Location of Socioeconomic importance and socioeconomic - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is environment low. IWD, GoWB Page 77 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 78 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration Inappropriate dumping of excavated material which may affect - ve Long-term Direct impact; irreversible in nature; severity is nearby agricultural areas high. Stripping, stocking of desilted material on agricultural field may - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is cause damage to top soil. low. Dust and air pollution from flying of dried up excavated earth - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Soil impacts and sediment transport - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Desiltation will increase chances of sedimentation at downstream - ve Long-term Reversible in nature with further desiltation activity; severity is high; significant impact on river morphology Desiltation will increase chances of water pollution at - ve Short-term Water Quality may deteriorate in the immediate downstream downstream due to surface runoff; severity is low Disruption of agricultural land due to temporary staking of - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is medium, desilted material significant impact on on livelihood. (Desilted material will temporarily be stored at nearby agricultural field – setback zone of embankment) Temporary storing of desilted/ desilted / excavated materials at - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is medium; nearby areas (fallow, unutilized land, degreded land, agricultural insignificant impact on livelihood fields- located within both side of the bank – buffer area in between river and embankment) Disposal of desilted material - ve Long-term Irreversible in nature; severity is high (if it contains heavy metals and proper mitigation measures are not in place); significant impact on soil and water III. Armouring of Reduction in flood intensity and occurrence + ve Long-term Damodar Right Dwarf Increase in storage capacity + ve Long-term embankment to act as Minimizing overflow from embankment + ve Long-term Broad Crested Weir to Minimizing chances of breaching + ve Long-term allow controlled spilling Protection against soil erosion + ve Long-term of flood water Reduce Seepage Loss from degreded embankment and control + ve Long-term structure IWD, GoWB Page 78 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 79 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. IV. Improving Damodar Soil and water pollution due to improper weed disposal - ve Short-term Low severity. Impact minimization Protected Left /neutralization with suitable mitigation Embankment by measures. providing adequate free Felling of tree - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. board to withstand flood Loss of land / properties and livelihood; shelter due to land taking - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; severity is high, through construction of significant impact on on livelihood. flood walls at identified (Encroached people will be allowed to shift to locations their previous land after completion of construction work) Soil impacts and sediment transport in streams, canal, water - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is bodies low. V. Improving Upper Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Low severity; reversible in nature, no / low Rampur & Hurhura impact on livelihood. Channels by providing Removal of top soil - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact adequate freeboard on local livelihood. through provision of Borrow areas- extraction of materials like earth etc., can disrupt - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact. flood wall on Left natural drainage, vegetation and resulting in accelerated erosion Embankments and leading to water stagnation, ponding and pollution Transportation of earth from borrow areas for construction - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact. Higher within channel or river velocity will cause more bank - ve Long-term Reversible with proper mitigation, high erosion and river bed scouring severity; moderate impact VI. Raising & More sediment trapping at downstream river channels - ve Long-term Reversible with regular desiltation work; Strengthening of moderate severity, moderate impact countryside existing Less silt deposited on land affecting fertility - ve Long-term Less occurance of flood will carry and deposit earthen embankments to reduced amount of fertile soil, which in turn its design section of will reduce yield. Damodar Left, Hurhura Reduced soil fertility due to reduced aquatic vegetation and - ve Long-term Less occurance of flood will carry and deposit Left & Lower Rampur micro-biota reduced amount of fertile soil, soil moisture of left embankments nearby field will be reduced. Decline in quality of sub-surface and surface waters due to loss - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is of flushing effect of floods low. More pollution from agrochemicals due to promotion and - ve Long-term Irreversible in nature; severity is high; intensification of agriculture significant impact on soil and water IWD, GoWB Page 79 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 80 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration VII. Protection / River Decline in capture fisheries - ve Long-term Irreversible in nature; severity is low; no / low training works on river impact on livelihood. Damodar / Mundeswari, Hurhura Khal, Upper Rampur and Lower Rampur Khals Better management of water + ve Long Term Reduction in flood intensity and occurrence + ve Long Term Minimizing overflow from embankment + ve Long Term Minimizing chances of breaching + ve Long Term Reduce Seepage Loss from control structure + ve Long Term Loss of vegetation and impacts on flora and fauna - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is VIII. Remodelling & low. Reconstruction of sluices Soil impacts and sediment transport in streams, canal, water - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is at the outfalls of drainage bodies low. channels Generation and disposal of solid waste - ve Short-term Low severity; reversible in nature, no / low impact on livelihood. Disposal of debris from dismantling structures and spoil - ve Long Term Irreversible in nature; severity is moderate; significant impact on soil and water Fish migration in water courses may be restricted - ve Long Term Reversible in nature; low severity; low impact. Natural flow of rivers/channels may alter and take diversion - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low; negligible impact on livelihood. D. Crop diversification and Intensification I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of lowcost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Increased Rabi & Boro cultivation area + ve Long Term Increased production + ve Long Term Increase in use of fertilizer and pesticide - ve Long Term Promosion on Agriculture run off may be containing excess fertilizer promotes - ve Long Term Cultivation of Hybrid the excessive growth of aquatic plants (ssuch as algae, weed and Vegetable water hyacinth). Deterioration of groundwater quality - ve Long Term Soil quality degradation due to excess use of Fertilizer and - ve Long Term pesticide. Infrastructure Reduction in water demand due to adoption of protected + ve Long Term development for cultivation IWD, GoWB Page 80 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 81 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration promosion of Vermi Adoption and application of vermi compost + ve Long Term compost, protected Increase in avalability of agriculture-based infrastructure + ve Long Term cultivation and post Protection against diseases, pests and other vermin + ve Long Term harvest infrastructure Ability to grow all the year + ve Long Term Throughing of non-degredable plastic material in agriculture field - ve Long Term Reversible in nature; severity is moderate; significant impact on soil and water Storing of construction material on agriculture field - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact on soil and water Use of metal structure on agriculture field - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact on soil and water Drainage and water logging - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact on soil and water Crop damage during construction - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact on soil and water Capacity strengthening Awareness creation + ve Long Term of DPIUs and training of farmers and DPIUs officials II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building Increase in agri- value chain actors + ve Long Term (Promotion of small Increase in income from agri based product and facilities + ve Long Term sized FPO) and convert them into farmer producer company (FPC) - 44 nos. Storing of construction material - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low Construction of impact on soil and water aggregation centre/ pack Drainage and water logging - ve Short Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low house (1/ FPC) impact on soil and water Providing equity grant Increase in agri- value chain actors + ve Long Term and other financial Increase in income from agri based product and facilities + ve Long Term support to the FPC Increase in income from agri based product and facilities + ve Long Term Transport subsidy for Air, water, soil and noise pollution - ve Long Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low procurement of impact on soil and water motorized van Awareness creation + ve Long Term IWD, GoWB Page 81 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 82 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration (transportation support) to each FPC Training to the FPCs and departmental staff III. Support for farm mechanisation, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Increase in agri- value chain actors + ve Long Term Hiring Centre (CHC) to Increase in income from agri based product and facilities + ve Long Term facilitate farmers in hiring of farm machineries (Zero Tillage) at subsidised rate Crop demonstration on Awareness creation + ve Long Term Cropping System, Reduction in water demand due to adoption of less water + ve Long Term Diversification, SARP, demanding crops SRI, Zero Tillage and Increased Rabi & Boro cultivation area + ve Long Term Direct Seeding of Rice Increase in use of fertilizer and pesticide - ve Long Term (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of Awareness creation + ve Long Term farmers on Micro Reduction in water demand due to adoption of less water + ve Long Term Irrigation, Water demanding crops management, Farm Increased Rabi & Boro cultivation area + ve Long Term Mechanisation and Packaging Training and exposure Awareness creation + ve Long Term visit of farmers and departmental staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one time sustainance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage Creation of livelihood for fishermen by introducing cage culture + ve Long Term culture (prividing cages (During Operation) with appurtenants) in the Pollution from overstocking and overfeeding - ve Long Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low main and branch canal impact on soil and water IWD, GoWB Page 82 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 83 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Impact Impact Remark Investment activity (+ ve / -ve) Duration and one time sustainance Risk of cultivation of exotic species that may impact native - ve Long Term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low support (providing fish populations impact on soil and water seed, fish feed, prophylectics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening Awareness creation + ve Long Term and training of departmental staff Training and exposure Awareness creation + ve Long Term visit of SHG members, facilitators Table 59: Environmental and social impacts of construction related activities Issues Expected Impact Overall Impact Impact Remark (+ ve / -ve) Duration Camp Site Establishment of camp and Creation of job opportunity for local communities + ve Short-term machinery/equipment/ stone Conflict due to use of agriculture land for camp construction - ve Short-term Severity is low; low impact on livelihood. stacking yard/workshop etc. Social conflicts due to influx of external workforce and - ve Short-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on migrants livelihood. Conflicts arising due to mixing of local & migratory job - ve Short-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on seekers livelihood. Workers safety and hygienic Health risks due to unsafe and unhygienic living - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity conditions environment is low. Camp site security Security related conflicts with local community - ve Short-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on livelihood. Parking/ repair of machinery Soil and water contamination due to spillage of liquid - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is and equipment wastes (lubricants, fuel, chemicals from the machinery yard) low. Operation of diesel operated Deterioration of air quality; Noise exceeding 55 dB is - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is generators harmful for receptors low. Use of water for construction Conflict with local water demand - ve Short-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on and consumption livelihood. Water supply to labour camp Water related health risks (Gastroenteritis, Diarrhoea etc.) - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. IWD, GoWB Page 83 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 84 Issues Expected Impact Overall Impact Impact Remark (+ ve / -ve) Duration Sanitation and waste water Soil and water contamination - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is disposal low. Solid waste generation Land pollution - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Storage, handling and Work safety and human health risks - ve Long-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on transport of hazardous livelihood. materials Restoration of camp area Low esthetic value if camp site is not restored to its original - ve Short-term Indirect impact; severity is low; low impact on landscape livelihood. Work Places Operation and movement of Deterioration of air quality due to exhaust gases and dust - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is machinery and equipment emissions low. Noise from vehicles, compaction rollers, concrete mixers - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. and construction equipment exceeding 55 dB is harmful for receptors Transportation of Smoke and dust generation; fall of transported material; - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is construction material chance of accidents; damage to access roads low. Soil erosion and contamination - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate impact. Air pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. Water pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact due to contamination of surface water by surface runoff from the construction site. Noise pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. Occupational, Health and Safety issues - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. Damage to infrastructure - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate impact. Construction works Creation of job opportunity for local tribal communities as + ve Short-term well as local people Soil erosion and contamination - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low (if desilted material contains heavy metals- severity is high); insignificant impact on local livelihood. Accident risks - ve Short-term Severity is low; moderate impact on livelihood. IWD, GoWB Page 84 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 85 Issues Expected Impact Overall Impact Impact Remark (+ ve / -ve) Duration Dumping of waste material to crops and cultivated area - ve Short-term Indirect impact; reversible in nature; severity is low. Loss of natural vegetation and associated fauna - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; Low severity; low to moderate impact on aquatic life due to reduction or irregular water supply in the downstream during construction phase. Damage to infrastructure - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate impact. Noise pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. Air pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low. Water pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low impact due to contamination of surface water by surface runoff from the construction site. Land degradation; soil erosion; drainage and water logging - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate problem impact. Residual wastes; construction material waste - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate impact. Procurement of construction material from unauthorised - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; low source impact. Stripping, stocking of construction material on agricultural - ve Short-term Direct impact; reversible in nature; severity is field may cause damage to top soil of agricultural field low; insignificant impact on local livelihood. Soil Erosion due to temporary diversion of natural drain - ve Short-term Water Quality may deteriorate in the during construction immediate downstream due to surface runoff; severity is low; insignificant impact on livelihood. Irrigation water delivery reduction /interruption - ve Short-term Reversible and low severity in nature; low to moderate impact on local livelihood on short- term due to reduction or irregular water supply in the downstream during construction phase. Safety/health measures for Accident risks, particularly for local population living - ve Short-term Severity is low; moderate impact on local population within/near the project intervention area especially women, livelihood. children and elderly people Impact on human health, especially workers working at - ve Short-term Severity is low; moderate impact on construction sites. livelihood. Excavation and restoration Change in land use pattern; - ve Long-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate of Borrow Area Soil erosion; impact. IWD, GoWB Page 85 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 86 Issues Expected Impact Overall Impact Impact Remark (+ ve / -ve) Duration Visual sores in landscape; Public health risks due to mosquito-breeding places; Land disputes; Loss of potential crop land; Loss of vegetation Generation and disposal of Soil, water pollution - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low (if solid waste desilted material contains heavy metals- severity is high); insignificant impact on local livelihood. Environmental damage Environmental damage from accidental release of toxic, - ve Long-term Irreversible in nature; severity is moderate; during flood infectious, or otherwise harmful material from construction significant impact on soil and water site during flooding. Road impacts and traffic Communities along haulage road, project communities, - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity and low issues public impact on local livelihoods Obstruction of access ways Community members - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity and low to communities impact on local livelihoods Disruption of livelihoods Community members, farmers - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; low severity and moderate impact on local livelihoods Sanitation issues and public Land, water bodies, workers, public - ve Short-term Reversible in nature; severity is low; mederate health impacts impact. Disturbance of culturally Local communities - ve Short-term Indirect Impact; reversible in nature; severity sensitive sites is low. Chance of finding Archaeological property + ve Long-term IWD, GoWB Page 86 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 87 Table 60: Environmental and Social Impacts of Project Activities (organized by Environmental and Social resources) Resource Expected Environmental and Social Impacts Surface Water Improvement to delivery system and hydro-mechanical works will result in conservation of Availability water and improving water use efficiency. Investment in micro-irrigation will improve water use efficiency. Surface Water Surface water contamination due to project activities is not foreseen except during construction Quality stage due to improper handling of construction materials, equipment and wastes. However, during the course of water conveyance through canals, water quality may be impacted byexternalities. Intensified agricultural practices will cause increased use of synthetic fertilizer and pesticides which could pollute surface water. Ground Water Induced recharge of ground water is one of the activities proposed under the project. In addition to this, theactivitiesproposed under rehabilitation of irrigation system and flood management will also help in recharging ground water. Proper treatment mechanism shall be adopted before augmenting induced ground water recharge to eliminate any possibility of ground water contamination, which may affect entire aquifer system. Intensified agricultural practices will cause increased use of synthetic fertilizer and pesticides which could pollute ground water. Waterlogged areas The flood mitigation component of the project will mitigate water logging and improve conditions in affected farm land and habitations. Geology and Soils There will be no impacts to geology and soils, all work will take place within the existing canal and its embankment. However, desilted material shall be disposed in scientific manner to minimize any kind of impact on environment and health. Quality of desilted material shall be tested before developing disposal plan and disposal plan shall be in accordance with chemical specification of desilted material. Vegetation Trees, large shrubs, etc., in the canal RoW will be cleared. Therefore there is a loss in vegetation cover. Aquatic weeds will be cleared from the canals and have to be suitably disposed. Fisheries There will be impacts due to construction activity leading to deterioration in water quality impacting fish populations. Also, closure of canals during the civil works will affect water flows and impact downstream fisheries. Fish breeding during monsoon may be affected due to construction related activities. Promotion of cage based fishery may lead to water pollution due to overstocking and overfeeding. Cultivation of exotic species may impact native populations. Wildlife The canal will remain an open water conveyance; there will be no impact to wildlife. No wild Resources life habitation is there where the existing canal system operates. Threatened, No species of conservation importance or critical habitats have been identified in the project Endangered and area. There would be no impact to such species. Sensitive Species Health and Public No severe health issues are expected due to construction or implementation of proposed Safety activities at this stage. However, health and public safety measures are required during construction phase of the project. Agricultural activity will be increased due to rehabilitation of irrigation network and promotion of crop diversification, which in turn may lead to increase in using synthetic fertilizer/ pesticide. Improper selection and handling of these agro-chemicals could impact on soil, water and health. Air Quality Air quality impacts include generation of dust, gaseous emissions as well as noise during construction activity. Access and Transportation to the project location would take place on specified roadways (state, national Transportation and/or municipal / rural / GP). No new roadways will be constructed under the project. The proposed project will not impact access and transportation for a longer duration. Temporary disruptions are likely during construction. Socio-economic The project will benefit the community in general and farmers and fishers in particular. More area will have surface irrigation facility hence dependency on ground water will reduce. There will be improvement in crop production and income of the farmers. However, inclusion and equity issues may remain a concern in benefit accessing in certain activities like agriculture, accessing canal irrigation, etc. IWD, GoWB Page 87 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 88 4.2 Categorization of project activities The project activities have been classified under three categories based on the type and extent of potential environmental and social impacts. Category 1: Project activities that are likely to have major environmental impacts will go through Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). The EIA will identify the impacts and mitigation measures, based on which, an activity specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared. The EMP will list the impacts, mitigation measures, responsible parties, timeframe for implementation, monitoring systems, and budget. The EMP will be incorporated into the bid documents and the contractor is bound to implement it. Category 2: Project activities that are likely to have moderate environmental impacts will not go through EIA. A Rapid Environmental Checklist will be used to determine possible impacts. Based on the generic EMP provided in this ESMF (see bullet point 6.5.4 under section 6), an activity specific EMP will be prepared that will list the impacts, mitigation measures, responsible parties, timeframe for implementation, monitoring systems, and budget. The EMP will be incorporated into the bid documents and the contractor is bound to implement it. Category 3: Project activities that are likely to have negligible or no environmental impacts will not go through EIA. EMP will not be required. Table 61: Sub-component/ activity wise project categorization based on potential environmental and social impacts Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment activity Category Category Category No. (1- High) (2- (3 – Low) Medium) I. Restoration of carrying capacity of Main & Branch ✓ Canals (Earth Work for Re-sectioning Channel Section) throughout the area II. Slope stabilization of critically affected reaches by ✓ PCC Block lining III. Rehabilitation and upgradation of canal regulating ✓ structures wherever required IV. Construction of gates/shutters at uncontrolled existing ✓ Irrigation outlets A modernization V. Providing controlled structures (Duckbill weir) at tail ✓ end of canals and other locations of Level 4 canals. VI. Construction of rubber dams at identified location ✓ across rivers/channels VII. Construction of water retaining structure over small ✓ rivers and drainage channels to create storage for use in Rabi crops VIII. Adoption of Pressurized Irrigation system ✓ IX. Augmenting induced recharge of ground water ✓ I. Automated gate operation with centralized control only ✓ in the main canal and offtake head regulators of branch canals Irrigation B II. Development of framework of MIS system for ✓ Management monitoring and also development of mobile based apps III. Capacity strengthening of IWD, operators, farmers & ✓ other Convergent Departments I. Desiltation of Mundeswari river for a length of 20 km ✓ Flood from Beguahana to further down stream C Management II. De siltation (Re-sectioning) of other smaller rivers and ✓ drainage channels IWD, GoWB Page 88 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 89 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment activity Category Category Category No. (1- High) (2- (3 – Low) Medium) III. Armoring of Damodar Right Dwarf embankment to ✓ act as Broad Crested Weir to allow controlled spilling of flood water IV. Improving Damodar Protected Left Embankment by ✓ providing adequate free board to withstand flood through construction of flood walls at identified locations V. Improving Upper Rampur & Hurhura Channels by ✓ providing adequate freeboard through provision of flood wall on Left Embankments VI. Raising & Strengthening of countryside existing ✓ earthen embankments to its design section of Damodar Left, Hurhura Left & Lower Rampur left embankments VII. Protection / River training works on river Damodar / ✓ Mundeswari, Hurhura Khal, Upper Rampur and Lower Rampur Khals VIII. Remodeling& Reconstruction of sluices at the ✓ outfalls of drainage channels I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of low cost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Promosion on Cultivation of Hybrid Vegetable ✓ Infrastructure development for promosion of Vermi ✓ compost, protected cultivation and post harvest infrastructure Capacity strengthening of DPIUs and training of farmers ✓ and DPIUs officials II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building (Promotion of small sized FPO) ✓ and convert them into farmer producer company (FPC) - 44 nos. Construction of aggregation centre/ pack house (1/ FPC) ✓ Providing equity grant and other financial support to the ✓ FPC Transport subsidy for procurement of motorized van ✓ (transportation support) to each FPC Training to the FPCs and departmental staff ✓ Crop III. Support for farm mechanisation, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less D diversification water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Hiring Centre (CHC) to facilitate ✓ farmers in hiring of farm machineries (Zero Tillage) at subsidised rate Crop demonstration on Cropping System, Diversification, ✓ SARP, SRI, Zero Tillage and Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of farmers on Micro Irrigation, Water ✓ management, Farm Mechanisation and Packaging Training and exposure visit of farmers and departmental ✓ staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one time sustainance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture (prividing cages with ✓ appurtenants) in the main and branch canal and one time sustainance support (providing fish seed, fish feed, prophylectics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening and training of departmental staff ✓ Training and exposure visit of SHG members, facilitators ✓ IWD, GoWB Page 89 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 90 4.3 Procedure for screening of project activities The project will use a structured approach to environmental and social management following the hierarchy of avoidance, minimization, compensation/mitigation for negative impacts and enhancement of positive impacts where practically feasible and advantageous. The overall step-by step process begining with the screening stage is depicted in a flow chart (see Figure 16). The screening stage is elaborated in this section. The remaining stages are described in chapter 6. 4.3.1 Overview of the Process – From Screening to E&S Management Plans For project activities in Categories 1 and 2 (listed in Table 67 belo), a screening process is undertaken in order to identify the need and scope for further social and environmental assessments. The screening checklist will help identify any likelihood of substantial social and environmental impacts of the activities arising due to the nature, scale and location of the activities. Such activities require detailed assessment through an EIA and identification of appropriate mitigation measures spelt out in an ESMP (described in detail in chapter 6). The screening checklist will also help identify activities having limited or insignificant environmental and social consequences for which further assessment could be limited in scope or may not be required. IWD, GoWB Page 90 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 91 Figure 13: ESMF Process 4.3.2. Details of the Screening Process This step will involve review of the available environmental and social information about the project activities and their location. It would help identify issues to be verified during reconnaissance site visits and also provide preliminary information regarding the nature, extent, and timing of environmental and social issues that would need to be handled during the subsequent stages. It will also help identify opportunities for avoidance and/or minimization early in the project cycle so that the design process can be informed appropriately. The steps to be followed include the following: I. Confirm the presence of environmentally and socially sensitive areas from secondary sources or preliminary site observations. II. Verify the extent of applicability of GoI, state and World Bank policies in project activities. III. Identify potential negative and positive impacts; provide clarity on which issues need to be investigated more comprehensively during preparation of Environmental & Social Impact Assessment that will be done during the design stage. This should help with sequencing of project locations and factoring in timelines like those associated with regulatory clearance processes into project implementation. IWD, GoWB Page 91 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 92 The process of preparing the environmental and social screening checklist and scoping will typically cover: i. Describing the need for the project activity, i.e. the issues or problems to be addressed. ii. Describing the proposed options. iii. Identifying the potential environmental and social impacts of the options. iv. Undertaking a preliminary evaluation of the potential environmental and social impacts of the options. v. Consulting local officials on the options, and the potential impacts. vi. Describing the preliminary consultation with relevant agencies and local community. The focus of these consultations would be informing the local community, reviewing the likely issues and problems. vii. Selecting a preferred option or short list of options. The appraisal of the available DPR / Feasibility study reports should be included from an environmental and social perspective. viii. Identifying the planning approvals which are likely to be required from MoEFCC, SPCB and other regulatory agencies. ix. Determining the type and scope of EIA study. Terms of Reference (ToR) for an Environmental and Social Assessment Study of the preferred option or the short list of options. While more extensive data is likely to be required for ESIA, some data on baseline conditions will generally be required for screening to compare the environmental and social impacts of project options and to assess the extent of any environmental and social impacts. The robustness of screening will often be dependent on the quality of data on baseline conditions and the assessment of induced environmental and social impacts. The assessment of baseline conditions should consider the followings: i. Past trends in environmental and social quality ii. Community preferences and competing demands for resources iii. Other current or proposed development programs in the project area. Maps will be required to indicate the spatial relationship between the sources and recipients of the environmental and social impacts. Google Earth and other open source satellite imagery data can also be very useful in indicating changes in land use and other environmental features. The following checklist will help identify the components that need to be investigated during the screening process. Table 62: E&S Screening Checklist S. Environmental & Social Status / Availability Type Significance Likelihood Descript No. Features within 3 km radius of of Impact of Impact ion of from activity sites Impact (High, (Likely, Impact (Yes/No) If yes, (+ or -) Medium, Unlikely) mention distance in Low) km) Physical Environment Natural Drain Standing water bodies (ponds, lakes, etc.) Flowing water bodies (rivers, rivulets, streams, canals, etc.) Ground water sources (open wells, bore wells, etc.) Meandering River Erosion prone stretches IWD, GoWB Page 92 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 93 S. Environmental & Social Status / Availability Type Significance Likelihood Descript No. Features within 3 km radius of of Impact of Impact ion of from activity sites Impact (High, (Likely, Impact (Yes/No) If yes, (+ or -) Medium, Unlikely) mention distance in Low) km) Areas with high slope (higher than 15 percent) Landforms (hills, valleys) Coal Mine Biological Environment National Park / Wildlife Sanctuary Reserved Forests Community Forest Large Trees / Woodland Sacred Groves Presence of endangered species / habitat areas Migratory routes Ecologically sensitive areas Human Environment Settlements/Habitations Sensitive Receptors (schools, hospitals, etc.) Drinking water sources Underground utility lines like electricity lines, pipelines for gas, etc Physical cultural resources – Protected monuments, historical sites, etc. Physical cultural resources – Religious structures, other sites significant to community Agricultural land Defence Installations / Airports National highway State highway Heavy polluting Industry Water or Waste water Treatment Plant Social Safeguard Issues Any loss / reduction of access to traditional dependent communities (to areas where they earn for their primary or substantial livelihood). Adverse impacts to women, gender issues including economic and safety concerns Presence of Indigenous / vulnerable communities Land acquisition of private land leading to loss of shelter and livelihood Involuntary land taking resulting in loss of income; livelihood; sources of livelihood; loss of access to common property resources and / or private residential and/or IWD, GoWB Page 93 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 94 S. Environmental & Social Status / Availability Type Significance Likelihood Descript No. Features within 3 km radius of of Impact of Impact ion of from activity sites Impact (High, (Likely, Impact (Yes/No) If yes, (+ or -) Medium, Unlikely) mention distance in Low) km) property resources. Possible conflicts with and/or disruption to local community Significant issues raised by the stakeholders during consultation The results of the above checklist will help identify the scope of the ESA study and timeframe required for obtaining the regulatory clearances (if any). The environmental and social safeguard screening shall occur during the project preparation stage as a soon as the fairly accurateintervention location is known for the project activities. The formulation of the project specific ToR shall be done based on the screening outputs highlighting environmental and social components that require detailed assessment during the ESA stage. A generic ToR for ESA study is attached in Annexure-I. EIAs may take the form of Comprehensive EIAs or Rapid EIAs depending on whether the environmental and social impacts can be readily mitigated. Comprehensive EIAs generally need to rely on data collected over a 12-month period whereas Rapid EIAs can rely on data collected in one season (other than the monsoon season) to facilitate a speedier assessment process. Rapid EIAs are generally acceptable if the analysis of environmental and social impacts is sufficient for the purposes of selecting a preferred project option and determining appropriate measures for mitigating environmental and social impacts. The outcome of a Rapid EIA process will sometimes determine if a Comprehensive EIA is required and, if this is likely, then it will often be more efficient to prepare a Comprehensive EIA from the outset. Having identified the probable adverse impacts, the next step shall involve quantification of the impacts and developing action plans to mitigate such adverse impacts. IWD, GoWB Page 94 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 95 Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternative In order to assess alternatives scenarios and to identify the preferred alternative, an analysis of the proposed project activities was carried out with regard to their environmental and social implications. The analysis was carried out for two scenarios, namely, “no-project” scenario, and “with-project” scenario. The findings of the analysis are given in the following sections / sub-sections. 5.1 Analysis of Alternatives On alternatives to the proposed project and its activities, the assessment procedure stipulates that environmental and social investigations need to identify main project alternatives during the course of implementation. It is required that available alternatives for accomplishing the same objectives are to be considered at the DV command area, irrigation structures / systems, flood control mechanism, etc. while implementing different activities. In principle, these should include an analysis of the technology, location, timing, input and design alternatives as well as the “not to do” option. Different irrigation and agricultural technologies which the project is expected to promote will be more localized, based on its suitability to the agro-climatic condition, soil characteristics, water availability, condition of irrigation structures, flooding intensity and damage etc. Same technology and measures may not be applicable across all the project locations as they will vary significantly depending upon the local characteristics. For example, measures to be taken in critical / semi-critical ground water area may not be the same as measure inareas that are in the safe ground water zone. Similarly, technological options for the restoration / improvement of irrigation structures and its modernization may not be same across all the project locations. So, alternatives will be more activity driven and location specific which will be assessed before implementation and after careful selection of alternatives. In view of the above requirement, it should be noted that during subsequent stages of environmental assessment by activity categories and implementation planning, particularly the activity scoping exercise and later during detailed environmental and social impact assessment of the particular activity, the investigation on site location alternatives is to be undertaken. However, some alternatives will emerge through feasibility assessment which is now being carried out by the executing department. 5.2 Analysis of ‘No Project’ Scenario In case, the project WBMIFMP is not taken-up, the situation with regard to irrigation systems, water availability at the tail end, loss of water, flooding situation etc. may not change positively in the desired direction in the coming years. The current “as-is” situation may prevail and irrigation coverage and loss of properties due to flood may continue the way it has been for years. A minimal change in positive direction is expected to happen in due course as a part of investment that are to be made in a routine Government budget. However, the urgent requirement for improvement of the situation for long-term benefit to the local community will remain unaddressed. At this juncture, it is important to promote measures in irrigation, agriculture and flood control mechanisms so that long-lasting results can boost the local socio-economic condition of the people without hampering the social and natural capital base. With project and without project scenario is presented in the Table 64. IWD, GoWB Page 95 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 96 Table 63: Analysis of “No Project” and “With Project” Scenario Sl. No. “No Project” Scenario “With Project” Scenario 1 Existing irrigation structures and systems which Improvement in irrigation coverage through are in dilapidated condition may continue to renovation / restoration of existing irrigation structures adversely impact upon irrigation coverage. and service channels 2 The environmental and social concerns arising Reduced occurrence of flood and related damage due due to regular flooding, inefficient use of water, to flood protection measures like desiltation, flood loss of water due to seepage, less coverage of protection embankments, strengthening existing land at the tail end of the command area will embankments, etc. continue for a longer period. 3 Ground water exploitation may further increase Reduction in ground water exploitation due to in the absence of surface water for irrigation increased availability of surface water for irrigation in during Rabi and Boro resulting with increased Rabi and Boro seasons. area under critical or semi-critical zone. 4 Current agricultural production status may Increased water availability at the tail end will help to continue further with lower production at the put more area under crops and hence increment in tail end of the existing irrigation command. production of different crops. 5 Water use efficiency and water productivity Water regulatory structures and canal automation will status, specifically in Rabi and summer (Boro) help to improve water efficiency and minimise loss of may not change significantly. water. 6 Community ownership of irrigation structure / Water user associations will be formed in the canal system, its maintenance and participatory command areas for management and O&M of the irrigation management and participatory ground irrigation structures. PGM groups will be further water management (PGM) may not emerge in helpful to reduce ground water exploitation, its the coming years. recharge and management. 7 Possibility of irrigation automation and Automation of irrigation structures will maintain water improvement of water use efficiency may not flow as per the requirement minimising losses. It will take place in coming days. also be helpful to monitor release / supply of water to the fields. 8 Current nutrient and pest management practices Awareness, INM and IPM will boost the understanding may continue with low awareness and of the farmers and greater adoption of environment management capacity. friendly practices. It will also reduce the cost of production of different crops. Overall, the impact of “no project” is considered to be significant in hampering development in terms of local and regional irrigation status and agriculture in general. If it were decided that the project is not taken up, then the situation may further deteriorate in the coming years where flood and lack of water availability for irrigation may pose further challenges. The dilapidated irrigation structures, silted canal systems, flood proneness of the rives will further have adverse impact on social and environment front. The problems arising due to climate variability may get intensified further in irrigation and agriculture sector and may induce movement of farmers from agriculture to other sectors which is persistent at present. Poor water availability and its management may reduce area under different crops and hence returns from farm field will be affected drastically.Based on the analysis, “with-project” scenario is suggested as the preferred alternative Table 64: Activity wise scenario mapping at no project and with project situation Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment No Project Scenario With Project Scenario No. activity A Irrigation Restoration of carrying capacity Decreased carrying Increased water bearing modernization of Main & Branch Canals (Earth capacity capacity Work for Resectioning Channel Frequent occurrence of Increased irrigation potential Section) throughout the area embankment breaching Help in ground water recharge and flood Availability of irrigation water during Rabi &Boro season Slope stabilization of critically Soil erosion Protection from embankment affected reaches by PCC Block Embankment breaching lining breaching Restriction of soil erosion IWD, GoWB Page 96 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 97 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment No Project Scenario With Project Scenario No. activity Rehabilitation and upgradation Irrigation water loss Increase irrigation efficiency of canal regulating structures Better management of wherever required irrigation supply system Construction of gates/shutters at Defunct sluice gates Better control of available uncontrolled existing outlets Un-controlled canal water movement of water Ease in managing and towards lower reaches distribution of available of canal irrigation water Providing controlled structures Non-reaching of Equal distribution of water (Duckbill weir) at tail end of irrigation water to tail among all users canals and other locations of end farmers Level 4 canals. Construction of rubber dams at Construction of Boro Water availability during lean identified location across Bandh for irrigation period; help in recharging rivers/channels purpose; alleviate flood ground water. damage during flood Construction of water retaining Construction of Boro Water availability during lean structure over small rivers and Bandh period; help in recharging drainage channels to create ground water. storage for use in Rabi crops Adoption of Pressurized Non-presence within Water conservation Irrigation system project area Optimum utilization of water Flood based irrigation Increase in Boro and Rabi area practice require much coverage more water than Cultivation of high value requirement horticulture product Augmenting induced recharge of Fall in ground water Development of GW table ground water table causes irrigation specially at semi-critical pump failure; Increase blocks in water stress blocks Increased availability of Depletion of ground ground water for irrigation water table purpose Run-off loss B Irrigation Automated gate operation with Dependency on man Centralized Dissemination of Management centralized control only in theforce information on water main canal and offtake head High operating scheduling regulators of branch canals expenditure Real time analysis of water No prior knowledge on availability and distribution water availability and system distribution system. Prior planning Prior planning was not possible Wastage due to human errors and inefficiencies Development of framework of Minimum or no record Information available to help MIS system for monitoring and on water distribution in planning water distribution, also development of mobile planning, comparison, based apps assessment Capacity strengthening of IWD, Handling with Limited Better management operators, farmers & other capacity in Convergent Departments unorganised way IWD, GoWB Page 97 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 98 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment No Project Scenario With Project Scenario No. activity C Flood Desiltation of Mundeswari river Decrease in carrying Increased irrigation potential Management for a length of 20 km from capacity Less occurrence of flood Beguahana to further down Frequent occurrence of Help in ground water recharge stream embankment breaching Availability of irrigation water and flood during Rabi &Boro season De-siltation (Re-sectioning) of Decrease in carrying Increased irrigation potential other smaller rivers and drainage capacity Less occurrence of flood channels Frequent occurrence of Help in ground water recharge embankment breaching Availability of irrigation water and flood during Rabi &Boro season Armoring of Damodar Right Soil erosion Protection from embankment Dwarf embankment to act as Embankment breaching Broad Crested Weir to allow breaching Restriction of soil erosion controlled spilling of flood water Improving Damodar Protected Embankment Minimizing chances of Left Embankment by providing breaching embankment breaching; adequate free board to withstand Less probability of flood flood through construction of occurrence and inundation; flood walls at identified locations Restriction of soil erosion Improving Upper Rampur & Embankment Minimizing chances of Hurhura Channels by providing breaching embankment breaching; adequate freeboard through Less probability of flood provision of flood wall on Left occurrence and inundation; Embankments Restriction of soil erosion Raising & Strengthening of Embankment Minimizing chances of countryside existing earthen breaching embankment breaching; embankments to design section - Soil erosion Less probability of flood Damodar Left, Hurhura Left & occurrence and inundation; Lower Rampur left Restriction of soil erosion embankments Protection / River training works Erosion of Protect embankment on river Damodar / Mundeswari, embankment Help in recharging ground Hurhura Khal, Upper Rampur Seepage loss of canal water and Lower Rampur Khals water Remodeling & Reconstruction of Defunct sluice gates Better control of available sluices at the outfalls of drainage Un-controlled canal water channels movement of water Ease in managing and towards lower reaches distribution of available of canal irrigation water D Crop I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing diversification infrastructure of cultivation and construction of low cost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Promotion on Cultivation of Cultivation of Less water requirement Hybrid Vegetable traditional variant of Sustainable water use crop Increased productivity hence Less productivity HH income High water requirement Infrastructure development for Use of synthetic Promotion and use of organic promotion of Vermin compost, fertilizer fertilizer protected cultivation and post- harvest infrastructure Capacity strengthening of DPIUs Low capacity Improved efficiency and training of farmers and DPIUs officials IWD, GoWB Page 98 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 99 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment No Project Scenario With Project Scenario No. activity II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building Low capacity Improved efficiency (Promotion of small sized FPO) Development of agriculture and convert them into farmer value chain producer company (FPC) - 44 Better management of agri nos. product Construction of aggregation Non-availability of Availability of local store centre/ pack house (1/ FPC) store house; increased house carrying cost for storing at cold storage Providing equity grant and other Less agri-business Motivating farmers; increase in financial support to the FPC activity agri value chain and infrastructure Transport subsidy for High cost of Motivating farmers; increase in procurement of motorized van transportation agri value chain and (transportation support) to each infrastructure; access to FPC markets Training to the FPCs and Low capacity Improved efficiency departmental staff III. Support for farm mechanization, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Hiring Low capacity Improved efficiency Centre (CHC) to facilitate Development of agriculture farmers in hiring of farm value chain machineries (Zero Tillage) at Better management of agri subsidized rate product Crop demonstration on Cropping Low capacity Improved capacity and System, Diversification, SARP, awareness SRI, Zero Tillage and Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of farmers on In-appropriate Scheduling water distribution Micro Irrigation, Water distribution of water calendar management, Farm Conflicts among Optimal use of water Mechanization and Packaging farmers Conjunctive use of surface and Loss of water ground water Training and exposure visit of Low capacity Improved efficiency farmers and departmental staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one time sustenance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture Restricted pisciculture Creating options for fisher (providing cages with only at ponds community; promoting fish appurtenant) in the main and cultivation hence increase branch canal and one time production and productivity sustenance support (providing fish seed, fish feed, prophylactics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening and Low capacity Improved efficiency training of departmental staff Training and exposure visit of Low capacity Improved efficiency SHG members, facilitators IWD, GoWB Page 99 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 100 Chapter 6: Environmental and Social Management Framework The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) is an instrument to identify and address the potential environmental and social impacts of the project right from the planning stage to its implementation and post-implementation operations. The objective of developing ESMF is to ensure that environmental and social concerns are adequately and appropriately addressed by the project and it is mainstreamed with project planning, implementation and post-implementation stages. Keeping this in view, the present ESMF has been developed for use by the Irrigation and Water Ways Department of Government of West Bengal during rehabilitation and restoration of canal systems and flood management activities with the assistance from the World Bank. The ESMF would be used by the project authorities for incorporation of environmental and social safeguards in the planning, execution and operation stages of each project activity. Project activities where there may be major environmental or social concerns, will require the preparation of a site-specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The ESMF will help in early identification of those activities and sites where major issues can be expected. Based on this, additional efforts should be made to ensure that the environmental and social concerns are appropriately addressed. The ESMF has been prepared based on the preliminary field visits to sample locations, physical observations and consultation with different stakeholders. Preparation of the site- specific EMPs will require further focused field study. Project activities that have no major environmental or social concerns do not require site specific EMPs. The successful Bidder shall be required to submit an Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security. Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, subject to relevant clauses of ITB, using for that purpose the Performance Security and ESHS Performance Security Forms included in Contract Forms. The performance security and if required in the BDS, the Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture specifying the names of all members. Environmental, Social, Safety and Health (ESHS) Performance Security amount is 2% percent of Contract Amount in form of unconditional Bank Guarantee from scheduled or Nationalized Banks in India. 6.1 Objective and Elements The ESMF is a broad management framework to address social and environmental issues that are expected to arise during planning / design, implementation and post-implementation of the project. It will be used to identify the need for environmental and social assessment for various sub-components or activities of the project. The ESMF comprises of the following elements: Screening • Procedures for screening of project activities (presented in chapter 4). Environmental Management • Guidance on avoidance and mitigation of environmental impacts (presented in this chapter 6) (including non-permissible activities, generic mitigation measures, construction related mitigation measures, sample activity-specific ESMPs for project activities, construction work camp management, contractors responsibilities). IWD, GoWB Page 100 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 101 • Strategy and Plan for promotion of Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management (presented in chapters 8). Social Management • Resettlement Policy Framework (presented in chapter 7). • Gender equity and social inclusion (presented in chapter 10). • Tribal people planning framework (presented in chapter 11). • Consultation framework (Chapter 13) Systems relevant to both Environmental and Social Management • Monitoring and Evaluation framework (presented in chapter 12). • Consultation, information disclosure and grievance redress (presented in chapter 13). • Institutional arrangements for implementation (presented in chapter 14). • Budget for ESMF implementation (presented in chapter 15). 6.2 Application of ESMF The ESMF may be used for different activities of the project at the planning, implementation and post implementation phases to identify the environmental and social concerns, and adoption of applicable strategy to mitigate potential adverse impacts, if any. There could be location / site specific cases where the proposed activity / activities may have substantial environmental and / or social impacts. In such a case, full environmental and social assessment may be required. In rare cases, development of a resettlement action plan may also be called for, including relocation of cultural / common properties of the affected population. Similarly, tribal development plan may have to be prepared if a substantial section of the affected population is tribal. The Table 66 gives details of the application of the ESMF to the different project stages – planning, implementation and post-implementation. It lists the key ESMF activities and outputs in each stage, the timeframe for implementation, and the responsibilities of implementation. The Figure 16 on ESMF Process presented in Chapter 4 is also a useful reference to understand the ESMF process and its application. The Table 67 gives details of the various project activities and their requirement for EIA and EMP. This Table summarizes the output of the preliminary screening and categorization detailed in Chapter 6. Table 65: Application of ESMF in Different Project Stages Key ESMF Activities Key Expected Output Timeframe Responsibil Formats/Documents to for ESMF ity be Used activities Planning Stage Identification of project ‘List of Non- Confirmation that the activity is not on Prior to SPMU activities; Permissible Activities’ the list of non-permissible activities. administrativ (Through Referring to the ‘List of (refer to list in section Preliminary identification of activities e approval ESIA Non-Permissible 6.3.1). as belonging to Categories 1, 2 or 3. Consultant) Activities’ ‘Categorization of Referring to the Project Activities’ (refer ‘Categorization of to list in section 4.2). Project Activities’ E&S Screening of ‘Environment and Identification adverse environmental Do Do activities using the Social Screening and social impacts; ‘Environment and Social Checklist’ (refer to Confirmation of categorization of Screening Checklist’ checklist in section 4.3). activities as belonging to category 1 or 2 or 3 (based on the use of the ‘Environment and Social Screening Checklist’); Identification of the need for further environmental and social assessments; IWD, GoWB Page 101 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 102 Key ESMF Activities Key Expected Output Timeframe Responsibil Formats/Documents to for ESMF ity be Used activities Determining the scope for further environmental and social assessments. Documentation of the above in the ‘Environmental Screening Report’. Providing information to all key stakeholders on the contents of the ‘Environmental Screening Report’. Undertake activity ‘Sample TOR for Baseline environmental condition; Do Do specific EIA for conducting EIA’ given Details of potential environmental and Category 1 activity in Annexure -I social impacts; (refer to indicative and Rapid Impact Documentation of the above in the Terms of Reference for assessment checklist EIA report for Category 1 activities; EIA given in Annex-I); given in Annexure - II Or, Or, Documentation of the above in the Undertake rapid Rapid Environmental Checklist for assessment using the Category 2 activities. Rapid Environmental Checklist for Category 2 activity (refer to format for Rapid Environmental Checklist given in Annex -II). Identification of Generic ESMP for all Formulation of activity specific Do Do mitigation measures for Construction Works Environment and Social Management the adverse impacts (refer to table 70).; Plan; caused by each activity, ESMP for Irrigation Documenting the above as a including identification modernization (refer to ‘Environment and Social Management of entities responsible Table 71); ESMP for Plan’. for execution of Flood Management mitigation measures, (refer to Table 72); timeframe as well as ESMP for Crop budget for diversification and implementation (refer to Intensification (refer to the sample activity- Table 73) specific ESMPs provided in table 70, 71, 72 for guidance). Implementation Stage Procurement and award Generic ESMP for all Integration of ‘Environment and After DPMU of contracts Construction Works Social Management Plan’ into the bid administrativ (refer to table 70).; documents. e approval ESMP for Irrigation and prior to modernization (refer to tender Table 71); ESMP for floating Flood Management (refer to Table 72); ESMP for Crop diversification and Intensification (refer to Table 73) Implementation of the Generic ESMP for all Implementation of ‘Environment and During Implementi mitigation measures as Construction Works Social Management Plan’. Implementati ng specified in the (refer to table 70).; on Contractor ‘Environment and Social ESMP for Irrigation Management Plan’ modernization (refer to Table 71); ESMP for Flood Management (refer to Table 72); IWD, GoWB Page 102 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 103 Key ESMF Activities Key Expected Output Timeframe Responsibil Formats/Documents to for ESMF ity be Used activities ESMP for Crop diversification and Intensification (refer to Table 73) Monitoring of social and Format for Monitoring reports with compilation During Implementi environmental Environmental of data on social and environmental Implementati ng parameters as specified Monitoring Report parameters. on (as per Contractor in the ‘Environment and given in Annexure –V the Social Monitoring Plan’ frequency Monitoring of indicated in environmental the parameters given in ‘Environmen section – 11.2 t and Social Monitoring Plan’) Monitoring of Format for Monitoring reports with compilation During Environmen implementation of Environmental of progress, issues and action plan on Implementati tal and ‘Environment and Social Monitoring Report social and environmental on (as per Social cum Management Plan’. given in Annexure –III management. the gender Smooth implementation of mitigation frequency specialist at Monitoring of measures as per ESMF due to timely indicated in DPMU as environmental identification and rectification of any the chapter well as parameters given in issues. 11) SPMU section -11.2 Post-Implementation Stage Audit of compliance Format for Environmental Audit Report At mid-term Third Party with ESMF by third Environmental Audit of the M&E party monitor Report (refer to Annex - project, and, Agency and IV) at end-term SPMU of the project Table 66: Project component wise EIA/ EMP requirement and responsibility Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment activity Category EIA Needed EMP Required No. (1/2/3) (If needed, to be (If required, to be undertaken by SPMU undertaken by through the ESIA SPMU through the Consultant) ESIA Consultant) Restoration of carrying capacity of Main & 2 No. Yes Branch Canals (Earth Work for Re sectioning Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Channel Section) throughout the area Checklist Based on ESMF) Slope stabilization of critically affected 2 No. Yes reaches by PCC Block lining Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Rehabilitation and upgradation of canal 2 No. Yes regulating structures wherever required Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Construction of gates/shutters at uncontrolled No. Yes Irrigation A existing outlets 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - modernization Checklist Based on ESMF) Providing controlled structures (Duckbill No. Yes weir) at tail end of canals and other locations 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - of Level 4 canals. Checklist Based on ESMF) Construction of rubber dams at identified No. Yes location across rivers/channels 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Construction of water retaining structure over No. Yes small rivers and drainage channels to create 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - storage for use in Rabi crops Checklist Based on ESMF) IWD, GoWB Page 103 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 104 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment activity Category EIA Needed EMP Required No. (1/2/3) (If needed, to be (If required, to be undertaken by SPMU undertaken by through the ESIA SPMU through the Consultant) ESIA Consultant) Adoption of Pressurized Irrigation system No. Yes 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Augmenting induced recharge of ground No. Yes water 2 Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Automated gate operation with centralized 3 No No control only in the main canal and offtake head regulators of branch canals Irrigation Development of framework of MIS system for 3 No No B Management monitoring and also development of mobile based apps Capacity strengthening of IWD, operators, 3 No No farmers & other Convergent Departments Desiltation of Mundeswari river for a length 1 Yes Yes. of 20 km from Beguahana to further down Activity specific stream De siltation (Re-sectioning) of other smaller 1 Yes Yes. rivers and drainage channels Activity specific Armoring of Damodar Right Dwarf 2 No. Yes embankment to act as Broad Crested Weir to Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - allow controlled spilling of flood water Checklist Based on ESMF) Improving Damodar Protected Left 2 No. Yes Embankment by providing adequate free Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - board to withstand flood through construction Checklist Based on ESMF) of flood walls at identified locations Flood Improving Upper Rampur & Hurhura 2 No. Yes C Management Channels by providing adequate freeboard Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - through provision of flood wall on Left Checklist Based on ESMF) Embankments Raising & Strengthening of countryside 2 No. Yes existing earthen embankments to its design Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - section of Damodar Left, Hurhura Left & Checklist Based on ESMF) Lower Rampur left embankments Protection / River training works on river 2 No. Yes Damodar / Mundeswari, Hurhura Khal, Upper Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Rampur and Lower Rampur Khals Checklist Based on ESMF) Remodeling& Reconstruction of sluices at the 2 No. Yes outfalls of drainage channels Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of low cost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Promotion on Cultivation of Hybrid 2 No. Yes Vegetable Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Infrastructure development for promotion of 2 No. Yes Crop D Vermin compost, protected cultivation and Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - diversification post-harvest infrastructure Checklist Based on ESMF) Capacity strengthening of DPIUs and training 3 No No of farmers and DPIUs officials II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Organization Building (Promotion of small 3 No No sized FPO) and convert them into farmer producer company (FPC) - 44 nos. IWD, GoWB Page 104 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 105 Sl. Component Sub-component/ Investment activity Category EIA Needed EMP Required No. (1/2/3) (If needed, to be (If required, to be undertaken by SPMU undertaken by through the ESIA SPMU through the Consultant) ESIA Consultant) Construction of aggregation centre/ pack 2 No. Yes house (1/ FPC) Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Checklist Based on ESMF) Providing equity grant and other financial 3 No No support to the FPC Transport subsidy for procurement of 2 No. Yes motorized van (transportation support) to each Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - FPC Checklist Based on ESMF) Training to the FPCs and departmental staff 3 No No III. Support for farm mechanization, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Formation of Custom Hiring Centre (CHC) to 3 No No facilitate farmers in hiring of farm machineries (Zero Tillage) at subsidized rate Crop demonstration on Cropping System, 2 No. Yes Diversification, SARP, SRI, Zero Tillage and Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Checklist Based on ESMF) Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to promote adoption of new farming practice) Capacity Building of farmers on Micro 3 No No Irrigation, Water management, Farm Mechanization and Packaging Training and exposure visit of farmers and 3 No No departmental staff IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one time sustenance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture (providing cages 2 No. Yes with appurtenant) in the main and branch Rapid Environmental (Activity specific - canal and one time sustenance support Checklist Based on ESMF) (providing fish seed, fish feed, prophylactics, labour) to FPG/ SHG Capacity strengthening and training of 3 No No departmental staff Training and exposure visit of SHG members, 3 No No facilitators Note: Impact Category 1 indicates – High impact, 2- Medium impact, 3- Low impact 6.3 Avoidance and Mitigation of Environmental Impacts 6.3.1 Avoidance (Non-Permissible Activities) The project will not support following activities which may have severe, irreversible, long-term, adverse environmental impacts. List of Non-permissible Activities / Project Financing Limitations 1. Any activity located within a notified Eco Sensitive Zone (ESZ) and is prohibited from being implemented within an ESZ; 2. Any activity that converts or leads to conversion and/or degradation of significant areas of critical natural habitats (areas officially protected) and/or other natural habitats (including wetlands of significance) and designated forest areas; 3. Any activities involving pesticides that are banned by the Government of India10; 10 For list of pesticides banned in India, refer to: http://cibrc.nic.in/ibr2012.doc IWD, GoWB Page 105 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 106 4. Any activity involving pesticides that are in Classes Ia, Ib and II of the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard11; 5. Any activities involving construction within 100 meters from an archeological site/monument. 6. Any activities involving use of Asbestos Containing Materials (e.g., AC pipes for irrigation, AC sheets for roof); 7. Any activity that violates the provisions of applicable National and State laws; 8. Construction of any new irrigation reservoir dam; 9. Construction of new canals, new branch canals and new offtake structures; 6.3.2 Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures are measures to remove or reduce the potential adverse environmental impacts of the project activities. These include generic mitigation measures that are applicable to all project supported activities and specific mitigation measures that are specific to each activity. The mitigation measures are presented as follows: • Generic Mitigation Measures applicable for all project activities (these are in section 6.4.2.1). • Construction related Mitigation Measures for all project activities involving construction (these are in section 6.4.2.2). • Mitigation Measures specific to each activity type presented as part of activity-specific Environmental and Social Management Plans (these are in section 6.4.2.3). 6.3.2.1 Generic Mitigation Measures This section provides details of the generic mitigation measures applicable for all project activities. Table 67: Generic Mitigation Measures for All Project Activities Environmental Generic Mitigation Measures Aspect Site Selection & 1. The site selected for the activity must not be in areas that are protected areas (National Materials Parks or Wildlife Sanctuaries), archaeological sites, and other sites that are of critical conservation importance. 2. Ensure that materials required for construction are of specified quality and are only procured from authorized suppliers. Resource 1. Promotion of water conservation measures by the use of efficient irrigation methods such Conservation as drip and sprinkler irrigation, mulching, ridge and furrow method etc. 2. Restricted use of ground water and optimizing surface water for irrigation. 3. Emphasis on crop diversification; discouraging water intensive crops and encouraging less water consuming crops. 4. Encourage adoption of renewable energy where ever feasible (e.g., solar lights, solar water pumps, etc.). 5. Adopt energy efficient farm equipment / machinery (e.g., BEE 3-5 star rated pumps). Pollution Control 1. All vehicles to be used for the work should have a valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate. 2. Ensure that all generator sets (diesel, petrol, kerosene, LPG, CNG) meet the ‘CPCB noise and emission control standards’. 3. Meeting CPCB prescribed “Ambient Air Quality Standards”. 4. Avoid release of waste water into water bodies, streams, etc., without any treatment. 5. Ensure that all waste water meets the ‘CPCB General Standards’ prior to disposal. 6. Ensure that all machinery conforms to noise standards. 7. Dispose toxic and non-biodegradable wastes at locations specified by the government / local body. 11 For list of pesticides in WHO classes Ia, Ib and II, refer to: http://www.who.int/ipcs/publications/pesticides_hazard_2009.pdf IWD, GoWB Page 106 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 107 Environmental Generic Mitigation Measures Aspect 8. Proper disposal plan for desilted material shall be formulated by IWD and implementing contractor shall follow mitigation measures as per ESMP (will be provided in final ESIA & ESMP Report). 9. Avoid burning of wastes (crop residues, leaf litter, plastic wastes, etc.). Biodiversity 1. Avoid felling of existing trees in the embankment, work place or camp sites. Conservation 2. Obtain permission from Dept. of Forest in case tree felling is unavoidable. 3. In case tree felling is unavoidable, compensatory plantation should be done with not less than 10 times of the number of plants cut down / uprooted. 4. Avoid mono species plantation. Health and Safety 1. Adopting prescribed safety practices during handling of equipment, manual labour, handling of pesticides, etc. 2. Safety measures at the work sites and labour camps (fire safety, chemical safety, etc.) 3. Use of personal protection gear by workers (helmets, safety harness while working at heights, etc.). 6.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Related Issues Table 68: Construction Related Issues and Mitigation Measures Issues Mitigation Measures Loss of top soil 1. Top soil excavated from the site should be collected and stored separately and covered fully. 2. Top soil should be utilised for land filling / land scaping. Air pollution due to digging 1. Spray / sprinkling of water to minimise dust pollution. and levelling activities Generation of noise during 1. Construction activities that generate noise should be carried out in the construction daytime only. 2. Acoustic barriers may be used in case residential areas, educational institutional, hospitals, etc., are in the immediate vicinity. Use of Machinery for 1. Instruments to be used for construction should have maintained properly and Construction having ISI mark and required certification. 2. Only trained workers should be permitted to operate construction equipment. Pollution due to Vehicle 1. All the vehicles entering the site must have updated PUC (Pollution under Movement control) certificate. Land and water contamination 1. Proper maintenance of vehicles shall be ensured out to avoid any leakage of due to vehicle movement oil or grease. Use of DG set and air pollution 1. DG set to be optimally used with proper orientation and adequate stack (use of DG is conditional to height. non-availability of electricity) 2. Stack monitoring carried out on regular basis. 3. Proper maintenance of the DG Set should be carried out on regular basis; Acoustic enclosures are to be provided with the DG sets to minimize the noise levels. Waste generated at site and its 1. Construction waste shall be managed/ disposed as prescribed by the contamination potential Construction Waste Management Rules 2016. 6.3.2.3 Mitigation Measures Specific to Each Activity Type Following screening and reconfirmation of the categorization of the proposed activities, an EIA is undertaken for all activities belonging to category 1, and, a Rapid Environmental Checklist is used for all activities belonging to category 2. For both category 1 and 2 activities, an activity-specific EMP is prepared. This section provides samples of the following activity-specific EMPs: • EMP for all Construction Works (presented in Table 70) • EMP for Irrigation Modernization (presented in Table 71) • EMP for Flood Management (presented in Table 72) IWD, GoWB Page 107 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 108 • EMP for Crop Diversification and Intensification (presented in Table 73) In addition to the above, the following sample management plans are prepared for additional emphasis on critical issues: • Labor Influx and Construction Workers Camp Management Plan (presented in section 6.5) • Waste Management Plan (presented in section 6.6) • Strategy and Plan for Pest and Nutrient Management (presented in Chapter 8) Using the sample plans for guidance, the SPMU in consultation with the EIA Consultant needs to prepare activity-specific EMPs and ensure their integration into the bid documents. IWD, GoWB Page 108 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 109 Table 69: ESMP for all construction works and camp site Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity Camp Site • Establishment of construction camp at buffer area of river/ Approval obtained from canal (open space within embankment and river/ canal) or the DPMU; Right of Way of embankment; Campsite shall minimum be Photographic record At time of Conflict due to use of maintained; Camp 100 m away from water body. camp Contract agriculture land for PMC • No labour camp will be provided within 1 km from Forest established within RoW establishme or camp construction of the Canal. area, Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park or any other protected nt area. • Approval of camp site from the DPMU. • Hiring of work force from local communities; Camp established at Establishment of • Awareness raising of laborers/ workers on societal norms, least 500m away from Social conflicts due to taboos and other cultural practices the nearest community; camp and machinery/equipment influx of external • Organise awareness creation and educational programmes for Local hired workforce; Contract workforce and all workers and the general public on the behavioral changes Any complaint from the Fortnightly or PMC / stone stacking migrants required to prevent the spread of HIV/AIDS and other STDs local community. yard/workshop etc. • The ‘Labour Influx and Construction Workers Campsite Management Plan’ will be implemented. Use of hazardous • Asbestos containing material (such as AC roofing sheets) Use of asbestos material At time of material for camp shall not be used. Any material that may pose a fire hazard camp Contract construction can lead will not be used. PMC establishme or to health and safety nt impacts. Conflicts arising due • Preference to provide jobs to local job seekers; Jobs given to locals; Contract to mixing of local & • Motivation to the workers for a good workmanship. Any complaint Fortnightly PMC or migratory job seekers registered. • For migrant laborer the contractor will provide labour camps Basic facilities of camp with all basic facilities sufficiently away from local habitation. site • Provisioning adequate arrangements of drinking water, At time of Impact on water and lighting, ventilation, bedding, bathing and other basic camp Contract Camp site facilities PMC local environment facilities in the labour camps; establishme or nt • Provision of proper sewage and waste disposal system. Sanitation facilities have to be provided at the camp sites. Workers safety and Health risks due to • Experienced contractor with requisite licenses and well- Approved OHS Plan. Contract Daily PMC hygienic conditions unsafe and unhygienic trained workers for the construction works and laid down Evidence of OHS or IWD, GoWB Page 109 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 110 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity living Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) Policy to guide the trainings conducted. environment construction activities will only be engaged. Accident/ Incident • Facilitating healthcare services and medical care in case of reported. sickness. • First aid facilities to be provided at the construction camps. • Any case of disease outbreak may be immediately subjected to medical treatment. • Mosquito control measures will be implemented (including provision of mesh/screens and prevention of water logging). • The camps will maintain cleanliness and hygienic conditions. • Safety measures taken by the Contractor such as installation of firefighting equipment, safe storage of hazardous material, fencing at vulnerable locations; • Ensuring proper health-check-ups of all laborers employed at the project site; • Contingency measures in case of accidents. • Obligatory insurance of Contractors staff and laborers against accidents. • Provision of adequate sanitation, washing, lighting, cooking and dormitory facilities. • Regular OHS trainings (Monthly) to construction and camp staff. Security hazards. • Proper fencing of the camp site; Any security issue Camp site security Security related • Deployment of guards for security; emerged. Monthly Contract PMC conflicts with local • Friendly relations with the local community. or community Soil and water • Proper maintenance of machinery and equipment; Any spill observed; contamination due to • Ensuring proper storage and disposal of used oil etc.; Availability of sealed Parking/ repair of spillage of liquid • Ensuring good housekeeping practices at workshop areas; containers for used oils Contract machinery and Daily PMC equipment wastes (lubricants, • Avoiding waste oil spill into soil and nearby water bodies; and lubricants; Disposal or fuel, chemicals from • Appropriate arrangements such as usage of concrete base drip options (e.g. local the machinery yard) pans to avoid spills during fueling/oil change. vendor) explored. • Proper tuning and maintenance of generators. Low smoke emissions; Deterioration of air Noise • All vehicles and machineries should have a valid Pollution Noise levels within Operation of diesel quality; Contract Under Control (PUC) certificate. permissible limits (55dB Daily PMC operated generators exceeding 55 dB is or at day time and 45dB at harmful for receptors night time). IWD, GoWB Page 110 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 111 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity Use of water for • The contractor has to make his own arrangements for water Any conflict on the Conflict with local Contract construction and required for construction ensuring that water availability and water availability. Fortnightly PMC water demand or consumption supply to nearby communities remain unaffected. • Provision of safe drinking water supply at the camp as well as Any water borne disease Water related health Water supply to at working places by the Contractor. observed; Water quality Contract risks (Gastroenteritis, Quarterly PMC labour camp • Ensuring safe water quality as confirmed by analysis from a reports submitted. or Diarrhea etc.) NABL certified laboratory. • Providing separate toilet facilities for men and women at the Monitoring compliance accommodation as well as site; to Regular disposal of • Avoid disposal of sewage into adjoining water bodies; sanitary waste; • Provision of sewage collection arrangement such as lined Photographic record; Sanitation and waste Soil and water Visual inspections. Contract septic tank and collection chamber; Monthly PMC water disposal contamination or • Provision of sullage collection arrangement such as soak pit. • Pumping of sewage from collection chamber • Prohibition on disposal of sewage and sullage into any water body or open land. • Ensure proper collection and disposal of solid waste generated Covered disposal from camp at designated disposal site authorized by the local containers placed at Solid waste Contract Land pollution government authority and approved by the DPIU; camp; Designated Weekly PMC generation or • Prohibition on burning of waste; Good housekeeping practices disposal pit available; to minimize waste generation. Visual inspections. Storage, handling and • Provision of double containment for storage of hazardous Record of harmful Work safety and Contract transport of hazardous material (if any). incident occurred. Weekly PMC human health risks or materials Low esthetic value if • Remove all the material from the camp site. Camp area restored. At time of Restoration of camp camp site is not demobilizat Contract PMC area restored to its original ion of the or landscape Contractor Work Places • Experienced contractor with requisite licenses and well- Approved OHS Plan. trained workers for the construction works and laid down Evidence of OHS Occupational Health Health & Safety Policy to guide the construction activities will trainings conducted. Contract Manpower at work and Safety (OHS) only be engaged. PPE provided; First aid Daily PMC or issues • The contractor will provide and enforce the use of appropriate facilities provided; personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety boots, rain Record of injuries/ coats, hand gloves, earplugs and nose masks. illness. IWD, GoWB Page 111 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 112 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • The selected contractor will have adequate training in first aid, and provide first aid kits on site to treat minor ailments. However, major cases will be referred to the nearest hospital or health centre. • Provision of first aid facilities and emergency vehicle. • Organise Health camps • The contractor will preferably engage local labour force except for the laborer’s requiring special skills and non - availability of such skilled laborer from local area. • Project to assess and manage labor influx risk based on risks identified in the ESIA. Depending on the risk factors and their level, appropriate site-specific Labor Influx Management Plan and/or a Workers’ Camp Management Plan. • Project will incorporate the ESMP into the civil works contract. The responsibilities for managing these adverse impacts will be clearly reflected as a contractual obligation, with a mechanism for addressing non-compliance. • Organise awareness programs on environmental resource Influx of migrant management laborer’s additional • Awareness program on HIV aids and other communicable pressure on the local disease may be provided to the work force. resources and social • Employment of any person under 18 years of age will be infrastructures strictly prohibited. Contractor will maintain a labour register And with name, age and sex with supporting document (preferably Risk of social conflict copy of Aadhar card or voter’s ID card). This will be monitored by Environmental and Social office of contractor. • Contractor and laborer will sign code of conduct to maintain good manners with the community and avoid GBV • Project will undertake awareness raising program for the workers and community on the risk of labor influx Avoiding Gender Based Violence • Contractor will prepare and implement robust measures to address the risk of gender-based violence that include(i) mandatory and repeated training and awareness raising for the workforce about refraining from unacceptable conduct toward local community members, specifically women; (ii) informing workers about national laws that make sexual harassment and IWD, GoWB Page 112 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 113 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity gender-based violence a punishable offence which is prosecuted; (iii) introducing a Worker Code of Conduct as part of the employment contract, and including sanctions for non-compliance (e.g., termination), and (iv) contractors adopting a policy to cooperate with law enforcement agencies in investigating complaints about gender-based violence. • Additional measures can aim to reduce incentives to engage with the local community by providing workers with the opportunity to spend their time off away from the host community, where feasible with a small transport allowance, ideally allowing workers to regularly return for brief visits to their families, spouses and friends, or to visit nearby urban centers that provide a variety of legal social opportunities. For workers who need to travel further it may be attractive to forego weekends off in exchange for longer breaks that would allow for such home leave travel Deterioration of air • Proper engine tuning of machinery/equipment; Gas emissions quality due to exhaust • All vehicles and machineries should have a valid Pollution minimized; Dust Contract emissions controlled. Fortnightly PMC gases and dust Under Control (PUC) certificate. or Operation and emissions • Water sprinkling at dust prone areas. movement of Noise from vehicles, • Proper engine tuning of machinery/equipment; Noise levels within machinery and compaction rollers, • Avoid night time traffic particularly near communities. permissible limits (55dB equipment concrete mixers and at day time and 45dB at Contract construction night time). Daily PMC or equipment exceeding 55 dB is harmful for receptors • Regular inspection, tuning, and maintenance of transport Vehicles properly Smoke and dust vehicles; maintained; Designated generation; Fall of • Material transport in closed containers or covered with canvas borrow and quarry areas transported material; (Tarpaulin) sheets. used; No fall of Contract Daily PMC Transportation of Chance of accidents; • Avoid night time activity; transported material; or construction material damage to access • Maintain liaison with communities; Damaged road repaired. roads • Repair of damaged roads. • Traffic management plan. • Restriction on repair of vehicles and equipment in the Monitoring compliance; Contract Soil contamination Fortnightly PMC agricultural field. Log of vehicle and or IWD, GoWB Page 113 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 114 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity equipment repairs; Soil erosion observed • Use of machinery and vehicles with properly tuned to avoid Route maps of vehicle the exhaust emissions; all vehicles and machineries should movement; Log of Contract Air pollution Daily PMC have a valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate. vehicle maintenance. or • Sprinkling of water on site and on routes near communities. • Avoiding washing of vehicles near water bodies. Monitoring compliance; Contract Water pollution Quarterly PMC Water quality testing. or • Use of muffles (silencers) in vehicles to minimize noise; All No construction vehicles and machineries should have a valid Pollution Under activities at night; Log Contract Noise pollution Control (PUC) certificate. of vehicle movement; Daily PMC or • Avoiding movement of vehicles at night near communities. Regular checking of PUC certificate. • Experienced contractor with requisite licenses and well- Approved OHS Plan. trained workers for the construction works and laid down Evidence of OHS Health & Safety Policy to guide the construction activities will trainings conducted. only be engaged. PPEs used by workers; • Fixing of sign board at detours; Use of PPE; Reflectorized road Awareness raising of drivers; signs; Visual Occupational, Health Contract • Restriction of public access to construction sites through inspections. Fortnightly PMC and Safety issues or appropriate measures such as fencing, barricading, caution tape, etc. • Avoiding speedy movement of vehicles near communities; Restrict vehicle speeds to 30km/h.; • Training of construction workers and others; Regular liaison with communities. • Restoration/ rehabilitation of damaged infrastructure with Visual inspections; entire satisfaction of the affected persons. Photographic records; Damage to Contract infrastructure • Restrict vehicle speeds to 30km/h.; Consultations/Interview Monthly or PMC s, Infrastructure restoration records. • Proper compaction to minimize wind and water erosion; Erosion observed; • Slopes of embankments to be constructed and maintained at a Photographic record; Soil erosion and Contract Construction works stable gradient according to design specifications to minimize contamination signs Fortnightly PMC contamination or gully erosion; observed. Slope protection measures will be taken to avoid soil erosion; IWD, GoWB Page 114 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 115 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • Locate construction material handling sites away from water body and populated areas • Follow proper operation and handling measures during material handling, construction, demolition and transportation and operation of plant and machineries to minimize exposure to adverse environmental effects. • Embankments will not be left un-compacted during construction works; • No waste effluents will be released to the nearby water bodies. • Experienced contractor with requisite licenses and well- PPEs provided. trained workers for the construction works and laid down Record of any accident. Health & Safety Policy to guide the construction activities will Contract Accident risks Daily PMC only be engaged. or • Provision of PPEs; Provision of first aid kits and emergency vehicle. • Community members already cultivating portions of the Crop damage observed; project site will be allowed to continue temporarily farming at Complaints from the Damage to crops and areas of the land which will not be affected by construction of communities. Contract DPMU/ Daily cultivated area the canal system. Safe temporary access routes will be or SPMU/PMC provided for community members to access their farms during the construction period. • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the Record of tree felling aesthetics, the project shall have a provision for compensatory and plantation; plantation. For this purpose, a tree plantation plan will be Photographic record. Loss of natural prepared including the type of species, location for plantation, Contract vegetation and Daily PMC after care of the saplings and other necessary information. or associated fauna This plan will also compensate any unlikely tree cutting involved during project implementation. • Selection of borrow area with least vegetation cover. • Restoration/ rehabilitation of damaged infrastructure with Visual inspections; entire satisfaction of the affected persons. Photographic records; Damage to Contract Consultations/Interview Monthly PMC infrastructure or/ s, Infrastructure restoration records. • Use of noise reduction devices; Regular inspection, Noise levels measured. Contract Noise pollution Daily PMC maintenance and lubrication of the construction vehicle and or IWD, GoWB Page 115 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 116 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity equipment; All vehicles and machineries should have a valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate. • Use of PPEs such as earplugs and earmuffs by the workers; avoid night time activity. • Proper engine tuning of machinery/ equipment; All vehicles Dust emission and machineries should have a valid Pollution Under Control controlled; Monitoring (PUC) certificate; on stack of machinery Contract Air pollution Daily PMC • Water sprinkling particularly at work sites near the and equipment; or communities. Evidence of measurement records; Land degradation; soil • Excavation of borrow sites as per specifications. Visual inspections; erosion; pooling of Photographic records. Contract Fortnightly PMC water and drainage or problem Residual wastes; • Remove any left-over construction material/wastes from the Waste material End of the Contract construction material construction sites. removed. rehabilitatio PMC or waste n works • Public consultation to maintain community integrity and Visual observations; social links; Record of accident and • Public awareness campaigns through displaying sign board at near-misses; any site and haulage routes; complaint from the • The contractor will use warning signs at vantage points to community. Accident risks, indicate ongoing works. The contractor will guard all particularly for local construction site including borrow areas, canals and drains population living with caution tapes and/or barricades as required. Safety/health within/near the project Restriction on movement of machinery on the designated Contract measures for local Daily PMC intervention area haulage routes for transportation of materials; or/ population especially women, • The contractor will ensure that all haulage trucks comply with children and elderly the approved speed limit of 30km/hr within the communities people along the haulage road; • The contractor will adjust haul times to ensure trucks do not move to the communities during mornings when school children may be crossing the road to school and during closing time. Availability of first aid box for locals; IWD, GoWB Page 116 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 117 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • The contractor will enforce proper security at the project site during works to limit entry of unauthorized persons, non- working persons, particularly children to the project site; • Adequate signage to manage traffic at sites, haulage and access roads; • Ensure regular water sprinkling. Chang in land use • Environmental enhancement plan for the borrow pit will be Visual observation; pattern; prepared. Photographic records. Soil erosion; • Ensuring that cultivated areas are not used as borrow areas to Visual sores in the extent possible. landscape; Excavation and Public health risks due Contract restoration of Borrow Daily PMC to mosquito-breeding or Area places; Land disputes; Loss of potential crop land; Loss of vegetation • The contractor will provide bins on site for collection and Visual observation; disposal of plastic waste and polythene materials such as Photographic records. Generation and Contract Soil, water pollution lubricant containers, drinking water sachets and carrier bags Weekly PMC disposal of solid waste or which will be regularly emptied at the nearest approved landfill site (approved by the local government authority). Environmental • Find alternative material handling sites that is located above Design Layout, dry damage from flood plain, if possible. sanitation facility accidental release of • Maintain design features, such as drainage structures, during Environmental toxic, infectious, or construction and operation. Contract Weekly PMC damage during flood otherwise harmful • Avoid constructing sanitation or other facilities that will use or/ material from and store harmful materials at flood-prone areas. construction site • Chose dry sanitation options or closed disposal systems, during flooding. instead of wet ones such as septic tanks or detention ponds • Provide sirens in vehicles to avoid any collision with Repair of damaged road, human/animals PUC certificate, Communities along Road impacts and • New roads provided in the designs will be constructed first to alternate road provided Contract haulage road, project Monthly PMC traffic issues serve as alternative roads for the transport of materials or communities, public obtained in-situ. This will ease pressure on existing community roads. IWD, GoWB Page 117 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 118 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • Repair and maintain damaged sections of the road located at project site throughout the construction period. • The contractor will ensure that all haulage trucks hired/contracted are in good condition to prevent breakdowns on roads. • Do not park at unauthorised places to reduce the risk of accidents. • Provisions of Traffic Management Plan to be followed by the Contractor. • Safe alternative access routes will be provided for access ways Availability of alternate that are obstructed/ destroyed during construction works. road, Road sign post • Sign posts will be erected at vantage points to guide Obstruction of access Contract Community members community members through safe alternative access ways Monthly PMC ways to communities or/ during construction works. • Provisions of Traffic Management Plan to be followed by the Contractor. • Community members already cultivating portions of the Temporary access road project site will be allowed to continue temporarily farming at to farms areas of the land which will not be affected by construction of the canal system. For those whose farming areas will be affected by the construction of the canals, they will be allowed DPMU/ RAP to temporarily farm at other areas which will not be affected Implementing till the end of the construction works. Affected farmers will be Authority under Disruption of Community members, allowed to shift to their previous farm land (owned by IWD) Contract Quarterly the leadership of livelihoods farmers after the completion of construction works to integrate them or/ concerned into the project. District Safe temporary access routes will be provided for community Magistrate members to access their farms during the construction period. • The affected community members (farmers) will be allowed to collect felled tree stems and branches which can be used as poles, fuelwood and fencing material or sold to generate income. • Adequate waste bins will be provided at the project site for Availability of waste use to minimize indiscriminate disposal of plastic and bin, record on disposal Sanitation issues and Land, water bodies, Contract polythene material, cans and food waste by the workers. These of waste, availability of Monthly PMC public health impacts workers, public or bins will be frequently transported and emptied at approved toilet, training on dump sites. This will prevent the littering of the project site defecation IWD, GoWB Page 118 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 119 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity with cans and bottles which could collect water and breed mosquitoes. • Contractor will regularly remove and dispose construction waste such as metal scrap, wood chippings, rubber seals, nails, etc. for disposal at approved dumpsites. • Contractor will appropriately and immediately cover trenches and/or excavations after they have served their purpose to prevent accidents and collection of stagnant water which could serve as a breeding ground for disease causing vectors. • The contractor will provide temporary toilet facilities at the construction sites for use by the construction workers. The workers will be educated against open defecation or “free range” defecation. • Potable water shall be provided to workers at all time. • The Contractor will ensure the communities elders are Availability of culturally consulted prior to entry into the communities so that any river sensitive area, prior stretches and other areas that have cultural/religious consultation with significance are not disturbed on festivals and other culturally community, awareness significant occasions. campaign organized Disturbance of • Culturally sensitive sites such as sacred groves, shrines and Contract culturally sensitive Project communities Monthly PMC cemeteries (if any) in the project area shall be preserved and or/ sites incorporated in the project design. • The contractor shall ensure the construction workers are educated about the significance of these sites and instructed to accord the necessary respect to these areas when working close to them. • The contractor will ensure that excavators, tractors and other PUC Certificate machinery hired for excavation and land leveling and development works are in good condition and are well Occupational Health serviced, and the operators are experienced and well trained. Contract General Weekly PMC and Safety Issues Good conditioned and well-maintained equipment will reduce or frequent breakdowns, noise nuisance and smoke emissions which could affect the operators’ and other workers’ health and safety. IWD, GoWB Page 119 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 120 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • The sand shall be procured from identified (by Project List of vendors, lease Procurement of sand Implementing Officer - PIO) sand mines as far as possible. If agreement Contract from unauthorised Monthly PMC Contractor wishes to procure from other sources he shall or sand mines obtain the lease agreement of the supplier. • The construction material shall be procured from authorized List of vendors, lease Procurement of vendor having required permission as far as possible. If agreement Contract Monthly PMC construction material Contractor wishes to procure from other sources he shall or obtain the lease agreement of the supplier. • Before taking civil measures for restoration / improvement of Access road provided, embankment, the surface area of the ground to be occupied Lining provided on stake shall be cleared of all roots and vegetable matter and stripped material to a suitable depth as per IS: 4701 – 1982. • Top soil may be preserved and reused in turfing activities if possible in borrow areas, bunds or if excess shall be distributed to farmers for using in the agricultural lands after quality test. • Project activities shall be carried out during lean period and non-monsoon period for minimizing loss. • Storing of excavated material on agricultural field shall be Stripping, stocking of avoided to the extent possible; Excavated earth, if require at construction material all to store on bank side agricultural field located in between on agricultural field river and embankment, shall be stored temporarily. Contract Weekly PMC may cause damage to • Tarpaulin lining shall be provided to arrest any kind of or/ top soil of agricultural leaching from stored excavated material on agricultural field. field • Community members already cultivating portions of the project site will be allowed to continue temporarily farming at areas of the land which will not be affected by construction of the canal system. For those whose farming areas will be affected by the construction of the canals, they will be allowed to temporarily farm at other areas which will not be affected till the end of the construction works. Affected farmers will be allowed to shift to their previous farm land (Owned by IWD) after the completion of construction works to integrate them into the project. • Safe temporary access routes will be provided for community members to access their farms during the construction period. IWD, GoWB Page 120 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 121 Component Expected Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicator Frequency Implem Supervising of enting and Monitoring Monitoring Entity Entity • While excavating or dismantling any structure, if any fossils, Record of finding any coins, articles of value / antiquity and remains of Archaeological property archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with as per the provisions of the relevant legislation. Chance of finding • The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent Contract DPMU/ Archaeological his workforce or any other persons from damaging or Monthly or/ SPMU/PMC property removing any such articles. If any articles found shall be brought to the notice of the concerned DPMU official and shall seek the direction of ASI before contractor recommencing the work. • The Chance Find Procedures outlined in Annex ___ shall be complied with. IWD, GoWB Page 121 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 122 Table 70: ESMP for Irrigation modernization Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Close consultation with community prior to detailed design to identify important flora/fauna habitats. • Vegetation clearance for the restoration works will be limited to weeds in the existing canals. • The Contractor will dispose the vegetative waste (including water hyacinth in the Canals if any), in accordance with the provision of Vegetation Waste Management Plan. • The Contractor for the excavation works will carry out vegetation clearance in sections and will be limited to portions of the canal to be excavated at a particular time. The entire land will not be cleared at a time Loss of vegetation and this will allow for any fauna to migrate to adjoining bushes. and impacts on • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the aesthetics, the Pre- flora and fauna project shall have a provision for compensatory plantation. Such construction SPMU/DPMU/ including aquatic compensatory afforestation, to be normally done in the ratio of 1:5 will be Contractor/ & PMC animals, fish and carried out by the Contractor in accordance with the provision of Construction other benthic Compensatory Afforestation Plan. I. Restoration of carrying communities • Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workers from capacity of Main & Branch damaging any flora or fauna of the area including fishing or hunting of Canals (Earth Work for Re any animals in the area. sectioning Channel Section) throughout the area • If the working unit observes any wild animal, the contractor shall inform the DPMU and reported to the local Forest Department officials immediately and shall take appropriate steps / measures in consultation with Forest Department Officials. • Contractor will follow the provisions of Fish Conservation Plan during restoration of carrying capacity of Canals by desiltation that may require construction of cross-bundhs across the Canals and bailing out of the impounded water from the zones in between the adjacent cross-bundhs. • Shrub stems; stock pile of stumps, roots, twigs and leaves will form the bulk of the vegetation clearance waste. The contractor will allow the neighboring communities to collect the shrub stems for use as fuelwood Generation and and fencing material. As much as possible, the twigs and leaves will be disposal of solid Construction spread and ploughed into bank side agricultural field/ soil or allowed to Contractor PMC waste decompose. • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as much as possible. Excavated material and other waste such as wood chippings which cannot be re-used IWD, GoWB Page 122 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 123 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity at the site will be collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for backfilling of borrow pits. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils to minimize the potential for erosion into water bodies and such excess Removal of excess materials will first be used for embankment strengthening and leveling excavated materials access road. from the canals and • Excess material may be used to fill existing borrow pits. Possibility shall its inappropriate Construction be explored for filling up of nearby low lying private and Govt. land. Contractor PMC dumping which • Excess material may be used for construction of new road infrastructure. may affect nearby Dept. of IWD shall formulate proper disposal plan for entire quantum of agriculture field desilted material. and waterbody. • Testing of excavated materials to assess the appropriateness for use in agricultural fields and for other uses. • Storing of excavated material on agricultural field shall be avoided to the extent possible; • Excavated earth, if require at all to store on bank side agricultural field located in between river and embankment, shall be stored temporarily. • Tarpaulin lining shall be provided to arrest any kind of leaching from Stripping, stocking stored excavated material on agricultural field. of excavated earth • Community members already cultivating portions of the project site will on agricultural field be allowed to continue temporarily farming at areas of the land which will Contractor Construction PMC may damage top not be affected by construction of the canal system. For those whose soil of agricultural farming areas will be affected by the construction of the canals, they will field be allowed to temporarily farm at other areas which will not be affected till the end of the construction works. Affected farmers will be allowed to shift to their previous farm land (Owned by IWD) after the completion of construction works to integrate them into the project. • Safe temporary access routes will be provided for community members to access their farms during the construction period. • Excavated earth shall be staked in earmarked area and proper scientific Dust and air measures shall be adopted during staking to restrict dust pollution from pollution from Construction staked material. Contractor PMC flying of dried up • Desilted material shall be wetting regularly by using sprinkler on regular excavated earth basis. IWD, GoWB Page 123 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 124 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Tarpaulin covering of huge quantity of desilted material may not be economically feasible option. All truck shall be tarpaulin covered while transporting desilted material. • Close consultation with community prior to detailed design to identify important flora/ fauna habitats. • Careful planning of infrastructure alignment prior to construction/ implementation. • Vegetation clearance for the rehabilitation works will be limited to weeds in the existing canals and drains. The Contractor for the construction works will carry out vegetation clearance in sections and will be limited to portions of the land to be developed at a particular time. The entire land will not be cleared at a time and this will allow for any fauna to migrate to adjoining bushes. Disposal of vegetative waste Pre- Loss of vegetation will be made as per provision of Vegetation Waste Management construction and impacts on Plan.Any trees removed at the project site will be replanted in 5 folds. Contractor/ PMC & flora and fauna Provsions of Compensatory afforestation Plan will be followed by the Construction Contractor in this regard. • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the aesthetics, the project shall have a provision for compensatory plantation. II. Slope stabilization of • Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workers from critically affected reaches by damaging any flora or fauna of the area including fishing or hunting of PCC Block lining any animals in the area. • If the working unit observes any wild animal, the contractor shall inform the DPIU as well as DPMU and reported to the local Forest Department officials immediately and shall take appropriate steps / measures in consultation with Forest Department Officials. • The clearing of vegetation in sections by the contractor will ensure only areas of the land to be developed at a particular time are exposed to agents of erosion. This will also ensure the cleared areas of the land are not left bare over long periods as development at the cleared areas will be carried Soil impacts and Pre- out immediately. This will minimize erosion and sediment transport from sediment transport construction the project site. Contractor/ PMC in streams, canal, and • Find alternative sites and avoid material handling sites close to rivers, water bodies construction streams, ponds, lakes, etc., and riparian ecosystems (those located next to a water body), which are extremely sensitive. • If no alternative is available, the contractor shall leave sufficient buffer area within the range of 10 to 30 meters width along the banks. The buffer zones will screen any soil sediments transported through run-off water IWD, GoWB Page 124 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 125 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity during the re-sectioning and land preparation activities from getting into the water bodies. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils to minimize the potential for erosion into water bodies and such excess or unusable materials will be used to fill existing borrow pits. • The contractor will seek to reduce the quantity of heaped sand and cement by delivery of quantities required for construction over a specified period and ensure that any heaped sand and cement for construction works will be covered with tarpaulin to prevent wind and water transport of sand/ soil/ dust particles. • The contractor will ensure appropriate spill control measures are provided at the vehicle maintenance area and fuels storage areas to reduce the potential impact from spills. These will include provision of bunds to contain spills, installation and servicing of fuel dispensers. • Shrub stems; stock pile of stumps, roots, twigs and leaves will form the bulk of the vegetation clearance waste. The contractor will allow the neighboring communities to collect the shrub stems for use as fuelwood and fencing material. As much as possible, the twigs and leaves will be spread and ploughed into bank side agricultural field/ soil or allowed to decompose. • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as Generation and much as possible. disposal of solid Construction Contractor PMC • Left over excavated material and other construction waste such as stone waste chip, sand, cement, wood chippings, which cannot be re-used at the site will be collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for backfilling of borrow pits. • The contractor will adopt efficient construction methods and re-use of construction material to minimize the waste to be generated from the construction works. • Generated top soil shall be preserved and suitably reused for filling purpose. • Regular water sprinkling shall be provided to maintain moisture content- Removal of top soil Construction Contractor PMC which in turn will reduce dust pollution. • Tarpaulin cover shall be provided to restrict dust pollution during transportation of top soil (if require at all) Selection of Pre- • Finalization of borrow areas for earth and all logistic arrangements as well Contractor/ PMC Borrow areas construction as compliance to environmental requirements, as applicable. DPIU IWD, GoWB Page 125 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 126 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Identify potential borrow areas and take permission from District Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (DEIAA) before operating any borrow areas. • Borrowing earth from selected borrow area should not be started until the mutual agreement is signed between landowner and Contractor. Copy of the document shall be submitted to the DPMU. • The Contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation will also consider following criteria before finalizing the locations 1. The borrow area should not be located in forest areas, The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available; 2. The borrow pits should not be located along the roads / near to embankment; 3. The loss of productive and agricultural land should be minimum and should be avoided first; 4. The loss of vegetation due to this activity should be avoided or should be minimal; 5. Assessing the availability of required quantity and quality of soil; 6. Testing of representative samples from each of the identified borrow areas to understand its quality and application feasibility; It shall be ensured that the fill material compacted to the required density. • Planning of haul roads for accessing borrow areas shall be undertaken during this stage. The haul roads shall be routed to avoid agricultural areas as well as forest areas as far as possible and shall use the existing village roads wherever possible. Extraction of • Earth material should be taken from barren land or selected borrow area borrow earth can during lean period as per IS Code 1498 after taking approval from disrupt natural DEIAA. drainage, • Borrow areas should be dug as per IS code:4701 and prior mutual vegetation and agreement (or no objection certificate - in case of Govt. land) with the resulting in Construction land owners should be made by the contractor and ensure the borrow areas Contractor PMC accelerated erosion should not have any environmental issues like water logging etc. and leading to • Borrow pits should be drained to avoid stagnation of water and the bottom water stagnation, should be leveled properly / bottom level of borrow pits should be fixed ponding and pollution IWD, GoWB Page 126 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 127 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity with reference to the prevailing ground slope towards the nearest natural drainage course. Pre- • Vegetation clearance shall be limited to weeds around proposed Loss of vegetation construction regulating structure to be rehabilated and upgraded. and impacts on Contractor/ PMC flora and fauna and • Any trees removed at the project site shall be replanted in 5 folds. construction • Find alternative sites and avoid material handling sites close to rivers, streams, ponds, lakes, etc., and riparian ecosystems (those located next to a water body), which are extremely sensitive. • If no alternative is available, the contractor shall leave sufficient buffer III. Rehabilitation and area within the range of 10 to 30 meters width along the banks. The buffer upgradation of canal zones will screen any soil sediments transported through run-off water regulating structures during the re-sectioning and land preparation activities from getting into wherever required the water bodies. Soil impacts and • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils to sediment transport minimise the potential for erosion into water bodies and such excess or Construction Contractor/ PMC in streams, canal, unusable materials will be used to fill existing borrow pits. water bodies • The contractor will seek to reduce the quantity of heaped sand and cement IV. Construction of by delivery of quantities required for construction over a specified period gates/shutters at uncontrolled and ensure that any heaped sand and cement for construction works will existing outlets be covered with tarpaulin to prevent wind and water transport of sand/ soil/ dust particles. • The contractor will ensure appropriate spill control measures are provided at the vehicle maintenance area and fuels storage areas to reduce the potential impact from spills. These will include provision of bunds to V. Providing controlled contain spills, installation and servicing of fuel dispensers. structures (Duckbill weir) at • Shrub stems; stock pile of stumps, roots, twigs and leaves will form the tail end of canals and other bulk of the vegetation clearance waste. The contractor will allow the locations of Level 4 canals. neighboring communities to collect the shrub stems for use as fuelwood and fencing material. As much as possible, the twigs and leaves will be Generation and spread and ploughed into bank side agricultural field/ soil or allowed to disposal of solid Construction decompose. Contractor PMC waste • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as much as possible. • Excavated material and other construction waste such as stone chip, sand, cement, wood chippings, which cannot be re-used at the site will be collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. IWD, GoWB Page 127 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 128 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for backfilling of borrow pits. • The contractor will adopt efficient construction methods and re-use of construction material to minimize the waste to be generated from the construction works. • Storage and processing or recycling facilities for construction and demolition waste (C&D Waste) should be done as per the schedule 1 of Disposal of debris Solid Waste Management (C&D Waste) Rules, 2015. from dismantling Construction • To the possible extent the materials like stone and other reusable materials Contractor PMC structures and spoil shall be utilized in the construction. • The iron and wood generated, if any, would be disposed-off as a surplus stock and scrap shall be auctioned as per the procedures of IWD. • To modify regulating structure management 1. Allow entry of water in early monsoon to facilitate migration 2. Retain more water in late monsoon to facilitate fish growth Fish migration in • To do this requires: water courses may Operation Contractor PMC be restricted 1. Restriction on catching migrating fish at downstream as well as upstream of regulating structure 2. Fishers represented in regulating structure management committees and 3. Retain enough surface water in dry season where aquatic life is protected Natural flow of • Regular removal of silt and debris from both upstream and downstream rivers/channels may of regulating structure. Operation Contractor PMC alter and take diversion Water level • Consult with local community in selecting preferred location of rubber changes suddenly dam construction; due to inflation/ • Inform local community prior to inflation and deflation operation deflation and may Operation Contractor PMC VI. Construction of rubber create a hazard to dams at identified location adjacent people and across rivers/channels properties Flood borne debris, • Inspecting the dam body and surrounding environment to identify if there especially sharp Operation any presence of unidentified object that may cause to rubber cut or Contractor PMC objects puncture. IWD, GoWB Page 128 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 129 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Establish rubber dam management – 1. Allow entry of water at downstream in early monsoon to facilitate migration 2. Retain more water at downstream in late monsoon to facilitate fish growth Fish migration in water courses may Operation • To do this requires: Contractor PMC be restricted 1. Restriction on catching migrating fish at downstream as well as upstream of rubber dam 2. Fishers represented in regulating rubber dam management committees and • Retain enough surface water at downstream as well as upstream in dry season where aquatic life is protected • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as much as possible. • Excavated material and other construction waste such as stone chip, sand, VII. Construction of water cement, wood chippings, which cannot be re-used at the site will be retaining structure over small Generation and collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. rivers and drainage channels disposal of solid Construction Contractor PMC to create storage for use in waste • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for rabi crops backfilling of borrow pits. The contractor will adopt efficient construction methods and re-use of construction material to minimize the waste to be generated from the construction works. Natural flow of • Regular removal of silt and debris from both upstream and downstream Irrigation VIII. Adoption of rivers/channels may of water storage sump constructed for pressurized irrigation system. Operation Service PMC/PMU Setup Pressurized Irrigation system alter and take Provider diversion Rise of water table • Yield and ground water level shall be measured before designing recharge IX. Augmenting induced leading to water Operation shaft. Recharge shall be augmented only at critical or semi critical blocks. WRIDD WRIDD recharge of ground water logging IWD, GoWB Page 129 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 130 Table 71: ESMP for Flood Management Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Toxicity and contamination of desilted material shall be checked prior its Pre- disposal for prevention of contamination of water and its impacts on Impact on Soil construction aquatic life. quality & River Contractor/ PMC and • Disposal of desilted material should be carried out only as per Silt Bed sediments Construction Disposal Plan. • Pre- • Attempt shall be made to minimizing and optimizing the desiltation construction requirements by effective assessment and study of the profiles of the river. Water Quality Contractor/ PMC and • Construction I. Desiltation of Mundeswari • Desiltation plan including timeframe should be prepared for each stretch river for a length of 20 km prior initiating desiltation activity. from Beguahana to further • Desiltation operations should not be carried out during the breeding and down stream spawning season of the valued aquatic species which is from June to August (Monsoon season). Bends and meandering locations are the most potential breeding grounds. II. De siltation (Re- Aquatic Ecology- • . sectioning) of other smaller Removal of benthic • During desiltation operation, the Contractor will try to minimize the rivers and drainage channels communities, Pre- impact on fishing & benthic community by following provisions of Fish increasing construction Conservation Plan. Contractor/ PMC sediments/ and • Contractors should submit SOPs and action time chart with risk turbidity, disposal Construction management plan prior to any desiltation work. Desiltation contractor of desilted material, should follow the defined safety procedures to avoid accidents and spills, increasing depth and IWD should ensure that local communities are informed prior to commencement of desiltation to avoid any conflict arising from desiltation operation. IWD, GoWB Page 130 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 131 • Desiltation operations should be restricted to day time only, i.e. 6:00 Am- 10:00 Pm only to minimize noise impacts on the residents of nearby settlements. Excavators should be equipped with the noise reduction/masking equipment to reduce the noise generation. • Contaminated desilted material should be disposed at approved TSDF sites to prevent any harm to community residing in nearby areas. • Log book should be maintained for recording the accidents at site/ mortality of the any mammal should be maintained. Analysis shall be carried out to assess the reason for the accident/ mortality and measures should be taken to prevent repetition of the event. • Contractors having experience of desiltation and well-trained staff should only be allowed to carry out desiltation. This will help in prevention of spillage of desilted material or any accidents during the desiltation operations. • Desiltation plan should be prepared by contractor and submitted to IWD for approval prior to carrying out desiltation operations. Desiltation plan should be reviewed considering its location w.r.t environmental sensitive Location of locations/ archaeological locations/ cultural festival/ pollution influx in Socioeconomic the area/ desilted material quality & texture/ available depth etc. as given in this EIA report and through local sources and past experience. Contractor/ DPMU/ importance and Construction DPIU SPMU/PMC socioeconomic • Contractors should submit method statement & risk assessment plan prior environment to carrying out any desiltation work. Excavator should follow the defined safety procedures to avoid accidents and spills, and IWD should ensure that local communities are informed prior to commencement of desiltation to avoid any conflict arising from desiltation operation. • Re-use of desilted material should be explored if desilted material is not contaminated. Economically and environmentally feasible options can be adopted to minimize the desilted spoil burdens. Some of such measures include o Desilted material can be explored for its usage for bank protection purpose/flood protection o Use of desilted material can be explored for land filling, as construction material for road foundations, dikes, mounds, noise/wind barriers. IWD, GoWB Page 131 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 132 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Provision for removal of weeds during re-sectioning and community members may be encouraged to prepare vermin compost with the weeds. Removal of River • PIO shall explore with the concerned authorities of the State Govt. for Weeds before Pre- establishment of vermi-compost units and undertake market survey to PMC commencement of construction Contractor explore the feasibility of preparation of ornaments with weed like water desiltation hyacinth Provisions of Vegetative Waste Mnagement Plan shall be followed by the Contractor in this regard. • Preparing plan for reusing and dumping of all material. Desilted material • Testing of desilted materials to assess the appropriateness for use in Pre- from river canal agricultural fields and for other uses. Contractor PMC construction bed • In case, if the desilted materials found unsuitable for field or other application, it should be disposed-off as per the waste disposal plan. Inappropriate • Desilted material will first be used for filling up of nearby low lying dumping of private and Govt. land. Possibility shall be explored for use of this excavated material Pre- material for embankment strengthening and leveling access road. Excess Contractor PMC which may affect construction material may be used for construction of new road infrastructure. Dept. of nearby agricultural IWD shall formulate proper disposal plan for entire quantum of desilted areas material. • Before taking civil measures for restoration / improvement of embankment, the surface area of the ground to be occupied shall be Stripping, stocking cleared of all roots and vegetable matter and stripped to a suitable depth of desilted material Pre- as per IS: 4701 – 1982. on agricultural field construction • Top soil may be preserved and reused in turfing activities if possible in Contractor/ PMC may cause damage and borrow areas, bunds or if excess shall be distributed to farmers for using to top soil of Construction in the agricultural lands after quality test. agricultural field • Project activities shall be carried out during lean period and non-monsoon period for minimizing loss. • Excavated earth shall be staked in earmarked area and proper scientific Dust and air measures shall be adopted during staking to restrict dust pollution from pollution from staked material. Desilted material shall be wetting regularly by using Construction Contractor PMC flying of dried up sprinkler on regular basis. Tarpaulin covering of huge quantity of desilted excavated earth material may not be economically feasible option. All truck shall be tarpaulin covered while transporting desilted material. • Close consultation with community prior to detailed design to identify Pre- important flora/fauna habitats. Impact on different construction • Careful planning of infrastructure alignment prior to construction/ Contractor/ PMC flora / fauna and implementation. Construction • Stipulate in Conditions of Contract and provision of site supervision. IWD, GoWB Page 132 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 133 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the aesthetics, the project shall have a provision for compensatory plantation. Such compensatory afforestation (normally done in the ratio of 1:5) should be done by the Contractor in accordance with provisions of the Compensatory Afforestation Plan. • Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workers from damaging any flora or fauna of the area including fishing or hunting of any animals in the area. • If the working unit observes any wild animal, the contractor shall inform the DPMU and reported to the local Forest Department officials immediately and shall take appropriate steps / measures in consultation with Forest Department Officials. At present, fishing is not very common in all the stretches of the river Damodar and Mundeswaridue to lack of water availability during pre- monsoon (prime construction / desiltation phase). However, with the increased availability of water during monsoon in the river, fisheries potential would also improve. The fish management plan involves various options for management of fishery resources in general and near threatened / endangered species in the river in particular at project stretch. • No use of explosives during construction activities / desiltation operation; • Oscillation of water before the desiltation operation to keep fish species away from desiltation points Impact on near • During desiltation, local movement of fishes will be affected. Scientific threatened / management of the existing stock, more specifically “near Threatened” / Construction Contractor PMC endangered fish “endangered” species needs to be adopted for their conservation. Fish species management activity should be undertaken by the project in consultation with the Fisheries Department, Government of West Bengal. Relevant provision of Fish Conservation Plan shall be followed by the Contractor in this regard. • Training / orientation of fishery groups / fish production group / fishery cooperatives on conservation and promotion of nearly threatened / endangered species; • Water quality testing before and after desiltation operation and ensuring remedial measures for restoring turbidity; turbidity arising due to desiltation operation will be temporary in nature. • Discussion with Dept. of Fishery reveals that there are no natural breeding grounds of fish located in the identified desiltation area. IWD, GoWB Page 133 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 134 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Desiltation will strictly be prohibited during monsoon months; • Involving fishery dept. for conservation of aquatic germplasm resources for nearly threatened and endangered species. Collaboration may also be fostered with National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources, Lucknow (ICAR Institute) in this regard; • Close consultation with community prior to detailed design to identify important flora/fauna habitats. Vegetation clearance for the desiltation works will be limited to weeds in the existing river. • The Contractor for the desiltation work will carry out vegetation clearance in sections and will be limited to portions of the river bed to be desilted at a particular time. The entire river bed will not be cleared at a time and this Pre- Loss of vegetation will allow for any fauna to migrate to adjoining bushes. construction and impacts on • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the aesthetics, the Contractor/ PMC and flora and fauna project shall have a provision for compensatory plantation. Construction • Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workers from damaging any flora or fauna of the area including fishing or hunting of any animals in the area. • If the working unit observes any wild animal, the contractor shall inform the DPMU and reported to the local Forest Department officials immediately and shall take appropriate steps / measures in consultation with Forest Department Officials. • The contractor will immediately collect any desilted material to minimize Soil impacts and Construction the potential for erosion into water bodies and such materials will be used Contractor PMC sediment transport as per disposal plan for desilted material. • To the extent possible areas with habitation / business establishments / cultivable areas will be avoided. Disruption of • In case of any loss of livelihood, PAP will be assisted under the project as DPMU/ RAP livelihoods due to per the agreed entitlement matrix. Those who are earning livelihood at the Implementing temporary staking project site and will be impacted due to project intervention will also be Authority under the of desilted material Construction assisted. Contractor/ leadership of in agricultural land • The contractor(s) will provide safe temporary access routes for concerned District located at set back community members to access their farms during the construction period. Magistrate zone • The affected community members (farmers) will be allowed to collect felled tree stems and branches which can be used as poles, fuel wood and fencing material or sold to generate income. Loss of land / Construction • To the extent possible, land taking will be avoided in the project. Contractor/ DPMU/ RAP properties and RAP Implementing IWD, GoWB Page 134 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 135 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity livelihood; shelter • In case of any land taking, the affected persons/families to be identified inImplementi Authority under the due to land taking advance and will be compensated at replacement value for the lost asset ng leadership of as per the agreed entitlement matrix. Authority concerned District • The affected person will be compensated / assisted before taking physical under the Magistrate possession of the asset. leadership • Any displaced person will be resettled (Project may cause temporary of shifting of encroached people, temporary staking of desilted material on concerned agricultural land located at setback zone. People will be allowed to shift District to their previous land). Magistrate • Loss of livelihood to be compensated monetarily as well as in form of alternative livelihood • Any loss of sources of livelihood to be compensated. • Close consultation with community prior to detailed design to identify III. Armouring of Damodar important flora/fauna habitats. Right Dwarf embankment to • Careful planning of infrastructure alignment prior to construction/ act as Broad Crested Weir to implementation. allow controlled spilling of • Vegetation clearance for the rehabilitation works will be limited to weeds flood water in the existing canals and drains. The Contractor for the construction works will carry out vegetation clearance in sections and will be limited to portions of the land to be Pre- developed at a particular time. The entire land will not be cleared at a time IV. Improving Damodar Loss of vegetation construction and this will allow for any fauna to migrate to adjoining bushes. Protected Left Embankment and impacts on Contractor/ PMC and • Any trees removed at the project site will be replanted in 10 folds. by providing adequate free flora and fauna Construction • To compensate loss of flora, if any, or to improve the aesthetics, the board to withstand flood project shall have a provision for compensatory plantation. through construction of flood walls at identified locations • Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workers from damaging any flora or fauna of the area including fishing or hunting of any animals in the area. • If the working unit observes any wild animal, the contractor shall inform V. Improving Upper Rampur the DPMU and reported to the local Forest Department officials & Hurhura Channels by immediately and shall take appropriate steps / measures in consultation providing adequate freeboard with Forest Department Officials. through provision of flood • The clearing of vegetation in sections by the contractor will ensure only wall on Left Embankments Soil impacts and areas of the land to be developed at a particular time are exposed to agents sediment transport of erosion. This will also ensure the cleared areas of the land are not left Construction Contractor PMC in streams, canal, bare over long periods as development at the cleared areas will be carried water bodies out immediately. This will minimize erosion and sediment transport from the project site. IWD, GoWB Page 135 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 136 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity VI. Raising & Strengthening • Find alternative sites and avoid material handling sites close to rivers, of countryside existing streams, ponds, lakes, etc., and riparian ecosystems (those located next to earthen embankments to its a water body), which are extremely sensitive. design section of Damodar • If no alternative is available, the contractor shall leave sufficient buffer Left, Hurhura Left & Lower area within the range of 10 to 30 meters width along the banks. The buffer Rampur left embankments zones will screen any soil sediments transported through run-off water during the re-sectioning and land preparation activities from getting into the water bodies. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils to VII. Protection / River minimise the potential for erosion into water bodies and such excess or training works on river unusable materials will be used to fill existing borrow pits. Damodar / Mundeswari, • The contractor will seek to reduce the quantity of heaped sand and cement Hurhura Khal, Upper by delivery of quantities required for construction over a specified period Rampur and Lower Rampur and ensure that any heaped sand and cement for construction works will Khals be covered with tarpaulin to prevent wind and water transport of sand/ soil/ dust particles. • The contractor will ensure appropriate spill control measures are provided at the vehicle maintenance area and fuels storage areas to reduce the potential impact from spills. These will include provision of bunds to contain spills, installation and servicing of fuel dispensers. • Shrub stems; stock pile of stumps, roots, twigs and leaves will form the bulk of the vegetation clearance waste. The contractor will allow the neighboring communities to collect the shrub stems for use as fuelwood and fencing material. As much as possible, the twigs and leaves will be spread and ploughed into bank side agricultural field/ soil or allowed to decompose. Generation and • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as disposal of solid Construction much as possible. Excavated material and other construction waste such Contractor PMC waste as stone chip, sand, cement, wood chippings, which cannot be re-used at the site will be collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for backfilling of borrow pits. • The contractor will adopt efficient construction methods and re-use of construction material to minimize the waste to be generated from the construction works. • Generated top soil shall be preserved and suitably reused for filling Removal of top soil Contractor PMC purpose. IWD, GoWB Page 136 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 137 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Finalization of borrow areas for earth and all logistic arrangements as well as compliance to environmental requirements, as applicable. • Identify potential borrow areas and take permission from District Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (DEIAA) before operating any borrow areas. • Borrowing earth from selected borrow area should not be started until the mutual agreement is signed between landowner and Contractor. Copy of the document shall be submitted to the DPMU. Borrow areas- • The Contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and extraction of regulation will also consider following criteria before finalizing the materials like earth locations etc., can disrupt natural drainage, 1. The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless vegetation and unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available; Contractor PMC resulting in 2. The borrow pits should not be located along the roads / near to accelerated erosion embankment; and leading to 3. The loss of productive and agricultural land should be minimum and water stagnation, should be avoided first; ponding and 4. The loss of vegetation due to this activity should be avoided or should pollution be minimal; 5. Assessing the availability of required quantity and quality of soil; 6. Testing of representative samples from each of the identified borrow areas to understand it quality and application feasibility; It shall be ensured that the fill material compacted to the required density. • Planning of haul roads for accessing borrow areas shall be undertaken during this stage. The haul roads shall be routed to avoid agricultural areas as well as forest areas as far as possible and shall use the existing village roads wherever possible. • Contractor shall not be permitted to borrow areas in forest areas • Contractor shall identify location of borrow areas and get approval from DPMU staff. Transportation of Pre- • Earth material should be taken from barren land or selected borrow area earth from borrow construction during lean period as per IS Code 1498 after taking approval from DPMU Contractor/ PMC areas for and / Executive Engineer. construction Construction • Borrow areas should be dug as per IS code: 4701 and prior approval from the competent authorities must be taken before execution and mutual agreement with the land owners should be taken by the contractor and IWD, GoWB Page 137 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 138 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity ensure the borrow areas should not have any environmental issues like water logging etc. • Borrow pits should be drained to avoid stagnation of water and the bottom should be leveled properly / bottom level of borrow pits should be fixed with reference to the prevailing ground slope towards the nearest natural drainage course. • Borrow areas should be avoided in agricultural areas as well as forest areas. • Required permission should be obtained from the authorized person as stipulated in the West Bengal state minor minerals act and if operating in private lands mutual agreement and no objection certificate need to be produced to the DPMU / EE by the contractor. • To the extent possible areas with habitation / business establishments / cultivable areas will be avoided. Disruption of • In case of any loss of livelihood, PAP will be assisted under the project as DPMU/ RAP livelihoods due to per the agreed entitlement matrix. Those who are earning livelihood at the Implementing temporary staking project site and will be impacted due to project intervention will also be Authority under the of desilted material Construction assisted. Contractor/ leadership of in agricultural land • The contractor(s) will provide safe temporary access routes for concerned District located at set back community members to access their farms during the construction period. Magistrate zone • The affected community members (farmers) will be allowed to collect felled tree stems and branches which can be used as poles, fuel wood and fencing material or sold to generate income. Loss of land / Construction • To the extent possible, land taking will be avoided in the project. properties and • In case of any land taking, the affected persons/families to be identified in Contractor/ livelihood; shelter advance and will be compensated at replacement value for the lost asset RAP due to land taking as per the agreed entitlement matrix. Implementi DPMU/ RAP • The affected person will be compensated / assisted before taking physical ng Implementing possession of the asset. Authority Authority under the • Any displaced person will be resettled (Project may cause temporary under the leadership of shifting of encroached people, temporary staking of desilted material on leadership concerned District agricultural land located at setback zone. People will be allowed to shift of Magistrate to their previous land). concerned • Loss of livelihood to be compensated monetarily as well as in form of District alternative livelihood Magistrate • Any loss of sources of livelihood to be compensated. IWD, GoWB Page 138 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 139 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity Displacement of • SIO should Identify the electric poles which may be a hinderance as per public utilities like the designs. During survey and detailed estimate, a contingency plan for electric pole, shifting if necessary should be done and the utilities need to be shifted if necessary with the appropriate permission from the electricity department as per the provisions Higher within • Concrete lining at strategic point of river bank and bed; Avenue plantation channel or river along embankment; proper operation of different control structure velocity will cause specially during high tide. Construction Contractor more bank erosion • Sheet pile with cap bean and flood wall is provided in strategic point to PMC and river bed reduce effect of scouring and soil erosion. scouring More sediment • Regular desiltation of side channel shall be performed by IWD. Proper trapping at operation of different control structure specially during high tide. Operation Contractor PMC downstream river channels Less silt deposited • Awareness raising on using bio-fertiliser; Promotion and use of vermin Dept. of on land affecting Operation composting with the help of Agricultural department PMC Agriculture fertility Reduced soil • Awareness raising on using bio-fertiliser; Promotion and use of vermin fertility due to composting with the help of Agricultural department; Cultivation and use Dept. of reduced aquatic Operation of blue green algae PMC Agriculture vegetation and micro-biota Decline in quality • Regular desiltation of side channel shall be performed by IWD. Proper of sub-surface and operation of different control structure specially during high tide. surface waters due Operation Protecting natural drains. PMC Contractor to loss of flushing effect of floods Soil and water • Awareness raising on using bio-fertiliser; Promotion and use of vermin Dept. of pollution from use Operation composting with the help of Agricultural department PMC Agriculture of agrochemicals • To the extent possible, land taking will be avoided in the project. DPMU/ • In case of any land taking, the affected persons/families to be identified Contractor/ RAP implementing Loss of land / in advance and will be compensated at replacement value for the lost RAP Authority under the properties and Construction asset as per the agreed entitlement matrix. implementi leadership of livelihood; shelter • The affected person will be compensated / assisted before taking ng concerned District due to land taking physical possession of the asset. Authority Magistrate • Any displaced person will be resettled under the IWD, GoWB Page 139 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 140 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Loss of livelihood to be compensated monetarily as well as in form of leadership alternative livelihood of • Any loss of sources of livelihood to be compensated. concerned District Magistrate • Promotion of cage-based fisheries, Restriction on catching migrating fish Decline in capture Construction Dept. of at downstream as well as upstream of regulating structure PMC fisheries & Operation Fishery Loss of vegetation • Vegetation clearance shall be limited to weeds around proposed and impacts on Construction regulating structure to be rehabilitated and upgraded. Contractor/ PMC flora and fauna Any trees removed at the project site shall be replanted in 10 folds. • Find alternative sites and avoid material handling sites close to rivers, streams, ponds, lakes, etc., and riparian ecosystems (those located next to a water body), which are extremely sensitive. • If no alternative is available, the contractor shall leave sufficient buffer area within the range of 10 to 30 meters width along the banks. The buffer zones will screen any soil sediments transported through run-off water during the re-sectioning and land preparation activities from getting into the water bodies. Soil impacts and Pre- • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils to sediment transport construction minimise the potential for erosion into water bodies and such excess or VIII. Remodeling & Contractor/ in streams, canal, & unusable materials will be used to fill existing borrow pits. PMC Reconstruction of sluices at the outfalls of drainage water bodies Construction • The contractor will seek to reduce the quantity of heaped sand and cement channels by delivery of quantities required for construction over a specified period and ensure that any heaped sand and cement for construction works will be covered with tarpaulin to prevent wind and water transport of sand/ soil/ dust particles. • The contractor will ensure appropriate spill control measures are provided at the vehicle maintenance area and fuels storage areas to reduce the potential impact from spills. These will include provision of bunds to contain spills, installation and servicing of fuel dispensers. • Shrub stems; stock pile of stumps, roots, twigs and leaves will form the bulk of the vegetation clearance waste. The contractor will allow the Generation and neighboring communities to collect the shrub stems for use as fuelwood disposal of solid Construction Contractor PMC and fencing material. As much as possible, the twigs and leaves will be waste spread and ploughed into bank side agricultural field/ soil or allowed to decompose. IWD, GoWB Page 140 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 141 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implement Supervising and Investment activity Stages ing Entity Monitoring Entity • Excavated soil material will be re-used in backfilling and levelling as much as possible. Excavated material and other construction waste such as stone chip, sand, cement, wood chippings, which cannot be re-used at the site will be collected and disposed at the nearest approved landfill site. • The contractor will immediately collect any excess excavated soils for backfilling of borrow pits. The contractor will adopt efficient construction methods and re-use of construction material to minimize the waste to be generated from the construction works. • Storage and processing or recycling facilities for construction and demolition waste (C&D Waste) should be done as per the schedule 1 of Solid Waste Management (C&D Waste) Rules, 2015. Disposal of debris • To the possible extent the materials like stone and other reusable materials from dismantling Construction Contractor PMC shall be utilized in the construction. structures and spoil • The iron and wood generated, if any, would be disposed-off as a surplus stock and scrap shall be auctioned as per the procedures of I&W Department. • Modify sluice gate management - Allow entry of water in early monsoon to facilitate migration Retain more water in late monsoon to facilitate fish growth Fish migration in water courses may Operation • To do this requires: Contractor PMC be restricted • Restriction on catching migrating fish at sluices Fishers represented in sluice management committees and Retain enough surface water in dry season where aquatic life is protected Natural flow of • Regular removal of silt and debris from both upstream and downstream rivers/channels may of dam. Operation Contractor PMC alter and take diversion IWD, GoWB Page 141 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 142 Table 72: ESMP for Crop diversification and Intensification Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implementin Supervising and Investment activity Stages g Entity Monitoring Entity I. Demonstration for diversification and support in Horticulture, providing infrastructure of cultivation and construction of low cost storage structure - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture Promotion on Cultivation Increase in use of Operation Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management Plan (detailed in Farmer Department of Food of Hybrid Vegetable fertilizer and chapter 8) will be implemented. /FPO/FPC Processing Industries pesticide and Horticulture Agriculture run off Operation • Optimum use of fertilizer, promotion of the use organic manure Farmer Department of Food may be containing and bio-fertilizer. /FPO/FPC Processing Industries excess fertilizer • Prevention of agricultural runoff to flow in to the canal / river / and Horticulture promotes the water bodies by adoption of efficient irrigation methods;. excessive growth • Promotion of IPNM strategies among the farmers in the of aquatic plants command area by training, demonstrations and hand holding (such as algae, support. weed and water • Supply of IEC materials on specific doses of application of hyacinth). fertilizer for different crops during different seasons, in accordance with the earlier researches. Deterioration of Operation • Promotion of organic farming that encourages use of organic Farmer Department of Food groundwater fertilizers and pesticides. /FPO/FPC Processing Industries quality • Optimum use of chemical fertilizer and pesticides. and Horticulture • Discouraging ground water extraction for agricultural and meeting high water consumption requirements in critical / semi- critical / unsafe zones. • Sensitization / awareness of farmers on ground water extraction potential and ground water conservation. • Participatory Ground Water Management through ground water user groups may be promoted, more specifically in semi-critical groundwater zones. Soil quality Operation • Training farmers for promoting adoption of integrated weed and Farmer Department of Food degradation due to pest management practices such as use of certified and disease /FPO/FPC Processing Industries excess use of tolerant seed varieties, use of early maturing seed varieties, proper and Horticulture Fertilizer and land preparation, early planting, following recommended pesticide. planting space between rows and plants, timely/early weeding, suitable water management practices and the use of agrochemicals where necessary. This will minimize the rate of agrochemical use. • Dept. of Horticulture and Agriculture will ensure successful IWD, GoWB Page 142 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 143 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implementin Supervising and Investment activity Stages g Entity Monitoring Entity implementation of IPNM (given in chapter- ). • Dept. of Horticulture and Agriculture will sensitize farmers to, preferentially, use selective pesticides with low environmental impact quotient (EIQ) where appropriate, rather than broad- spectrum products, to minimize impacts on non-target species. • Under minimum/reduced tillage, the stocks and leaves of harvested crops will be left on the field as much as possible to serve as mulch to conserve soil moisture and also improve soil biological condition on decomposition. • The farmers will be encouraged to use organic manure to minimize the use of inorganic manure and improve soil biological conditions. Infrastructure development Throwing of non- Operation Owner shall provide waste collection bin at each establishment Owner/ Department of Food for promotion of Vermin degradable plastic and collect and dispose it on regular basis; plastic waste shall be Farmer Processing Industries compost, protected material in dumped to nearby approved dumping site; throwing of plastic /FPO/FPC and Horticulture cultivation and post-harvest agriculture field materials in agricultural field shall be avoided; owner shall aware infrastructure all workers regarding detrimental effect of plastic. Storing of Construction Construction work shall not be carried out during monsoon Contractor Department of Food construction season; to minimize impact on cultivated crop, construction work Processing Industries material on shall be carried out only when firm land is devoid of any crop; and Horticulture agriculture field any left-out waste or construction material shall be stored and collected and disposed properly; metal waste shall be sold to authorised recycler. ESMP for construction work given in table 70 shall be implemented. Use of metal Construction metal waste shall be sold to authorised recycler. ESMP for Contractor Department of Food structure on construction work given in table 70 shall be implemented. Processing Industries agriculture field and Horticulture Drainage and Construction Construction work shall not be carried out during monsoon Contractor Department of Food water logging season; to minimize impact on cultivated crop, construction work Processing Industries shall be carried out only when firm land is devoid of any crop; and Horticulture proper drainage channel along the (protected cultivation) all shaded establishment shall be provided to avoid any issue of water logging into agricultural field. ESMP for construction work given in table -70 shall be implemented. Crop damage Construction Construction work shall not be carried out during monsoon Contractor Department of Food during season; to minimize impact on cultivated crop, construction work Processing Industries construction shall be carried out only when firm land is devoid of any crop. In and Horticulture IWD, GoWB Page 143 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 144 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implementin Supervising and Investment activity Stages g Entity Monitoring Entity occurrence of any kind of crop damage- Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture shall provide crop compensation to affected farmers. II. Agriculture Marketing Dept. Construction of aggregation Storing of Construction Construction work shall not be carried out during monsoon Contractor Department of Food centre/ pack house (1/ FPC) construction season; aggregation centre or pack house shall not be constructed Processing Industries material on on agricultural field; any left-out waste or construction material and Horticulture agriculture field shall be stored and collected and disposed properly; metal waste shall be sold to authorised recycler. ESMP for construction work given in table 70 shall be implemented. Drainage and Construction Construction work shall not be carried out during monsoon Contractor Department of Food water logging season; proper drainage channel along the aggregation, pack Processing Industries house shall be provided to avoid any issue of water logging. and Horticulture ESMP for construction work given in table 70 shall be implemented. Generation of solid Operation Huge quantum of solid waste will be generated on day to day Owner/ FPC Department of Food waste bass. Solid waste shall be collected regularly to maintain aesthetic Processing Industries value of nearby area and maintain hygiene condition. Options and Horticulture shall be explored for utilization of waste material in vermin compost plant for generation of bio-fertilizer. ESMP for construction work given in table 70 shall be implemented. Transport subsidy for Air, water, soil and Operation Comply with emission norms and regular renewal of PUC Owner/ FPC Department of Food procurement of motorized noise pollution certificate. Processing Industries van (transportation support) and Horticulture to each FPC Worker and public Operation Proper safety measures shall be provided and adopted by driver Owner/ FPC Department of Food safety and conductor; vehicle speed shall be kept under permissible limit Processing Industries at all time. and Horticulture III. Support for farm mechanization, diversified cropping demonstration, to promote less water consuming and diversified cropping -Agriculture Dept. Crop demonstration on Impacts associated Operation Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management Plan (detailed in Farmer Department of Food Cropping System, with agro- chapter 8) will be implemented. Processing Industries Diversification, SARP, chemical use and Horticulture SRI, Zero Tillage and Direct Seeding of Rice (Subsidy on Seeds, Pesticides, Fertilizer etc. to IWD, GoWB Page 144 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 145 Sub-component/ Expected Impact Project Mitigation Measures Implementin Supervising and Investment activity Stages g Entity Monitoring Entity promote adoption of new farming practice) IV. Promotion of cage based pisciculture along with one-time sustenance support- Fisheries Department Promotion of cage culture Pollution from Operation Avoiding overfeeding; Avoiding or minimize or control use of FPG/ SHG Fisheries Department (providing cages with overstocking and medication appurtenant) in the main overfeeding and branch canal and one- Risk of cultivation Operation Maintain proper stocking density; Avoiding stocking exotic and FPG/ SHG Fisheries Department time sustenance support of exotic species invasive species; (providing fish seed, fish that may impact feed, prophylactics, labour) native populations to FPG/ SHG IWD, GoWB Page 145 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 146 6.4 Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan During implementation phase, large numbers of worker population is likely to influx in the project area. Management of this labor influx and of issues related to the labor campsite are a critical part of environmental and social management of the project. For each construction activity, prior to the bidding process, the ESIA consultant is required to prepare a Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan. For each construction contract, within 14days of the appointed date, the contractor is required prepare and submit a Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan to Sr. Environmen tal Expert at SPMU level (as one activity may be packaged as one or as multiple contracts). The Contractor’s obligation to provide and maintain these facilities and undertake these activities must be included in contract document. These Plans spells out specific measures that will be undertaken to control degradation of the surrounding landscape due to the location and operation of the proposed construction camp and willminimize the impact on the local community. The Plans will include elements such as details on living condition and ancillary facilities, worker codes of conduct, training programs on HIV/AIDS, etc. The key elements that will enable the preparation of the Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan are: • List of key environmental and social aspects to be considered for preparation of a Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan (presented in section 6.5.1) • Guidelines for locating construction workers’ campsites (presented in section 6.5.2) • Sample Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan (presented in section 6.5.3) 6.4.1 Key environmental and social aspects to be considered for preparation of a Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan The key environmental aspects to be considered for preparation of a Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan include: 1. Sufficient supply of potable water may be provided at camps and working sites. If the drinking water is obtained from the intermittent public water supply then storage tanks must be provided; 2. Adequate washing and bathing facility must be provided in clean and drained condition; 3. Adequate sanitary facilities may be provided within camp. The place must be cleaned daily and kept in strict sanitary condition. Separate latrine must be provided for women. Adequate supply of water must be provided; 4. Collection of domestic waste and its disposal may be carried out; 5. The contractor must ensure that there is proper drainage system to avoid creation of stagnant water bodies; 6. Periodic health check-ups may be conducted. These activities may be provided in consultation with State Public Health Department; 7. At every Camp first aid facility may be provided, ambulance must be provided to take injured or ill person to the nearest hospital; 8. Adequate supply of fuel in the form of kerosene or LPG may be provided to construction labours to avoid felling of trees for cooking and other household activities. No open fires may be allowed in camps; 9. The sites should be secured by fencing; 10. Proper lighting and cross ventilation must be provided; 11. Construction camps may be located away from forest areas, settlements, cultural heritage & historical sites and water bodies & dry river beds; IWD, GoWB Page 146 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 147 12. It should be ensured by the construction contractor that area of the construction camp be cleared of the debris and other wastes deposited on completion of construction. The land should be restored back to its original form and condition as it was prior to the establishment of the construction camps. The key environmental aspects to be considered for preparation of a Labor Influx and Construction Workers’ Camp Management Plan: (i) Mandatory and repeated training and awareness raising for the workforce about refraining from unacceptable conduct toward local community members, specifically women; (ii) Informing workers about national laws that make sexual harassment and gender-based violence a punishable offence which is prosecuted; (iii) Introducing a Worker Code of Conduct as part of the employment contract including sanctions for non-compliance, manual scavenging, engagement with local residents, child labour, non- discrimination, harassment of co-workers including women and those belonging to SC and STs and other minority social groups, (iv) Contractors adopting a policy to cooperate with law enforcement agencies in investigating complaints about gender-based violence. (v) Training programs on HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases, (vi) Workers’ Camp Management Plan addressing specific aspects of the establishment and operation of workers’ camps provided the ULB/ Executing Agency is unable to cater to the demand for affordable housing for this additional workforce in terms of rentals, hostels, apartments etc.; and (vii) Compliant handling Mechanism at the project level Additional measures that aim to reduce incentives to engage with the local community by providing workers with the opportunity to spend their time off away from the host community, where feasible with a small transport allowance, ideally allowing workers to regularly return for brief visits to their families, spouses and friends, or to visit nearby urban centers that provide a variety of legal social opportunities. For workers who need to travel further it may be attractive to forego weekends off in exchange for longer breaks that would allow for such home leave travel. While clear and decisive measures by the contractor are critically important, the effectiveness of these measures often depends on complementary actions by the SPMU. Those are typically focused on public administration and law enforcement, such as: (i) reinforcing local police in a remote setting, where services may not be sufficiently staffed or equipped to maintain public order after the influx, (ii) ensuring that complaints about gender-based violence are taken seriously by local law enforcement, which may be supported by (iii) deploying female officers to the project area, and (iv) participating in preventive training with workers to demonstrate the presence of government authority in the project area. 6.4.2 Guidelines for locating Construction Worker’s Campsites Table 73: Guidelines for Construction Camp Site Selection 1. 1. 1. Lands within 300 m of residential area and 200 1. Waste land other than Low lying lands, marshy m of schools and health care centres; areas; 2. Irrigated agricultural land; 2. Lands belonging to owners who look upon the 3. Lands under village forests; temporary use as a source of income; 4. Lands within 100 m of community water bodies, 3. Community lands or government land not used for water sources such as rivers and also other beneficial purposes; watercourses; 4. Private non-irrigated lands where the owner is 5. Low lying lands, marshy areas; willing; and 6. Lands supporting dense vegetation 5. Lands with an existing access road 7. Lands where there is no willingness of the landowner to permit its us IWD, GoWB Page 147 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 148 6.4.3 Sample Labour Influx and Construction Workers’ Campsite Management Plan This section provides a generic labour influx and construction worker’s campsite management plan which may be used as a reference by the ESIA consultant to prepare an activity specific plan and by the contractor to prepare a contract specific plan (as one activity maybe may be packaged as one or as multiple contracts). In addition to the details presented in Table 75, the activity specific plan must provide basic information on the likely number of workers, the locations identified for the campsite along with details of key features in the vicinity (habitations, water bodies, etc., with distances), model layout for the campsite, etc. In addition to the details presented in Table 75, the contractor’s plan must provide basic information on the campsite including: number of male and female workers to be housed, number of non-working adults and children to be housed, layout of the campsite showing location of all key infrastructure (residential quarters, community kitchen, male and female washrooms, male and female toilets, crèche facility, waste disposal facility, etc.), plan of the residential quarters (indicating type of construction, people to be housed per unit, ventilation, etc), etc. Table 74: Generic Camp Site Management Plan Activity Responsibility Monitoring and Supervision Primary Secondary Pre-Construction Stage Site Selection: Contractor DPMU 1. The suitable sites shall be selected and finalized in 1. Identify the site for construction camp in consultation with the Sr. consultation with the individual owners in case of Environmental and Social private lands and the Gram Panchayat / concerned cum gender safeguard Dept. in case of government lands. Preference specialist of the SPMU. should be given to uncultivated fallow land / 2. Verification of finalised site government land during site selection; by the Jr. Environmental 2. The camp site shall be identified and located not and Social cum gender less than 500 meters from the local habitation / safeguard specialist of the village. As the state is densely populated, it is DPMU and approval for site expected that habitations are relatively close to camp construction. each other. In such case, suitable site may be 3. Arrangements will be selected taking into account the local land verified by the Sr. availability conditions. Environmental and Social 3. In case, no government land / fallow and unutilised cum gender safeguard govt. land is available and where use of private specialist of the SPMU to land is the only alternative, necessary avoid future conflict. arrangements should be worked out with the 4. The agreement, layout plan private owner of the land for setting up of facilities and site restoration plan during the construction. The arrangement should documents shall be have both facility creation and site restoration (pre- submitted to the Jr. construction stage) component. Environmental and Social 4. The contractor shall obtain documents cum gender safeguard highlighting arrangements made with the private specialist of the DPMU for land owner / local GP / concerned Govt. Dept. for verification by the Sr. land use for construction, i.e., (1) Written No- Environmental and Social objection certificate; (2) Extent of land required cum gender safeguard and duration of the agreement; (3) Photograph of specialist of the SPMU the site in original condition; (4) Details of site 5. The plan shall be finalized redevelopment after completion. or approved by the 5. A detailed layout plan should be prepared for the respective APD at SPMU. development of construction camp, indicating the various structures to be constructed including the temporary structures to be put up, site roads, IWD, GoWB Page 148 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 149 Activity Responsibility Monitoring and Supervision Primary Secondary drainage, lighting and other facilities etc. and should be submitted to the DPMU. 6. A site restoration plan should also be prepared detailing the measures for restoration of the campsite after the completion of the construction works. 7. It should be ensured that there is no use of hazardous construction materials such as Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) in the construction of the camp. 8. Provision of free of cost temporary living in the camp site for all the workers employed by contractor for the total work period. Facilities: Contractor DPMU Periodic verification of facilities by the Sr. Environmental 1. The camp should have adequate space for safeguard specialist of the accommodating the workers. In case of women SPMU. workers and families, the accommodation units should provide adequate privacy. 2. The camp should have all common minimum required facilities like ventilation, bed / bed roll for the workers, electricity supply, water supply, kitchen, separate toilet and bathrooms for ladies and gents, etc. 3. Identification of potable drinking water source/s and seeking permission from local authority / GP for accessing the source. In case, potable drinking water source is not available in the vicinity, provision of water filter should be made in the camps to make water potable. 4. Storage of drinking water should be made in cleaned / hygienic containers and should be placed at a distance of not less than 15m from any wastewater / sewage drain, toilet or other source of pollution. Hygiene and Sanitation: Contractor DPMU Supervision by Sr. Environmental safeguard 1. Suitable washing facility for clothes and utensils at specialist of the SPMU from the camp level, with mechanism for proper time to time and submission of draining and disposal of waste water. camp / site specific report to 2. Separate bathing facility for male and female respective APD of SPMU. workers in conveniently accessible locations and shall be kept in clean and hygienic conditions. 3. Sanitary arrangements, latrines and urinals in every work place. The type of latrine chosen must be culturally appropriate / acceptable. The latrines must be suitable for use in shallow groundwater / flood prone areas. 4. Separate toilet facility for male and female works with proper sign board in language that are understood by the workers along with picture. 5. For 15-20 female and male workers, separate toilet provision should be made. 6. The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and hygienic condition shall be maintained (proper cleaning and sanitisation). IWD, GoWB Page 149 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 150 Activity Responsibility Monitoring and Supervision Primary Secondary 7. Water shall be provided in or near the latrines and urinals (piped water or by storing water in drums). Arrangements for Waste Disposal: Contractor DPMU Supervision by Jr. Environmental safeguard 1. Disposal of sanitary wastes and excreta shall be specialist of the DPMU from into septic tanks. Dry sanitation (toilet) facility time to time and submission of shall be provided at flood prone area. camp / site specific report to Sr. 2. Kitchen wastes (excluding solid waste) shall be Environmental safeguard disposed into soak pits. Wastewater from specialist of the SPMU. campsites will be discharged and disposed in a kitchen soak pit located at least 15 meters away from any waterbody. 3. Capacity of the pit should be at least 1.3 times the maximum volume of wastewater discharged per day. 4. The bottom of the soak pit should be filled with coarse gravel and the sides shored up with board, etc. to prevent erosion and collapse of the soak pit. 5. Solid wastes generated in the construction site shall be reused if recyclable or disposed-off in land fill sites approved by local authority. Health Care Management: Contractor DPMU Periodic supervision of health care measures like first-aid box, 1. Availability of first aid box / facilities with all regular site visits by a qualified recommended medicines / non-consumables in medical doctor, register of each construction site. health problems, etc., by the Jr. 2. An educated person in the camp site should be Environmental safeguard expert oriented on administering first aid treatment and at DPMU. the box should be placed under his/her command. Copy of health insurance 3. Arrangement should be made by which she/he certificate available with would be available at the time of requirement. DPMU. 4. In case of any eventuality which demand hospitalisation, transport facility should be provided using available project vehicle or immediate transportation through ambulance service to nearby health facility. 5. Periodic visit by a qualified medical doctor (PHC/CHC/SDH etc.) to the campsite for health check-up of workers, at least once in 15 days. A register of all health problems must be maintained by the doctor and available at the campsite. 6. Provision of health insurance of all workers for stipulated period of their engagement in construction sites. Storage Facility: Contractor DPMU Periodic supervision by the Sr. Environmental safeguard 1. Storage site within the camp should be at a specialist at SPMU minimum distance of 30 meter from the living area of the workers. 2. Liquids like oil / fuel / lubricants etc. should be stored at a height from the ground level for which a brick-based platform with sand flooring should be prepared to avoid soil and water contamination due to spillage. 3. Similarly, cement can be stored at a height from the ground level in a damp-proof area. IWD, GoWB Page 150 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 151 Activity Responsibility Monitoring and Supervision Primary Secondary Other Safety and Security Measures Contractor DPMU Verification of installation of fire-fighting instruments in the 1. Provision of fire extinguishers / Fire-fighting camp/s and periodic supervision arrangements at the camps. Each area shall be by the Sr. Environmental earmarked based on fire zone category (Fire zone- safeguard expert at SPMU. 1, 2 & 3). Arrangement shall be available at each facility like living area, material storage area, hazardous building. At least one fire lift and water storage tank shall also be provided at each camp site. 2. Display of fire station number in prominent place for easy visibility. 3. In case the campsite has a common kitchen facility, it must be ensured that the common kitchen (and any other kitchens in the campsite) is located at least 20 m away from the living area. Only LPG stoves are to be used. Use of fuelwood stoves shall not be permitted for use in camp site. 4. Provision of identity cards to labourers and residents of construction camps. Construction Phase 1. Construction camps shall be maintained free from Contractor DPMU Verification of construction litter and in hygienic condition. sites from time to time by the Jr. 2. It should be kept free from spillage of oil, grease Environmental safeguard expert or bitumen. at DPMU and submission of 3. Any spillage should be cleaned immediately to verification report to Sr. avoid pollution of soil, water stored or adjacent Environmental Expert at SPMU water bodies. for necessary action. 4. Precautions need to be taken in construction camps are like (1) no leaching of oil and grease into water bodies or water sources, including canals take place; (2) non-disposal of wastewater into water bodies; (3) collection and appropriate disposal of solid wastes on regular basis; (4) hygienic condition of the toilet, its regular maintenance and keeping it clean and (5) availability of first-aid care provision in the camp, (6) display of emergency numbers (fire, police, ambulance, medical hospital etc,) in a common place visible to others. Post-Construction Phase 1. At the completion of construction, all construction Contractor DPMU The restored site shall be camp facilities shall be dismantled and removed inspected by the Sr. from the site. Environmental safeguard expert 2. The site shall be restored to a condition in no way at SPMU and verified as per the inferior to the condition prior to commencement of initial restoration plan. DPMU the works. should issue a clearance 3. Various activities to be carried out for site certificate before final restoration are like (1) cleaning / removal of oil settlement of claims. and fuel contaminated soil and its disposal in approved waste disposal areas. (2) construction campsite shall be grassed and planted with trees as per the restoration design; (3) Sealing / filling up of soak pits and septic tanks; (4) disconnection of electricity supply; (5) disposal of all garbage in the disposal site only (site approved by local authority). IWD, GoWB Page 151 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 152 6.5 Waste Management Plan Management of the following types of waste generated from the construction activity is a key aspect of the ESMF: • General construction and demolition waste • Waste from desiltation and desiltation For each construction activity, prior to the bidding process, the ESIA consultant is required to prepare a Waste Management Plan. For each construction contract, within 30 days of the appointed date, the contractor is required prepare and submit a Waste Management Plan to Sr. Environmental Expert at SPMU level (as one activity maybe may be packaged as one or as multiple contracts). The Contractor’s obligation for proper waste management must be included in contract document. These plans spell out specific measures that will be undertaken to segregate, store and appropriately dispose wastes generated from the proposed construction activities. The key elements that will enable the preparation of the Waste Management Plan are: • Guidelines for Waste Management (presented in section 6.5.1) • Sample Waste Management Plan (presented in section 6.5.2) 6.5.1 Guidelines for Waste Management 6.5.1.1 Guidelines for Construction and Demolition Waste Management • Contractor shall segregate construction and demolition waste and deposit at collection centre or handover it to the authorised processing facilities. • Shall ensure that there is no littering or deposition so as to prevent obstruction to the traffic or the public or drains. • Contractor (who generate more than 20 tons or more in one day or 300 tons per project in a month) shall prepare and submit comprehensive waste management plan for waste generated within their jurisdiction and get appropriate approvals from the local authority (UDD in the State Government) before starting construction or demolition or remodeling work, • Contractor shall segregate the waste into four streams such as concrete, soil, steel, wood and plastics, bricks and mortar, keep the concerned authorities informed regarding the relevant activities from the planning stage to the implementation stage and this should be on project to project basis. • Contractor shall ensure that other waste (such as solid waste) does not get mixed with this C&D waste and is stored and disposed separately. • Contractor shall have environment management plan to address the likely environmental issues from construction, demolition, storage, transportation process and disposal / reuse of C & D Waste. • Contractor shall remove all construction and demolition waste in consultation with the concerned local authority (UDD in the State Government) on their own or through any agency. • Contractor shall pay relevant charges for collection, transportation, processing and disposal as notified by the concerned authorities; IWD, GoWB Page 152 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 153 6.5.1.2 Guideline for Hazardous Waste Management • Contractor shall follow following steps for management of hazardous and other wastes (a) prevention; (b) minimization; (c) reuse (only non-hazardous waste) and (d) safe disposal. • The contractor shall implement safe and environmentally sound management practice for handling of hazardous and other wastes. • The hazardous and other wastes generated at any of project site shall be sent or sold to an authorised actual user or shall be disposed of in an authorised disposal facility. • The hazardous and other wastes shall be transported from an project site to an authorised actual user or to an authorised disposal facility in accordance with the provisions of Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2015. • To prevent accidents and limit their consequences on human beings and the environment, contractor shall consider all the safeguard aspects, provide appropriate training, equipment and necessary information to the persons involved in managing hazardous and other wastes to ensure their safety. • Contractor shall obtain Consent to Establish (CtE), Consent to Operate (CtO) and Authorization letter from WBPCB for handling and management of hazardous and other wastes • Handling and management of any hazardous and other wastes by contractor (implementing project activities) shall be limited to collection, storage, packaging, transportation, offering for sale, transfer activities. Treatment, processing, use, destruction, recycling, recovery, pre-processing, co-processing, utilisation, disposal of the hazardous wastes shall not be permitted to the contractor implementing project activities. However, contractor may reuse and dispose only construction and demolition waste, other non-hazardous waste. • Contractor shall maintain a maintain records of hazardous and other wastes generation, reuse (only non-hazardous waste), sale and dispose. Record book (in a passbook issued by the State Pollution Control Board) shall contain name and address of purchaser, area of dispose with date wise quantity. • The contractor shall not store any kind of hazardous and other wastes for more than ninety days and shall maintain a record of sale, transfer, storage, reuse (only non-hazardous waste) and disposed quantity. • Contractor shall ensure proper packaging and leveling (as per Form 8) of all hazardous and other wastes in a manner suitable for safe handling, storage and transport. The label shall be of non-washable material, weather proof and easily visible. • The contractor shall provide the transporter with the relevant information in Form 9, regarding the hazardous nature of the wastes and measures to be taken in case of an emergency. • In case of transportation of hazardous and other waste for final disposal to a facility existing in a State other than the State where the waste is generated, the contractor shall obtain ‘No Objection Certificate’ from the State Pollution Control Board of both the States. • In case of transportation of hazardous and other waste, the responsibility of safe transport shall be either of the sender (contractor) or the receiver whosoever arranges the transport. This responsibility should be clearly indicated in the manifest. • The authorisation for transport from the concerned State Pollution Control Board shall be obtained either by the sender (contractor) or the receiver on whose behalf the transport is being arranged. • Where an accident occurs at the facility of the contractor handling hazardous or other wastes or during transportation, the contractor shall immediately intimate the State Pollution Control Board through telephone, e-mail about the accident and subsequently send a report in Form 11. • The contractor and receiver of the disposal facility shall be liable for all damages caused to the environment or third party due to improper handling and management of the hazardous and other waste. IWD, GoWB Page 153 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 154 6.5.1.3 Guidelines for Desiltation Waste Management Sediment Management: The project intends to minimize siltation in the river by adopting desiltation method for desilting. Desiltation involves the removal of deposits and their conveyance to some other point, while water storage is being maintained. While desiltation, suitable measures would be taken to prevent deposition of the desilted silt in the natural channel where it is discharged. The following basic principles should be followed for silt management. Sediment management is made a part of the overall environment management plan of the project with exclusive focus on its disposal. Justification for removal or disturbance of silt must be evidence based by specific location. Where justified, silt management actions must follow best practice to minimize damage to the environment/river morphology. Annual silt requirement for different users may be estimated and critically aggrading river reaches and their sections in the vicinity may be analysed in their physical mode for supplementing. The same can be clubbed with silt removal as is given above wherever possible. Before taking any desiltation/desiltation work, the following guidelines should be followed: A study should be conducted of the river reach selected for desiltation/ desiltation along with study of historical behavior of the river. Desiltation for desilting may be adopted when no other suitable and sustainable alternative is available. The study should also cover sediment flux studies and morphological studies to confirm no significant adverse effect on downstream or upstream reach of the river including the safety and effectiveness of river crossings, water intakes, existing river bank / flood protection measures etc. Post desiltation, sediment flux studies should also be carried out to quantify the amount of silt likely to be deposited in future. Negative impact on ecology and environment due to desilting may also be studied and should be invariably made part of DPR. The quantity of sediments to be removed from rivers is usually very high. Since it is very difficult to find lands for silt disposal, therefore it should be ensured that all silt removed from river should be utilized in some works. The desiltation work should also contain environmentally acceptable, practically possible silt disposal plan. River gravels/sands/silts could be used gainfully in construction works, including housing, roads, embankment and reclamation works. Under no circumstances, disposal should create any contamination of water bodies, harmful to the flora and fauna existing adjacent to the disposal sites or disposed material should come back into the river again. Desilted material should not be used for filling up of wetlands and water bodies, as these are important for recharging the ground water and providing base flow in rivers during lean season. The modus operandi for silt disposal should be finalized before carrying out desiltation. The methodology to be adopted should be clearly laid down before starting the desiltation work. Quantity of desiltation/ desiltation: The quantities of silt removed from the river shall be limited to the extent to which it does not harm the ecology of river or gainfully utilized in developmental works, whichever is less. Exploitable quantities should be determined "a-priori" and the reach should be monitored for excessive exploitative practices. Also, the safety IWD, GoWB Page 154 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 155 and stability of the structures around such sites should also be monitored for adverse conditions. Quantities approved can be reduced/ increased depending on the concurrent observations. To safeguard the structural integrity (different structures like barrage or a weir), desiltation activity upstream of structure will not be allowed within approximately 200 m. Desiltation downstream of the structures will not be allowed within a distance of 800 m. Maximum volume of extraction on downstream shall be decided by proper monitoring so that it will not have any effect on the integrity of the structure. No desiltation will be allowed within 150 m distance from the intake structures for safeguarding structural integrity. However, desiltation may be allowed if the water flow to the intake structures has been obstructed by excessive sedimentation. The desiltation activity shall be restricted so that the water level reduction will not lead to functional difficulties in diverting water in to the intakes. No desiltation will be allowed within 150 m of any bridge crossing to safeguard the structural integrity of the bridge. This shall not be applied where water way has been obstructed by excessive sediment deposit and is causing flooding of upstream reaches. No desiltation will be allowed at least within 100 to 150 m. of any pipelines that is buried below the river bed. Additional restrictions may be required for any pipeline located on or above the river bed. Such restrictions could be developed on a case by case basis; No desiltation will be allowed within 60 m of the most upstream and downstream point of the bank stabilization structure; No desiltation will be allowed at least within 50 m of the support structure for high tension lines passing over the river. Restrictions regarding other manmade structures, identified during the implementation stage, may be determined on a case to case basis. Natural rock or hard deposits located in the riverbed may act as riverbed controls and/or may increase aquatic habitat diversity. Care should be taken during desiltation not to dislodge such hard deposits and restrictions concerning natural rock deposits will have to be dealt case by case basis. Desiltation close to riverbanks have a high potential to adversely impact the stability of those banks, especially when desiltation occurs near the outside of sharp river bends. Bank erosion induced by such desiltation can result in the loss of land, damages to man-made structures, and adverse impact to environmental resources. Therefore, no desiltation will be allowed within a minimum of 60 m of the most upstream and downstream point of such banks. IWD, GoWB Page 155 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 156 6.5.2 Sample Waste Management Plan This section provides a generic waste management plan which may be used as a reference by the ESIA consultant to prepare an activity specific plan and by the contractor to prepare a contract specific plan. In addition to the details presented in Table 76, the plans must provide basic information including: inventory of wastes to be generated (types, description and quantities), location and layout of the waste segregation and temporary storage area, test report of desilted sediment/silt samples, etc. Table 75: Waste Management Plan Activity Site Monitoring Responsibility Responsibility Project Planning and Design Stage 1. Preparation of guidelines for locating waste disposal sites for toxic Jr. Sr. Environmental and non-toxic wastes; Environmental Expert at SPMU 2. Identify existing landfill sites, if available, for disposal of toxic Expert at materials; DPMU (in 1. In case no existence of landfill sites in the district, identification of consultation landfill site located in nearby district by DPMU with APD) 2. Site specific plan should be prepared based on guideline provided Contractor Sr. Environmental and at section 6.6.1- to minimise waste generation, its possible reuse, Social safeguard recycling and disposal; specialist at the DPMU 3. Identify the type of wastes as well as sources of waste during level construction and suggest options for possible reuse; 4. Obtaining required site-specific clearances from appropriate authorities. 5. Waste disposal plan should be a part of the bid document as special condition of contract which should be abided by the contractor. Pre-Construction Stage 1. Identify the activities during construction, that have the potential to Contractor Arrangements will be generate waste and work out measures for the same in the verified by the Sr. construction schedule to be submitted to the DPMU; Environmental 2. Identifying the location for disposal of non-toxic wastes in Safeguard Specialist at consultation with the local GP / dept. authorities. Priority should be DPMU level. given to existing waste disposal sites, if available. 3. The contractor shall implement safe and environmentally sound management practice for handling of hazardous and other wastes. 4. The hazardous and other wastes generated at any of project site shall be sent or sold to an authorised actual user or shall be disposed of in an authorised disposal facility. 5. Disposal of any toxic materials shall be in nearby existing landfill sites located at P. S. -Sutahata Dist- Purba Midnapore, Haldia- 721 635 (W.B.) 12 complying with Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2015. 6. Obtaining No-objection Certificate (NOC) from the land owner / community prior to disposal of construction and demolition wastes in the private / community land; 7. Orientation of workers, supervisors and other persons associated with construction work on waste management principles, waste disposal mechanism, safety and security measures during waste disposal, management of disposal sites etc. Construction & Post Construction Phase 1. Either reuse, recycle or dispose the waste generated during Contractor The waste management construction depending upon the nature of waste; practices adopted by the 2. The reuse of waste shall be carried out by the contractor only after Contractor, including carrying out the specific tests and ascertaining the quality of the the management of 12 Source: http://cpcbenvis.nic.in/tsdf.html# IWD, GoWB Page 156 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 157 Activity Site Monitoring Responsibility Responsibility waste materials used and getting the same approved by the West wastes at construction Bengal Pollution Control Board (WBPCB); camps shall be reviewed 3. The contractor shall adopt required precautions while reusing Jr. Environmental wastes for construction; Safeguard specialist at 4. In case of filling of low-lying areas with the generated construction DPMU level. He/she wastes, it needs to be ensured that the level of filling site matches should submit periodic with the surrounding areas; report to the SPMU on 5. In cases where low lying area is used for filling with the generated the progress and status non-toxic wastes, care should be taken that these low-lying areas of waste management as are not part of water bodies; per the approved plan. Post Construction Phase 1. Hand over the site after cleaning and clearing the site of all Contractor Handover certificate and debris/wastes to the designated authority at the DPMU level and completion certificate obtaining the handover certificate; should be placed before 2. In case of disposal of wastes on private land, certificate of DPMU for settlement of Completion of Reclamation is to be obtained by the Contractor from dues. the landowner that the land is restored to his satisfaction. 3. Suitable species may be planted in the waste disposal site. IWD, GoWB Page 157 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 158 Chapter 7: Social Management Framework (SMF) Social Management Framework (SMF) will help to identify and address the potential social concerns or impacts of a project throughout the project cycle. The objective of SMF is to help project in taking informed decisions and mainstream social concerns in the project design. 7.1 Need for Social Management Framework Since feasibility report is under preparation, the exact nature and scale of impacts will be known later. Therefore, a Social Management Framework (SMF) has been prepared to ‘guide’ the planning and design elements of the project components. The framework will help in integrating and harmonizing the social management principles at the various stages of project preparation and execution. This SMF forms part of the comprehensive social management approach that has been adopted for addressing the potential social impacts of the project. This SMF defines (a) the approach for identifying the social issues associated with the project, (b) the requirements for conducting social screening and social assessment studies, and (c) measures to prevent, mitigate and manage adverse impacts and enhance positive ones. This SMF includes a simplified screening checklist, which will be used to determine the degree of social assessment. Based on screening results, Social Impact Assessment (SIA) will be carried out and Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and Tribal Peoples Development Plan (TPDP) for specific initiatives will be prepared if required. This SMF includes a resettlement policy framework describing mechanisms for addressing the possible loss of land, livelihood, sources of livelihood, temporary disruption of services and income, and temporary restrictions on access to facilities while the construction work is ongoing in the project area. The SMF includes guidance on preparing of tribal people development plan, gender action plan; consultation mechanism; capacity building measures and a monitoring mechanism. 7.2 Objectives of Social Management Framework The SMF seeks to: • Establish clear procedures and methodologies for screening, reviewing and managing social issues. • Consolidate and facilitate understanding of all essential policies and regulations of the GoI; GoWB as well as the World Bank’s social safeguards regime that are applicable to the Project • Provide guidance on preparing mitigation plans for adverse impacts and implementation of the environmental and social management measures. • Specify institutional arrangements, including appropriate roles and responsibilities for managing, reporting and monitoring social concerns. • Provide a framework for consultation and information disclosure. • Determine the other institutional requirements, including those related to training and capacity building, needed to successfully implement the provisions of the SMF. The application and implementation of the SMF therefore, will: o Support the integration of social aspects into the decision-making process at all stages related to planning and design by identifying, avoiding and/or minimizing adverse social impacts early-on in the project cycle. o Enhance the positive/sustainable social outcomes through improved/appropriate planning, design and implementation. o Build the capacity of IWD to take-up and coordinate responsibilities related to the application and implementation of the SMF, including preparation of Social Assessment and Management Plans. o Provide guidelines and procedures for further consultations during project implementation. IWD, GoWB Page 158 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 159 o Provide a systematic guidance to address potential risks and to enhance quality, targeting, and benefits to the neighboring communities. o Ensure that stakeholders, irrespective of whether they benefit from or are adversely affected by the project interventions, are well informed and are able participate in the decision-making process. o Support compliance with applicable legal/regulatory requirements of GOI and state government; as well as with the requirements set forth in the relevant Bank policies. o Minimize adverse impacts on cultural property and other common property resources. This social management framework includes (i) Resettlement Policy Framework; (ii) Indigenous Peoples Planning Framework (IPPF); (iii) Gender Assessment and Development Framework (GAD); and (iv) Consultation framework. 7.3 Social Assessment Process The SA begins with the screening and identification of social issues and stakeholders and communities, including socially and economically disadvantaged communities, for each project activity. The SA focuses on (i) Identification of key social issues associated with the proposed project activities and specify the social development outcomes; and (ii) prepare based on available data the profile of the population and available infrastructure facilities for services (disaggregated by gender, ethnicity, vulnerable groups, socially and economically backward communities, youth and aged, economic aspects, etc.) in the project affected area. 7.4 Potential Impact of Project Activities The activities under the project are unlikely to involve any need for land acquisition as the rehabilitation and modernization of irrigation and drainage systems will take place on infrastructures already exists. However, there could be temporary relocation of residences / business establishments on the existing embankments. In case of such exigencies, the SMF will be applied and implemented. Possible impacts of the project can be categorized in three broad groups, i.e., (1) loss of immovable assets i.e. agricultural land, homestead land, cattle sheds, trees, community infrastructure etc.; (2) loss of livelihood or income opportunity on account of loss of business establishments; and agricultural land; and (3) impact on the community in terms of loss of common property resources or access to such resources, such as grazing land, other land used by commons etc. The impacts can be either temporary (for the duration of construction activities) or permanent. 7.4.1 Screening and Survey of Affected Households and Assets During the project preparation, alternative designs will be examined to avoid / minimize land taking and other assets and to reduce adverse socio-economic impacts. All components of the projects shall be screened for their likely adverse impacts in the planning stage. Screening process to be adopted during the planning stage to assess the adverse impacts including land taking. Where land taking is must, a census will be carried out to assess affected assets and affected households. Screening is the first step in the SMF process. The purpose of screening is to get an overview of the nature, scale and magnitude of the issues in order to determine the need for conducting Social Impact Assessment (SIA) and preparing Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and / or Tribal People Development Plan (TPDP). Once issues are identified, the applicability of the Bank’s environment and social safeguard policies will be established along with Government of India’s and state government’s regulatory requirements. Based on this, boundaries and focus areas for the SIA along with the use of specific instruments will be determined. The outcome of the screening process will help prioritize the social mitigation process in a timely manner. This will also assist in sequencing /phasing of project intervention sites in overall project implementation. This shall help ensure that no project activity is delayed merely due to social issues. The social screening checklist is given below: IWD, GoWB Page 159 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 160 Table 76: Social screening checklist S. No. Screening Criteria Assessment of Remarks Category /Explanatory note for (High/ low) categorization 1 Is the project in an eco-sensitive area or adjoining an eco-sensitive area? (Yes/No) If Yes, which is the area? Elaborate impact accordingly. 2 Will the project create significant/ limited/ no social impacts? Land acquisition resulting in loss of income from a agricultural land, plantation or other existing land- use. Land acquisition resulting in relocation of b households. Any reduction of access to traditional and river c dependent communities (to river and areas where they earn for their primary or substantial livelihood). Any displacement or adverse impact on tribal d settlement(s). e Any specific gender issues. 3 Will the project create significant / limited / no Social impacts during the construction stage? a Flooding of adjacent areas b Improper storage and handling of substances leading to contamination of soil and water c Elevated noise and dust emission. d Disruption to traffic movements e Damage to existing infrastructure, public utilities, amenities; common properties; etc. f Failure to restore temporary construction sites g Possible conflicts with and/or disruption to local community 7.4.2 Establishing Impacts Having identified the potential impacts, action plans to mitigate the impacts will be prepared. This will require social impact assessment. The Project Authority will undertake a survey for identification of the persons and their families likely to be affected by the project. Every survey shall contain the following municipality / ward or village-wise information of, the project affected families: • Members of families who are residing, practicing cultivation, any trade, or any other vocation in the project affected area; • Project Affected Families who are likely to lose their house, commercial establishment, agricultural land, employment or are alienated wholly or substantially from the main source of their trade occupation or vocation or losing any other immovable property. • Agricultural labourers and non-agriculture labourers. • Losing access to private property or common property resources • Loss of common property resources The project on completion of the survey will disseminate the survey results among the affected community. Based on the social impact assessment survey, will prepare an action plan to mitigate or minimize the adverse impacts as identified during the survey. The draft mitigation plan in form of resettlement action plan (RAP) will be again disseminated among the affected individuals / community. The feedback received from the affected groups will be incorporated to the extent possible before finalization of the RAP. IWD, GoWB Page 160 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 161 7.5 Stakeholder’s Consultations Stakeholder consultations are integral to development projects and need to be carried out all through the project life. These are an effective way to communicate about the priorities for both the project and the stakeholders should be used extensively as the project progresses. These consultations can provide insights that may elude designers and help unravel inexplicable responses to proposals effectively. Ensuring an open and transparent information exchange right from start is a key ingredient of successful project implementation. Recognizing this, IWD has begun consultations right from the start of the project. Consultations with stakeholders across the spectrum are needed early and continuously in the project. The identified stakeholders include project affected people-with an emphasis on disadvantaged groups, youth, local NGOs, private sectors, local leaders, officials from other state government departments. Some sites may have special groups that may need to be sensitively handled like Scheduled Tribes and Castes. Project should be geared up to carry out consultations from the Identification stage, through project planning and design, as well as during implementation. At the identification stage of the project activities, the general public in the area would be informed regarding the project activity specific possible interventions and feedback would be sought on the overall picture. Second round would start once iteration has happened with design response to the first round of inputs from stakeholders. There should be clarity regarding what is accepted, what is not accepted for consideration for integration with project design. There should be clear and convincing reasons for each choice made to maintain the integrity and sanctity of the process and to nurture trust among the stakeholders. These consultations would: • Make project aware of community needs and preferences, • Identify what design work best and have minimum adverse impact on the stakeholder resources; • Identify mitigation measures for adverse impacts and enhancement of positive impacts informing the selection of the measures in the ESMP • Identify any opportunities to involve local stakeholders in subsequent project activities, including providing feedback • Disseminate information regarding avenues available for redressing grievances, including those about environmental quality. 7.6 Resettlement Policy Framework A Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) is required when the extent of resettlement cannot be known at appraisal stage. This framework provides for any situation that may arise where need for temporary or permanent land acquisition or resettlement and rehabilitation is inevitable. Resettlement and compensation activities should be conceived and executed in a sustainable manner. The RPF is intended for use as a practical tool, to guide the preparation of the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) depending upon the scale and severity of impacts. The objective of the RPF is to ensure that the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) get compensation for their loss, are offered resettlement measures, and are supported in improving or at least restoring their levels of living and income after the project impact to pre-project levels. The RPF is intended to safeguard the interests of the population impacted by the project, especially the poor and vulnerable. The RPF is based on applicable Policies of State government (GITANJALI Scheme) and World Bank. Both the RFCTLARR Act 2013 and the World Bank Operation Policy on involuntary resettlement aim to ensure that involuntary resettlement should be avoided or minimized, wherever feasible, exploring all viable alternative project designs, and where displacement is unavoidable, people losing assets, livelihood or other resources shall be assisted in improving or at a minimum regaining their former status of living at no cost to themselves. IWD, GoWB Page 161 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 162 Also, World Bank safeguards policy requires consultation with PAPs during planning and implementation of resettlement action plan and tribal development plan and public disclosure of drafts. Once the draft is prepared it is to be made available at a place accessible to, and in a form, manner and language understandable to the displaced or affected people and local NGOs. Based on the detailed comparative analysis of RFCTLARR Act 2013 and the World Bank Operation Policy on involuntary resettlement, key differences identified and addressed under the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) are listed in the table below: Table 77: Gap in RFCTLAR&R Act 2013 and the World Bank policy on involuntary resettlement Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF 1 Application Direct economic and social Section 2 Applicable to projects where of LA impacts that both result from government acquires land for its own Bank-assisted investment use, hold and control, including PSU projects. Applies to all and for public purpose; for PPP where components of the project that ownership of land continues to vest result in involuntary with govt; private companies where resettlement, regardless of the 80% of land owners 13 have given source of financing. consent or 70% in case of PPP. Principle of Involuntary resettlement Alternatives to be considered as Act in In line with bank OP avoidance should be avoided where chapter II, point # 4 (d) says "extent of 4.12 feasible, or minimized, land proposed for acquisition is the exploring all viable alternative absolute bare minimum needed for the project design project; and (e) says land acquisition at an alternate place has been considered and found not feasible. Linkages OP 4.12 applies to all No such provision The ESMF will be with other components of the project that applicable for all projects result in involuntary components of the resettlement, regardless of the project that or any source of financing. It also linked project applies to other activities necessary to achieve resulting in involuntary its objective. resettlement, that in the judgment of the Bank, are(a) directly and significantly related to the Bank-assisted project,(b) necessary to achieve its objectives as set forth in the project documents; and(c) carried out, or planned to be carried out, contemporaneously with the project. 2. Application Same as above In addition to the above, Provision of OP 4.12 of R&R Section 2(3) land purchased by private to apply. company as prescribed by Govt. or when part acquired by govt 3. Affected Involuntary take of land Section3(b): Area notified for Provisions of OP area resulting in loss of shelter, loss ‘acquisition’ 4.12 will be of assets or access to assets, applicable loss of income sources or means of livelihood 13 Land Owner – whose land and immovable property acquired and land assigned by state or central govt under any scheme (Section 3 c (i) and (v)) IWD, GoWB Page 162 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 163 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF 4. Family Section 3(m) includes person, his and The definition of her spouse, minor children, minor family given in brothers and sisters dependent. RFCTLAR&R Act Widows, divorcees, abandoned women 2013 will be will be considered as separate family. followed for both titleholders and non titleholders. 5. Affected All adversely affected people Section 3 (a): whose land and other family for whether have formal legal immovable property acquired. eligibility rights or do not have formal (b)&(e): Family residing in affected legal rights on land area such as labourers, tenants, dependent on forest and water bodies, etc whose primary source of livelihood is affected due to acquisition (c)Scheduled tribes and other forest dwellers whose rights recognized under the Forest Dwellers Act 2006. (f) Family assigned land by state or central government under any schemes (g) Family residing on any land in urban area that will be acquired or primary source of livelihood affected by acquisition. 6. Cut-Off Date established by the Section 3 c (ii), (iv) (vi): Families Provisions of OP date borrower and acceptable to the residing for preceding 3 yrs or more 4.12 will be followed Bank. It is the date of census. prior to “acquisition of land”. as RFCTLAR&R Act has no such provision for people living on public land. Moreover, RFCTLAR&R Act requires proof of residing in the project area at least three years prior to initial notice on LA. 7. Non- Stand-alone SIA for all Section 6(2): Irrigation projects where Provision of OP 4.12 application investments EIA is required under other laws, will be followed. of Chapter provisions of SIA not applicable. II 7. Consultatio Consultation a continuous Section 4(1) date issued for first Provisions of OP n – Phase I process during planning and consultation with PRIs, Urban local 4.12 will be during implementation bodies, Municipalities, etc to carry out followed. The draft preparation SIA. and final SIA will be Section 5: Public hearing of SIA in disclosed in public as affected area. Provide adequate per the provision publicity of date and time. given in RFCTLAR&R Act, 2013. 8. Time Draft Social Assessment, Section 4 (2): within six months from No gap found. duration to Resettlement Action Plan and the date of its commencement. RFCTLAR&R Act prepare SIA or Social Management specifies a timeframe and SIMP Framework prepared before which is followed by appraisal. the client. 9. Disclosure To be disclosed before Section 6(1): Translated in local No gap found. – Stage I appraisal. language available in PRI institutions IWD, GoWB Page 163 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 164 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF and local urban government bodies; district administrative offices and websites of concerned government agency. 10. Formation Appraised by Bank staff Section 7(1): Constitute a multi- No gaps found. of Expert disciplinary Expert Group include Group to members of decentralized govt appraise Institutes (PRIs, ULBs). SIA and SIMP 11. Time Before the decision meeting Section 7(4): Submit its report within No gaps found. stipulated for appraisal two months from the date of its for Group to constitution submit its report 12. Scope of Social Assessment, Section 7 (4) (a&b): assess whether it No gap found. work of the resettlement action Plan serves any public purpose or not; if Expert reviewed and appraised by social costs outweigh potential benefits group Bank staff and approved by then should be abandoned; Regional safeguard advisor Section 7 (5) (a&b): if serves public purpose, then it has considered minimum land acquisition, and alternate options to minimize displacement; potential benefits outweigh social costs 13. Consultatio In practice consultation Section 2 (2): Prior consent of 80% and No gap found. n – Phase II workshops are organized in 70% of land owners in PPP and where during project affected areas at private company has approached the appraisal district and state level. govt to acquire balance land has been obtained, 14. Disclosure Information dissemination Section 7 (6): recommendations of No gap found. – Stage II through the planning and expert group under 7(4&5) to be made implementation public in local language in district and block administrative office and PRIs 15. Minimize Select feasible design that has Section 10: In case multi-crop land is No gap found. impact on minimal adverse impact. to be acquired under exceptional multi-crop circumstances, the area to be acquired land cannot exceed aggregate of land of all projects in district or state. The area to be acquired cannot exceed the total net sown area of the district or state. Wasteland equivalent to twice the area acquired will be developed. 16. Information Continuous part of the Section 11 (1), (2) & (3): Notice No gap found. disseminati preparation and participation published in local language and on of meetings called of gram sabhas, preliminary municipalities to provide full notice information about the purpose of the project, summary of SIA and particulars of administrator appointed for R&R’ summary of R&R scheme 17. Updating To be part of RAP Section 11 (5): Once established that No gap found. land records the land is required for public purpose, accordingly notice to be issued under section 19 following which land IWD, GoWB Page 164 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 165 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF records to be updated within two months 18. Census and To be part of RAP including Section 16 (1) (2): carry out census of RFCTLAR&R Act preparation both titleholders and non- affected people and their assets to be takes only of R&R titleholders affected, livelihood loss and common titleholders into schemes property to be affected; R&R scheme account. Provision including time line for implementation. of OP 4.12 to be followed. 19. Information Section 16(4) & (5): mandatory to Provisions of OP disseminati disseminate information on R&R 4.12 to be followed. on and scheme including resettlement area and Public Consultation throughout the organize public hearing on the Draft hearing - process is mandatory R&R scheme in each Gram Sabha, Stage III Municipality and consultations in Scheduled area as required under PESA. 20. Approval of As part of RAP prior to Section 17 & 18: Draft R&R Scheme No gap found R&R appraisal to be finalized after addressing Scheme objections raised during public hearing and approved. 21. Final Approved RAP including Section 19 (2): Only after the requiring No gap found. declaration budgetary provisions to body has deposited the money will the of R&R implement it govt issue the notice along with 19(1). Scheme 22. Time period Included in RAP - Time line Section 19 (2): the entire process to No gap found. stipulated. synchronized with update land records, disseminate Government’s procedures or information, preliminary survey, adopts innovative methods to census, hearing of objections, reduce the time which is based preparation of R&R schemes and operated on the principles of approval, deposit of money must participation and complete within 12 months from the transparency. date on which section 11, the preliminary notice issued. Section 19 (7): If the final declaration not made within 12 months of section 11 (1), the process will lapse, except under special circumstances. 23. Preparation Section 20: Land marked, measured No gap found. of land for preparation of acquisition plans. acquisition plans 24. Hearing of Section 21(1) (2): Notices issued claims indicating govt’s intension to take possession of land and claims on compensation and R&R can be made not less than one month and not more than six months from the date of issue Included in RAP. of section 21(1). 25. Time period Section 25: It is required to announce stipulated the award within 12months of issue of for Section 19 (final declaration to declaring acquire land, approved R&R scheme) the award after completing land acquisition plans, hearing of objection, settling individual claims for declaration of the award. If IWD, GoWB Page 165 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 166 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF award not made within the stipulated time, the entire proceedings will lapse. 26. LA Act Section 24: where award is not No gap found. 1984 deem declared under section 11, or where to lapse and made five years ago but land not taken RFCTLAR in possession or where award declared &R is but money not deposited in the account applicable of majority of beneficiary. 27. Methodolog Full replacement Cost Section 26 and First Schedule: No gap found. y for Recognizes 3 methods and whichever determining is higher will be considered which will market be multiplied by a factor given in value for Schedule First; compensation given land earlier will not be considered; if rates not available floor price can be set; steps to be taken to update the market value. 28. Valuation Full Replacement cost Section 29 (1) without deducting the Provisions of OP of structures depreciated value. 4.12 29. Solatium Section 30(1) 100% of the No gap found. and interest compensation amount Section 30(3): 12% per annum on the market rate from the date of notification of SIA to the date of ward or land taken over 30. R&R Total cost included in RAP to Section 31, Second Schedule: A No gap found Award resettle and rehabilitate the family as a unit will receive R&R grant affected persons and assist in over and above the compensation and their efforts to improve their those who are not entitled to livelihoods and standards of compensation. living or at least to restore Second Schedule: Homeless entitled them, in real terms, to pre- to constructed house, land for land in displacement levels or to irrigation projects in lieu of levels prevailing prior to the compensation, in case of acquisition beginning of project for urbanization 20% of developed implementation, whichever is land reserved for owners at a price higher equal to compensation’ jobs or onetime payment or annuity for 20 years’ subsistence grant, transportation, land and house registered on joint name husband and wife, etc 31 Transparenc Section 37(1): Information of each No gap found. y individual family including loss, compensation awarded, etc will be available on the website. 38. Possession Taking of land and related Section 38(1): Land will be taken over No gap found. of land assets may take place only by the government within three months after compensation has been of compensation and 6 months of R&R paid and, where applicable, benefits disbursed; infrastructure resettlement sites and moving facilities at resettlement sites will be allowances have been completed within 18 months from the provided to the displaced date of award made under section 30 persons. for compensation; in case of irrigation and hydel projects R&R completed six months prior to submergence. IWD, GoWB Page 166 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 167 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF 39. Multiple Section 39: Additional compensation No gap found. displacemen equivalent to compensation determined t will be paid to displaced 31. Acquisition Not permeable in bank funded Section 40 (5): 75% additional Provisions of OP for projects compensation will be paid over and 4.12 will be emergency above the compensation amount followed. purpose 32. Prior Mandatory to carry out Free, Section 41(3) Mandatory to get No gap found. consent Prior, Informed Consultation consent from Gram Sabha, Panchayat, before with Indigenous people. Autonomous Councils in Scheduled acquisition areas. and alienation 33. Developme Indigenous Peoples’ Section 41: Separate development No gap found. nt plans for Development plan required plans to be prepared, settle land rights SC and ST along with RAP. before acquisition; provision of for Land for land for is an option alternate fuel fodder, non-timber across all sectors. produce on forest land to be developed within 5 years; 1/3rd compensation amount to be paid as first instalment and rest at the time of taking possession; ST to be resettled within Scheduled area; land free of cost for community purpose; land alienation will be null and void and ST and SC considered for R&R benefits; fishing rights restored in irrigation and hydel projects; if wish to settle outside the district additional benefits to be provided in monetary terms; all rights enjoyed under other laws will continue. Second Schedule: additional provisions for SC&ST for land for land in irrigation projects, additional sum over and above the subsistence grant, 34. Institutional Institutional arrangement Section 43-45: Appointment of No gap found. arrangement must be agreed upon and administrator, R&R Commissioner, included in RAP, IPDP. when more than 100 acres of land is to be acquired, R&R Committee will be formed at project level, social audit to be carried out by Gram Sabha and Municipalities. 35. Change of Compensation and R&R Section 46(4): Land will not be No gap found. land use assistance should be disbursed transferred to the requisitioning before taking physical authority till R&R is not complied with possession of land. in full 36 Monitoring Indicators and monitoring Section 48-50: Set up National and No gap found and system included in RAP and State level Monitoring Committee to Evaluation IPDP review and monitor progress 37. Authority to Section 51-74: The Authority will be No gap found settle claims set up settle any legal disputes that arise from acquisition and R&R, the aggrieved party can move to the high court thereafter. IWD, GoWB Page 167 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 168 Sr. Topics/Issu World Bank OP4.12 RFCTLAR&R Measures taken to No. es/ Areas address in ESMF 38. Exempt Project to bear all taxes and Section 96: Compensation and No gap found from tax other expenses if new assets agreements will not be liable to tax and fee are purchased by the PAP 39. No change Section 99: Once the land is acquired No gap found in status of for a particular purpose, its purpose land cannot be changed acquired 40. Return of Section 101: If the acquired land No gap found unutilized remains unutilized for 5 years, then it land will be returned to original owner, heir or included in land bank 41. Distribution Section102: 40% of appreciated value No gap found of increased of acquired land will be distributed to value of owners provided no development has land taken place. transferred 7.6.1 Broad Principles The Policy aims to resettle and rehabilitate the affected persons on account of its sub projects in a manner that they do not suffer from adverse impacts and shall improve or at the minimum retain their previous standard of living, earning capacity and production levels. It is also the endeavor of the project that the resettlement shall minimize dependency and be sustainable socially, economically and institutionally. Special attention will be paid for the improvement of living standards of marginalized and vulnerable groups. This policy recognizes that involuntary resettlement dismantles a previous production System and a way of life, all such rehabilitation programs will adopt a developmental approach rather than the welfare approach. These guidelines detail out the assistance in re-establishing the homes and livelihoods of the Project Affected People (PAP) during the course of projects. 1) All information related to resettlement preparation and implementation will be disclosed to all concerned, and community participation will be ensured in planning and implementation. 2) The principles of mutual consent and negotiated settlement will also be used for land acquisition as required. 3) The persons affected by the project who does not own land or other properties but who have economic interest or lose their livelihoods will be assisted as per the broad principles brought out in this policy. 4) Before taking possession of the acquired lands and properties, compensation and R&R assistance will be made to those who are available and willing to receive the entitlements in accordance with this policy. 5) There would be no/or minimum adverse social, economic and environmental effects of displacement on the host communities but if needed specific measures would be provided. 6) Broad entitlement framework of different categories of project-affected people has been assessed and is given in the entitlement matrix. Provision will be kept in the budget. However, anyone moving into the project area after the cut-off date will not be entitled to assistance. 7) Three tier appropriate grievance redress mechanism has been established at project level to ensure speedy resolution of disputes. 8) All activities related to resettlement planning, implementation, and monitoring would ensure involvement of women. Efforts will also be made to ensure that vulnerable groups are included. 9) All consultations with PAPs shall be documented. Consultations will continue during the implementation of resettlement and rehabilitation works. 10) As required, a Resettlement Action Plan will be prepared including a fully itemized budget and an implementation schedule. IWD, GoWB Page 168 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 169 The broad principles of the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) policy are as given below; 1. All negative impacts including displacement should be avoided or minimized wherever feasible by exploring all viable alternative project designs. 2. Where negative impacts are unavoidable, efforts should be made either to improve the standard of living of the affected persons or at least assist them in restoring their previous standard of living at no cost to them. 3. Ensure people's participation during the course of the project cycle. 4. Effort should be made towards the enhancement of the positive impact of the projects. The project will broadly have three impacts that require mitigation measures. These are: 1. Loss of immovable assets viz., land, house, commercial establishments wells, ponds etc. 2. Loss of livelihood or income opportunities viz, for agriculture labours, helping hands in commercial establishments etc. 3. Impact on the community in terms of loss of common property resources. The first two categories represent direct impacts on an identified population. The people likely to be affected will be surveyed and registered, and project monitoring and evaluation will compare long term impacts against baseline socio economic data. The third category represents a group impact, where gains and losses of a group-oriented nature are not quantifiable in terms of impact on the individual. Mitigation and support mechanism will be collectively oriented, and the monitoring will focus on impact on such groups. The provisions of Rights to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 and in case the State Government has specific policies for mutual consent and negotiated settlement, the provisions of such policy could be used subject to their adherence to the provisions are within the broad framework of the Act and the World Bank Safeguard Policies. 1. Support will be extended under the broad principles of this policy to meet the replacement value of the assets and loss of livelihood. 2. The policy further recognizes extension of support to non-titleholders for the loss of livelihood and replacement value for assets other than land. 3. The common property resources will be replaced as far as feasible and if not, then assistance will be provided at replacement value to the group. The implementation of solar projects would involve transportation of equipment during the installation phase and all efforts will be made during implementation to minimize any disturbance in the daily activities of the local people. Before taking possession of the acquired lands and properties, all compensation, resettlement and rehabilitation would be made in accordance with this policy. In case of displacement, resettlement sites will be developed as part of the project. In such circumstances care should be taken so that there is no/or minimum adverse social, economic and environmental effects of displacement on the host communities and specific measures would be provided in the Resettlement and Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP) to mitigate any such impacts. Before taking possession of acquired land, sufficient time would be provided to harvest the crop. The implementation of the R&R Action Plan will be synchronized with the execution of works under the project. IWD, GoWB Page 169 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 170 The project will ensure that no civil works are initiated before compensation and assistance to affected population has been provided in accordance with this policy. 7.6.2 Definitions The following definitions are used in the documents: Cut-off Date: In the cases of land acquisition affecting legal titleholders, the cut-off date would be the date of issuing the publication of preliminary notification u/s 11(I) of RFCTLAR Act, 2013 & for the Non- Titleholders cutoff date would be the date of Census Survey. Project Affected Person: Person who is affected in respect of his/her land including homestead land and structure thereon, trade and occupation due to construction of the project. Project Displaced Person: A displaced person is a person who is compelled to change his/her place of residence and/or work place or place of business, due to the project. Projected Affected Family: Family includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and minor sister’s dependent on him. Provided that widows, divorcees and women deserted by families shall be considered separate families; Explanation - An adult of either gender with or without spouse or children or dependents shall be considered as a separate family for the purpose of this Act. Land Owner: Land owner includes any person - whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part thereof, in the records of the authority concerned; or Any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other law for the time being in force; or Who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the State including assigned lands; or any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority. Marginal Farmers: Marginal farmer means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one hectare or irrigated land holding up to one half hectare, or as may be defined by the concerned state government. Small Farmer: Small farmer means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two hectares or irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the holding of a marginal farmer, or as may be defined by the concerned state government. Encroacher: A person who has trespassed Government/ private/community Land, adjacent to his or her land or asset to which he/she is not entitled and who derives his/her livelihood and housing there from prior to the cutoff date. Squatter: A squatter is a person who has settled on publicly owned land for housing or livelihood without permission or who has been occupying publicly owned building without authority prior to the cutoff date. Landless/Agriculture Labour: A person who does not hold any agriculture land and has been deriving his main income by working on the lands of others as sub-tenant or as an agriculture labour prior to the cut-off date. Below Poverty Line: A household, whose annual income from all sources is less than the designed sum as fixed by the planning commission of India, will be considered to be below poverty line (BPL). Vulnerable Person: The Vulnerable group may include but not be limited to the following: Those people falling under Below Poverty line category/ vulnerable community as defined by the central government. 1. Member of Scheduled caste/tribe community/other backward community. 2. Women Headed households. 3. Senior citizen-person above the age of 60 years. IWD, GoWB Page 170 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 171 4. Landless 5. Village artisan 7.6.3 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) In case the project requires involves land acquisition against compensation or loss of livelihood or shelter, the project shall ensure that a satisfactory RAP has been prepared under the ESA study and shared with the affected person and the local community. The contractor shall not start the works until compensation and assistance has been made available in accordance with the framework. RAP document provides a link between the impacts identified and proposed mitigation measures to realize the objectives of involuntary resettlement. The RAPs will consider magnitude of impacts and accordingly prepare a resettlement plan that is consistent with this framework for Bank approval before the project activities are accepted for Bank financing. I. In case project affects more than 200 people due to involuntary land taking and/or physical relocation and where a full Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) must be produced and in case affected persons are less than 200 people, project will require an abbreviated RP (Resettlement Plan). II. The above plans will be prepared as soon as component wise project activities are finalized, prior to Bank’s approval of corresponding civil works bid document. III. Projects that are not expected to have any land acquisition or any other significant adverse social impacts; on the contrary, significant positive social impact and improved livelihoods are exempted from such interventions. Every- Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) prepared shall contain the following particulars. ▪ Baseline: • Village-wise or municipality-wise list of project affected families and likely number of displaced persons by impact category. • Family-wise and the extent and nature of land and immovable property in their possession indicating the survey numbers thereof held by such persons in the affected zone. • Socio-economic survey of affected people including income/asset survey of PAPs. • Information on vulnerable groups or persons for whom special provisions may have to be made ▪ Impact: 1. The extent of area to be acquired for the project, the name(s) of the corresponding village(s) and the method employed for acquiring land with the relevant documentation. 2. Adverse impact on common property resources including cultural properties 3. Impact on host community due to labour influx 4. Any indirect impact ▪ Quantification of impacts in terms of number of a. agricultural labourers in such area and the names of such persons whose livelihood depend on agricultural land to be acquired; b. persons who have lost or are likely to lose their employment or livelihood or who have been alienated wholly and substantially from their main sources of occupation or vocation consequent to the acquisition of land and / or structure for the project; c. occupiers on the government land, if any; d. number of public utilities,government buildings, cultural properties which are likely to be affected. ▪ Mitigation Measures and Entitlements: a. Comprehensive list of benefits and packages which are to be provided to project affected families by impact category. b. Measures to address impact on host community due to influx of migrant labour. IWD, GoWB Page 171 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 172 c. Gender Action Plan ▪ Relocation: a. Details of the extent of land available which may be acquired in settlement area for resettling and allotting of land to the project affected families. b. Details of the basic amenities and infrastructure facilities which are-to be provided for resettlement. ▪ Consultation Results and incorporation of community suggestions / feedback in project design ▪ Implementation Arrangements a. Institutional mechanism for RAP implementation. b. Consultation strategy; a disclosure plan and a capacity building plan c. Grievance redressal mechanism d. The time schedule for shifting and resettling the displaced families in resettlement zones. ▪ Monitoring and Evaluation • Mechanism for internal monitoring • Mechanism for external evaluation • Indicators for monitoring and evaluation; and ▪ Budget The RAP will be developed based on the Right to Fair Compensation and transparency in land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013; Memorandum of Government of West Bengal as per its Gazette notification for direct purchase of land; and World Bank Operational Policy 4.12 on involuntary resettlement. 7.6.4 R &R Benefits for Project Affected Families The resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) benefits shall be extended to all the Project Affected Families (PAF) whether belonging to below poverty line (BPL) or non-BPL. The details are to be provided in the entitlement matrix (presented below). Contractor will ensure that access to residences or business or agricultural land is not blocked during construction or subsequently. The easement rights for the villagers shall be ensured while planning the layouts for the solar parks. The NGO responsible for RAP implementation and M&E consultants will bring it to the notice of project authorities if contractor fails to do so. For tribal the following provisions will be adhered to: 1. Each Project Affected Family of ST category shall be given preference in allotment of land. 2. Tribal PAFs will be re-settled close to their natural habitat in a compact block so that they can retain their ethnic/linguistic and cultural identity 3. The Tribal Land Alienated in violation of the laws and regulations in force on the subject would be treated as null and void and-the R&R benefits would be available only to the original tribal land owner. IWD, GoWB Page 172 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 173 Table 78: Entitlement Matrix S. Applicati Definition of Entitlement Details No. on Entitled Unit A. Loss of Private Agricultural, Home-Stead & Commercial Land 1 Land for Titleholder Compensation a) Land for land, if available. Or, Cash compensation for the family. and at Market the land at replacement value, which will be determined Project families with value, as provided under section 26 of RFCTLARR Act 2013. traditional land Resettlement b) The land if allotted will be in the name of both husband Right and and wife. Rehabilitation c) If post-acquisition, residual land is economically unviable, the land owner will have the choice of either retaining or sell off rest of the land. d) Refund of stamp duty and registration charges incurred for replacement land to be paid by the project; replacement land must be bought within a year from the date of payment of compensation to project affected persons. e) Subsistence allowance of Rs. 36000 as one-time grant f) One-time grant of Rs. 500,000 or annuity g) Compensation at market value for loss of crops if any Residual Titleholder Compensation In case residual land is found to be economically land family and at replacement unviable, PAPs have the choice of: families with value, a) selling off the residual land at the market value to the traditional land Resettlement project Right and b) take 25% of the compensation value and retain the land Rehabilitation parcel. B. Loss of Private Structures (Residential/Commercial) 2 Loss of Title Holder/ Compensation a) Cash compensation for the structure at Market value Structure Owner at Market which would be determined as per as per section 29 of value, the RFCTLARR Act 2013. House under Indira Resettlement & AwasYojana in rural area or Rs 50000 in lieu off and Rehabilitation house under RAY in urban area or Rs 100,000 in lieu Assistance off. The house if allotted will be in the name of both husband and wife. b) Right to salvage material from the demolished structures. c) Three months' notice to vacate structures. d) Refund of stamp duty and registration charges for purchase of new alternative houses/shops at prevailing rates on the market value as determined in (a) above. Alternative houses/shops must be bought within a year from the date of payment of compensation. e) In case of partially affected structures and the remaining structure remains viable, additional10% to restore the structure. In case of partially affected structures and the remaining structure becomes unviable additional 25% of compensation amount as severance allowance. f) Subsistence allowance equivalent to Rs. 36000 as one- time grant. g) Each affected family getting displaced shall get a one- time financial assistance of Rs 50,000 as shifting allowance. h) Each affected family that is displaced and has cattle, shall get financial assistance of Rs 25,000/- for construction of cattle shed. i) One-time grant of Rs. 50,000 as resettlement assistance IWD, GoWB Page 173 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 174 S. Applicati Definition of Entitlement Details No. on Entitled Unit j) Each affected person who is a rural artisan, small trader or self-employed person and who has been displaced (in this project owner of any residential-cum commercial structure) shall get a one-time financial assistance of Rs 25,000/-for construction of working shed or shop. k) One-time grant of Rs. 500,000 3 Structure Tenants/ Lease Resettlement & a) Registered lessees will be entitled to an apportionment Holders Rehabilitation of the compensation payable to structure owner in case Assistance the lessee has erected any art of1 the structure as per applicable local laws. b) In case of tenants, three months written notice will be provided along with Rs 50,000 towards shifting allowance. C. Loss of Trees and Crops 4 Standing Owners and Compensation a) Three months advance notice to project affected persons Trees, beneficiaries at market value to harvest fruits, standing crops and removal of trees. Crops (Registered/ Un- b) Compensation to be paid at the rate estimated registered tenants, by: contract i) The Forest Department for timber trees cultivators, ii) The State Agriculture Extension Department for crops leaseholders & iii) The Horticulture Department for sharecroppers fruit/flower bearing trees. c) Registered tenants, contract cultivators & leaseholders & sharecroppers will be eligible for compensation for trees and crops as per the agreement document between the owner and the beneficiaries. d) Un-registered tenants, contract cultivators, leaseholders & sharecroppers will be eligible for compensation for trees and crops as per mutual understanding between the owner and the beneficiaries. D. Loss of Residential/ Commercial Structures to Non-Titled Holders 5 Structures Owners of Resettlement & a) Non-vulnerable encroachers shall be given three on Structures or Rehabilitation months' notice to vacate occupied land Governm Occupants of Assistance b) Vulnerable encroachers will be provided cash assistance ent land structures at replacement cost for loss of structures as described in identified as per section 29 of the RFCTLARR Act 2013. Project Census c) Any encroacher identified as non-vulnerable but losing Survey more than 25% of structure used will be paid cash assistance at replacement cost for loss of structures. The amount will be determined as per section 29 of the RFCTLARR Act 2013. d) All squatters to be paid cash assistance for their structures at replacement costs which will be determined as mentioned in section 29 of the RFCTLARR Act 2013. e) All squatters (other than kiosks) will be eligible for one- time grant of Rs 36000 as subsistence allowance. f) All squatters other than Kiosks will be given shifting allowance of Rs 50,000 per family as one-time grant for a permanent structure and Rs. 30,000 for a semi- permanent structure and Rs. 10,000 for a temporary structure. g) Each affected person who is a rural artisan, small trader or self-employed person assistance' of Rs 25,000/- for construction of working shed or shop. IWD, GoWB Page 174 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 175 S. Applicati Definition of Entitlement Details No. on Entitled Unit h) In case of Kiosks, only Rs. 5000 will be paid as one-time grant. E. Loss of Livelihood 6 Families Title Holders/ Resettlement & a) Subsistence allowance of Rs. 36,000 as one-time living Non-Title Rehabilitation grant. (PAPs covered under 1(f), 2 (f) and 5 (e) above within the holders/ Assistance would not be eligible for this assistance). project sharecroppers, b) Training Assistance of Rs 10,000/- for income area agricultural generation per family. labourers and c) Temporary employment in the project construction employees work to project affected persons with particular attention to vulnerable groups by the project contractor during construction, to the extent possible and preference in the employment of semi-skilled and unskilled jobs in the project with adequate training for the job. F. Additional Support to Vulnerable Families 7 Families As per definition Resettlement & One-time additional financial assistance of Rs. 50,000. within of vulnerable Rehabilitation Squatters and encroachers already covered under clause 5 project Assistance are not eligible for this assistance. area G. Loss of Community Infrastructure/Common Property Resources 8 Structures Affected Reconstructio Reconstruction of community structure and Common & other communities n of community property resources in consultation with the community. resources and groups structure and (e.g. land, common water, property access to resources structures etc.) within the project area H. Temporary Impact During Construction 9 Land & Owners of land & Compensation Compensation to be paid by the contractor for loss of assets, assets Assets for temporary crops and any other damage as per prior agreement between temporari impact during the ‘Contractor’ and the ‘Affected Party’. ly construction impacted e.g. damage to during adjacent parcel constructi of land / assets on due to movement of vehicles for transportation of equipment’s, machinery and construction activities for infrastructure development. I. Resettlement Site 10 Loss of Displaced Provision of Resettlement sites will be developed as part of the project, residentia titleholders and resettlement if a minimum of 25 project displaced families opt for l non-titleholders site/ vendor assisted resettlement. Vulnerable PAPs will be given structures market preference in allotment of plots/flats at the resettlement site. Plot size will be equivalent to size lost subject to a maximum IWD, GoWB Page 175 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 176 S. Applicati Definition of Entitlement Details No. on Entitled Unit of provision given in RFCTLARR Act 2013. Basic facilities shall be provided by the project at resettlement site as per the provisions given in the Third Schedule of RFCTLARR Act 2013. Similarly, if at least 25 displaced commercial establishments (small business enterprises) opt for shopping units, the Project Authority will develop the vendor market at suitable location in the nearby area in consultation with displaced persons. Basic facilities such as approach road, electricity connection, water and sanitation facility, will be provided in the vendor market by the project. Vulnerable PAPs will be given preference in allotment, of shops in vendor market. One displaced family will be eligible for only one land plot at resettlement site or shop in the vendor market. J. Land on lease 11 Titleholde Land Owners/ Annual a) Annual Lease Rent as per pre-agreed rate with the land rs Titleholders Lease rental owners giving consent for sparing their land for the for use of project land b) Provisions regarding the increase in lease rent on predetermined rates and timeframe c) Provisions related to loss of structure/ trees/ crops as per the provisions of Clause 2 and 4 respectively 12 Agricultu Non-Title As per Clause 6 above ral Labour holders/ sharecroppers, agricultural labourers and employees 7.6.5 Disclosure Disclosure of information including RAP, should take place in the affected area. The detailed process and feedback of all public disclosure meeting would be recorded. There should be sua sponte disclosure of information related to RAP and its implementation progress and solutions against the received grievances. IWD, GoWB Page 176 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 177 Chapter 8: Strategy and Plan for Promotion of Integrated Pest and Nutrition Management The project interventions on improved irrigation may lead to agricultural intensification and associated use of agro-chemicals such as pesticides and fertilizers. Therefore, the ESMF of the project includes a strategy to introduce Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management (IPNM) to the farmers in the project area. The project will support IPNM as the key strategy to enable farmers to combat pests, diseases and nutrient deficiencies. Effective implementation of IPNM practices will reduce the risk of water pollution through leaching of chemicals from farmlands to water sources, both surface and sub-surface. 8.1 Objectives of IPNM IPNM seeks to promote and support safe, effective and environmentally sound pest and nutrient management. The specific objectives relating to pest management are the following: 1. Minimize crop loss, augment farm production with scientific application of synthetic pesticides; 2. Reduce environmental pollution caused due to the application of synthetic pesticides; 3. Introduction and adoption of biological and cultural methods for managing pests below the Economic Threshold Level (ETL); 4. Reduction in health hazards arising due to chemical pesticides during handling; 5. Minimizing pesticide residues through the application of appropriate doses; 6. Promotion of bio pesticides. The specific objectives relating to nutrient management are the following: 1. Improving and sustaining soil fertility and land productivity; 2. Reducing environmental degradation due to overuse of synthetic fertilizers; 3. Addressing nutrient deficiencies identified through systematic soil testing; 4. Introduction and adoption of organic methods for meeting plant nutrition needs. 8.2 Salient Features of the Project Approach 1. Popularizing IPNM approach among the farming community through awareness, training and exposure; 2. To play a catalytic role in transfer of innovative IPNM skills/methods/techniques to farmers through extension services; 3. Human Resource Development in IPNM by imparting training on IPNM to training of individual service providers, irrigation operators and farmers. IWD, GoWB Page 177 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 178 8.3 Major Activities under IPNM Promotion Table 79: IPM Strategy and Key Activities Key Activities Execution Strategy Responsibility Training of individual service providers and Orientation training by crop type DPMU with technical irrigation operators on IPNM. support from Training of Farmers on IPNM through trained Crop specific orientation on IPM in Department of individual service providers and irrigation phased manner Agriculture operators Developing IEC materials IEC materials on crop specific IPNM in local language with visual display 8.4 Capacity Building on IPNM The project will adopt a cascading approach for the capacity building of farmers where resource persons will be developed through Training of Trainers (TOT) programme. The ground force available for irrigation management, specifically the individual service providers and the irrigation operator staff, will be trained on IPNM initiatives. They will provide support to farmers on IPNM in consultation with the local agriculture officer. For capacity building, a need assessment related to IPNM will be done with the stakeholders, including mapping of current practices. Based on the findings of Training Need Assessment (TNA), relevant training modules and IEC materials will be developed covering crop specific IPNM practices (crops grown in different agricultural seasons). Trainings will be organized before the on-set of agricultural seasons, i.e., at least 30-45 days before sowing / planting. It will help the farmers to get acquainted with the IPNM and its adoption during actual cropping period. Hand holding support will be rendered to the farmers through the individual service providers and irrigation operators during different stages of crop growth. The capacity building activities plan is presented in the table 81. Table 80: Capacity Building Activities and Follow-Up Capacity Building Location in the DV Command (Command Villages) Preparatory Pre- Kharif Pre- Rabi Pre- Boro Stage Kharif Rabi Boro A. Preparatory Phase Assessment of Training Needs Preparation of Training Content Designing Training Modules / IEC Materials Piloting of the Training Materials Finalising Training Window / Session Plan Coordinate with Irrigation Operators and Individual service Providers B. Organisation Phase Training of Irrigation Operators and Individual service Providers Training of farmers C. Follow Up Phase Monitoring Field Guidance IWD, GoWB Page 178 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 179 8.5 Monitoring of IPNM Key monitoring indicators covering the capacity building efforts on IPNM will be assessed periodically as part of internal monitoring and periodic monitoring by third party. Table 81: Monitoring of IPNM Promotion Sl. No. Activity Monitoring Areas Monitoring Responsibility Time Frame Indicators 1 Development of Learning materials No. and type of SPMU 6 months from project IPNM cover crop specific learning learning materials inception materials and its IPNM practices developed distribution to Distribution of No. of farmers SPMU, DPMU 1 month from printing of farmers / farmer’s learning materials provided with documents organisations to individual IPNM related service providers, learning materials irrigation operators and farmers 2 Training and Training of No. of farmers of SPMU, DPMU Annually throughout awareness creation individual service different holding project duration providers, categories trained irrigation operators on IPNM and farmers on No. of individual IPNM service providers trained on IPNM No. of women farmers / tenants trained on IPNM 8.6 Details on Integrated Pest Management Practices The Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Practices that will feed into the capacity building program on IPNM are detailed in this section. 8.6.1 Monitoring Pest Populations Field monitoring helps to keep track of the pests and their potential damage, which forms the base of IPM. So, the process starts with monitoring, which includes inspection and identification, followed by the establishment of Economic Threshold Level (ETL) (crop specific). This provides knowledge about the current pests and crop situation and is helpful in selecting the best possible combinations of the pest management methods. Identification of minor and major pests, diseases in the project areas will be conducted regularly for the purpose. Package of practices developed by the State Agriculture Universities can be adopted accordingly. Based on the findings, an Insect Scouting Chart (ISC) should be prepared as given in the table. Table 82: Insect Scouting Chart SN Insect / Pest June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov Dec. Jan 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.6.2 Selection of IPM Methods Based on Assessment of Economic Threshold Level The ETL differs by pest and also by crop types. Pest population is expected to be maintained at levels below those causing economic loss. It is generally assumed that pest tolerant capacity of different crops is limited IWD, GoWB Page 179 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 180 and when it exceeds or approaching the ETL, chemical control methods can be used. Different pest / disease control methods of IPM will be applied, based on the determination of ETL and pest density. A priority list of different control methods of IPM is presented below. Table 83: Adoption of IPM Methods and its Priority IPM Procedures Methods of Executing Priority in Application Cultural Avoidance of monoculture To be given preference as Improved disease resistant varieties. preventive mechanism Summer ploughing. Optimum plant densities. Avoiding excessive irrigation. Avoiding high nitrogenous fertilization. Trap crops Biological Conservation / promotion of bio agents like birds, parasites & Second Priority pathogens for biological control of pests. Mechanical Damage/Destroying all the eggs of the insect; Third Priority Destroy any material infested by insect, pest and diseases. Chemical Chemical Control when the loss is beyond ETL Last Priority when crop Use of recommended chemicals only loss is beyond ETL 8.6.3 Criteria for Pesticide Selection and Use The criteria to be followed for the selection and use of pesticides are (1) they must have negligible adverse human health effects, (2) they must be shown to be effective against the target species and (3) they must have minimal effect on non-target species and the natural environment. Secondly, the pesticides banned by Govt. of India should be avoided in the selection and use along with pesticides listed by WHO under Ia, Ib and II. 8.6.4 Pesticide Storage, Handling and Disposal 8.6.4.1 Precautionary Measures When administering the pesticides, general precautions to be taken are as follows. Farmers will be educated / aware of taking required protective measures during administering pesticides. Using Personal Protective Equipment: Personal protective equipment will prevent pesticides from coming in contact with the body or clothing. These also protect the eyes and prevent the inhalation of toxic chemicals. Personal safety gear includes clothing that covers the arms, legs, nose, and head. Farmers will be educated to wear gloves and boots to protect the hand and feet, and hats, helmets, goggles, and face masks to protect the hair, eyes, and nose. Respirators are used to avoid breathing dust, mist or vapour. Body Wear: Body wear made of cotton are the best but should not be worn without additional protective clothing. When there is a chance of contacting wet spray, large sleeves with cuff-buttons, and pants with buttons at the bottom offer good protection. Aprons: Waterproof rubber or plastic aprons are effective. They should be long enough to protect the general clothing. Head protection: Dust and mist settle easily on hair. Hats that are water resistant, wide brimmed with sweatbands are effective in protecting it. Many helmets provide attachments for face shields and goggles. Eye Galss / Goggles: Farmers will be educated / oriented to protect their eyes from splashes, spills, mist, and droplets by using glasses / goggles. Goggles with plain lenses and full side shields are preferable. The lenses may become coated with pesticide droplets during spraying; hence cleaning tissues or an extra pair of goggles are a must. Face shield: A face shield is a transparent acetate or acrylic sheet which covers the face and prevents it from splashes or dust. Face shields allow better air circulation and provide a greater range of vision than goggles IWD, GoWB Page 180 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 181 Hand and feet protection Gloves: Dermal exposure occurs the most in the hand region. The use of gloves reduces this risk. Gloves should be up to 2 to 3" long below the elbow i.e., they should extend to the mid forearm. Waterproof gloves, such as those made of rubber, latex or PVC are preferable. After use, they should be discarded away from ponds, wells, and animals or even incinerated. Footwear: Shoes made of rubber or synthetic materials like PVC and nitrite can be used to prevent dermal exposure of feet. Protective footwear should be calf-high and worn with the legs of the protective pants on the outside to prevent spray from getting in. Leather or fabric shoes should never be worn as they absorb pesticides. Shoes should be checked for any leakage or damage before use. Respiratory equipment: A respirator is a device that offers protection to the lungs and respiratory tract. Different kinds of respiratory equipment are used based on the type and toxicity of pesticides. They include nose filters/disposable masks, cartridge respirators, canister-type respirators/gas masks, positive pressure breathing apparatus, self-contained breathing apparatus, and powered air cartridge respirator. Safety in Application of Pesticides: Misuse of pesticides can be extremely dangerous. Apart from polluting the environment, they may prove fatal to human beings, animals, birds, and fish. Phytotoxicity often results when used in excess in plants. Judicious use, and careful and safe handling may prevent hazards. Safe handling of pesticides involves their proper selection and careful handling during mixing and application. Safety during Application: This reduces risk and prevents pollution. It also ensures safety to animals, which may be nearby. The following precautions may be taken while applying pesticides. 1. Wearing protective body cover / personal protective equipment (PPE) by the operator (hand gloves, mask like air purifying / air supplied etc.); 2. Spraying should be done in the windward direction, taking care to see that there are no animals, people, or animal feed nearby; 3. Applying correct dosage and avoiding use of higher dosages than recommended; 4. Checking the sprayer and spraying equipment for leaks before use, using properly maintained and functioning equipment. 5. While applying pesticide, restraining from taking food items, drink or smoke; 6. Do not blow, suck or apply the mouth to any sprayer nozzle or other spraying equipment. 7. Washing hands, face and other body parts with soap after spraying; 8. Wash overalls and other protective clothing at the end of every working day in soap and water and keep them separate from the rest of the family’s clothes. 9. In case if any part of the body is exposed and come in contact with the pesticide, it should be washed- off immediately; 10. Change clothes immediately after spray and cleaning body properly. 11. Visit to doctor in case of feeling unwell. 8.6.4.2 Storage Precautions to be taken in storing the pesticides are (1) keeping the place of storing of pesticides away from human and animals, (2) keeping away from water sources, (3) keeping at a height which should be out of reach of children, (4) keeping away from exposure to sunlight and moisture, (5) well ventilated place of storing, (6) well stacking to avoid of spillage, (7) away from food / consumable items / must not be soted with food items, and (8) the place of storage should be out of reach of children. 8.6.4.3 Transportation Pesticides should be transported (1) in well-sealed and labelled containers, (2) should be transported separately, i.e. not with any other consumable items, cloths, drugs etc., (3) proper stacking to prevent leakage, (4) display of warning notice on the vehicle transporting pesticides, if transported in bulk with regular checking during transportation. IWD, GoWB Page 181 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 182 8.6.4.4 Disposal System 1. At the end of the day’s work, the inside of the spray pump should be washed and any residual pesticides should be flushed out; 2. The rinsing water should be collected and carefully contained in clearly marked drums with a tightly fitted lid. This should be used to dilute the next day’s tank loads or disposed properly at disposal sites like pits or digs; 3. Pouring the remaining pesticides into surface water sources like stream, nala, rivers, wells or any drinking-water sources is strictly prohibited; 4. Decontaminate containers where possible. For glass, plastic or metal containers this can be achieved by triple rinsing, i.e. part-filling the empty container with water three times and emptying into a bucket or sprayer for the next application; 5. All empty packaging should be kept away from common approach space and should be returned to the designated organisation / individual for safe disposal. Re-use of empty insecticide containers will be prohibited. The used packages shall not be left outside to prevent their re-use. Used packages shall be broken and buried away from habitation. 6. While purchasing, date of manufacture and date of expiry will be reviewed, as per the print; 7. In case the stock remained unutilised and crossed the date of expiry, it should be returned to the supplier. Table 84: Safety Precautions in different stages of application of Pesticides SN Particulars Safety Measures 1 Purchase 1. Always purchase only required quantity of pesticides and avoid bulk purchase; 2. Purchase as per the prescription of experts from Ag. Dept. / KVKs etc.; 3. Never purchase loose or unsealed containers. Purchase pesticides before the expiry date ends; 4. Don’t purchase pesticides without proper label. 2 Storage 1. Avoid storage of pesticides in house premises or near grain storage; 2. Never keep any pesticide near food; 3. Keep all pesticides away from reach of children and livestock; 4. Don’t expose them to sunlight for longer period; 5. Keep all pesticides in original container in intact seal; 3 Handling Never transport any pesticides along with food material. 4 While preparing 1. Always use clean water; solution 2. Always protect your nose, eyes, mouth, ears and hands with clothes; 3. Use hand gloves; 4. Don’t eat, drink, smoke or chew while filling the spray tank; 5. Don’t smell pesticides; 6. Never mix granules with water except those wettable granules; 7. Avoid spilling of pesticides solution while filling the spray tank. 5 Equipment 1. Select right kind of equipment and nozzle; 2. Don’t blow nozzle with mouth; 3. Don’t use unwashed sprayer for weedicide or insecticide. 6 While applying 1. Apply only recommended dose and spray solution; pesticides 2. Apply insecticides preferably in the evening. Avoid rainy or hot sunny or windy days; 3. Don’t apply pesticides against the wind direction; 4. Thoroughly wash the sprayers & buckets with soap water after spraying; 5. Buckets used for spraying should not be used for domestic purpose; 6. Avoid entry of animals & workers in the field immediately after spraying. 7 Disposal 1. Left over spray solution should not be drained in to ponds / tanks / water bodies; 2. Should not be disposed off near open well / shallow wells or drinking water source; 3. Used empty containers should be crushed and buried deep in soil; 4. Never re-use empty pesticide container for any other purpose. IWD, GoWB Page 182 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 183 8.6.5 Major Insect Pests by Cultivated Crops and IPM Strategy Table 85: IPM Strategy by Crop Type Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases Paddy Stemborer Bacterial leaf blight Nursery: Leaf folder Leaf spot Gall midge Leaf Blast 1. Raise pre-crop kharif grow Sesbania or sunhemp and Green leaf Neck blast incorporate 45 days old crop in soil during land preparation hopper Stem rot wherever possible. Hispa Sheet rot 2. Select suitable resistant or moderately resistant variety. Mites Sheet blight 3. Use disease and insect free pure seed. Thrips False smut 4. Seed treatment (for diseases) with carbendazim 50% WP @ Gundy bug Dirty panicle 2 g/kg seed or Trichoderma/Pseudomonas @ 5-10 g/ha of seed for seed or soil borne diseases and carbosulfan 2 g/kg of seed for root nematodes or as per local recommendations. In termites, endemic areas, seed treatment with chlorpyriphos 20% EC @ 10000 ml/ha along with 10% solution of gum arabica or imidacloprid 200 SL (20%) @ 0.25 litre/100 kg seed along with 10% solution of gum Arabica in 3.75 litre of water just before sowing. 5. Timely planting/sowing. 6. Pre-sowing irrigation: Many weeds can be controlled by applying pre-sowing irrigation to area where nursery or seedlings are to be transplanted. The emerged weeds can be ploughed under. 7. Raising of healthy nursery. 8. As far as possible rice seedling should be free from weed seedlings at the time of transplanting. 9. Destruction of left over nursery, removal of weeds from field and cleaning of bunds. 10. Normal spacing with 30-36 hills/ m2 depending on the duration of the variety. 11. 30 cm alley formations at every 2.5 to 3 m distance in plant hopper and sheath blight endemic areas. 12. Balanced use of fertilizers and micro-nutrients as per local recommendations. Proper water management (alternate wetting and drying to avoid water stagnation) in plant hopper, bacterial blight and stem rot endemic areas. Maintain a thin layer of water on soil surface to minimize weed growth. 13. In direct sown rice, the crop should be sown in lines at recommended spacing to facilitate inter-weeding operations. Mechanical methods of weed should be practiced after 2-3 weeks and second time if necessary after 4-6 weeks of sowing. 14. In nursery, spray Chlorantraniliprole (18.5SC) @200ml/Ha in 150-200ltl of water (Or) In the main field, between 15-20 DAT, as a prophylactic measure, apply granules of Chlorantraniliprole (0.4GR) @ 10kg/Ha. (Or) if the pest still persists, at ETL level repeat the spray Chlorantraniliprole (18.5 SC) @200ml/Ha in 150-200l of water. (Or) At both nursery stage and main field, at ETL spray Flubendiamide (40 SC) @125ml/Ha in 150-200lts of water. Main Crop: 1. Collection of egg masses and larvae of pest to be placed in bamboo cages for conservation of biocontrol agents. 2. Removal and destruction (burn) of diseased/pest infested plant parts. IWD, GoWB Page 183 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 184 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 3. Clipping of rice seedlings tips at the time of transplanting to minimize carryover of rice hispa, case worm and stem borer infestation from seed bed to the transplanted fields. 4. Use of coir rope in rice crop for dislodging case worm, cut worm and swarming caterpillar and leaf folder larvae etc. on to kerosinized water (1 L of kerosene mixed on 25 kg soil and broadcast in 1ha). 5. Trichogramma japonicum and T chilonis may be released @ 1 lakh/ha on appearance of egg masses / moth of yellow stem borer and leaf folder in the field. 6. Natural biocontrol agents such as spiders, drynids, water bugs, mirid bugs, damsel flies, dragonflies, meadow grasshoppers, staphylinid beetles, carabids, coccinellids, Apanteles, Tetrastichus, Telenomus, Trichogramma, Bracon, Platygaster etc. should be conserved. 7. Collection of egg masses of borers and putting them in a bamboo cage-cum-percher till flowering which will permit the escape of egg parasites and trap and kill the hatching larvae. Besides, these would allow perching of predatory birds. 8. Habitat management: Protection of natural habitats within the farm boundary may help in conserving natural enemies of pests. Management of farmland and rice bunds with planting of flowering weeds like marigold, sun hemp increases beneficial natural enemy population and also reduce the incidence of root knot nematodes. Provide refuge like straw bundles having charged with spiders to help in build up spider population and to provide perch for birds. 9. Spray Dinetofuran (20SG) @200ml/Ha in 150-200 lt of water. (Or) -Spray Pymetrozine (50WG) @300ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Buprofezin (25SC) @750ml/Ha in 150-200lt of water (for green leaf hopper); 10. Spray Spiromesifen (240SC) @500ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Spirotetramet (150 OD) @600ml/Ha in 150-200lt of water (for Mits). 11. Spray Spinosad (45SC) @ 187.5ml/Ha. (for Thrips) 12. Spray Streptocyclin @25gr/Ha. (Or) -Spray Propineb (70WP) @750gr/Ha. (Or) -Spray Mancozeb (75%WG) @1250gr/Ha. (Or) Spray Azoxystrobin (23SC) @750ml/Ha. (Or) -Spray Picoxystrobin (250EC) @320ml/Ha. (Or) -Spray Pyraclostrobin (250EC) @300ml/Ha. (Or) -Spray Kresoximmethyl (50WG) @312.5gr/Ha. (for diseases like bacterial leaf blight, leaf spot, leaf blast); 13. Spray Pencycuron (250SC) @ 187.5ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Thifluzamide (240SC) @375ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Validamycin (3L) @1000ml/Ha. (for sheet blight); 14. Spray Azoxystrobin (23SC) @750ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Picoxystrobin (250EC) @320ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Pyraclostrobin (250EC)@300ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Kresoximmethyl (50WG) @312.5gr/Ha. (for false smut); 15. Spray Azoxystrobin (23SC) @750ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Picoxystrobin (250EC) @320ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Pyraclostrobin (250EC) @300ml/Ha. (Or) Spray Kresoximmethyl (50WG) @312.5gr/Ha. (for Dirty Panicle) Potato Potato scab Early blight Pre-Sowing: Tuber moth Late blight Aphids Bacterial rot 1. Deep ploughing in Summer Jassids Mosaic virus 2. Soil solarization during summer. Mites 3. Field sanitation, rogueing. Spodoptera 4. Avoid water logged conditions in the field. IWD, GoWB Page 184 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 185 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 5. Follow crop rotation. 6. Apply manures and fertilizers as per soil test recommendations 7. Sow/plant 4 rows of maize, sorghum, bajra (pearl millet) around the potato crop field as a guard/barrier crop 8. Apply FYM @ 8 t/acre or vermi compost @ 4-6 t/acre 9. Apply 2 Kg each of Azospirillum and Phosphobacterium with 10 Kg FYM /acre as soil application before planting. 10. Destroy all the germinated weeds by shallow ploughing before sowing 11. Light irrigation and covering the beds with polythene sheet of 45 gauge (0.45 mm) thickness for three weeks before sowing. 12. Raising African marigold in the nursery 15 days prior to sowing against cyst nematode. 13. Raised seed beds of more than 35cm height (for better water drainage). Biological control: 14. Applying neem cake@ 80 Kg/acre. Sowing: 1. Use resistant/tolerant varieties. 2. Use healthy, certified and weed seed free tubers 3. Dip cut pieces of tuber (seed) for 10 minutes in recommended Plant Growth Regulators (PGR) solution. 4. Adopting recommended agronomic practices like field preparation, time of sowing, row and plant spacing, gap filling etc. to obtain the healthy plant stand to reduce the weed menace. 5. If weed flora of the field is known based on previous season experience the preemergence recommended herbicide oxyflourfen 23.5% EC @170-340 ml in 200-300 l water/ acre be applied within 3-4 days after sowing. 6. Tubers stored in oxygen deficient structures should not be used 7. Soaking potato seed tubers in streptocycline 40 to 100 ppm solution for half an hour prior to planting or with carbendazim 25%+ mancozeb 50% WS @ (1.5 + 3.0) to (1.75 + 3.5) for 10 Kg seed (tuber) or with carboxin 37.5% + thiram 37.5% DS@ (1.5 + 3.0) to (1.75 + 3.5) for 10 Kg seed (tuber). Vegetative / Tuber Stage 1. Collect and destroy crop debris 2. Judicious use of fertilizers 3. Provide irrigation at critical stages of the crop 4. Avoid water logging 5. Avoid any stress to the crop as much as possible 6. Enhance biocontrol activity by avoiding chemical spray, when 1-2 natural enemies are observed. 7. Collect and destroy disease infected and insect infested plant parts 8. Collect and destroy eggs and early stage larvae 9. Handpick the older larvae during early stages of crop 10. Use yellow and blue sticky traps @ 4-5 trap/acre 11. Use light trap @ 1/acre and operate between 6 pm and 10 pm 12. Install pheromone traps @ 4-5/acre for monitoring adult moths activity (replace the lures with fresh lures after every 2-3 weeks) 13. Erect bird perches @ 20/acre for encouraging predatory birds such as King crow, common mynah etc. IWD, GoWB Page 185 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 186 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 14. Set up bonfire during evening hours at 7-8 pm 15. Conserve natural enemies through ecological engineering 16. Augmentative release of natural enemies 17. Two to three sprays of (streptomycin sulphate 9% + tetracylin hydrocloride 1%) SP @ 40 to 50 ppm solution at an interval of 20 days. First spray 30 days after planting (for bacterial wilt) 18. Spray aureofungin 46.15% w/v. SP @ 0.005% in 300 l of water/acre or captan 50% WG @ 600 g in 200 l of water/acre (second spray after 5 days interval) or captan 50% WP @ 1 Kg in 300- 400 l of water/acre or captan 75% WP @ 666 g in 400 l of water/acre. (second spray after 8 days interval) or chlorothalonil 75% WP @ 350-500 g 240-320 l of water/acre (second spray after 14 days interval) or mancozeb 35% SC @ 0.5% or 500 g/100 l water 500 l water or as required depending upon crop stage and equipment used or mancozeb 75% WP@ 600-800 g in 300 l of water/acre or hexaconazole 2% SC @ 1.2 l in 200 l of water/acre (second spray after 21 days interval) or kitazin 48% EC @ 0.20% or 200 ml in 200 l of water or propineb 70% WP @ 300 g in 100 l of water or 0.30% as required depending upon crop stage and plant protection equipment used (second spray after 15 days interval) or zineb 75% WP @ 600- 800 g in 300-400 l of water/acre or captan 70% + hexaconazole 5% WP @ 200- 400 g in 200 l of water/acre (second spray after 21 days interval). Mustard Mustard Powdery mildew, Nursery / Pre-Planting: sawfly White rust Aphids Aternaria blight 1. Deep ploughing during summer; Painted bug 2. At the time of field preparation, adopt stale seed bed technique to minimize the weeds menace in field. 3. Prepare the level and well drained field to reduce the incidence of Sclerotinia rot. 4. Destruction of plant debris. 5. For club rot management, soil amendment with lime (@ 1 Kg/m2) to raise soil pH to 7.2 or apply Neem cake @ 0.5 Kg/m2 6. Early sowing to avoid damage due to mustard-aphid, and major diseases. 7. Use tolerant varieties. 8. Early planting to escape the damage. 9. Use yellow sticky traps. 10. Destroy the affected part along with aphid population in the initial stage 11. Control Alphide by 2 percent Neem oil and 5 per cent Neem Seed Kernel Extract (NSKE) effective against the mustard aphid; 12. Adopt crop rotation, if there is infestation of Orobanche in previous season, pulse crop should be sown in place of mustard in that field. 13. Early sowing in line with weed free certified seeds. 14. Adopt recommended agronomic practices with respect to row spacing, plant spacing, fertilizers application, water management etc. to obtain the healthy plant stand. 15. Adopt intercropping with wheat/pulses/ sugarcane 16. Apply oxadiargyl 6% EC @ 600 ml in 200 l of water/acre 0- 3 days after sowing. As pre-emergence herbicide followed by one hand weeding at 30 days after planting, if required IWD, GoWB Page 186 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 187 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 17. Malathion 50% EC @ 400 ml in 200-400 l of water/acre to control Aphids Vegetative / Flowering: Use of yellow sticky trap before onset of flowering for 1. Aphids; 2. Uproot Orobanche plants and burning them to reduce spread of Orobanche seeds (Weed Control); 3. Powdery mildew control by timely sowing, proper field sanitation, applying potash; 4. Bacterial blight control by proper crop and field sanitation 5. In case powdery mildew becomes severe, use of Karathane or carbendazim @ 0.05 – 0.1% will be helpful; Tomato Fruit borer; Damping off; Nursery: White fly; Early blight; 1. Preparing raised nursey beds about 10 cm above ground level Aphids; Late blight; for good drainage to avoid damping off etc.; Nematodes Bacterial spot; 2. Following soil solarisation for 2-3 weeks using 0.45 mm Buck eye rot; thick polythene sheet tightening sides of sheet to enable avoid Leaf curl; escape of heat. Sufficient moisture should be present in the Root knot nematode soil for solarization; 3. Mix 50 g of effective strain of fungal antagonist Trichoderma in 3 kg FYM and leave for 7 -14 days for enrichment followed by mixing of Trichoderma enriched FYM in the soil nursery in 3 m2 bed; 4. Use of nylon net (40-50 gauge) to avoid vectors like white fly; 5. Seed treatment with effective strain of Trichoderma @ 10 g / kg or captan 75 % WP @ 0.25 % a.i. and need based soil drenching with captan 75 WP @ 0.25 %; 6. Raise marigold nursery 20 days before tomato nursery. Main Crop: 1. Seed treatment (for diseases) with carbendazim 50% WP @ 2 g/kg seed or Trichoderma/Pseudomonas @ 5-10 g/ha of seed for seed or soil borne diseases. In termites’ endemic areas, seed treatment with chlorpyriphos 20% EC @ 10000 ml/ha along with 10% solution of gum arabica 2. Transplant 45 days marigold seedlings in a pattern of one row of marigold for every 16 rows of tomato for flowering synchronization. First and last row of field should be marigold and it should be sprayed with HaNPV @ 250 LE / ha.; 3. Adopt wide spacing of 60 x 45 cm (for varieties) and 90 x 60 cm (for hybrids) to reduce the chance of spread of diseases; 4. Apply neem cake @ 250 kg / ha at 20 days after transplanting (DAP) to reduce fruit borer, leaf miner and nematode incidence; 5. 2-3 sprays of 5% NSKE are also effective against leaf-miner, aphids and mites; 6. Need based spray of thiamethoxam 25 WG for white fly control; 7. Install pheromone traps @ 2 / acre for monitoring fruit borer activity. Replace the lures with fresh lures at every 20-25 days interval; 8. Monitor top three leaves for fruit borer eggs; 9. Release of egg parasite, Trichogrammachilonis @ 1.0 lakh / ha 4-5 times at weekly interval; 10. Spray HaNPV (250 LE) on marigold flowers and buds to kill the fruit borer in them; IWD, GoWB Page 187 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 188 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 11. Spray good quality HaNPV (250 LE / ha) (2 x 109 POB) @ 28 DAP and repeat two more times at weekly interval. Mix 2% jaggery and spray in the evening to prevent fast degradation due to UV light; 12. Collection and destruction of leaf curl affected plants in the initial stages and tomato fruits infested at regular intervals; 13. If high incidence of fruit borer is noticed, spray novaluron 10 EC @ 750 ml / ha in 500 lit water; 14. Give prophylactic or protective spray with captan 50 WP @ 2.5 kg or captan 75 WP @ 1667 g or zineb 1.5-2 kg / ha in 1000 lit water or mancozeb 35 SC @ 2.5 lit / ha in 500 lit water or mancozeb 75 WP @ 1.5-2 kg / ha in 750 lit water against early and late blight. Cyazafamid 34.5 % SC @ 200 ml / ha in 500 lit water can also be used as need-based spray against late blight and early blight, respectively. 15. Spray seedlings with streptocycline 40 to 100 ppm solution and in main field to manage bacterial spot; 16. Stake plants to reduces buck eye rot and need based application of mancozeb 75 WP @ 1.5-2.0 kg, or propineb @ 1.5 kg / ha in 500 lit water. 17. The commonly seen natural enemies of pests in tomato cropping system should be protected from unwanted and excessive sprays of chemical pesticides. 18. To protect from Brown plant hopper, application of buprofezin 25% SC @800 ml/ha. can be made. Cabbage / Diamond back Damping-off and Nursery Stage: Cauliflower moth; wire stem; 1. Prepare raised nursey beds about 10 cm above ground level Tobacco Downy mildew; for good drainage to avoid damping off etc.; caterpillar; Alternaria leaf spot; 2. Follow soil solarisation for 2-3 weeks using 0.45 mm thick Stem borer; Bacterial black rot polythene sheet. Sufficient moisture should be present in the Cabbage aphid soil for solarization; 3. Treat the soil with neem cake at 50 g / m2 impregnated with 10-15 g effective strain of Trichoderma; 4. Seed treatment with effective strain of Trichoderma @ 4 g / kg seed to manage rots. Seedling dip for 30 min with Trichoderma viride 1 % WP @ 10 g / lit water to manage collar rot in cabbage can also be followed; 5. Need based soil drenching with captan 75 WP @ 0.25 % or captan 75 WS @ 0.3 % to manage damping off; 6. Spray NSKE 5% for management of H. undallis which appears in rainy season nursery sometimes. Main Crop: 1. Adopt wide spacing of 60 x 50 cm to reduce the spread of diseases; 2. Growing of Indian mustard as trap crop after every 25 rows of cabbage. (One row of mustard is sown 15 days before cabbage planting and second 25 days after planting of cabbage). First and last row should be of mustard; 3. Mustard traps 80-90% of diamond back moth (DBM) population and other pests like aphids. Mustard be sprayed with dimethoate 30 EC @ 660 ml in 500-1000 lit or dichlorvos 76 EC / ha @ 627 ml water. Spray fenvalerate 5 % EC @ 300 ml / ha in 600 lit water to manage DBM in trap crop mustard. 4. Spraying of B. thuringiensis var.kurstaki 5 WP @ 50 g a.i./ ha or 3 gm / litre at 10 DAP for DBM; 5. Installation of light traps / bulb @ 3 / acre for DBM. Adults are attracted to light trap and fall in water bucket. Within 3-4 days most of the adults get killed; IWD, GoWB Page 188 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 189 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 6. Release egg parasitoid Trichogrammatoideabactrae at 1.0 lakh / ha 3-4 times at weekly interval (optional) 7. Spray mancozeb 75 WP or zineb 75 WP @ 1.5-2 kg / ha in 750-1000 lit water to manage leaf spot; 8. Removal of basal and infected leaves to reduce Alternaria leaf spot and bacterial black rot of early stage; 9. Spray Neem Seed Kernal Extract (NSKE) 5% or malathion 50 EC @ 1500 ml / ha in 1000 lit water for stem / head borer. Spray NSKE 5% at primordia formation (18-25 DAP-head initiation stage - most critical stage) for DBM control. Repeat, if DBM is >1 / plant at 10-15 days interval. Maximum of 3-4 NSKE sprays in one crop season are required. When NSKE are sprayed, thorough coverage of the entire plant surface is must. Use sticker with spray. This will control aphids as well as tobacco caterpillar. 40 kg / ha of NSKE powder is required; 10. Need based spray of spinosad 2.5 SC @ 600 ml or novaluron 10 EC @ 750 ml / ha in 500-1000 lit water for DBM control; 11. Spray acetamiprid 20 SP @ 75 g ha in 500-600 lit water for aphids in late cauliflower; 12. Installation of yellow sticky traps for trapping winged aphids; 13. Collection of egg masses and larvae of tobacco caterpillar as they are gregarious in nature. Scout for papery patches & apply baits; 14. Set up sex pheromone traps @ 5 / ha for mass trapping and to monitor the activity of adult moths; 15. Spray SlNPV @ 250 LE / ha (2x109 POB) 2-3 times in evening with jiggery 2% when larvae are young; 16. Need-based spray of cyantraniliprole 10.26 OD @ 600 g / ha in appr. 500 lit water for tobacco caterpillar; Brinjal Hadda beetle; Damping off; Nursery Stage: Aphids; Phomopsis blight 1. Green manuring with sunhemp / Dhaincha in July-August; Leaf roller; and fruit rot; 2. Raised seed bed about 10 cm above ground level for good Leaf hopper; Little leaf; drainage to avoid damping off etc.; Shoot and fruit Root-knot nematode 3. Cover the nursery beds with polythene sheet of 45 gauge borer; (0.45 mm) thicknesses for three weeks during June for soil Mites (Red solarisation which will help in reducing the soil borne insects, spider mite); diseases like bacterial wilt and nematodes. However, care Nematodes should be taken that sufficient moisture is present in the soil for its solarization; 4. Seed (5 g / kg seed), nursery (250 g in 50 lit water drenched over 400 sq. mt area) and seedling root dip (1% for 15 min) treatment with Trichoderma viride 1 % to manage damping off or root rot etc. and need based soil drenching with captan 75 WP @ 0.25 %; 5. Selection of fruit borer resistant varieties / hybrids. Main Crop: 1. Setting up of yellow sticky / Delta traps @ 2-3 / acre for white fly; 2. Give 2-3 sprays of NSKE 5% at weekly interval for the control of sucking pests and leaf folder; 3. If incidence of white fly and other sucking insect pests is still above ETL, apply diafenthiuron 50 WP @ 600 g / ha in 500- 750 litres water or spiromesifen 22.9 SC @ 400 ml / ha (mites) in 500 lit water; 4. Pheromone traps @ 100 / ha should be installed for monitoring and mass trapping of shoot & fruit borer moths. Replace the lures with fresh lures after every 15-20 days interval; IWD, GoWB Page 189 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 190 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 5.Clipping of damaged shoots from time to time in initial stages; 6. Bird perches @ 10 / acre should be erected; 7. Sprays of NSKE also brings down the borer incidence significantly. Neem oil (Azadirachtin based 1%) application is also helpful in reducing borer infestation, though marginally; 8. Release egg parasitoid T. brasiliensis @ 1-1.5 lakh / ha for shoot & fruit borer, 4-5 times at weekly interval; 9. Apply neem cake @ 250 kg / ha (in two splits) in soil along the plant rows at 25 and 60 DAT for reducing nematodes and borer damage. Don’t apply neem cake when there is heavy wind velocity or temperature is above 300 C.; 10. Need-based alternate sprays of chlorantraniliprole 18.5 SC @ 200 ml / ha in 500-750 lit water or emmamectin benzoate 5 SG @ 200 g / ha in 600 lit water at 15 days interval effectively controls shoot & fruit borer; 11. Collection & destruction of little leaf affected plants, phomopsis blight affected fruits & field sanitation; 12. Spray zineb 75 WP @ 1.5-2 kg / ha in 750-1000 lit water or carbendazim 50 WP @ 300 g / ha in 600 lit water to manage Phomopsis blight and leaf spot diseases; 13. Continuous cropping of brinjal leads to more borer and bacterial wilt infestation. Therefore, crop rotation with non- solanaceous crops may be followed. 14. The commonly seen natural enemies of pests in brinjal cropping system should be protected from unwanted and excessive sprays of chemical pesticides. Chillies Thrips; Damping off; Nursery Stage: Aphids; Cercospora Leaf 1. Prepare raised nursery beds about 10 cm above ground level Borers spot; for good drainage to avoid damping off etc. (Tobacco Die-back & 2. Cover the beds with polythene sheet of 45 gauge (0.45 mm) caterpillar, Anthracnose; thickness for three weeks for soil solarisation for soil borne Fruit borer) Fusarium wilt; pests. Sufficient moisture should be present in the soil for Powdery mildew; solarisation. Begomo virus; 3. Mix 50 g of effective strain of Trichoderma from reliable Mites (Broad mite) source in 3 kg of FYM and leave for 7-14 days for enrichment followed by mixing of Trichoderma enriched FYM in the soil of a 3 m2 bed. 4. Seed treatment with effective strain of Trichoderma from reliable source @ 10 g / kg seed to manage damping off and sucking pests in the initial stage in direct seeded chilli. 5. Pseudomonas fluorescens (TNAU Strain, ITCC BE 0005 @ 10 g / kg seed or Trichoderma viride (TNAU Strain ITCC 6914 @ 4g / kg seed can also be used as seed treatment. 6. Need based soil drenching with captan 75 WP @ 0.25 % or captan 75 WS @ 0.2-0.3 % or mancozeb 75 WP @ 0.3 % to manage damping off / rots; 7. Erect Khaskhas shading / support on one side of nursery beds of bell pepper to avoid the exposure to cold / frost during winter (December-January). Cover the beds with polythene sheets at nights to avoid frost injury. However, remove the sheets during day time to expose them to sun. Main Crop: 1. At the time of planting, dip the seedlings in Pseudomonas fluorescens solution @ 5 ml / litre for ten minutes. 2. Erect bird perches @ 10 / acre for facilitating visits of predatory birds. IWD, GoWB Page 190 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 191 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 3. Install delta traps @ 2 / acre for hoppers, aphids and white fly etc. 4. Spray with P fluorescens @10 g / l twice (at vegetative and flowering stage) at evening time for overall health and growth of plants. 5. Spray of neem products / NSKE 5% against aphids, thrips, hoppers and white fly. Spray NSKE 5% 2-3 times against thrips at 15-20 days after transplanting (DAT) when rating is between 1-2. If the population of thrips& white fly is still high, then spray pyriproxyfen 10 EC @ 500 ml or spinosad 45 SC @ 160 g / ha in 500 lit water (thrips). 6. Rouging out and destroying of leaf-curl disease / mosaic complex affected plants periodically. 7. Erection of pheromone traps @ 5 / ha for H. armigera / S. litura for monitoring of adults for egg laying. 8. Periodic releases of egg parasitoid, Trichogrammasp @ 1.5 lakh / ha for fruit borer (H. armigera) 9. 2-3 sprays of HaNPV / SlNPV (250 LE / ha) (2 x 109 POB) / ha in initial stages or as and when needed. 10. Only need based spray of insecticides viz; spinosad 45 SC @ 160 ml or emmamectin benzoate 5 SG @ 200 during initiation of flowering & fruiting stage for fruit borer, H. armigera is highly effective. Apply these pesticides preferably during evenings. 11. Periodic removal and destruction of damaged fruits due to borer. 12. Protective spray with mancozeb 75 WP or zineb 75 WP @ 1.5-2.0 kg / ha in 750-1000 lit water or propineb 70 WP @ 0.5 % and need based application of captan 70 % + hexaconazole 5 WP @ 500-1000 g / ha in 500 lit water to manage fruit rot and die back. 13. Spray sulphur 52 SC @ 2 lit / ha in 400 lit water or sulphur 80 WP @ 3.13 kg / ha in 750-1000 lit water against powdery mildew. 14. Need based spray of hexaconazole 2 SC @ 3 lit / ha or against powdery mildew and fruit rot. 15. At the time of planting, apply effective strain of Trichoderma from reliable source @ 5 kg / ha along with well rotten FYM to manage fungal wilts. 16. Crop rotation be followed if wilt occurs regularly every year. 17. The commonly seen natural enemies of pests in bell pepper cropping system should be protected from unwanted and excessive sprays of chemical pesticides. Okra Leaf hopper; Yellow vein mosaic; 1. Sow YVM resistant varieties; Shoot and fruit Powdery mildew; 2. Sowing of sorghum or maize all around okra field as a barrier borer; Mites (Red spider crop for shoot & fruit borer adult moths and white flies. White fly; mite); 3. Spray NSKE @ 5 % (Azadirachtin based) 2-3 times at weekly Aphid Nematodes (Root interval for sucking pests knot nematode) 4. Setting up of yellow sticky traps / delta traps @ 2 per acre 5. Spray of propargite 57 EC or dicofol 18.5 EC @ 2ml / litre for red spider mite management 6. Erection of bird perches @ 10 / acre in the field for facilitating bird predation. 7. Need–based spray of thiamethoxam 25 WG @ 100 g / ha in 500 lit water for hoppers, aphids and other sucking pests. Give another spray after two weeks. 8. Removal and destruction of YVM affected plants, borer affected shoots and flower beetles time to time. IWD, GoWB Page 191 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 192 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases 9. Installation of pheromone traps @ 2 / acre for monitoring the activity of shoot & fruit borer. Change lures after every 15- 20 days. 10. Spray neem oil based azadirachtin 0.03% @ 2-2.5 lit / ha in 500 lit water or spray sulphur 80 WP @ 3.13 kg / ha in 750- 1000 lit water to manage powdery mildew. 11. Release of egg parasitoid, Trichogrammachilonis @ 1.0 lakh / ha 4-5 times at weekly interval. 12. Shoot & fruit borer infestation, if crosses ETL (5.3 %), spray chlorantraniliprole 18.5 SC @ 125 ml / ha in 500 lit water. 13. Removal and destruction of crop residues, stubbles of okra plants and deep ploughing after harvest. 14. Use reflective mulches of silver black colour of 7 µ thickness to deter white flies in early stages; 15. The commonly seen natural enemies of pests in bell pepper cropping system should be protected from unwanted and excessive sprays of chemical pesticides. Onion Thrips Damping off; Nursery Stage: Stemphyllium 1. Raised nursery beds up to 10 cm above ground level with blight; good drainage and rice bran ash. Purple blotch 2. Mix entire nursery bed with effective strains of Trichoderma Nematodes (Rice spp.@ 50 g / 3 sq. m with FYM / vermicompost root-knot nematode) 3. Need based spray of urea @ 0.2% to reduce yellowing caused due to unprecedented rains during January-February Main Crop: 1. Planting outer row maize as barrier crop against onion thrips. 2. Seedling dip in Pseudomonas inflorescence before transplanting @ 5 ml / litre. 3. Give adequate irrigation during crop season as thrips pupae get rotten in soil with continuous retention of moisture. 4. Irrigating fields through sprinkler wash off the thrips. 5. Install blue coloured sticky traps @ 20 / acre for thrips management. 6. Need based application of sulphur 80 WP @ 0.2% or for sulphur deficiency. 7. Need based application of neem cake @ 250 kg / ha for nematode management. 8. Spray zineb 75 WP @ 1.5-2 kg / ha in 750-1000 lit water against downy mildew and blight. 9. The commonly seen natural enemies of pests in bell pepper cropping system should be protected from unwanted and excessive sprays of chemical pesticides. Ginger White grubs Rhizome rot; 1. Use well decomposed FYM impregnated with Trichoderma Bacterium wilt; harzianum at 250 g / q FYM. Nematodes 2. Soil solarization of the fields with transparent 0.45 mm thick polythene sheet for 15-20 days may be done before sowing. 3. Seed rhizomes can also be solarized by keeping inside the polythene for two hours. 4. Treat the seed rhizome with fungicides like carbendazim 50 WP @ 100 g + mancozeb 75 WP (250g) dissolved in water or with Trichoderma harzianum at 6-8 g / liter of water for 30 minutes 5. Give hot water treatment to seed rhizomes at 51o C for 10 minutes before planting. 6. In standing crop, drench the fields with carbendazim 50 WP @ 0.2% along the roots of one-month old crop or at the onset of monsoon. 7. Treat the rhizomes meant for seed (75-80 kg) purpose with carbendazim 50 WP (100 g) + mancozeb 75 WP (250 g) IWD, GoWB Page 192 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 193 Crop Major insect Diseases IPM strategy pest / diseases mixed in 100 litres of water for one hour and shade dry before storage. Empty space may be filled with dry grass. The pit is covered with a wooden piece and cemented with cow dung. Note: In the changing scenario, consultations will be made with local SAUs, KVKs, Agriculture Dept. on recommended package of practices for IPM in crops that are specific to a particular geographical area / project location. 8.7 Details on Integrated Nutrient Management Practices The Integrated Nutrient Management (INM) Practices that will feed into the capacity building program on IPNM are detailed in this section. INM embraces soil, nutrient, water, crop, and vegetation management practices, tailored to a particular cropping and farming system. The INM aims at improving and sustaining soil fertility and land productivity and reducing environmental degradation. It optimizes the condition of the soil, with regard to its physical, chemical, biological and hydrological properties, for the purpose of enhancing farm productivity, while minimizing land degradation. It not only provides tangible benefits in terms of higher yields, but also conserve the soil resource. INM also contributes to pest management. Stressed crops are more susceptible to disease and to the effects of pest attacks. Crops growing in poorly structured soil, under low or unbalanced nutrient conditions or with inadequate water supply will be stressed. Responding to disease or pest attacks by applying pesticides is a costly symptomatic approach to a syndrome which is better addressed by improving the ecological conditions and systems within which the crops are cultivated. INM practices combine use of inorganic, organic and biological resources in a reasonable way to balance efficient use of limited resources and ensure ecosystem sustainability. At the farm level, integrated and synergistic approach will be adopted under INM, involving the following. 1. Matching the land use requirements with the land qualities present in the area, i.e., the biological, chemical and physical properties of the soil, and the local climatic conditions (temperature, rainfall etc.); 2. Seeking to improve yield by identifying and overcoming the most limiting factors that influence yield; 3. Better plant management, i.e., (i) planting at the beginning of the rain to increase protective ground cover to enhance infiltration and biological activity and (ii) timely weeding to reduce crop yield losses; 4. Promotion of complementary crop, livestock and land husbandry practices in combination to maximize addition of organic materials and recycle farm wastes, so as to maintain and enhance soil organic matter levels; 5. Land management practices that ensure favourable soil moisture conditions for the proposed land use (e.g. moisture conservation in low rainfall areas, drainage in high rainfall areas); 6. The replenishment of soil nutrients through an integrated plant nutrition management approach like organic manuring, application of crop residues, rhizobial N-fixation, Phosphorous and other nutrient uptake; 7. Efficient fertiliser use with application of appropriate quantities and method of application to minimizes losses (for example, rather than broadcasting, project will educate farmers to apply fertilizer into the soil directly). 8. Combinations of crop, livestock and land husbandry practices that reduce rainfall impact, improve surface infiltration, and reduce the velocity of surface run-off thereby ensuring soil loss below the ‘tolerable’ level; 9. Crop rotation, agro-forestry and soil restorative practices that maintain and enhance the soils physical properties thereby encouraging root development and rainfall infiltration; 10. Promotion of crop-livestock system in project clusters as a part of integrated nutrient management strategy; IWD, GoWB Page 193 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 194 11. Nutrient monitoring during growing stage by using colour chart and application of nutrients accordingly. IWD, GoWB Page 194 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 195 Chapter 9: GENDER EQUITY AND SOCIAL INCLUSION (GESI) In different development projects, especially project of this nature, women either remains excluded or benefited in a limited way. Attempts to mainstream gender concerns into the project planning and implementation also remain inadequate in many cases. In order to make the project more inclusive and participatory, it is required that women associate themselves in different activities which they find feasible. This approach of inclusion and equity, specifically involvement and engagement of women will be helpful to attain social justice and reduce marginalization of women and empower them to avail maximum benefit from the project. Thus, incorporating gender and other social issues in the development projects helps to improve project performance and facilitate achievement of the Bank’s goal of poverty reduction. A gender approach in the overall project framework takes care of key gender issues and brings in parity in association and participation of women and minimises gap between male and female at the project level. Minimising gender- based disparity and improving scope for equal participation of male and female would be encouraged through gender-based approach in the project planning and execution strategy. During the social assessment, consultations were organised with different stakeholders to understand the gender issues and possible measures that can help women in ensuring their participation in the overall process. The assessment helped to identify certain key issues pertaining to women and their involvement in different livelihood activities. It is observed that while participation of women in different development activities have been poor in general, their association in agricultural decision making remains marginal. Though, their contribution is significant in different stages of farm activities, still their contribution has been ignored to a great extent. In the labour front, the wage rate paid to the women workers is comparatively less than their male counterpart. Though Government has been taking required measures for giving land rights to women in shape of registering land jointly with the male counterpart, still in most of the earlier record of rights, male in most cases are title holder. This creates an imbalance as far as land holding is concerned. Access to market by women is also limited due to factors like social stigma, low quantum of sellable produce, distance of the market place from the village etc. 9.1 Policy Provisions The constitution of India provides provisions to secure equality in general and gender equality in particular. Various articles in the Constitution safeguard women’s rights by putting them at par with men socially, politically and economically. The Preamble, the Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles of State Policies (DPSPs) and other constitutional provisions provide several general and special safeguards to secure women’s human rights.The Preamble to the Constitution of India assures justice, social, economic and political; equality of status and opportunity and dignity to the individual. Thus, it treats both men and women equal. 9.1.1 Fundamental Rights The policy of women empowerment is well entrenched in the Fundamental Rights enshrined in our Constitution. For instance: 1. Article 14 ensures to women the right to equality; 2. Article 15(1) specifically prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex; 3. Article 15(3) empowers the State to take affirmative actions in favour of women; 4. Article 16 provides for equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office. These rights being fundamental rights are justifiable in court and the Government is obliged to follow the same IWD, GoWB Page 195 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 196 9.1.2 Directive Principles of State Policy Directive principles of State Policy also contains important provisions regarding women empowerment and it is the duty of the government to apply these principles while making laws or formulating any policy. Though these are not justifiable in the Court but these are essential for governance nonetheless. Some of them are: 1. Article 39 (a) provides that the State to direct its policy towards securing for men and women equally the right to an adequate means of livelihood. 2. Article 39 (d) mandates equal pay for equal work for both men and women. 3. Article 42 provides that the State to make provision for securing just and humane conditions of work and for maternity relief. 9.1.3 Fundamental Duties Fundamental duties are enshrined in Part IV-A of the Constitution and are positive duties for the people of India to follow. It also contains a duty related to women’s rights. Article 51 (A) (e) expects from the citizen of the country to promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood amongst all the people of India and to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women. 9.1.4 Other Constitutional Provisions Through 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment of 1993, a very important political right has been given to women which is a landmark in the direction of women empowerment in India. With this amendment women were given 33.33 percent reservation in seats at different levels of elections in local governance i.e. at Panchayat, Block and Municipality elections. Thus, it can be seen that these Constitutional provisions are very empowering for women and the State is duty bound to apply these principles in taking policy decisions as well as in enacting laws. 9.1.5 Specific Laws for Women Some specific laws, which were enacted by the Parliament in order to fulfil Constitutional obligation of women empowerment are; 1. The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976. 2. The Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961. 3. The Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956. 4. The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961. 5. The Medical termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971. 6. The Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 1987. 7. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 8. The Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, 2006. 9. The Pre-Conception & Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act, 1994. 10. The Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention, Protection and) Act, 2013. Above mentioned and several other laws are there which not only provide specific legal rights to women but also gives them a sense of security and empowerment. 9.1.6 International Commitments India is a part to various International conventions and treaties which are committed to secure equal rights of women. One of the most important among them is the Convention on Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), ratified by India in 1993.Other important International instruments for women empowerment are: The Mexico Plan of Action (1975), the Nairobi Forward Looking Strategies (1985), the Beijing Declaration as well as the Platform for Action (1995) and the Outcome Document adopted by the UNGA Session on Gender Equality and Development & Peace for the 21st century, titled “Further IWD, GoWB Page 196 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 197 actions and initiatives to implement the Beijing Declaration and the Platform for Action”. All these have been whole-heartedly endorsed by India for appropriate follow up. 9.1.7 National Policy for Women In the year 2001, the Government of India launched a National Policy for Empowerment of Women which was revised in the year 2016. The National Policy for Women, 2016 (draft) having the vision of “A society in which, women attain their full potential and are able to participate as equal partners in all spheres of life and influence the process of social change”. The objectives of the policy are 1. Creating a conducive socio-cultural, economic and political environment to enable women enjoy de jure and de facto fundamental rights and realize their full potential; 2. Mainstreaming gender in all-round development processes/programmes/projects/ actions; 3. A holistic and life-cycle approach to women’s health for appropriate, affordable and quality health care; 4. Improving and incentivizing access of women/ girls to universal and quality education; 5. Increasing and incentivizing work force participation of women in the economy; 6. Equal participation in the social, political and economic spheres including the institutions of governance and decision making; 7. Transforming discriminatory societal attitudes, mindsets with community involvement and engagement of men and boys; 8. Developing a gender sensitive legal-judicial system; 9. Elimination of all forms of violence against women through strengthening of policies, legislations, programmes, institutions and community engagement; 10. Development and empowerment of women belonging to the vulnerable and marginalized groups; 11. Building and strengthening stakeholder participation and partnerships for women empowerment; 12. Strengthen monitoring, evaluation, audit and data systems to bridge gender gaps. 9.1.8 World Bank Approach The World Bank’s approach to promoting gender equality makes all staff responsible for ensuring that the Bank’s work is responsive to the differing needs, constraints and interests of males and females in client countries. Gender equality is now a core element of the Bank’s strategy to reduce poverty. There is a clear understanding that until women and men has equal capacities, opportunities and voice, the ambitious poverty- reduction agenda set out in the Sustainable Development Goals will be difficult to achieve. 9.2 Issues of Significance Mainstreaming gender equity and empowerment is already a focus area in the project. In the sub projects, activities related to livelihood restoration will address women’s needs. A Gender Development Framework is being designed under the project as part of ESMF which will help analyze gender issues during the preparation stage of sub project and design interventions. At the sub project level, gender analysis will be part of the social assessment and the analysis will be based on findings from gender specific queries during primary data collection process and available secondary data. The quantitative and qualitative analysis will bring out sex disaggregated data and issues related to gender disparity, needs, constraints, and priorities; as well as understanding whether there is a potential for gender based inequitable risks, benefits and opportunities. Based on the analysis, the specific interventions will be designed and if required gender action plan will be prepared. The overall monitoring framework of the project will include sex disaggregated indicator and gender relevant indicator. The participation of beneficiaries and focus on poverty reduction are two other key determinants of the effectiveness and sustainability of any project. Any project must address the constraints on women’s participation in project design, construction, and monitoring and evaluation (M & E). The project must also focus on the linkage between gender and poverty, by identifying, for example, households headed by females and those households’ special needs. An adaptive, learning, and process-oriented approach works better than IWD, GoWB Page 197 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 198 a blue print approach; continuous dialogue between the SPPD and the beneficiaries / PAPs is therefore important. Project beneficiaries are likely to have a stronger sense of ownership when the project gives them enough time, design flexibility, and authority to take corrective action. In this way, they find it easier to incorporate their earlier learning and negotiate with project staff and service providers. Therefore, a mechanism must be built into the project to allow such two-way interactions between the beneficiaries and the service providers. Three major tools are used to identify and deal with gender issues in the project cycle: gender analysis, project design, and policy dialogue. Gender analysis should be an integral part of the initial social assessment at the screening stage itself. The issues identified can be scaled up during the feasibility and detailed analysis can be carried out during the project preparation stage. The project designs should be gender responsive based on the gender analysis, and should be included in the ESIA document. The findings and recommendations from the gender analysis during project planning and feedback from beneficiaries during implementation must be discussed thoroughly to determine the need for further action. Consultations were organised with different stakeholders to understand the gender issues and possible measures that can help women in ensuring their participation in the overall process. The consultations helped to identify certain key issues pertaining to women and their involvement in agricultural activities. It is observed that while participation of women in different development activities have been poor in general, their association in agricultural decision making remains marginal. Though, their contribution is significant in different stages of farm activities, still their contribution has been ignored to a great extent. In the labour front, the wage rate paid to the women workers are comparatively less than their male counterpart. Though Government has been taking required measures for giving land rights to women in shape of registering land jointly with the male counterpart, still in most of the earlier record of rights, male in most cases are title holder. This creates an imbalance as far as land holding is concerned. Access to market by women is also limited due to factors like social stigma, low quantum of sellable produce, distance of the market place from the village etc. However, in primary level value addition (drying, cleaning, grading and sorting), their involvement is quite significant at domestic front. 9.2.1 Gender issues that have significance for the Project are; 1. Low land holding and hence low production and insecure livelihood 2. Women earn less wage for the same duration of work, especially in informal / private sector; 3. Occupational health issues due to prolonged duration of engagement during farm activities; 4. Drudgery of women in agricultural activities due to less usable agricultural equipment; 5. Limited access to extension services and institutional facilities; 6. Few women holding of agricultural productive resources such as land, animals, and machinery. 7. Negligible or no role of women in farm related decision-making process; 8. Women perform all un-mechanized agricultural tasks / multiple tasks, which add more burden to them; 9. Active participation in community institutions is limited to a few women and large section either do not participate or remain passive; 10. Access to formal financial credit institution for agricultural activities is limited for women headed farming households and hence investment in agriculture; 11. Poor Capital Investment capacity for agricultural and allied activities Listed below are the key action points: 9.2.2 General Check list 1. Identify key gender and women’s participation issues. 2. Identify the role of gender in the project objectives. IWD, GoWB Page 198 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 199 3. Prepare terms of reference (TOR) for the gender specialist or social development specialist of the client 4. Conduct gender analysis as part of overall Social Assessment. 5. Draw up a socioeconomic profile of key stakeholder groups in the target population and disaggregate data by gender. 6. Examine gender differences in knowledge, attitudes, practices, roles, status, wellbeing, constraints, needs, and priorities, and the factors that affect those differences. 7. Assess men’s and women’s capacity to participate and the factors affecting that capacity. 8. Assess the potential gender-differentiated impact of the project and options to maximize benefits and minimize adverse effects. 9. Identify government agencies and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), community-based organizations (CBOs), and women’s groups that can be used during project implementation. Assess their capacity. 10. Review the gender related policies and laws, as necessary. 11. Identify information gaps related to the above issues. 12. Involve men and women in project design. 13. Incorporate gender findings in the project design. 14. Ensure that gender concerns are addressed in the relevant sections (including project objectives, scope, poverty and social measures, cost estimates, institutional arrangements, social appendix, and consultant’s TOR for implementation and M & E support). 15. List out major gender actions. 16. Develop gender-disaggregated indicators and monitoring plan. 9.2.3 Core Requirement for Mainstreaming Gender 1. All data should be disaggregated by gender, caste, ethnicity, location and age 2. Issues of division of labour, access to resources and decision-making power (who is doing what, who has access to what, who makes the ultimate decision) have to be assessed for their gender differential impact on women and men of different social identity group. 3. Assessment of policies, programs, institutional arrangements, human resources issues and M&E system has to be done from a gender perspective of project, project authorities and community groups. 9.2.4 Steps of Gender Mainstreaming Three major tools will be used to identify and deal with gender issues in the project cycle: initial gender assessment, gender action plan, and policy note. The initial gender assessment should be an integral part of the initial social assessment at the screening stage. The issues identified can be scaled up during the feasibility study and detailed analysis can be carried out during the detailed project report stage. The project design should be gender responsive based on the gender analysis and should be included in the detailed project report in the form of a gender action plan. The findings and recommendations from the gender analysis during project planning and feedback from beneficiaries during implementation must be discussed thoroughly to determine the need for further action. 9.3 Gender Action Plan through the Project Cycle Involvement of women groups in the identification of impacts and opportunities through project activities shall form the basis for preparation of gender sensitive project activities. The procedure to be followed and process and outcome are presented in the following matrix. Table 86: Key Activities in Different Project Stages Project Stages Key Activities Responsibility Planning Stage • Identify gender concerns / issues related to the project with due Social Development consultation with women group Specialist, IWD, GoWB Page 199 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 200 Project Stages Key Activities Responsibility • Organize women stakeholders’ meeting to inform about the project Activities, its benefits and key expectations from the DPMU project. • Sensitize and discuss on the project and its components. SPMU • Sensitize other stakeholders on gender concerns/issues; • Identify key areas of constraints that may be improved through the project; • Prepare project component wise activity plan where women can be engaged in different project activity. Implementation • Implementation of provisions of project activity specific plan Social Development Stage addressing gender concerns as per the GAP; Specialist, • Monitoring engagement of women in different project activities, skilled and unskilled works; DPMU PMU • Monitor safety and security measures of women in work and camp sites; External M&E Agency • Monitor women specific provisions and facility created in the project site and camps. • Supervising adherence to wage payment norms Post-Implementation • Continuation of activities initiated under the project; Social Development Stage • Monitoring sustenance of project inputs and its benefits accessed Specialist, by women DPMU SPMU 9.4 Monitoring Gender Action Plan The indicators, frequency and agency recommended for monitoring are presented in the table. Table 87: Monitoring Indicators Aspects Monitoring Indicators (Process and Outcome) Frequency Monitoring Responsibility Economic • No. of women engaged in different activities and • Planning Stage: for the DPMU their proportion to total workforce; base line data • Days of engagement of women in different wage / • Half yearly Monitoring Third party Monitor along non-wage activities and proportional days of • Mid Term Review (MTR) engagement in comparison to their male counterpart; with PMU • Final Impact Assessment • Growth in income of women due to such engagements; • Reduction in no. of days of migration (if migrating earlier); • No. of women having additional / new market oriented employable skills for self-engagement; • No. of women accessed different govt. schemes / provisions including beneficial enrolment in agricultural interventions; • Improvement in asset holding of women (productive and household assets). Social • Improvement of association of women in local • Planning Stage: for the DPMU institutional and decision-making process base line data (membership, management position etc.); • Half yearly Monitoring Third party Monitor along • Mid Term Review (MTR) with PMU IWD, GoWB Page 200 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 201 Aspects Monitoring Indicators (Process and Outcome) Frequency Monitoring Responsibility • Final Impact Assessment 9.5 Implementation Arrangements The preparation, implementation and monitoring of Gender Action Plan (GAP) is the responsibility of the project implementing entities. The Social Development specialist, at the PMU level will facilitate and supervise this process of preparation and implementation of Action Plan. All efforts will be made to coordinate and work with associated line departments and other department, more specifically the Women and Child Development department, State Livelihood Mission, Panchayati Raj and Rural Development department to help dovetailing with their development programs for the socio-economic development of women. IWD, GoWB Page 201 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 202 Chapter 10: Tribal People’s Planning Framework The Indigenous People (IPs) in India are categorized as tribal who often become vulnerable in development projects because of their cultural autonomy which is usually undermined and also because this group endure specific disadvantages in terms of social indicators of quality of life, economic status and usually as subject of social exclusion. The term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees: i. Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; ii. Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories iii. Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and iv. An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. The key objective of the TPPF is to give special attention and focus to the tribal issues and concern during the implementation of the project. Under the Disclosure Policy, this TPPF will be discussed with and disclosed to the key stakeholders. This framework encompasses suggestions and recommendations received from different sections during its preparation. Further, this framework shall be disclosed to the public on the project web-site of IWD; and printed copies of the framework will be placed in government offices and other public locations for easy access by the tribal population. 10.1 Objective of TPPF The objectives of the TPPF are to ensure that 1. The tribal populations are adequately and fully consulted by the project; 2. Tribal take part in the entire process of preparation, implementation and monitoring of project activities; 3. Project benefits are equally accessible to the tribal living in the project area; they are provided with special assistance as per prevailing laws and policies because of their culture identities and to minimize further social and economic imbalances within communities; 4. Developing an institutional and implementation arrangements as well as capacity building measures for the implementation of the TPPF, associated disclosure mechanisms and addressing any grievances; and 5. Monitoring and reporting arrangements, including mechanisms and benchmarks appropriate to the project. This includes a grievance redress mechanism has also been developed to resolve grievances, if any. This Planning Framework will be adopted on a full scale in the scheduled areas and as deemed necessary in the other areas. 10.2 Tribal Inclusion Approach The project will have exclusive strategic focus for greater inclusion and representation of tribal in scheduled areas and their active association in project interventions. The strategy proposed for inclusion of tribal communities is discussed below. IWD, GoWB Page 202 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 203 Table 88: Project Approach and Strategy for Tribal Development Project Stages Project Approach and Strategy Expected Outcome Preparatory Phase Discussion with tribal families / farmers of the Key intervention areas are identified project area in general and exclusively in scheduled and guidelines prepared for improved areas on project component and activities; participation of tribal in general and tribal farmers, in particular. Identifying key issues in the way of their greater involvement and benefitting from the project List of actions finalized for intervention; implementation to ensure greater involvement and participation of Preparing a priority list of actions, based on the tribal by activities identified issues and interest of tribal farmers / families of the project area. Preparing cluster specific plan of action for better inclusion of tribal in different activities that are feasible for their greater participation. Implementation Phase Implementing priority actions that are finalized Participation of tribal / tribal farmers during preparatory phase; in different activities implemented under the project; Initiatives for convergence with tribal development schemes of Government at the village / block level; Project supported infrastructure and services in less accessible scheduled Priority action in inaccessible scheduled areas areas / tribal dominated areas; (project village) for establishment of infrastructures that are planned under the project, based on Inclusion of tribes and their active feasibility; involvement ensured with better operational and management Equal opportunity to dispersed tribal (living in a capabilities; mixed community) for accessing project benefits, as per the plan for beneficiary coverage; Adoption of improved farming technologies by the tribal farmers and Ensuring greater participation of tribal community hence better yield from the available in activities / sub-activities taken up under each land. component / sub-components of the project; Taking measures, adhering to the scope of the project, to build the capacity of tribal farmers in agricultural technologies, marketing, institution management etc., as per the project requirements; Taking measures that are legally binding under PESA; Monitoring of actions taken under the project for inclusion of tribal by project component / sub- components and initiating corrective measures accordingly; Documenting success and learning from different initiatives undertaken by the project that ensures greater participation of tribal. IWD, GoWB Page 203 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 204 10.3 Tribal Development and Inclusion Framework OP 4.10 requires that special planning measures be established to address particular issues concerning tribal people. More specifically, the policy requires the undertaking of a social assessment and free, prior and informed consultation process leading to the broad community support by tribal for the project, and the development of an instrument for indigenous peoples in the form of a Tribal Peoples Plan (TPP). Generally, an TPP is prepared with appropriate measures identified during the social assessment and consultation process. The following describes the processes and procedures that will be followed under the project in order to fully address the Bank’s OP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples. 10.3.1 Project Information Dissemination and Vulnerability Awareness Building Prior to the ESIA, the project will disseminate project information to all stakeholders through various means, such as mass media, project brochures/posters and a dedicated project site on the internet. The project, with the help of the Safeguard Coordinator and the Third-Party Service Provider, will also develop the capacity of the project implementation agencies and oversight bodies at all levels at the onset of the project on safeguard issues relevant to the project including processes and required actions as well as responsibilities of the concerned parties. 10.3.2 Ethnic Screening At the early stage of the FS, an ethnic screening will be conducted in order to determine if ethnic minorities are present or have collective attachment in the area of influence of the proposed irrigation modernization project. The third-party service provider will assist the FS team, under the supervision of the Safeguard Coordinator at the PMU and ensure that ethnic screening would be conducted according to this TPPF and the Bank OP 4.10. At the time of FS, only main canals and some parts of secondary, tertiary canals may have been identified for rehabilitation under the project, and lower category canals may not have been identified in all places. Tribal screening should nonetheless cover the entire catchment area of the respective irrigation scheme, because the rehabilitation of the main canals will affect the entire canal systems within the scheme. Where tribal communities are found to be present or have collective attachment in the area of influence of the irrigation rejuvenation and/ or flood management project, the steps that are described below will be taken. It is to note that the OP 4.10 will be triggered and the following steps will be taken if tribal communities are present in or have collective attachment in the areas of influence even if no negative impact is likely to occur. Because tribal communities live within varying and changing historical, cultural, political and economic contexts, no precise and coherent term has been found to define them. Indigenous peoples, or ethnic minorities, may be referred to in different countries by such terms as "indigenous ethnic minorities," "hill tribes," "minority nationalities," and "tribal groups." Under OP 4.10, the determination as to whether a group is to be defined as indigenous peoples is made by reference to the presence (in varying degrees) of four identifying characteristics: • Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; • Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories; • Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and • An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. IWD, GoWB Page 204 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 205 10.3.3 Social Assessment (SA) and Free, Prior and Informed Consultations If tribal screening finds a tribal community to be present in or have collective attachment to the catchment area of the proposed irrigation project, a participatory Social Impact Assessment (SIA) that will be conducted as part of FS will address all elements of Social Assessment (SA) defined under OP 4.10, including, at minimum, the following: • Identify key stakeholders of affected tribal minorities and establish an appropriate framework for their participation in the selection, design, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation of the relevant project activities; • Assess the demographic, socioeconomic, cultural and other relevant characteristics of affected ethnic minorities in the catchment area of the respective irrigation rehabilitation sites, establish social baseline and identify potential barriers to their full participation in benefiting from project activities; • Review relevant legal and institutional framework applicable to tribal minorities; • Assess, based on free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal minorities, the potential impact of project activities and, where adverse impacts are identified, determine how they can be avoided, minimized, or substantially mitigated; • Propose specific measures to ensure that affected tribal minority people will, meaningfully and in a culturally appropriate manner, participate in project activities, benefit from the project, and mitigate and mitigate negative impacts; and • Develop institutional arrangements and implementation procedures to assist tribal farmers to voice grievances and have them addressed in ways that are socially sound, in line with the procedures described in this ESMF. • Assess the nature, scale and scope of displacement that occurred when the proposed irrigation rehabilitation and flood management project were originally constructed, as part of the due diligence of the proposed irrigation modernization project. Assess also the current state of the livelihood of the formerly displaced tribal minority population. The third-party service provider, under the guidance of Safeguard Coordinator at PMU, will provide necessary support to the FS team so that all requirements under OP 4.10 would be addressed in the respective SIA. Free, prior and informed consultations with affected tribal minorities will also be conducted as part of the SIA. Notice of consultation meetings will be disseminated at least one weeks prior to the meetings and in a language or modes that are understandable to affected people. Care will be exercised so that not only beneficiary farmers but a broad range of local people will also be invited. The SIA will cover the entire catchment area of the respective irrigation modernization project given the potential impact of rehabilitating main canals on lower hierarchy canals, even if ethnic minorities are not expected to be present near project main canals. Also, the SIA will be conducted even if no negative impact is anticipated under the respective irrigation modernization project. If broad community support cannot be ascertained from affected tribal communities, the project activities will not be financed for the scheme/ site, as relevant. 10.4 Entitlement Based on the Operational Policy 4.10 of the World Bank and as one of its significant R&R requirements; special provisions for the Scheduled Tribes (ST) has been made in the project R&R Policy (apart from the general compensation and assistance to be received as Project Affected Persons (PAPs)/ Project Affected Households (PAHs) of proposed project activities for loss of assets. Apart from compensation at replacement value and R&R assistance for any adverse impact, each IP family will be entitled for additional benefits as one-time grant IWD, GoWB Page 205 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 206 10.5 Tribal Peoples Plans (TPP) On the basis of the SIA and free, prior and informed consultation conducted as part of the process, a Tribal Peoples Plan (TPP) will be prepared for each project site. The third-party service provider, under the guidance of the SPMU Safeguard Coordinator, will provide necessary support so that all requirements under OP 4.10 would be addressed in TPP(s). One TPP(s) may bundle more than one project activity, depending on the proximities of sites, similarities in socioeconomic impact, timing of investment preparation and financing, and other relevant conditions. A TPP should include the following elements, as needed: • The description of the project objective and activities, in particular on project activities that will be conducted for the site; • A summary of the SIA including the results of the free, prior, and informed consultation with affected tribal communities and verification of their broad community support for the project; • Description of potential negative impacts and measures to address them; • A framework to ensure that affected tribal communities can meaningfully participate in the project activities, and in the process to minimize and mitigate negative impacts. Where tribal farmers share the same farmer owned systems and participate in the same irrigation system, an integrated framework will be developed that will ensure both tribal and marginal farmers would collaborate in minimizing and mitigating negative impacts for common benefits.14 • Mechanisms through which affected tribal communities are able to voice concerns and grievances and have them addressed; • Mechanisms and benchmarks for monitoring, evaluating, and reporting on the implementation of TPP; and • The financing plan for TPP implementation. 10.5.1 Suggested Format for IPDP The suggested format for the IPDP is as follows: i. Description of sub projects and implications for the indigenous community ii. Gender disaggregated data on number of tribal households by impact category iii. Social, cultural and economic profile of affected households iv. Land tenure information v. Documentation of consultations with the community to ascertain their views about the project design and mitigation measures vi. Findings of need assessment of the community vii. Community development plan based on the results of need assessment viii. Modalities to ensure regular and meaningful consultation with the community ix. Institutional arrangement and linkage with other national or state level programmes x. Institutional mechanism for monitoring and evaluation of IPDP implementation and grievance redress xi. Implementation Schedule and cost estimate for implementation 10.5.2 Key Elements of IPDP and Participatory Approach The key elements in an IPDP include: i. All development plans for indigenous people should be based on full consideration of the options and approaches that best meet the interests of the communities. 14 A similar framework will be developed to help beneficiary farmers form WUGs, and minimize and mitigate, based on participatory processes, negative impacts that may fall on fellow members through in-kind assistance, and will be applied to all farmer owned irrigation systems . IWD, GoWB Page 206 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 207 ii. Scope and impact be assessed and appropriate mitigation measures are identified iii. Project should consider the social and cultural context of affected peoples, and their skills and knowledge relating to local resource management iv. During project preparation, formation and strengthening of indigenous people’s organization; communication to facilitate their participation in project identification, planning, execution and evaluation should be promoted. v. In case project doesn’t have the capacity of preparing and implementing IPDP, experienced community organizations / NGOs can be involved as intermediaries. 10.5.3 Approval and Disclosure Once the draft TPP(s) and the associated SIA Report(s) are drafted, they will be submitted to PMU for review and approval. PMU will translate them into relevant ethnic languages, make them available in its website as well as in locations accessible to affected ethnic minorities, and consult them with affected tribal communities for comments. PMU will also disclose them in IWD’s webpage, finalize them considering the comment received, and submit them to the Bank for review and clearance. The Bank will disclose the TPP(s) through the Info shop as well as at the country office website. 10.6 Implementation Arrangements The overall responsibility of the implementation of this TPPF rests with the PMU under the assistance of the Safeguard Coordinator in the PMU. A competent person with a long experience in Bank safeguard policies will be hired as the Safeguard Coordinator who will ensure a full compliance of all actions taken at the central as well as village levels, and supervise the third-party service provider. Safeguard Coordinator will prepare the safeguard capacity development plan at the beginning of the project in which existing capacity gaps to implement this TPPF are identified and measures to fill the gaps will be presented. The safeguard capacity development plan will be shared with the Bank for review and comments. Safeguard Coordinator will implement the safeguard capacity development plan to train other PMU staff, relevant line department officers who will work on the project, and all implementing contractor. Refresher training will be organized at the mid-term. At village level, the Project Management Unit (PMU) will assume the overall responsibility for the implementation of this TPPF. PMU will include a Safeguard Focal Point who will be responsible for safeguard related issues at the block level, in close coordination with the third-party service provider and under the supervision of the Safeguard Coordinator. The third-party service provider will play a key role in identifying and consulting with affected tribal community and minimize and mitigate social impacts that may fall on them, if any. A team of consultants with sufficient experience and qualification in Bank OP 4.10, community consultation and participation, and dispute handling mechanisms will be hired. The Terms of Reference of the third-party service provider will be reviewed by the Bank. The third-party service provider will provide on-going capacity development of all project staff at the block level, and monitor safeguard implementation and compliance at the village level, including collecting grievances affected tribal community may have and assisting farmers develop proper minutes of meetings. The third-party service provider will also ensure that negative impacts that may fall on local tribal community who may not directly benefit from the project will be fully addressed. 10.7 Monitoring and evaluation Throughout the implementation of the project, the third-party service provider under the guidance of the Safeguard Coordinator will monitor the project compliance with Bank safeguard policies. The third-party service provider will visit at least on a monthly basis since the planning till 2 months after the completion of civil works the project sites and meet the affected tribal communities including both the direct project beneficiaries (i.e. the users of project rehabilitated irrigation system) and those who do not directly receive project benefits (i.e. non-farmers). Upon the completion of a TPP, the IWD, under the assistance of the PMU Safeguard Coordinator, will carry out an TPP completion assessment to confirm that all measures under this IWD, GoWB Page 207 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 208 TPP have been fully implemented and that the negative impacts on tribal communities have been adequately addressed. Monitoring group will be created in each tribal inhabitated project areas which will ensure that all actions would be undertaken in line with this TPPF and, in case of irregularities, contact the PMU. The participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) will be conducted, under the facilitation of the third-party service provider, whereby affected people including both beneficiary farmers and non-beneficiary tribal community are encouraged and facilitated to report outstanding issues and air grievances. The meeting is attended by district PMU members and village authorities. The minutes of the meeting will be prepared and measures will be taken to address the recorded issues in the subsequent annual cycle. This record will be submitted to SPMU through DPMU. All DPMUs / DPIUs will have an TPPF focal point who will regularly supervise and monitor TPP implementation. PMU focal points will report to PMU Director on TPPF related matters, and request support of the Safeguard Coordinator if needed. S/he will travel to the sites and spot check if the actions are taken and information provided in conformity with the TPPF. The project MIS system will collect key data on TPPF such as the presence and absence of tribal community in the command areas of respective irrigation system, the number of tribal population and their name of ethnicity, dates of consultation meetings conducted. The Third-Party Service Provider will go to all project schemes at least on a monthly basis during and planning and implementation of civil works, prepare a back to office report upon return from the field, and develop the quarterly progress report. The Back to office reports during the report period will be attached to the quarterly progress report, which will be shared with the Bank. The project webpage will have a dedicated section where such reports will be disclosed. 10.8 Gender Issues among Tribes The tribal women play an important role in the community and family. Women normally constitute half of the total population in any project area and for survival tied themselves to land and forest. These women work as agricultural labourers. Even in agricultural household, women share with men the burden of agricultural operations like transplanting, weeding, harvesting, threshing, winnowing, etc. The concentration of women in agricultural and allied activities is due to the decline of rural industries leading to large-scale reduction of labour force within non-agricultural sector. In TPP, therefore, efforts will be made to (i) create an institutional framework to make gender sensitive decisions. Project in consultation with Women and Child Welfare Department shall constitute Women Interest Groups (WIGs) within a village and Gender Advisor Committee at district and state level, (ii) women members would be trained for upgradation of skills to initiate viable irrigation related income generation activities for their economic empowerment. In addition, women members will be trained in fisheries, animal husbandry, value addition to NTFP, development of kitchen garden, home orchards; production of mushroom, rice-cum- fish culture, or any other locally required trades that can help them to generate additional income, (iii) through training, women members will be provided information to make them an active participant in various developmental activities.s. The activities include (a) provide information on developing a WIG sub plan, (b) linking with other women’s development programs of line department, and (iv) NGO will focus on women’s need for social development IWD, GoWB Page 208 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 209 Chapter 11: ESMF Monitoring and Evaluation Framework The M&E framework of ESMF is designed to assess the progress and achievements made in line with the identified risks and mitigation measures. By providing a feedback loop, the M&E will enable decision makers to take up mid-course corrections if required. The M&E framework is designed to measure the impacts that have taken place; evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed; suggest improvements in management plan, if so required; achievement of benefits expected from the implementation of safeguard measures; and ensure compliance with the legal obligations. The M&E is to be undertaken at 2 levels: • Monitoring and Audit of the ESMF of the project as a whole: The application and effectiveness of ESMF elements including screening, assessment, formulation and implementation of the ESMPs, monitoring, capacity building and institutional arrangements will be monitored. An audit of the environmental and social management aspects of the project will also be undertaken (detailed in section 12.1). • Monitoring of E & S management in activities under the project: This will monitor the effectiveness of implementation of the identified mitigation measures, and the environmental quality parameters relevant to each project activity (detailed in section 12.2). • The successful Bidder shall be required to submit an Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security. Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, subject to relevant clauses of ITB, using for that purpose the Performance Security and ESHS Performance Security Forms included in Contract Forms. The performance security and if required in the BDS, the Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture specifying the names of all members. Environmental, Social, Safety and Health (ESHS) Performance Security amount is 2% percent of Contract Amount in form of unconditional Bank Guarantee from scheduled or Nationalized Banks in India. 11.1 Monitoring and Audit of the ESMF of the project as a whole 11.1.1 Monitoring of the ESMF implementation by the SPMU The Environment Expert of SPMU will undertake ongoing monitoring of the ESMF implementation in order to identify issues, good practices and required actions. Reports based on the monitoring will be prepared by the SPMU Environment Expert, at least every quarter and submitted to the Project Director. The reports will be shared with the DPMUs, the DPIUs, and, other implementing agencies. The monitoring of the ESMF implementation will cover the following aspects: Screening of project activities: • Has the categorization of the project activities (into categories 1, 2, 3) been done accurately? • Has the Environmental Screening Checklist been used in all applicable activities? • Has the scoping for further assessment been done comprehensively for all applicable activities? Monitoring of E&S aspects in project activities: • Is the DPMU undertaking periodic and regular monitoring of the E&S implementation in the project activities? IWD, GoWB Page 209 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 210 Institutional arrangements for management of E&S aspects: • Are the E&S Specialists at the DPMU available? Capacity building arrangements for management of E&S aspects: • What training programs on E&S aspects have been organized for the DPMU staff? • What training programs on E&S aspects have been organized for the contractors? The format for the ‘Monitoring Report on ESMF Implementation’ is provided in Annex -3. 11.1.2 Audit of the Environmental and Social Management in the Project The Third-Party M&E Agency hired by the SPMU will undertake an audit of the ESMF implementation in order to identify issues, good practices and make recommendations for strengthening E&S management. The audit will be undertaken twice in the project duration – at mid-term and at the end of the project. The audit reports will be shared by the SPMU with the DPMUs, the DPIUs, other implementing agencies and the World Bank. The audit of the ESMF will cover the following aspects. Screening of project activities: • Has the categorization of the project activities (into categories 1, 2, 3) been done accurately? • Has the Environmental Screening Checklist been used in all applicable activities? • Has the scoping for further assessment been done comprehensively for all applicable activities? Assessment of project activities: • Has the EIA or Rapid Environmental Assessment of the project activities (for categories 1 and 2 respectively) been done accurately? ESMPs of project activities: • Were comprehensive ESMPs prepared for all relevant project activities? Monitoring of E&S aspects in project activities: • Is the SPMU and DPMU undertaking periodic and regular monitoring of the E&S implementation in the project activities? Institutional arrangements for management of E&S aspects: • Are the E&S Specialists at the SPMU and DPMU available? Capacity building arrangements for management of E&S aspects: • What training programs on E&S aspects have been organized for the SPMU and DPMU staff? • What training programs on E&S aspects have been organized for the contractors? The format for the ‘Audit Report on ESMF Implementation’ is provided in Annex -4. 11.2 Monitoring of E & S management aspects in project activities 11.2.1 Environmental and Social Management Aspects to be Monitored The key environmental and social aspects, that have significance for the project are to be monitored periodically. It will give the direction and indicate the milestones achieved as per the national / state benchmarks / norms. The following specific environmental and social parameters can be quantitatively and qualitatively measured and compared over a period of time to understand the progress made as per the plan. Table 89: Environmental and Socio-economic Aspects to be Monitored Environmental Aspects Socio-economic Aspects 1. Soil Contamination & Soil Erosion 1. Employment (Local / Migrants) / Child Labour 2. Air Quality 2. Living Standards at Camps IWD, GoWB Page 210 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 211 3. Water Quality 3. Rehabilitation and Resettlement 4. Noise Levels around sensitive locations 4. Land Acquisition / Purchase of Land 5. Restoration of Borrow Pits 5. Livelihood Restoration 6. Construction Site / Camp Management 6. Skill Development 7. Debris and Sediment Clearance and Disposal 7. Income Growth 8. Flora and Fauna in the Working and Dumping Sites 8. Women Employment and Gender Concerns and at sensitive locations 9. Safety and Security 9. Wages (Equal Wage Norms) 10. Statutory Environmental Compliances 10. Compliance to Social Safeguard norms 11.2.2 Details on environmental aspects to be monitored 11.2.2.1Monitoring of Statutory Compliances For every contract under the project, statutory compliances of the contractor will be monitored. The statutory compliances include availability of (1) labour license, (2) permits/ clearance for stone quarry and borrow areas, (3) WBSPCB consent to establish and operate for desiltation operations, batching plants, etc. 11.2.2.2Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Ambient air quality parameters which are recommended for monitoring of are PM10 (Particulate Matter having less than 10 micron) or PM2.5 (Particulate Matter having less than 2.5 micron), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO), NH3 etc. (refer table). These parameters are to be monitored at work sites and disposal areas periodically and compared with the baseline figure. National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards, 2009 will be used for comparison and monitoring along with the baseline figure. Table 90: Air Quality Index (AQI) Category AQI Category, Pollutants and Health Breakpoints AQI Category PM10 PM2.5 NO2 O3 CO SO2 NH3 Pb (Range) 24-hr 24-hr 24-hr 8-hr 8-hr 24-hr 24-hr 24-hr (mg/m3) Good (0-50) 0-50 0-30 0-40 0-50 0-1.0 0-40 0-200 0-0.5 Satisfactory 51-100 31-60 41-80 51-100 1.1-2.0 41-80 201-400 0.5 –1.0 (51-100) Moderately 101-250 61-90 81-180 101-168 2.1- 10 81-380 401-800 1.1-2.0 polluted (101-200) Poor 251-350 91-120 181-280 169-208 10-17 381-800 801- 2.1-3.0 (201-300) 1200 Very poor 351-430 121-250 281-400 209-748* 17-34 801-1600 1200- 3.1-3.5 (301-400) 1800 Severe 430 + 250+ 400+ 748+* 34+ 1600+ 1800+ 3.5+ (401-500) Source: Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India Note: PM: Particulate Matter; NO2: Nitrogen Dioxide; O3: Ozone; CO: Carbon Monoxide; SO2: Sulphur Dioxide; NH3: Ammonia; Pb: Lead Table 91: Air Quality Index and Health Impacts AQI Associated Health Impacts Good (0–50) Minimal Impact Satisfactory (51–100) May cause minor breathing discomfort to sensitive people. May cause breathing discomfort to people with lung disease such as asthma, Moderately polluted (101–200) and discomfort to people with heart disease, children and older adults. May cause breathing discomfort to people on prolonged exposure, and Poor (201–300) discomfort to people with heart disease May cause respiratory illness to the people on prolonged exposure. Effect may Very Poor (301–400) be more pronounced in people with lung and heart diseases. IWD, GoWB Page 211 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 212 May cause respiratory impact even on healthy people, and serious health Severe (401-500) impacts on people with lung/heart disease. The health impacts may be experienced even during light physical activity. Source: Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India 11.2.2.3Ambient Noise Monitoring The measurement for monitoring the noise levels to be carried out at the work sites / desiltation area / desilting area and near dumping areas in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). Noise shall be recorded using digitized noise monitoring instrument. The equivalent Noise Level will be recorded for comparison with prescribed limit and baseline data. 11.2.2.4 Water Quality Monitoring Water quality of the (1) canal network, (2) local water stream adjacent to the dumping site that is used by local community, (3) water quality in the desilted segments on downstream of the disposal area at various distances and (4) other sensitive areas such as fishery sites shall be monitored on quarterly basis during the construction phase. Along with surface water quality, ground water quality will also be monitored on quarterly basis within 100 meters from the desilted sediment disposal area. The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quality are pH, turbidity, total solids, total suspended solids, total dissolved solids, COD, BOD, DO, Oil and Grease, Chloride, Iron, heavy metals, Pesticide residue, etc. Monitoring parameters will be as per CPCB guidelines and baseline data. 11.2.2.5Soil / Sediment Quality The soil quality of the surrounded fields of the working site and waste disposal site will be monitored to understand the impact on soil quality. The quality of the desilted sediment will be monitored. The physio- chemical parameters recommended for analysis are: Physical Parameter: Soil Texture, Grain Size, Gravel, Sand, Silt and Clay Chemical Parameter: pH, Conductivity, Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Nitrogen and Absorption Ratio. For desilted sediments and desilted materials, the parameters to be tested will include: PCBs, heavy metals (Arsenic, Lead, Mercury, Chromium, Cadmium), organochlorine pesticides, etc. Monitoring parameters will be as per international standards. No specific standards are defined in India for disposal of desilted material. If desilted material is toxic / harmful then these sediments would be disposed-off in landfill sites. If any criteria developed by Government during the implementation of the project, it will be adhered to or else relevant international criteria will be followed. Criteria followed in US are given in the table below. Table 92: Criteria for Harmful Bottom Sediments Source: EIA Report of National Waterways-1, Volume 8 Level of Pollution (mg./ kg. dry) Cd. Cr. Cu. Pb. Zn. Threshold Effect Level (TEL) 0.68 52.3 18.7 30.2 124 Probable Effect Level (PEL) 4.2 160.4 108.2 112.2 271 Non-Polluted - <25 <25 <40 <90 ModeratePolluted >6 >75 >50 >60 >200 HeavilyPolluted >6 >75 >50 >60 >200 Source: US-EPA Note: Probable Effect Level (PTL) i.e. the values above which adverse biological affected would frequency occur Threshold Effect Level (TEL) is the value below which adverse biological effects would be infrequently expect 11.2.2.6Erosion Control Measures Inspection of identified (during project inception) vulnerable locations such as embankment slopes, borrow areas, etc. will be carried out on periodical basis, at least once before and after monsoon. IWD, GoWB Page 212 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 213 11.2.2.7Debris Clearance and Disposal Clearance and disposal of construction and demolition wastes will be monitored on a quarterly basis. A record of the types and quantities of the waste generated, their clearance and disposal mechanisms will be recorded along with details of residual wastes. This aspect will also cover the sanitation situation at the construction camp sites. Monitoring will be carried out on periodical basis at quarterly frequency. Waste management registers will be maintained for each construction contract along with photographic evidence. 11.2.2.8Site Restoration The restoration of all the temporary sites utilized for construction such as borrow areas, stock yards, camp site, etc. will be monitored after completion of works to ensure that appropriate restoration measures are taken and it is in improved or in the same condition before its use for the works purpose. Plantation works will also be monitored if such activity is planned for the site/s. 11.2.2.9Safety and Security For each construction activity, safety aspects at the work and camp sites will be supervised on day to day basis by the site supervisor/ Engineer to ascertain (1) number of labourers – men and women – working at the site, (2) percentage of workers using PPEs, (3) safe access to worksite and safe working platform, (4) availability of first-aid kit, (5) display of emergency numbers in a prominently visible place, (6) orientation of workers on safety protocols to be followed at camp and work sites, (7) periodic health check-up of workers and health issues reported, (8) number and type of safety incidents including minor injuries, major injuries requiring hospitalization, near-miss incidents, fatal injuries, etc. 11.2.2.10 Flora and Fauna Construction activities and its impacts on local flora and fauna will be monitored at least on quarterly basis during construction phase. Along with this, monitoring would also cover the afforestation / plantation works taken up under proposed project activities in different locations. The key aspects to be monitored on quarterly basis would be (1) local bio-diversity and its management, (2) water quality and its impact on aquatic flora and fauna, (3) fish species and any change in its density / availability etc. 11.2.3 Details on social aspects to be monitored 11.2.3.1Employment of Local Population Percentage of local and migrant labour engaged for different works will be assessed periodically to indicate total employment generated verses local employment status. 11.2.3.2Living Standard of Workers Normally, camps are placed for the workers nearer to working site, especially for outside labourers. The stand of living at the camp sites will be periodically assessed to understand the provisions of basic facilities for the workers, its use and maintenance, including sanitation and hygiene. 11.2.3.3Livelihood Restoration Livelihood restoration measures and its impact will be monitored where displacement is involved. There will be periodic monitoring on different measures taken for livelihood restoration such as schematic convergence, skill development, engagement in different sectors, engagement in project etc. 11.2.4 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan for Project Activities The project will take up monitoring and evaluation of the ESMF covering process, output and outcome indicators in different intervals during the life of the project. Key monitoring indicators, frequency of monitoring and responsible agency details is presented in the table. IWD, GoWB Page 213 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 214 Table 93: Monitoring Indicators and Plan for Monitoring Sl. Environment & Performance Indicators Implementing Monitoring Frequency No Social Entity Agency Parameters Environmental 1 Compliance to 1. Labour License obtained Contractor DPMU and During Statutory 2. Permission for borrow area (If the SPMU Inception of Requirements Contractor operate its own new borrow Work area) 3. Permission for stone quarry (If the Contractor operate its own new stone quarry) 4. Explosive permit (In case blasting is required) 5. Consent to Establish and Operate for desiltation operations, batching plants, diesel generator, hot mixing plant etc. 2 Air Quality Number and Percentage of samples meeting Contractor (Testing DPMU and Half Yearly National Ambient Air Quality Standards through Approved / SPMU NABL accredited or MoEF recognised Environmental Laboratory) 3 Noise Noise level during different times of a day at Contractor (Testing DPMU and Half Yearly Monitoring construction sites and community sites and its through Approved / SPMU deviation from the prescribed standards by NABL accredited CPCB. or MoEF recognised Environmental Laboratory) 4 Water Quality pH, turbidity, total solids, total suspended Contractor (Testing DPMU and Quarterly solids, total dissolved solids, COD, BOD, DO, through Approved SPMU Oil and Grease, Chloride, Iron, heavy metals, NABL accredited Pesticide residue, etc. or MoEF recognised Environmental Laboratory) 5 Soil Quality Physical Parameter: Soil Texture, Grain Size, Contractor through DPMU and Quarterly Gravel, Sand, Silt and Clay Approved / NABL SPMU Chemical Parameter: pH, Conductivity, accredited or MoEF Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Nitrogen and recognised Absorption Ratio Environmental Laboratory 6 Sediment PCBs, heavy metals (Arsenic, Lead, Contractor through DPMU and Quarterly Quality Mercury, Chromium, Cadmium), organo Approved / NABL SPMU chlrorinepesticides accredited or MoEF recognised Environmental Laboratory. Tests must be carried out as per US-EPA guidelines 7 Erosion Control No. of inspections conducted and site-specific DPMU SPMU Once in a Measures measures taken for erosion control quarter 8 Debris 1. Quantity of construction and demolition Contractor DPMU and Quarterly Management waste generated SPMU 2. Quantity and percentage of construction and demolition waste disposed as per the approved Waste Management Plan 3. Quantity of desilted sediment generated IWD, GoWB Page 214 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 215 Sl. Environment & Performance Indicators Implementing Monitoring Frequency No Social Entity Agency Parameters Quantity and percentage of desilted 4. sediment disposed as per the approved Waste Management Plan 5. Clean and hygienic conditions at worker’s campsite (visual observation) 9 Site Restoration Mapping and photo documentation of pre and Contractor DPMU and After post work site situation, including plant site, SPMU completion borrow area, camp site. of works & before demobilizati on of the contractor 10 Public and 1. Percentage of workers supplied with Contractor DPMU and Weekly Personnel Safety PPEs SPMU 2. Percentage of workers using PPEs 3. Incidents including minor injuries, major injuries requiring hospitalization, near- miss incidents, fatal injuries, etc. 4. Use of public safety mechanism near public areas like safety tape, road diversion indicator, using siren while crossing public place, restrict honking in sensitive zone etc. 11 Aquatic life Water quality at downstream fishery sites; Contractor (Testing DPMU and Quarterly Fish catch at downstream fishery sites through Approved / SPMU NABL accredited or MoEF recognised Environmental Laboratory; Fish catch details from Fishery Dept.) 12 Integrated Pest 1. No. of farmers adopted IPM practices by Dept. of DPMU & During Management crop types; Agriculture / SPMU Cropping 2. Area (in Ha.) and crops covered under Horticulture Seasons IPM; (Kharif, Rabi 3. No. of farmers adopting recommended and Boro) doses and type of pesticides; 4. Reduction in the use of banned / restricted pesticides. Social 12 Land purchase 1. Land purchased against total land to be DPMU SPMU Once in the purchased; project cycle 2. Notices issued as per the government order; 3. No. of consultations carried out with affected persons; 4. Land purchase committee in place. 13 Dissemination of 1. No. of consultations carried out with the DPMU SPMU Throughout information on community in the project area; the project project and 2. Proceedings recorded cycle social issues 14 Information on 1. No. of consultations carried out with the DPMU SPMU Throughout modes of affected persons; the valuation of 2. Proceedings recorded implementati assets, payment on stage schedules and IWD, GoWB Page 215 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 216 Sl. Environment & Performance Indicators Implementing Monitoring Frequency No Social Entity Agency Parameters disbursement modes 15 Acquisition of 1. Number of houses / structures to be DPMU SPMU Pre- house/ structure acquired construction 2. No. of consultations carried out with the phase till affected persons RAP 3. No. of PAPs compensated and assisted implementati on completed 16 Loss of 1. No. of affected persons DPMU SPMU Throughout livelihood or 2. No. of affected persons re-engaged the sources of 3. No. of affected persons assisted implementati livelihood on stage affected 17 Displacement of 1. No. of households displaced DPMU SPMU Pre- non-titleholders 2. No. of households assisted construction phase till RAP implementati on completed 18 Worker / Labour Provision of all basic facilities at labour camp Contractor DPMU and Weekly Living Standards as per RAP and EMP SPMU 19 Employment 1. Number of people engaged, Implementing DPMU and Half Yearly 2. Average days of engagement, Entity PMU 3. Average income from project Through association, third party 4. No. of SC/ST engaged; 5. Skill development (No. trained) etc. 6. Reduction in outmigration 20 Gender issues 1. No. of women engaged; Implementing IA and Monthly 2. Proportional engagement of women to Entity SPMU total human resource engagement; 3. No. of women engaged from women headed / vulnerable households; 4. Income from engagement; 5. Days / period of engagement; 6. Safety measures for women; 7. Health and hygiene facilities 21 Functioning of 1. No. of grievances recorded and No. of Implementing SPMU Quarterly GRC cases disposed off; Entity 2. Percentage of aggrieved persons satisfied with GRC. IWD, GoWB Page 216 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 217 Chapter 12: Consultation, Information Disclosure, and Grievance Redress Mechanism Stakeholder consultation is an integral part of the environmental and social assessment and provides inputs for the preparation of Social and Environment Management Framework (ESMF). The overall objective of such consultations was to document the concerns of the stakeholders with specific reference to the project planned interventions. The consultation meetings were organized basically for two important purposes, i.e., (1) to share project objectives and proposed project interventions with the identified stakeholder groups and (2) to consult with the stakeholders and document their concern, with particular reference to social and environmental impacts of the proposed project interventions. To understand the expected project benefits / risks and people’s perception on the project, field visits were conducted to different places within the planned project jurisdiction. In the process of assessment, mapping of stakeholders was done in the visited areas to understand how the project is going to impact upon these stakeholders. The field visit and stakeholder consultations were conducted in five project districts, namely Bankura, West Bardhhaman, East Bardhhaman, Hooghly and Howrah. The interaction with different stakeholders covered farmers of different social and economic categories, local service providers etc. in project districts to understand their concerns. 12.1 Stakeholder’s Consultation on ESMF In the process of preparation of ESMF, stakeholder consultations were carried out in all the five project districts, covering different stakeholders such as farmers of different holding category, local service providers, state and district level line departments and agencies, extension institutions (for example, ATMA and Krishi Vignan Kendra) etc. The details of consultations held in the five districts are given in annexure- 8. 12.1.1 Stakeholder Identification and Analysis The proposed project will influence a large section of the society in the project districts. Stakeholders, identified in the process are either the individuals or group/s of individuals or their institutions in the village / project area that will be influenced by the activities of the proposed project and vice versa. Different stakeholders were identified in the process who have a direct or indirect stake in the project. Table 94: Identified Stakeholders in Different Execution Levels Project Level Stakeholders Direct Indirect Village / Cluster 1. Farmers: Marginal and Small Farmers 1. Medium, Semi-Medium and large farmers 2. Scheduled Tribe (ST) 2. Ag. Labourers 3. Farmers of other Marginalised Section 3. Daily Wage Labourers (Scheduled Caste) 4. Small Traders 4. ST Women Farmers 5. Input Suppliers (Seeds Corporation, Pvt. 5. Women Farmers in Other Social Categories Input Suppliers 6. Farmers with Orchard / Horticultural Crops 6. Ag. Extension Workers 7. Local Ag. Extension Worker/s 7. Seed Growers (Farmers) 8. Land Lease Holders 8. Local Aggregators 9. Farmer Producers Companies / Organisations 9. Contractors 10. Members of FPCs 10. Community Organisations (CBOs) 11. Fishery Community 11. NGOs working in the locality 12. Financial Services providing entities 13. Agricultural Women Workers (Landless families) 14. Tribal Families 15. Common Villagers 16. Local Ward Member / PRI members Gram Panchayat 1. Sarpanch / Deputy / Vice Sarpanch 1. Traders 2. Ward Members 2. Aggregators IWD, GoWB Page 217 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 218 Project Level Stakeholders Direct Indirect 3. Village Council / Gram Sabha 3. Input suppliers 4. Entrepreneurs (agri-business) 4. Entrepreneurs (Agri-Processing Units) 5. Local Mandis / Market Yards Block 1. Official of Ag. Department 1. Input Suppliers 2. Officials of Irrigation Dept. 2. Aggregators 3. Contractors 3. Traders 4. PRI members of Block Panchayat 4. Credit Institutions (formal/informal) 5. Line Department Officials (Convergence 5. Weather Centre Officials Promotion) 6. Insurance Agencies 7. APMC 8. NGOs / CBOs 9. Farmer’s Associations 10. Officials of Forest Department Project District 1. Dist. Project Management Unit (DPMU) 1. Credit Institutions 2. District Project Implementation Unit (DPIU) 2. Insurance Agencies 3. Agriculture Department 3. Weather Information Provider 4. Agri- Marketing Department 4. Traders 5. Dept. of Fisheries 5. Agro-Industries 6. Horticulture Department 6. Farm Machinery Suppliers 7. Irrigation Department 7. APMC 8. Zilla Parishad / Dist. Admn. 8. Pvt. Input Suppliers 9. Forest Department / its Officials State and 1. Project Management Unit (PMU) 1. ICAR and its Institutions National Level 2. Department of Agriculture 2. Ministry of Forest and Environment, Govt. 3. Dept. of Agri-marketing of India 4. Dept. of Fisheries 3. Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Govt. of India 5. Water Resources Investigation & 4. Pvt. Input suppliers Development Department 5. Financial Service Providers 6. Department of Horticulture 6. Weather Information Provider 7. Department of Irrigation 7. Insurance Companies (Crop / Weather 8. Department of Tribal Development Insurance) 9. State Ag. Universities 8. Agro-Processing Agencies 10. Technical Service Providing Institutions 9. Marketing Agencies (Govt. / Pvt.) 10. State Marketing Board (WBSMB) 11. West Bengal Pollution Control Board 11. Different associations / organizations of 12. West Bengal Biodiversity Board (WBBB) farmers / traders etc. 13. River Research Institute (RRI), Haringhata 14. Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) 15. West Bengal State Watershed Development Agency 16. Seed Corporation 17. Other Departments (Convergence) 18. West Bengal State Marketing Board At the village level, basically the direct beneficiary of the project will be the small and marginal farmers belonging to different social categories. The local FPOs/FPCs and members associated with them will also be directly benefitted due to the agricultural value chain development and agri-business promotion. Similarly, at the GP/block level they can be associated in agri-business promotion activity. The project is having a number of indirect stakeholders who can influence or can be influenced / benefited by the project such as agriculture universities, input suppliers, weather service providers, processing and marketing agencies / agents, credit institutions, insurance service providers etc. IWD, GoWB Page 218 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 219 12.1.2 Stakeholder’s Consultation During reconnainance survey stakeholder’s consultation was carried carried out to capture their view regarding proposed project implementation. Basic information related to baseline environmental and social condition, presence of ecologically sensitive area, presence of protected area, endangered flora & fauna species, cultural property resource were collected. Date and place wise consultation matrix is given in annexure- 8. 12.1.3 Stakeholder’s Concerns / Opinion 12.1.2.1Pre-Implementation Stage: Environmental: Inundation / water logging in agriculture land is common phenomenon at Hooghly district which should be addressed under the project. Social: 1. No land shall be acquired 2. Enough compensation shall be provided for any kind of relocation or loss of assets 3. Spreading of water borne diseases after flood is commonly observed which need to be addressed appropriately 12.1.2.2Construction Stage: Environmental: 1. Avenue plantation shall be done through entire stretch of canal/ river; 2. Any construction or waste material generated during construction shall not be stored on nearby agricultural field, rather it shall be stored on inner side of embankment without disturbing road transportation; 3. Desilted sand materials shall not be stored or thrown away to nearby agricultural field; 4. Construction labour shall not through away any plastic bag/ materials to nearby agricultural field; 5. Mud / clay portion of desilted material shall be used for filling up, strengthening and raising of embankment and village road network; 6. Sand mining from Mundeswari and other river shall strictly be restricted; 7. All meandering pond shall also be desilted to increase storage capacity; Social: 1. No activity shall be carried out during monsoon season and night time; 2. Contractor shall employ local labour during construction and operation; 3. Canal embankment where encroachment has occurred, shall be avoided from rehabilitation work; 4. Contractor shall engage woman workers from nearby Adivasi community; 5. Contractor shall provide equal wage for women workers and shall not force them to work during night time; 6. Separate toilet block shall specifically be provided for women workers; 7. Small temple located on embankment shall not be disturbed at any circumstances; 8. Non-availability of sufficient agricultural value chain actors for different crop may not support project component on crop diversification. So, a suitable mechanism should be developed for agribusiness promotion (Agriculture). 12.1.2.3Operational Stage: Environmental: IWD, GoWB Page 219 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 220 1. Beautification of embankment and nearby park, picnic spot may be done; 2. Operator shall be engaged at each outlet point to control irrigation structure; 3. Proper water delivery schedule and mechanism shall be developed and maintained to equally distribute water among tail as well as head users; 4. Construction of Boro band shall not be permitted within river bed, it aggravates flood damage; 5. Ground Water table is depleting rapidly due to excessive use of shallow tube well. There is regular occurrence of pump failure during summer season. Social: 1. Spreading of water borne diseases after flood is commonly observed which need to be addressed appropriately; 2. Loss of standing crop in Bankura district by periodic attack by the wild elephants for which farmers needs to be compensated; 3. Modernisation of irrigation infrastructure will ultimately lead to more agriculture coverage which could trigger excess use of pesticide and fertilizer. Practice of vermi-compost may be introduced; 4. Less or almost non-availability of irrigation water during Rabi &Boro season in current scenario which need to be focused upon; 5. Emphasis should be given for agribusiness promotion 12.1.4 Issues of Significance for the Project Need Prioritization and Inclusion of need of Marginal and Small farmers : As the project, will benefit directly to the farmers, it may happen that interest of big farmers may impact upon the small and marginal farmers. Their accessibility to the project created resources may be limited. Adoption of INM / IPM: Farmers with small operational holdings may not be interested to adopt the INM / IPM due to time and cost factors (it is perceived that such scientific practices will enhance farm level engagement period and may cost them high). Adoption of water use efficiency enhancing instruments: Accessibility of small and marginal farmers to micro irrigation systems may be limited due to initial investment requirement and fragmented land parcels. Existence of FPCs: Inaccessible / poorly accessible pockets may not have FPOs / FPCs which may limit / delay execution of certain project activities like agro-processing and value addition activities under agribusiness promotion. Women membership in FPC and their active involvement: Active involvement of women farmers in agribusiness activities may be limited due to poor market exposure and less understanding of value chain and supply chain aspects. 12.1.5 Issues addressed in ESMF The ESMF addresses all such issues that are identified to have potential for adverse impact. The ESMF takes care of encroachment and land alienation issues building upon avoidance principles. Involvement of small and marginal holders is ensured through inclusion and equity norms in different project activities. Further, women participation and their safety and security are addressed in the gender equity and social inclusion plan. Pollution and environment related issues are taken care in the ESMF under environment management plan. Further, to mitigate the adverse impact of the use of pesticides, pest management plan is prepared with focus on adoption of other means of treatment when crop loss is under economic threshold level. IWD, GoWB Page 220 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 221 Table 95: Issues Addressed in ESMF Environmental Social / Agricultural Issues Addressed in ESMF Issues Addressed in ESMF Addressing water logging This is a major No land shall be Project is not intended to in agriculture land component of the project acquired acquire any private land. to restrict water logging / However, RAP is flooding. proposed for Implementation of encroachment related measures in an issues, if so arises. environment friendly manner is covered in the ESMF. Avenue plantation shall be ESMF suggests for Enough compensation The package to be done through entire stretch avenue plantation and shall be provided for provided is elaborated in of canal/ river management of local any kind of relocation detail in RAP which will biodiversity or loss of assets be as per the norms. Any construction or waste Management framework Spreading of water As project will reduce material generated during suggested for debris / borne diseases after occurrence of flood, so construction shall not be sediments flood is commonly also related diseases will stored on nearby observed which need be reduced. agricultural field, rather it to be addressed shall be stored on inner appropriately side of embankment without disturbing road transportation Desilted sand materials Management plan No activity shall be ESMF suggests specific shall not be stored or suggested for desilted carried out during activities which will not thrown away to nearby materials / sediment monsoon season and be taken up during night agricultural field night time and monsoon period. Construction labour shall The management plan Contractor shall ESMF proposes giving not throw away any plastic covers labour camp employ local labour priority to local labour bag/ materials to nearby management including during construction force in the work agricultural field sensitisation of workers and operation on this aspect. Mud / clay portion of ESMF suggests scientific Canal embankment ESMF suggests avoidance desilted material shall be application and disposal where encroachment as one of the principles used for filling up, of desilted materials has occurred, shall be and in cases, where it is strengthening and raising avoided from highly necessary for the of embankment and rehabilitation work project and cannot be village road network avoided, RAP will be followed. Sand mining from Desiltation of river bed Contractor shall Inclusion principles are Mundeswari and other for improving water engage woman made a part of the ESMF river shall strictly be carrying capacity and workers from nearby restricted flood control is part of Adivasi community the project intervention and ESMF suggests scientific management of sediments and its disposal All meandering pond shall Out of the scope of the Contractor shall Equal wage for equal also be desilted to increase project provide equal wage for work will be followed and storage capacity women workers and included in the shall not force them to framework. work during night time IWD, GoWB Page 221 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 222 Environmental Social / Agricultural Issues Addressed in ESMF Issues Addressed in ESMF Beautification of Plantation and related Separate toilet block Included in ESMF as a embankment and nearby measures for RoW is shall specifically be part of labour camp park, picnic spot may be suggested in the ESMF provided for women management procedures. done workers Operator shall be engaged In modernised / Small temple located No such cultural at each outlet point to automated structures, no on embankment shall properties envisaged to control irrigation structure operator will be required. not be disturbed at any get affected by the project. circumstances Proper water delivery Renovation / installation Local farmers For water management, schedule and mechanism of irrigation regulation organisation / Gram local farmers organisation shall be developed and structures and scientific Panchayat will play a role along with maintained to equally regulatory mechanisms involvement GP. distribute water among tail will improve distribution as well as head users and efficiency. Construction of Boro band ESMF suggested no Drip/ sprinkler Under irrigation shall not be permitted construction of boro irrigation may be efficiency and within river bed, it bunds during monsoon introduced for productivity aggravates flood damage horticulture with 50- improvement, micro 70% subsidy irrigation promotion is made a part of the ESMF. Ground Water table is Increase in irrigation Excess use of pesticide ESMF suggests adoption depleting rapidly due to system will help to and fertilizer. Practice of IPM as a scientific excessive use of shallow reduce ground water of vermi-compost may strategy to deal with along tube well. There is regular exploitation and promote be introduced with restriction of using occurrence of pump failure conjunctive water use banned pesticides and during summer season pesticides categorized as 1a, 1b and II by WHO. Less or almost non- Improvement in irrigation availability of structure and system irrigation water during along with promotion of Rabi &Boro season in conjunctive water use will current scenario which improve water need to be focused availability. upon Emphasis should be Agribusiness promotion is given for agribusiness one of the interventions of promotion the project. A state level stakeholders consultation meeting on ESMF was conducted on 12th October, 2018 at NIC hall, Jalsampad Bhawan, Salt Lake, Kolkata- 700091. Gist of issue raised during consultation and attendance sheet is given in Annexure- 13. 12.2 Stakeholder’s Consultation Framework This section describes the stakeholder consultation process that needs to be undertaken during the detailed assessments of the project activities. The IWD through the ESIA consultants should consult all key stakeholders on the project safeguard documents at least once (for category B projects) during the process of assessment. The Stakeholder Consultation will provide a summary of the proposed project´s objectives and a summary of the ESIA conclusions. Consultation, participation, and disclosure will ensure that information is provided and feedback on proposed design is sought early, right from the preparation phase, so that the views/preferences of stakeholders including potential beneficiaries and affected person can be adequately considered, and continue at each stage of the IWD, GoWB Page 222 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 223 activity preparation, processing, and implementation. Meaningful stakeholder consultation and participation is part of the activity preparation and implementation strategy. The key stakeholders to be consulted during project activity preparation and implementation include: a. Project beneficiaries, and project affected persons b. Elected representatives, community leaders, and representatives of community-based organizations; business and industrial associations, etc., c. Relevant local NGOs; d. Local government and relevant government agencies, including the authorities responsible for land acquisition, protection and conservation of forests and environment, archaeological sites, religious sites, and other relevant government departments (regulatory, administration and infrastructure services related) e. Residents, shopkeepers, business people, farmers, fisheries (owners and workers) who live and work alongside the canal embankment and near sites where facilities will be built; custodians, and users of socially and culturally important buildings; f. Vulnerable groups, women groups etc. At the minimum, the proponent must meet with the principal stakeholders to inform them about the proposed project activity and to solicit their views about it. More extensive consultations are required for specific project activities that have significant impacts. The methods and results of the consultations shall be documented in the ESIA Report. All consultations need to be a two-way dialogue with the aim of informing the stakeholders about the potential impacts (positive/negative) and obtain their feedback and views about the project activities and the proposed mitigation measures. All consultations need to be inclusive of all groups and gender, transparent and documented. The implementing agencies will conduct meaningful consultations with all relevant stakeholders who are directly or indirectly affected. For this purpose, SPMU will prepare a consultation plan with all stakeholders. The proceedings and outcomes of these consultations will be recorded. For the ESIA, the SPMU will, with the support of participants, summarize how the consultations were conducted, key topics discussed, and the decisions arrived at. These decisions will be incorporated into the ESIA and EMP. Photographic records and signatures of participants will be recorded in the ESIA report. SPMU will draft ESIA and ESMP after discussions with all stakeholders. The implementing agencies will inform stakeholders and communities about the project activities, obtain their views, and hear their comments and complaints. Through periodic consultations with the local community, SPMU will engage them in project planning, implementation, and monitoring. Consultations will be conducted in an atmosphere that is conducive to the project development and beneficial to the community and local population. The SPMU will ensure that the consultations are free of coercion and intimidation, are gender-inclusive, and tailored to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups. All relevant stakeholders will be informed in advance about the timing and format of the consultations. This will be done through advertisements in local newspapers and / or written letters to the district magistrates, representatives of relevant departments, heads of the local village councils, representatives of urban local bodies, and NGOs in the vicinity of the project sites. During the consultations, information about the project, its rationale, scope, benefits, and costs, including potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures, will be presented by the SPMU with the support of the ESIA consultants. Comments and suggestions of all stakeholders will be noted and their queries will be clarified. The signatures of all participants will be collected. Photographs of the consultations will be taken for the record. The comments and suggestions will be recorded and how these have been addressed will be detailed in the ESIA report. During project implementation, safeguards experts will have informal discussions with the locals residing in the vicinity of the proposed project activity sites. They will note the grievances, if any, due to construction. The purpose of consultations is to give factual information about the project to the stakeholders IWD, GoWB Page 223 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 224 and to clarify misconceptions if any. This process helps in enhancing local ownership and ensures smooth project implementation in the long run. A variety of approaches can be adopted, and stakeholders should be consulted throughout the project implementation. At minimum, the following consultation activities should be conducted. This is indicative and SPMU can also adopt more effective methods and approaches, which are locally appropriate. Table 96: Stakeholder's Consultation Activities Project Stage Consultation Activities Remarks Project activity Household level consultations through sample questionnaire surveys At the start of the project preparation on service levels, needs, priorities for project preparation Consultation with all line departments (Agri, fishery, Horticulture & At the start of the project Agri Marketing) and other Govt. (WBPCB, electricity, forests, irrigation and etc. as well as private agency Focus group discussions with people residing/working near the During the visits to project sites project sites Consultations with affected persons: affected persons shall be At various stages, consulted to ensure: especially during, the • incorporate their views/concerns on compensation/resettlement preparation and assistance implementation of • incorporate their views/concerns on mitigation measures for resettlement plan identified impacts • inclusion of vulnerable groups in project benefits • identify assistance required by affected persons during rehabilitation, if any • Avoid potential conflicts for smooth project implementation. It will also provide adequate opportunities for consultation and participation to all stakeholders and inclusion of the poor, vulnerable, marginalized, and affected persons in the project process Activity Focus group discussions with the people residing/working near the During the EMP Implementation project sites monitoring at work sites Informal discussions with the construction workers and During the EMP construction supervision staff (contractor, consultants and PIU) monitoring at work sites Informal discussions with commuters and general public along the During the EMP roads where works are implemented monitoring at work sites Outline for preparation of minutes of stakeholder consultation meetings is given at Annexure - 9. Guidance to ensure the participation of all eligible farmers in project activities is presented in Annexure - 10. 12.3 Information Disclosure 12.3.1 Information Disclosure on ESMF The draft and final versions of the ESMF will be disclosed for public knowledge through the website of the IWD and the World Bank. The Executive Summary of the ESMF will also be disclosed in both Bengali and English languages at these locations. 12.3.2 Information Disclosure Procedures Project related information shall be disclosed through public consultation and making relevant documents available in public locations. The SPMU and associated line departments shall provide relevant safeguards information in a timely manner, in an accessible place and in a form and languages understandable to affected person and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. IWD, GoWB Page 224 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 225 At minimum, the following documents shall be made available at the offices of SPMU, district level offices of line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept., Fisheries Department, DM’s Office, State and District Libraries, Local municipal and gram panchayat office and other public places for public reference, and shall also be uploaded on respective websites. a. Summary of project and draft ESMF (English) b. Draft ESMF Report (in English) c. Final ESMF Report (in English) d. Updated/amended ESMF (in English) e. Corrective action plan prepared during project implementation (English) f. Semi-annual Environmental Monitoring Reports (English) A concise summary of project and draft ESMF report, providing all necessary details of proposals, implementation arrangements, project locations, likely issues and mitigation and monitoring measures and grievance redress mechanism, shall be made available to the stakeholders. This should also provide contact information of project agency. This summary shall also be displayed at the notice boards of SPMU, district level offices of line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept., Fisheries Department DM’s Office, State and District Libraries, Local municipal and gram panchayat office and other public places. During project implementation, relevant information about any major changes to project scope will be shared with beneficiaries, affected persons, vulnerable groups, and other stakeholders. The following documents will be submitted to the World Bank for disclosure on Bank’s website. SPMU will send written endorsement to The World Bank for disclosing these documents: a. Draft ESMF; b. Final ESMF; c. A new or updated ESMF and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and d. Environmental monitoring reports 12.3.3 Information to be disclosed Table below specifies the type of additional information and frequency of dissemination: Table 97: Information disclosure matrix Topic Documents to be Frequency Where Disclosed Environmental ESIA, ESMP and Once in the entire project World Bank’s website. and Social Resettlement Action Plan cycle. But to remain on On the website of IWD, Impact (RAP). the website and other The client would make the ESIA, EMP and Assessment; disclosure locations RAP available at a place accessible to Resettlement, throughout the project displaced persons and local NGOs, in a Rehabilitation period. form, manner, and language that are and Land understandable to the PAPs in the following Acquisition offices: Local IWD office DM’s Office State and District Libraries Local municipal and gram panchayat office Office of the contractor Resettlement & Once in the entire project Distributed among Project Affected Rehabilitation Policy cycle. Persons (PAP) translated in Bengali IWD, GoWB Page 225 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 226 Topic Documents to be Frequency Where Disclosed Information regarding Once at the start of the Through one-to-one contact with PAPs. impacts and their project and as and when Community consultation entitlements in Bengali demanded by the PAP. List of PAPs with impacts and entitlements to be pasted in IWD office and website of IWD, R&R and LA monthly 10th day of every month Website of IWD. progress report. Hard copy in the office of contractor in local language RAP Impact Assessment At midterm and end of the IWD website in local language. Report RAP implementation Land Acquisition As required under the IWD website. notifications direct purchase GO of Hard copy in the office of contractor in state government local language Grievance redressal Continuous process World Bank’s website. process. throughout the project On the web sites of IWD cycle. Hard copies in local language in the following offices: DM’s Office gram panchayat office Office of the contractor PAPs to be informed on one to one contact Public Minutes of Formal Public Within two weeks of On the web sites of IWD Consultation Consultation Meetings meeting Hard copies in local language in the following offices: DM’s Office gram panchayat office Office of the contractor In addition to the information specified in the table, the following information shall also be displayed / disseminated, wherever applicable. i. Project specific information need to be made available at each contract site through public information kiosk ii. Project information brochures shall be made available at all the construction sites as well as the office of SPMU / DPMU / DPIU and the office of Engineer in charge. iii. Reports and publications, as deemed fit, shall be expressly prepared for public dissemination e.g., English versions of the ESIA, EMP and RAP and Executive Summary of ESIA, EMP and RAP in local language. iv. Wherever civil work will be carried out a board will be put up for public information which will disclose all desired information to the public, for greater social accountability. v. All information will be translated into local language and will be disclosed to the public through the Panchayat, District Magistrate’s office, concerned project offices, websites of IWD. 12.4 Grievance Redress Mechanism Effective grievance redressal mechanism gives an opportunity to the organization to implement a set of specific measures to ensure good governance accountability and transparency in managing and mitigation of environmental and social issue of a particular project. This consists of defining the process for recording/receiving complaints and their redressal in respect of environmental and social matters. An integrated system will be established with Grievance Redressal Cell (GRCs), with necessary officers, officials and systems, at the state as well as IWD. Grievances, if any, may be submitted through various mediums, including in person, in written form to a noted address, e-mail, or through direct calls to concerned official/s. The Social and Environmental Expert in the concerned agency shall be responsible for coordination of grievance/complaints received IWD, GoWB Page 226 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 227 The grievance redress mechanism should be in place at the time of initiating the implementation of RAP and civil construction activities in the area. A platform for grievance redressal should be organized and its regular meetings may be conducted so as to allow people to put forth their grievances. It will help the appropriate authority to find solutions and amicably address the issues. The project, apart from web-based mechanism, will have three-tire grievance redressal mechanism, i.e., (1) at the project site level (up to DPMU level), (2) State level (SPMU level) and (3) Judiciary level. Web based grievance mechanism15: In case of grievances received through toll free number or web-based system, a person will be made in-charge of screening and resolution of the same/communicating with the concerned divisions for resolution of the same. The person in-charge based on nature of complaint, will forward the same to the concerned official. A ticket or a unique number will be generated for all such complaints. The complainant will follow up based on that unique number. All calls and messages will be responded within two weeks. If response is not received within 15 days, the complaint will be escalated to project head. Tier I: Under this project, the local Gram Panchayat and Community level organizations will serve as the first-tier mechanism to handle complaints and grievances. The local Sarpanch of the Gram panchayat will be the focal point who will receive, address, and keep record of the complaints and feedbacks. The grievance focal point will first review the grievances submitted. If grievances or disputes cannot be solved at the GP level within 30 days of the submission of the grievances, the issue will be brought to DPMU level for mediation. DPMU is expected to inform aggrieved persons or parties to disputes of the resolution in 30 days. Tier II: If the aggrieved person is not satisfied with the verdict of site level grievance cell, he or she can escalate the grievance to state level grievance cell. The tier II cell will be under the Chairmanship of Secretary, Department of Water Resources. The other members will include Chief Engineer; Project Director and Environmental and Social Officer of the Project. The second level of grievance cell will provide its view within 30 days of receiving the grievance. Tier III: The aggrieved person if not satisfied with the verdict given by State level grievance cell, will have the right to approach the Judiciary. Project will help the aggrieved person in all respect if person wants to approach the judiciary. Figure 14: Overall project grievance redress mechanism 15 IWD website will include a link where affected person(s) can register their complaints online. A telephone number will also be on the website of IWD and the project sites, so that the general public can register their complaint with the SPMU office. IWD, GoWB Page 227 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 228 IWD, GoWB Page 228 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 229 Chapter 13: Institutional Arrangement for Implementation Irrigation & Waterways Department (IWD) would be the nodal department for the implementation of West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP). To manage and oversee implementation of the project, a dedicated State Project Management Unit (SPMU) and two District Project Implementation Units (DPMUs) will be constituted. The SPMU will be headed by a Project Director in the rank of Chief Engineer and the DPMUs will be headed by Additional Project Directors in the rank of Superintending Engineers (Civil). In addition to the dedicated SPMU and 2 DPMUs, four Irrigation Divisions (i.e. Howrah Irrigation Division, Hooghly Irrigation Division, Bardhhaman Irrigation Division and Right Bank Irrigation Division) under the Irrigation & Waterways Directorate will be constituted for implementing field works of the project exclusively, and these Divisions will be designated as District Project Implementation Units (DPIUs) of the Department16. The overall institutional arrangement for the implementation of the project is outlined in the diagram. IWD, GoWB PMC (ESC) SPMU Dy. Secretary OSD (Tech.) PD-WBMIFMP State Level Finance QA & QC GM APD (1) APD (2) Technical Fiduciary CML PMC (ESC) Regional Level DPMU II (Howrah) DPMU I (Burdwan IWD: Irrigation & Water Ways Dept. OSD: Officer on Special Duty Tech. Cum Tech. Cum QA&QC: Quality Assurance & Quality Control GM M&L GM M&L GM: General Manager Fiduciary Fiduciary PMC: Project Management Consultant ESC: Environment & Social Cell APD: Additional Project Director SPMU: State Project Management Unit DPMU: District Project Management Unit DPIU: Dist. Project Implementation Unit CML: Coordination, Monitoring & Learning M&L: Monitoring and Learning DPMU II DoA: Dept. of Agriculture DPIU I (Howrah) DPIU III (Hooghly) DPIU IV (Right DoAM: Dept. of Agri-Marketing (Burdwan) Bank) DoFPH: Dept. of Food Processing & Horticulture DoF: Dept. of Fisheries MED: Metropolitan Electrical Division DMED: Durgapur Mechanical & Electrical Division DoA DoAM DoFPH DoA DoAM DoFPH DoF MED DMED DoF MED DMED District Level Figure 15: Project Implementation Arrangement SPMU will be responsible for overall planning and implementation of the entire project. The SPMU and DPIUs will have different sub-units for their effective functioning. The SPMU and DPMUs will be staffed 16Orders for opening of new SPMU and DPMUs, manning of the Department staff in the said SPMU, DPMUs and also in DPIUs along with restructuring and redistribution of jurisdiction of these DPIUs have since been brought out in the Notification on Restructuring of the Irrigation & Waterways Department, vide No.12-W/2017-18 dated 8th August 2017 (Para-7 and Annex - 10 & 11 of the said Notification) IWD, GoWB Page 229 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 230 with the engagement of consultants, experts and various other categories of contractual staff to support the project. 13.1 Project Management Consultant (PMC) The Project / State Project Management Unit (SPMU) will engage a consulting firm, as Project Management Consultant (PMC) for providing technical support to the project and facilitate implementation of project framed activities. SPMU will ensure that ESIA is conducted and ESMPs are prepared and that the ESMP as well as ESMF is followed during project implementation. SPMU will make required institutional arrangement to ensure compliance of the project components as per the ESMF. The project management consulting (PMC) firm to be engaged under the proposed loan will have one experienced Senior Environmental and one Senior Social cum Gender development specialist at SPMU level and 2 Environmental (Junior) and 2 Social cum Gender development specialist (Junior) at DPMU level. The environmental and social safeguard experts of the PMC will assist SPMU in updating/ modifying ESIA (including ESMP). Environmental and social safeguard experts will work closely with the SPMU, DPMUs and DPIUs, different institutional partners, facilitating agencies, project implementing agencies / line departments that are associated with the project from time to time. Safeguard experts will ensure that the project interventions are consistent with the agreed strategies and framework. These experts will assist SPMU and DPMU in implementing and monitoring environmental and social mitigation measures as per ESMF and ESIA (including ESMP). Safeguard specialist together will also assist SPMU in preparing semi-annual safeguards monitoring reports as required by the World Bank. Specific roles of the PMC with regard to ESMF implementation would include the followings. Preparatory Stage: 1. Preparing activity schedule in line with the ESMF; 2. Sharing the framework with the SPMU-IWD and finalizing the framework; 3. Initial field visit to project sites and assessment of environmental and social aspects of project activities; 4. Discussion with different stakeholders, including implementing agencies (Dept. of agriculture, Horticulture, Fishery and Agri-Marketing) on safeguard measures and their expected role; 5. Preparing / finalizing assessment framework in line with the Environment and Social indicators; 6. Finalizing TOR of the contractors incorporating safeguard measures to be taken; 7. Facilitate / organize training / workshops on safeguard measures for the stakeholders; 8. Designing study / assessment tools for periodic assessment, its piloting and finalization. Implementation Stage: 1. Conducting periodic site visits and observe the measures taken as per the safeguard norms; 2. On the spot guidance to contractor / implementing agencies on safeguards; 3. Preparation of site specific reports and sharing with SPMU-WBMIFMP; 4. Documentation of learning cases for sharing and dissemination; 5. Visual documentation of site specific safeguard measures; 6. Tracking activity specific environmental and social monitoring indicators; 7. Organizing / facilitating refresher training courses for stakeholders; 8. Monthly and quarterly progress report preparation and submission to SPMU-WBMIFMP. Post-Implementation Stage: 1. Consolidation of periodic monitoring reports; 2. Support in conducting environment and social audit; 3. Consolidation of good practice documents and its submission to SPMU-WBMIFMP; 4. Final sharing workshop on environment and social safeguard practices and its outcome. IWD, GoWB Page 230 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 231 13.1.1 Senior Safeguard Specialist at SPMU level (under PMC) 13.1.1.2Environmental Specialist The Environmental specialist at the SPMU level will look after environment issues in line with the ESMF. He/ she will guide the project team on environmental aspects and support in building environmental parameters to be built in the bids. He/ she will also guide the contracts and monitor their works with regards to ESMP implementation from time to time. In case of requirement, he/ she will prepare a detail environment management plan for different activities to be executed by the project. The expert will be guided by the Project Director and reporting to the Project Director directly. The detailed Terms of Reference for the Environment Expert is provided in Annex. 13.1.1.1Social cum Gender development specialist The Social cum Gender development specialist at the SPMU level will be the responsible person to guide the overall process related to social and gender aspects. The district / sub-district level implementing agencies will execute and monitor the social / gender components in consultation with the Social cum Gender development specialist. She / he will be associated in the screening process of such activities that require acquisition of land and/or involvement of women and/or need special focus on tribal involvement. She/he will monitor the social processes followed in execution of the planned activities and realisation of the social / gender inclusion parameters. She / he will be looking after social / gender aspects of the project, including monitoring of social / gender indicators and coordinating with different agencies / institutions. The expert will be guided by the Project Director and reporting to the Project Director directly. 13.1.2 Junior Safeguard Specialist at DPMU level (under PMC) In the similar phason like SPMU, there will be two Environmental Expert (Junior) and two Social cum Gender expert (Junior) at each DPMU level to facilitate and support in implementation of ESMP. 13.2 M&E Agency Along with PMC, one M&E agency will be engaged to monitor and periodic evaluation of project implementation work. M&E agency will evaluate implementation of ESMP along with other monitoring activities. Agency will be responsible for conducting quarterly monitoring of environmental parameters for Air, Surface Water, Ground Water, Soil and Noise quality and mid-term as well as end-term evaluation of ESMP implementation. 13.3 Capacity Building Strategy The concerned officials at the SPMU and DPMU / DPIU will be oriented on different social and environment aspects by which they will be equipped well to manage the related issues effectively and efficiently. The capacity building would take in to account the current issues that may influence the project activities, measures that are required to be taken to ensure greater involvement of socially and economically backward families and deprived sections of the society. A capacity building plan on social and environmental aspects are suggested here for concerned officials involved in carrying out the project activities. IWD, GoWB Page 231 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 232 Table 98: Capacity Building Strategy Stakeholders Capacity Building Area CB Events Responsible Entity SPMU / DPMU The project and ESMF of the Project; In-House Training; Irrigation and / DPIU Required Environment and Social Safeguard Exposure; Waterways Measures in the project; Field Visit; Department / Environment Screening Process and use of Periodic Review and SPMU screening checklist; Orientation Sessions Role & Responsibility of different institutions / agencies; Reporting and Documentation; Monitoring and Evaluation. Contractors Statutory Compliance Procedures; Training / Orientation SPMU / Safeguard Obligations; Review Meetings DPMU Management of Work Camps; Safety and Security of workers; Management of Desilted Materials and Waste Management; Works Management; Responsibility towards local Community; Reporting / Documentation Workers Personal Safety and Security; On-Site Training Contractor / Personal Responsibility in Work Area Periodic Review and DPIU cleanliness & Hygienic Practices Orientation Other Integrated Nutrition Management; In-House Training; SPMU / Implementing Integrated Pest Management Field Demonstrations; DPMU Agencies (Ag. Crop Diversification / Intensification / Crop Exposure Visits Dept. / Rotation Periodic Review and Community Irrigation Efficiency and Water Refreshers Organisations / Productivity; Farmers Climate Resilient Agricultural Practices; Organisations Market Linkage and Agri-business etc.) promotion Note: This capacity building plan is exclusively to educate / orient / train the project personnel / dept. and other stakeholders on different aspects of ESMF and required measures to be taken during the execution of the project activities. The plan excludes other proposed trainings / capacity building related to different project components. IWD, GoWB Page 232 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 233 Chapter 14: Budget for ESMF Implementation As the technical details have not yet been finalized for the project investments, an estimated lump sum amount has been designated to for ESMP implementation. This is an estimate and will need to be updated once the FS/design of project investments has been finalized during project implementation. An implementation period of 60 months is considered for the preparing following costs. One SPMU, two DPMUs and four DPIUs are considered. Table 99: Indicative Cost of Environmental and Social Management Framework Implementation SN Budget Heads Unit Qt. Unit Qt. Unit Cost Total Cost Reference A Regulatory Clearance Consent for establishment of hot mixing plant, HMM, batching plants, Lumpsum 18,00,000 Built into project cost diesel generator and etc. (to be built into Contractor's contract specifications) Permission for tree cutting Lumpsum 6,40,000 Built into project cost B Workers Safety and Construction Camp Camp establishment 40,00,000 Built into project cost (to be built into Contractor's contract specifications) Workers EHS Measures 67,50,000 Built into project cost C Compensatory plantation 3720 Nos. 3,000 1,18,20,000 Included in Provisional Sum D Waste Management Disposal of desilted material (Except Mundeswari River) 4290236 Cum 113 48,47,96,668 Vegitation waste Lumpsum 7,00,000 Built into project cost Disposal of C&D Waste 558863 Cum 111 6,20,33,793 Built into project cost E Environmental Quality Monitoring by Contractor Lumpsum 25,50,000 Built into project cost Environmental Quality Monitoring by M&E agency 3 Times 10,74,833 94,94,700 Built into M&E cost EQM of other parameters Lumpsum 40,00,000 Built into project cost Post Project EQM (2 Years) 2 Times/ Year 47 30,000 28,20,000 F Human Resource SPMU-Social & Gender Expert No. 1 Month 60 1,50,000 90,00,000 SPMU-Environment Expert No. 1 Month 60 1,50,000 90,00,000 DPMU-Social & Gender Asst. No. 2 Month 60 75,000 90,00,000 DPMU-Environment Asst. No. 2 Month 60 75,000 90,00,000 Sub-Total 3,60,00,000 G Capacity Building Training with Refresher SPMU Days 5 Person 6 3,500 1,05,000 Built into project cost DPMU Days 5 Person 15 2,500 1,87,500 Built into project cost IWD, GoWB Page 233 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for WBMIFMP 234 DPIU Days 5 Person 25 2,000 2,50,000 Built into project cost Contractors Days 3 Person 75 1,000 2,25,000 Built into project cost Farmers / FPO training on IPNM Days 3 Person 5000 500 75,00,000 Built into project cost Sub-Total 82,67,500 Exposure SPMU Days 5 Person 6 5,000 1,50,000 Built into project cost DPMU Days 5 Person 5 3,500 87,500 Built into project cost SPIU Days 5 Person 5 3,500 87,500 Built into project cost FPOs Days 2 Person 25 3,000 1,50,000 Built into project cost Lead Farmers Days 3 Person 500 1,500 22,50,000 Built into project cost Sub-Total 27,25,000 Demonstration INM No. 25 Blocks 41 15,000 1,53,75,000 Built into project cost IPM No. 25 Blocks 41 15,000 1,53,75,000 Built into project cost Climate Resilient Farming Tech. No. 50 Blocks 41 15,000 3,07,50,000 Built into project cost Sub-Total 6,15,00,000 H Awareness Drive Workers / Labour Force No. 2 Camps 41 15,000 12,30,000 Built into project cost Villages / Community No. 5 Blocks 41 25,000 51,25,000 Built into project cost IEC Materials No. 3 Copy 50,000 10 15,00,000 Built into project cost Sub-Total 78,55,000 I EMR report preparation Quarter 2 Year/ Package 5 1,20,000 2,40,00,000 Environment & Social Audit No. 2 Times 80,00,000 1,60,00,000 Sub-Total 4,00,00,000 Grand Total 74,77,52,661 Note: Budget is tentative and to be finalized during finalization of project cost. There are certain activities which will be the line activity of the project. Such activities will be part of the overall project budget, such as Waste management, compensatory tree plantation, cost toward temporary relocation and etc. IWD, GoWB Page 234 of 294 CTRAN Consulting www.ctranconsulting.com ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 1: Indicative TOR for Conducting ESIA Study for Category 1 Activities A. Objective To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba & Paschim Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly four broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Modernization, 2) Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management and 4) Crop Diversification. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. The World Bank’s Environmental and Social Safeguard Policies (Safeguard Policies) will be applied since (i) they are consistent with the Bank’s Articles of Agreement and materially consistent with the provisions of the Bank’s Environmental and Social Policy and relevant Environmental and Social Standards; and (ii) the monitoring procedures that the World Bank has in place to ascertain compliance with its Safeguard Policies are appropriate for the Project. An Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) will be conducted to assess potential environmental and social impact due to implementation of proposed project activities. ESIA shall achieve the following objectives: • Establish the environmental and social baseline in the study area, and to identify any significant environmental and social issues; • Assess the impacts of the proposed technical solutions to address the challenges that the project area is facing, and provide for measures to address the adverse impacts by the provision of the requisite avoidance, mitigation and compensation measures; • Integrate the environmental and social issues in the project planning and design; • Develop appropriate management plans for implementing, monitoring and reporting of the environmental and social mitigation and enhancement measures suggested. B. Key Tasks and Methodology Screening and scoping The process of preparing the environmental and social screening checklist and scoping will typically cover: • Describing the need for the project • Describing the proposed project or options. • Identification of the issues or problems to be addressed. • Identifying the potential environmental and social impacts of the projects or options. • Consulting local officials on the project or options, and the potential impacts. Page I of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP • Preliminary consultation with relevant agencies and local community to assess the gravity of these issues and impacts from the perspective of the stakeholders. The focus of these consultations would be to inform the local community, reviewing the likely issues and problems. • Undertaking a preliminary evaluation of the potential environmental and social impacts of the project or options. • Selecting a preferred project option or short list of options. (The appraisal of the available Feasibility study reports should be included from an environmental and social perspective). • Identifying the regulatory approvals required from WBPCB, CPCB and other regulatory agencies. • Determining the type and scope of EIA study. Developing terms of reference (ToR) for an Environmental and Social Assessment Study of the preferred option. While more extensive data is likely to be required for ESIAs, some data on baseline conditions (mostly secondary sources) will generally be required for screening to compare the environmental and social impacts of project options and to assess the extent of any environmental and social impacts. The robustness of screening will often be dependent on the quality of data on baseline conditions and the assessment of projects induced environmental and social impacts. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment The ESIA is the most commonly used tool to ensure that environmental and social aspects are considered during decision making – by influencing design to prevent /minimize, and where unavoidable, mitigating the residual adverse impacts and/or enhancing positive impacts. It also provides a platform for getting views from stakeholders including the directly affected population to improve the design. Detailed guidance regarding the EIA/SIA contents is available in the OP4.01 /OP 4.12 of World Bank. The key steps in preparing the ESIA would involve: i. Defining the scope in line with the already completed screening, and the Operational Policies of the World Bank. Indicative TOR for Conducting ESIA Study for Category 1 Activities provided in Annexure-1 shall act as a guidance document. Rapid environmental checklist (Given in Annexure- 2) shall be used to assess potential environmental and social impact due to implementation of category 2 project activities. ii. Obtaining information from primary or secondary sources regarding the current conditions of environmental and social features within the influence area of the project activity. iii. Carrying out extensive stakeholder consultation in the proposed project activity impact zone to identifying any environmental, social, cultural, gender specific and indigenous community concerns/issues. This shall also include landless labourers / marginalized communities whose livelihood may be impacted due to proposed project activities. iv. Identifying feasible alternatives for proposed design / components in close collaboration with the project design team. v. Identifying and estimating quantitatively (to the extent possible), key impacts and classify these for ease of understanding and determination of significance (by severity, duration, project phase – if any, etc.) vi. Selecting measures that can help manage these impacts in cost effective manner – reduce the negative ones; and enhance positive ones and estimate the residual impacts, including those that may need further study. vii. Clarifying the institutional arrangements, any capacity building needs, and resource requirements including grievance redress mechanism and budget as part of the preparation of environmental and social management plan. Environmental & Social Baseline Information The assessment of baseline conditions should take into account: i. Past trends in environmental and social quality ii. Community preferences and competing demands for resources Page II of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP iii. Other current or proposed development programs in the project area. Good maps are generally required to indicate the spatial relationship between the sources and recipients of the environmental and social impacts. Google Earth and other open source satellite imagery data can also be very useful in identification and indicating changes in land use and other environmental features. Following are the essential maps: • A map specifying the location coordinates of the proposed project • A study area map indicating features such as locations of human settlements, agriculture land, neighbourhood industries with details, if any • Schematic layout of the project. • A map specifying the land use patterns / drainage / topography of the project site and study area. • A map marking the sensitive zones in the study area, such as national parks and sanctuaries, forests, defence installations, international border, protected areas, and airports (if applicable). Probable Impacts Environmental and social impact analysis of a project consists of comparing the expected changes in the biophysical and socioeconomic environment with and without the project. For each potential environmental or social impact, the analysis should predict the nature and significance of the expected impacts or explain why no significant impact is anticipated. Key environmental issues / impacts identified that would require detailed investigations during the ESIA stage are listed below. A summary of the issues and potential impacts is presented in the following paragraphs to guide preparation of project ESIA and ESMP. (a) Environmental Impacts (b) Impacts on Private Land, Livelihood and Human Environment The proposed project may not require any additional land but rehabilitation of embankments may require temporary relocation of residences and business establishments those who have encroached upon the canal embankments. Relocation of business establishment may result in temporary loss of income and / or sources of income. The preliminary results do not indicate any probable loss of common property resources such as religious places and cremation ground. However, there could be impact on host community due to influx of construction workers. (c) Impact of labour Influx The influx of workforce will put additional pressure on existing resources. The workforce normally consists of solitary migrant males and that can be potential risk for host population. Specifically, influx of labour force can lead to: 1. Risk of conflict and social unrest due to cultural differences between the labourers and local community 2. Risk of spread of communicable diseases due to interaction of the labourers and the local community 3. Risk of gender-based violence Health hazard for host community due to lack of sanitation facilities and waste management Content of ESIA report The following will be the outline contents for each ESIA under the project: i. Executive Summary ii. Project Description iii. Policy, Legal and Institutional Framework iv. Current (Baseline) Environmental & Social Status v. Potential Environmental & Social Impacts Page III of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP vi. Analysis of Alternatives vii. Stakeholder Consultations, including Community Consultations / Public Disclosure viii. Environmental & Social Management Plan (including additional studies, if any) ix. Grievance Redressal Mechanism x. RAP depending upon the likely R&R impacts; else would be addressed under the EMP document. xi. Recommendations and Conclusion xii. Annexes (including data sources, List of EIA preparers, consultation details, etc.) C. Stakeholder Consultation List of all potential stakeholders are already identified and included in section 12.1.1 on Stakeholder Identification and Analysis. Stakeholder consultation during conducting ESIA study shall be governed by stakeholder’s consultation procedure outlined in section 12.2 on “Stakeholder’s Consultation Framework. Outcome of consultation process shall be minuted as per Appendix- 9 on “Outline for preparation of minutes of stakeholder consultation meetings” D. Key Output The key output ESIA-ESMP document will include the following: Objectives and Objectives of the project activity. description of Description of the project activity including: the project • Physical location and area of influence activity • Technical details of the activity (including maps and designs in the annex) • Implementation program including the schedule of works Baseline status Baseline status will sharply bring out the data and analysis on: • Land use • Soils and topography • Hydrology and hydrogeology • Water quality • Sediment quality • Air quality • Existing land use in the project activity’s area of influence (including worksite and disposal site) • Sensitive receptors in the project activity’s area of influence (including worksite and disposal site) • Ecological sensitive habitats/features in the project activity’s area of influence including tree cover • Culturally significant sites/features (including archeological/ historic sites) in the project activity’s area of influence • Sensitive social issues Most of the information has to be compiled through a rapid survey of the area of influence, review of secondary information at the district and block level, interaction with relevant line departments, and consultation with key stakeholders. Baseline status on water quality, air quality, sediment quality, etc. Baseline status on tree cover, ecologically and culturally sensitive sites/features will require rapid field study, consultation with conservation agencies (Govt. and NGO), and consultation with the local community. Identification Impact identification should cover physical, biological and socio-cultural elements. of Stake holder consultation will be a necessary step in impact identification process. environmental impacts and The exercise should examine impacts on the following carefully: • Environmental Flows Page IV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP mitigation • Water availability measures • Water quality • Air quality • Land and soil resources • Sensitive receptors • Ecologically sensitive areas • Culturally significant sites • Public and worker health • Waste management Impacts due to the activity location, construction and operation should be considered. Cost-effective and feasible mitigation measures may be suggested, in consultation with the engineering team, to reduce potentially significant adverse environmental impacts to acceptable levels. Measures to enhance the positive environmental impacts of the activity should also be considered (for example, use of fly ash-based materials in the construction). Each of such measure shall be briefly described with reference to the impacts to which they relate and the conditions under which these are required. Analysis of As the Feasibility Study would have identified the project activities after an analysis alternatives of alternatives, here the focus will be on analysis of alternatives within the project activity design (for example, choice of technology, materials, alignment, etc.). The analysis should be done on primary environmental, techno-economic and social criteria. Stakeholder Stakeholder analysis – list of all key stakeholder groups and their role/interest in the Consultation project activity (including community groups such as local male and female residents, farmers, relevant line departments, NGOs, etc.). Stakeholder consultation – description of the stakeholder consultation process and outcomes specifying the key issues discussed, the key concerns noted, and, their integration into the EMP. Environmental Environmental Management Plan will primarily deal with management measures to Management be implemented during the construction and the operation phase of the activity. The Plan EMP will have three sub-plans namely the Mitigation Sub-plan, Monitoring Sub-plan and the Institutional Arrangements Sub-plan. Project activity wise mitigation will summaries the identified adverse environmental impacts and give details of feasible and effective mitigation measures. For each mitigation measure, the following will be spelled out clearly: • The key responsible entities for implementation of the mitigation measure • The key responsible entities for monitoring the implementation of the mitigation measure • The time frame for implementation of the mitigation measure • The reference to the relevant clauses in the contract conditions or the s.no. in the Bill of Quantities in the bid documents If the mitigation measures are likely to have any secondary impacts, their significance will require evaluation. Environmental Monitoring Sub-plan will include two key areas: • Monitoring implementation of mitigation measures: This specifies the monitoring indicators, key responsibility for monitoring, frequency and format for reporting. The monitoring will also include indicators specified in Page V of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP the Waste Management Plan, Labour Influx and Construction Worker Campsite Management Plan and Integrated Pest and Nutrition Management Plan. A limited set of effective indicators must be identified. • Monitoring environmental quality: This will cover monitoring and reporting on the air, water, soil/sediment, biodiversity against the baseline values of the indicators. The key responsibility for monitoring, frequency and format for reporting will be specified. General monitoring parameters are furnished at attachment –I. Institutional Arrangements Sub-plan will comprise the following elements; • Key roles and responsibilities for mitigation and monitoring in the IWD and other relevant departments at the state, district, division levels. • Key roles and responsibilities of the contractor for mitigation and monitoring • Capacity building plan: Capacity building needs of key stakeholders (including Contractors and their workers); Training and IEC plan for meeting the identified capacity building needs. Budget for List of all EMP activities and indication of how the cost has been integrated into the EMP project activity cost. implementation E. Disclosure Procedure: Final ESMF as well as ESIA will be disclosed as per outline given in section 12.3 on “Information Disclosure”. F. Team composition: Team composition for conducting ESIA study is given below which will comprise: Table 100: Team composition for conducting ESIA study and developing ESMP as well as RAP Sl.No. Position Educational Professional Experience Qualification 1 Team Leader cum Graduation in 15 years of demonstrated experience in the preparation of Environmental Civil Engineering Environmental and Social Management Framework in Expert and Post- developed countries, and carrying out EIAs for managing graduation in and monitoring environmental impacts on natural habitats, Environment conservation/degradation of natural habitats in forests, Engineering / protected wetlands areas, ecosystem of drainage channels, Environment rivers and also including social impacts during and after Science. implementation of large-scale infrastructure project. The specialist should also be fully conversant with formulation of Resettlement people‘s Framework/ Action Plan, Indigenous People‘s Framework/ Action Plan in accordance with the safeguard policies of the World Bank. 2 Social Impact Post-graduation 15 years of demonstrated experience in designing and Assessment Expert in Sociology / implementing social assessment programs in large-scale other relevant infra-structure projects. The specialist should have working field. experience on issues pertaining to vulnerable community; religion and gender. Should also have wide experience of handling consultations with multiple stakeholders and large-scale database of individual households. The specialist should also be fully conversant with the national law and regulations related to land acquisition and resettlement and safeguard policies of the World Bank. 3 Public Post-graduation 15 years, with extensive experience in preparation of social Consultation / in Social Science impact assessments and mitigation/ management strategies Page VI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Sl.No. Position Educational Professional Experience Qualification Participation / other relevant and the planning and implementation of community Specialist field. consultation programs, and in Rapid Rural appraisal (RRA). 4 Agricultural Post-graduation At least 10 years professional Expert/Agronomist in Agriculture / experience in Agriculture sec- tor and expertise in study of Agronomy. impacts of fertilizers & pesticides and formulating Integrated Pest Management Plan etc. 5 Hydraulic Post-graduation At least 10 years professional Structural in Civil / experience in design of major irrigation projects involving Engineer Structural dams and barrages. Engineering. 6 Irrigation Expert Post-graduation At least 10 years of experience in irrigation sector; in Irrigation, implementing, managing and operating major, minor and Soil & Water medium irrigation project. Cons. Engg., civil 7 Ecology and Graduate in At least 10 years of experience in impact assessment study, Biodiversity Botany, ecology, biological assessment Expert biology 8 Water resource M. SC or B.tech At least 12 years of experience in ground water assessment, expert in Geology, deep tube well construction, hydro-geological study, water hydrology, water quality analysis engineering 9 GIS Expert M.Sc (RS & At least 7 years of experience in GIS domain, preparing GIS), PG GIS based maps Diploma in RS & GIS G. Time frame: Entire ESIA study shall be completed within a period of 6 months. Page VII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Attachment I Item Monitoring Parameters Monitoring Locations Surface water quality pH River water, pond water (located in and BOD around) COD Conductivity TDS Ammonia Nitrate-N Phosphate *Heavy metals (Pb, Cr, Fe) ***Herbicide and Pesticide and Coli forms Ground water quality pH Shallow Tube wells and low capacity BOD deep tube wells COD Conductivity Salinity Ammonia Nitrate-N Phosphate * Heavy metals (Pb, Cr, Fe) **Arsenic/ fluoride Air quality Parameters as included in National Ambient Air Quality Standards specially for project activity where magnitude of construction activities is likely to be high Noise level As per prescribed National Standards for Noise level ** Only for arsenic/fluoride affected areas *** Only for any of project activities using surface water from streams passing through a catchment of intensely developed agriculture Page VIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 2: Rapid Environmental Checklist for Category 2 Activities A. Location of the project activity: Agro-climatic zone: District: Block: Mouza: B. Environmental Features of the Project Activity Site Fill in the Details LAND USE 1 What is the land use at the activity site (including worker camp site)? (mention all relevant land uses: Irrigation canal/structure; Rural/Urban habitation; Agricultural land; Forest area; Pond; Waste land; Any other) 2 What is the land use within 300 m of the activity site (including worker camp site)? (mention all relevant land uses: Irrigation canal/structure; Rural/Urban habitation; Agricultural land; Forest area; Pond; Waste land; Any other) ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS 3 If the activity site (including worker camp site) located in or within 3 km of any _____ Activity site environmentally sensitive areas, answer 3.1 to 3.5 (Crosscheck with the (including worker camp Environmental and Social Screening Checklist): site) is located in or within 3 km of any environmentally sensitive areas _____ Activity site (including worker camp site) is NOT located in or within 3 km of any environmentally sensitive areas 3.1 Protected Areas (reserve forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks): Give details on name, type, area and location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). 3.2 Environmentally sensitive areas (areas known to be habitat of vulnerable or endangered species such as the Fishing Cat, Gangetic Dolphin, etc.): Give details on name, type, area and location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). 3.3 Culturally significant areas (sacred groves, archeological/historical sites, religious sites, etc.): Give details on name, type, location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). 3.4 Heavily polluted areas (areas located close to industries and experiencing water and air pollution): Give details on name, type, location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). 3.5 Fishery sites (areas known to be habitat for vulnerable or endangered fish species, or, areas that are a natural breeding site for fishes, or, areas that are rich in fishery): Give details on name, type, location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). 3.6 Sensitive Receptors (areas close to schools, hospitals, etc.): Give details on name, type, location with map specifying distance from activity site (including worker camp site). OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES 4 Give details of other Environmental Features of the Activity Site: Annual Rainfall: Soil type: Page IX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Fill in the Details Slope (%): Water Quality (include test report from NABL accredited lab) Air Quality (include test report from NABL accredited lab) Noise Level (include test report from NABL accredited lab) Soil/Sediment Quality (include test report from NABL accredited lab) C. Environmental Impacts and Risks from the Project Activity Environmental Impacts Yes / No Details Loss of Trees (mention no. of trees, species of trees) Disruption of utilities (mention any disruption to utilities such as water supply, electric supply, etc., to the local community because of the project works – along with duration of disruption and population affected) Disruption to connectivity (mention any disruption to roads, bridges, etc., because of the project works – along with duration of disruption and population affected) Disruption of water flows (give details of duration) Hazardous material use (give details of any use of asbestos containing materials, hazardous pesticides, inflammable materials, explosive materials, etc. – along with estimated quantities to be used) Construction and Demolition Waste to be generated (give details of type of waste and estimated quantity) Desiltation/Desiltation Waste to be generated (give details of type of waste and estimated quantity) Aquatic weed waste (give details of type of waste and estimated quantity) Heavy machinery (give details of type and estimated number of heavy construction machinery, heavy agriculture machinery, etc.) Construction plants (give details of type, estimated number and location of batching plants) Transport fleet (give details of estimated no. of construction/haulage vehicles) Construction Workers Camp (give details of estimated no. of workers, location of construction camp site) Any other impact or risk (please specify): D. Public Consultation Date of Public Location of Public Number of Key stakeholder Key themes Consultation Meeting Consultation Meeting participants (Specify groups that were discussed during the Men and Women consulted consultation separately) meetings Note: Attach Minutes of Stakeholder Consultation Meeting E. Clearances/ Permits required before Activity execution Type of permit/ clearance Required /Not Taken / Not Taken Remarks Required i. Water abstraction Permits are required from SWID Page X of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Type of permit/ clearance Required /Not Taken / Not Taken Remarks Required ii. Felling and removal of trees Permission from the Divisional Forest Officer iii. No Objection Certificate from SPCB NOC is required under iv. Consent to Establish (CtE) the provisions of the v. Consent to Operate (CtO) Water Act and the Air Act vi. Authorization letter Required under Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2015 vii. Opening up new quarries Short term mining lease is required from DM/DLRS of the district for new quarries viii. Disposal of spoils Permission from local Panchayat Samity or Municipalities Submitted by: Reviewed by: Signature with designation Signature with and official seal designation and official seal Date: Remarks of the Reviewing Authority: Page XI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 3: (A) Format for Monitoring Report on ESMF Implementation (To be filled by the SPMU) Quarterly Report Project director with the help of safeguard specialist at SPMU shall periodically review ESMF implementation status. Contract specific ESMF implementation matrix shall be prepared and record shall be maintained. Any best practice shall be recorded on separate sheet. Quarterly report on ESMF implementation shall periodically be submitted to the World Bank. Package Description Contract Package Name of the Contractor Name of the project activity Conducting ESIA: Review Project Impact Screening Comprehensiveness Rapid EIA EMP EMP Date Activity Category Checklist of scoping for further Checklist/ Prepared Included in (1/ 2/3) Filled-up assessment Detail EIA Bid (Excellent/ Good/ conducted Documents Average) Was ESMF Disclosed: Yes/ No Date of Review Date of Disclosure List of Document Place of Display Issue Raised Issue addressed in ESMP (Yes/ No) Availability of safeguard specialist at SPMU/ DPMU: Date of Supervision by No. of expert at SPMU/ DPMU Name of Expert: SPMU SPMU: Environment: 0/1 Social cum Gender: 0/1 DPMU: Environment: 0/1/2 1) 2) Social cum Gender: 0/1/2 1) 2) SPMU: Environment: 0/1 Social cum Gender: 0/1 DPMU: Environment: 0/1/2 1) 2) Social cum Gender: 0/1/2 1) 2) SPMU: Environment: 0/1 Social cum Gender: 0/1 DPMU: Environment: 0/1/2 1) 2) Social cum Gender: 0/1/2 1) 2) Page XII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP SPMU: Environment: 0/1 Social cum Gender: 0/1 DPMU: Environment: 0/1/2 1) 2) Social cum Gender: 0/1/2 1) 2) SPMU: Environment: 0/1 Social cum Gender: 0/1 DPMU: Environment: 0/1/2 1) 2) Social cum Gender: 0/1/2 1) 2) Implementation of Different Strategy Date of Component Rating (Excellent/ Issue Recommendation Supervision by good/ average) Observed SPMU 1) Implementation Project of stakeholder activity consultation preparation strategy Project activity preparation 2) Implementation of pest and nutrient management strategy 3) Implementation of RAP 1) Implementation Project of stakeholder activity consultation preparation strategy Project activity preparation 2) Implementation of pest and nutrient management strategy 3) Implementation of RAP 1) Implementation Project of stakeholder activity consultation preparation strategy Project activity preparation 2) Implementation of pest and nutrient management strategy 3) Implementation of RAP Monitoring of E&S Implementation by DPMU Date of Regular Issues Date of Action Date of Action Recommendation by Supervision Monitoring observed Observation taken by Taken SPMU by SPMU by DPMU by DPMU DPMU (Y/N) 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. Page XIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 3. 1. 2. 3. Training programs Organized Date of Date of Training Tropic Number of Name of Participant Supervision Training Participant SPMU Staff DPMU Contractor by SPMU Contractor Staff 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Third Party Audit Date of Supervision Mid-term Evaluation End-term Evaluation Environmental Audits by SPMU Date: Date: Date: Evaluating Agency Name: Evaluating Agency Name: Evaluating Agency Name: Date: Date: Date: Evaluating Agency Name: Evaluating Agency Name Evaluating Agency Name: Date: Date: Date: Evaluating Agency Name: Evaluating Agency Name Evaluating Agency Name: Date of Supervision by SPMU: Reviewed by: Signature: Page XIV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP (B) Format for Monitoring Environmental & Social Management Plan (EMP) Implementation (To be filled up by Jr. Environmental Expert at DPMU) 1. Details of Statutory Clearance No Name of Name of the Date of Date of Date of Permission/ clearance Labour License Details Insurance the project Contract Agreement Completion Commence from State Dept* Validity* undertaken activity Package ment of validity* Civil work Working Date From To From To Permission obtained * (Note: * Attach relevant papers) 2. Details of Quarries / Vendors No Name of Name of the Quarries Name of Vendors Details of Vendors Environmental Clearances Validity* the project Contract Establishe Sand Stone Products Boulders activity Package d (Yes/ No) From To From To From To (Note: * Attach relevant papers) Page XV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 3. Details of Environmental Monitoring / Testing No Name of the Name of the Contract Env. Monitoring / Testing particulars* project activity Package Parameters No. of locations Date of Testing Parameters Exceed Samples tested Permissible Limit Surface water Ground Water Silt/Sediment Soil Air Noise** (Note: Env. Testing should be from the MoEF or NABL Approved Laboratory as mentioned in the ESMP * Attach relevant papers and summary of test report) 4. Details of Borrow Earth No Name of the project activity Name of the Contract Package Earth requirements as per Details of Execution in Cum estimate in Cum Filing Cutting Filling Cutting Page XVI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5. Details of Borrow Earth for each Contract package No Name of the Farmer Name of the Village Quantity of Earth Written Consent from Earth Permit obtained Applied to (DEIAA) Extracted in Cum Land owner submitted * from Tehsildhar* for NOC * (Note: * Attach relevant papers) Signature of Jr. Environmental Expert Signature of APD Name of Jr. Environmental Expert Name of APD: Date of Sign Date of Sign Page XVII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 4: Format for Audit report on ESMF Implementation Section I: Project Background: 1.1 Project Overview and Contextual Relevance 1.2 Project Development Objectives 1.3 Project Components and Activities 1.4 Environmental Management Framework 1.5 Social Management Framework Section II: Regulatory Requirement and Compliances 2.1 Environmental Regulatory Requirements and Compliances (Project Specific) 2.1.1 Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate under Air & Water Pollution 2.1.2 Letter of Authorization for handling hazardous Waste (if applicable) 2.1.3 Tree cutting permission from DFO 2.1.4 Permission from DEIAA for Borrowing earth 2.1.5 Clearance for Disposal of Desilted materials from WBPCB (site specific clearance) 2.1.6 Agreement letter with Pvt. Land owner for borrowing earth (if required) 2.1.7 GP Clearance for establishment of Labour Camp 2.1.8 PUC Compliance / Certificate from RTO 2.1.9 Authorization / Permission of Material Supplier 2.1.10 Any other compliances that are required 2.2 Social Regulatory Requirements and Compliances 2.2.1 SIA Notification (if land acquisition is involved) 2.2.2 Notification for Land Acquisition (as per LARR Act), if any 2.2.3 Labour License 2.2.4 Any other compliances that are required Section III: Environmental Performance 3.1 Soil Pollution 3.2 Water Pollution 3.3 Noise Pollution 3.4 Waste Management / Sediment Disposal & Management 3.5 Pest Management 3.6 Management of Flora and Fauna / Local Bio-diversity 3.7 Physical Cultural Resources, its Protection and Management Section IV: Social Performance 4.1 People’s Understanding and Awareness of the Project 4.2 Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (if required) 4.3 Gender Inclusion 4.4 Tribal Inclusion and Safeguards 4.5 Project Impact on Vulnerable Groups 4.6 Safety and Security of Workers Section V: Monitoring and Supervision 5.1 Monitoring of Environmental Parameters and Measures Taken Page XVIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5.2 Monitoring of Social Parameters and Measures Taken Chapter VI: Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation Chapter VII: Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) Chapter VIII: Conclusions and recommendations Annexure I: List of Documents Reviewed and Verified Annexure II: List of Project Sites Visited and Consultations Page XIX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 5: ToR for Position of Environmental Expert at SPMU and DPMU 5.A Terms of Reference (TOR) for Senior Environmental Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project Position: Senior Environmental Specialist No. of Position: One Project Description: To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba & Paschim Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly four broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Modernization, 2) Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management and 4) Crop Diversification. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. Project Duration: The project duration is for five years. Project Area: The project will be implemented in selected locations five districts of West Bengal, namely East & West Bardhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah. Scope for Senior Environmental Specialist: Senior environmental expert will be responsible for providing input and guidance on implementation of environmental management and safeguards to the contractor, DPIU and DPMU/ SPMU and assisting in building environmental management capacity of SPMU, DPMU, DPIU, line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department. Specific focus of the assignment Specifically, the Senior Environmental Specialist will: (i) Ensure the necessary national environmental approvals are obtained in a timely manner to advance project implementation; (ii) Review of site specific management plan prepared by contractor; (iii) Prepare site specific environmental performance criteria; (iv) Monitor the update and implementation of project activity specific ‘ESMPs; Page XX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP (v) Monitor routine environmental monitoring activities as defined in Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan; (vi) Monitor project activity sites against any unexpected environmental impacts; (vii) Advise Contractor, SPMU, DPMU on environment problems and/ or requirements, and recommend mitigating measures; (viii) Prepare environmental monitoring reports on ESMP implementation and compliance and submit it to the World Bank; (ix) Take part in project performance monitoring and evaluation activities; and (x) Assess and prepare capacity building program on environmental issues at the SPMU, DPMU, DPIU, line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department. (xi) Arrange and participate in safeguard review missions by the World Bank and AIIB. (xii) Liaise with the West Bengal State Pollution Control Board, Biodiversity Board, all line departments on project-related environmental issues; Professional Profile: 1. Master degree in environmental science/ management. 2. Minimum 15 years of professional experience of working in assessing environmental impact and monitoring environment safeguards. 3. Familiarity with the World Bank’s, ADB’s, IFC’s environmental guidelines is preferred. 4. Experience in similar irrigation projects and geographic areas are an added advantage. 5. Proficiency in both written and spoken English, and knowledge of locally spoken language - Bengali are an advantage 6. Experience of working in rural areas and willingness to travel to project areas / locations; 7. Knowledge on Project Management principles; 8. Efficiency in computer Knowledge; 9. Having proficient communication Skill in English, including preparation of reports, documents, IEC materials etc. in English; 10. Prior experience of working in similar projects will be an added advantage. Age Limit: Maximum age limit is 45 years; Reporting: The Specialist would report to the Project Director or any person designated as Reporting Authority by the Project Director, WBMIFMP on monthly, quarterly and annual basis. Work Station: The Specialist would be based in the WBMIFMP Project office at the State Headquarters and would make at least 10 field visits or field visits as per the requirement in every month to project sites. However, if so wished and found necessary by the Project Director, she / he may be placed at the DPMU level for required period of time, to be specified by the SPMU of WBMIFMP. Duration of Engagement: The Specialist would be engaged initially for a period of 1 year on full time and contractual basis.The engagement period may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual consent of the SPMU- WBMIFMP and the Specialist, not exceeding the project period. Page XXI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5.B Terms of Reference (TOR) for Environmental Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project Position: Environmental Specialist (Jurior) No. of Position: Project Description: To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba & Paschim Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly four broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Modernization, 2) Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management and 4) Crop Diversification. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. Project Duration: The project duration is for five years. Project Area: The project will be implemented in selected locations five districts of West Bengal, namely East & West Bardhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah. Scope for Senior Environmental Specialist: Environmental Expert will be responsible for providing input and guidance on implementation of environmental management and safeguards to the contractor, DPIU and DPMU/ SPMU and assisting in building environmental management capacity of SPMU, DPMU, DPIU, line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department. Specific focus of the assignment Specifically, the Junior Environmental Specialist will: (i) Ensure the necessary national environmental approvals are obtained in a timely manner to advance project implementation; (xiii) Review of site specific management plan prepared by contractor; (xiv) Prepare site specific environmental performance criteria; (xv) Monitor the update and implementation of project activity specific ‘ESMPs; (xvi) Monitor routine environmental monitoring activities as defined in Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan; Page XXII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP (xvii) Monitor project activity sites against any unexpected environmental impacts; (xviii) Advise Contractor, SPMU, DPMU on environment problems and/ or requirements, and recommend mitigating measures; (xix) Prepare environmental monitoring reports on ESMP implementation and compliance and submit it to the World Bank; (xx) Take part in project performance monitoring and evaluation activities; and (xxi) Assess and prepare capacity building program on environmental issues at the SPMU, DPMU, DPIU, line departments - Department of Food Processing Industries and Horticulture, Agriculture Marketing Dept., Agriculture Dept. and Fisheries Department. (xxii) Arrange and participate in safeguard review missions by the World Bank and AIIB. (xxiii) Liaise with the West Bengal State Pollution Control Board, Biodiversity Board, all line departments on project-related environmental issues; Professional Profile: 11. Master degree in environmental science/ management. 12. Minimum 8 years of professional experience of working in assessing environmental impact and monitoring environment safeguards. 13. Familiarity with the World Bank’s, environmental guidelines is preferred. 14. Experience in other linear projects and geographic areas are an added advantage. 15. Proficiency in both written and spoken English, and knowledge of locally spoken language - Bengali are an advantage 16. Experience of working in rural areas and willingness to travel to project areas / locations; 17. Knowledge on Project Management principles; 18. Efficiency in computer Knowledge; 19. Having proficient communication Skill in English, including preparation of reports, documents, IEC materials etc. in English; 20. Prior experience of working in similar projects will be an added advantage. Age Limit: Maximum age limit is 35 years; Reporting: The Specialist would report to the Additional Project Director (APD) at the District Project Management Unit (DPMU) level or any person designated as Reporting Authority by the APD-DPMU, WBMIFMP on monthly, quarterly and annual basis. Work Station: The Specialist would be based at the DPMU of WBMIFMP Project office at the District Headquarters and would make at least 15 field visits or field visits as per the requirement in every month to project sites. However, if so wished and found necessary by the APD, she / he may be placed at the DPIU level for required period of time, to be specified by the DPMU of WBMIFMP. Duration of Engagement: The Specialist would be engaged initially for a period of 1 year on full time and contractual basis. The engagement period may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual consent of the DPMU / SPMU-WBMIFMP and the Specialist, not exceeding the project period. Page XXIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5.C Terms of Reference (TOR) for Senior Social Cum Gender Development Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project Position: Senior Social cum Gender Development Specialist No. of Position: One Project Description: To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba & Paschim Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly four broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Modernization, 2) Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management and 4) Crop Diversification. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. Project Duration: The project duration is for five years. Project Area: The project will be implemented in selected locations five districts of West Bengal, namely Purba& Paschim Bardhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah. Need for Social cum Gender Development Specialist: The Social Cum Gender Development Specialist will be primarily responsible for developing necessary strategy to ensure that the project is achieving its social development objective i.e. equity, inclusiveness and transparency by institutionalizing participatory process. The specialist will guide, mentor, monitor and evaluate the functioning and performance of social mobilization work, establishing systems to achieve the social development objectives of the project and work closely with environment expert and other key stakeholders of the project. One of the prime role of the specialist would be to ensure execution of social safeguards as per the Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF) / Environment and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). Scope of Work: 1. Guide the project stakeholders and facilitatecollection and analysis of social, cultural and economic information that are relevant to the project and in line with the ESMF / EIA requirements; 2. Support in institutionalising the social safeguard parameters, as per ESMF / EIA in project framed activities; 3. Conduct periodic field visits and consult / discuss with the local community organisations / associations of farmers and related other stakeholders, as identified in the project; 4. Discuss with contractors and associated Govt. Departments from time to time to ensure that gender balance and inclusive approach is adopted in project activities; 5. Facilitate in increasing participation of women in construction and other project activities; Page XXIV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 6. Coordinate, organise and impart training on social safeguard measures to be taken for different category of stakeholders; 7. Prepare, design and conduct workshop/seminar for the project staff and other stakeholders on social development aspects, mapping of indicators and appraising the learning cases; 8. Facilitate collection of gender disaggregated data and conduct analyse of project benefits by social, economic and sex (male / female) categories; 9. Facilitate documentation of learning cases with regard to social safeguard measures / practices and its wider dissemination; 10. Preparation of leaflets / pamphlets / IEC materials for sensitisation of stakeholders and community on the project benefits and its socio-economic dimensions; 11. Conduct period review meetings with the stakeholders, including Government Departments to ensure gender inclusion and equity aspects of project activities along with key achievements as per the social indicators. 12. Conducting internal monitoring and evaluation of project activities and mapping the progress in line with the social indicators. 13. Collate the internal monitoring reports for M&E of the project and preparing internal monitoring reports, covering social management aspects of the project; 14. Periodic appraisal of progress in line with the social safeguard to the project director; 15. Carrying out other activities as assigned by the PD-SPMU or designated person of SPMU. Professional Profile: 21. Master’s degree in Sociology/Anthropology/ Social work. 22. At least 15 years of professional experience of working in related field of rural development programme/ Irrigation Improvement Project of Govt. or Non-government organization. 23. Fluency in English and workable knowledge of Bengali is an added advantage; 24. Experience of working in rural areas and willingness to travel to project areas / locations; 25. Knowledge on Project Management principles; 26. Efficiency in computer Knowledge; 27. Having proficient Communication Skill in English, including preparation of reports, documents, IEC materials etc. in English; 28. Prior experience of working in similar projects will be an added advantage. Age Limit: Maximum age limit is 55 years; Reporting: The Specialist would report to the Project Director or any person designated as Reporting Authority by the Project Director, WBMIFMP on monthly, quarterly and annual basis. Work Station: The Specialist would be based in the WBMIFMP Project office at the State Headquarters and would make at least 10 field visits or field visits as per the requirement in every month to project sites. However, if so wished and found necessary by the Project Director, she / he may be placed at the DPMU level for required period of time, to be specified by the SPMU of WBMIFMP. Duration of Engagement: The Specialist would be engaged initially for a period of 1 year on full time and contractual basis.The engagement period may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual consent of the SPMU- WBMIFMP and the Specialist, not exceeding the project period. Page XXV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5.D Terms of Reference (TOR) for Social Cum Gender Development Specialist in proposed WBMIFMP Project Position: Social (Juniou) cum Gender Development Specialist No. of Position: Two Project Description: To improve the existing irrigation network, optimizing conjunctive and sustainable use of ground and surface water across in the project area and throughout the year, and to reduce flooding The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has proposed “West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP)”. The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) has applied for USD 290 million financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and from the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) towards the cost of the WBMIFMP. The project aims at modernization of irrigation system, with special emphasis on conjunctive use of ground and surface water in the Damodar Valley Project Command Area of the State, in the districts of Purba & Paschim Bardhhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah and improvement of flood management infrastructure in Lower Damodar Sub-basin, mainly in the districts of Hooghly and Howrah. Prime objective of proposed project is to rejuvenate and rehabilitate existing irrigation network for sustainable development in DVC area and management of floods in Lower Damodar Sub-Basin in West Bengal. Proposed project has mainly four broader objectives namely 1) Irrigation Modernization, 2) Irrigation Management, 3) Flood Management and 4) Crop Diversification. Project will also promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water for agriculture. The expected results of the project are to improve irrigation in order to benefit agriculture in the DVCA, and to reduce annual flooding in the Lower Damodar sub-basin area. Project Duration: The project duration is for five years. Project Area: The project will be implemented in selected locations five districts of West Bengal, namely Purba& Paschim Bardhaman, Bankura, Hooghly and Howrah. Need for Social cum Gender Development Specialist: The Social Cum Gender Development Specialist will be primarily responsible for developing necessary strategy to ensure that the project is achieving its social development objective i.e. equity, inclusiveness and transparency by institutionalizing participatory process. The specialist will guide, mentor, monitor and evaluate the functioning and performance of social mobilization work, establishing systems to achieve the social development objectives of the project and work closely with environment expert and other key stakeholders of the project. One of the prime role of the specialist would be to ensure execution of social safeguards as per the Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF) / Environment and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). Scope of Work: 1. Establish regular field contact and rapport building with the local community where the project will be executed; 2. Guide the project stakeholders and facilitatecollection and analysis of social, cultural and economic information that are relevant to the project and in line with the ESMF / EIA requirements; 3. Support in institutionalising the social safeguard parameters, as per ESMF / EIA in project framed activities; 4. Conduct periodic field visits and consult / discuss with the local community organisations / associations of farmers and related other stakeholders, as identified in the project; Page XXVI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP 5. Discuss with contractors and associated Govt. Departments (district level / DPIUs) from time to time to ensure that gender balance and inclusive approach is adopted in project activities; 6. Facilitate in increasing participation of women in construction and other project activities; 7. Coordinate, organise and impart training on social safeguard measures to be taken for different category of stakeholders; 8. Collection of gender disaggregated data and analyse of project benefits by social, economic and sex (male / female) categories; 9. Documentation of learning cases with regard to social safeguard measures / practices; 10. Preparation of leaflets / pamphlets / IEC materials in Bengali for sensitisation of stakeholders and community on the project benefits and its socio-economic dimensions; 11. Conduct period review meetings with the stakeholders, including Government Departments to ensure gender inclusion and equity aspects of project activities along with key achievements as per the social indicators. 12. Conducting internal monitoring of project activities and mapping the progress in line with the social indicators. 13. Periodic appraisal of progress in line with the social safeguard to the APD-DPMU and Senior Social Cum Gender Development Specialist of the SPMU; 14. Carryng out other activities as assigned by the APD-DPMU and Senior Specialist of SPMU. Professional Profile: 1. Master’s degree in Sociology/Anthropology/ Social work. 2. At least 7 years of professional experience of working in related field of rural development programme/ Irrigation Improvement Project of Govt. or Non-government organization. 3. Fluency in Bengali and English; 4. Experience of working in rural areas and willingness to travel to project areas / locations; 5. Knowledge on Project Management principles; 6. Efficiency in computer Knowledge; 7. Having proficient Communication Skill, including preparation of reports, documents etc. in Bengali and English; 8. Prior experience of working in similar projects will be an added advantage. Age Limit: Maximum age limit is 40 years; Reporting: The Specialist would report to the Additional Project Director (APD) at the District Project Management Unit (DPMU) level or any person designated as Reporting Authority by the APD-DPMU, WBMIFMP on monthly, quarterly and annual basis. Work Station: The Specialist would be based at the DPMU of WBMIFMP Project office at the District Headquarters and would make at least 15 field visits or field visits as per the requirement in every month to project sites. However, if so wished and found necessary by the APD, she / he may be placed at the DPIU level for required period of time, to be specified by the DPMU of WBMIFMP. Duration of Engagement: The Specialist would be engaged initially for a period of 1 year on full time and contractual basis.The engagement period may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual consent of the DPMU / SPMU-WBMIFMP and the Specialist, not exceeding the project period. Page XXVII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 6: Guidance on Chance Find Procedures (To be annexed to the EMP for All Construction and Desiltation Works) 1. PCR Definition Physical Cultural Resources (PCR) refer to: “movable or immovable objects, sites, structures or groups of structures having archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance”. . 2. Procedure upon Discovery Suspension of Work If a PCR comes to light during the execution of the works, the contractor shall stop the works. After stopping work, the contractor must immediately report the discovery to the respective APD (III or IV) at DPMU level. The contractor may not be entitled to claim compensation for work suspension during this period. The Resident Engineer may be entitled to suspend work and to request from the contractor some excavations at the contractor’s expense if he thinks that a discovery was made and not reported. Respective APD (III or IV) at DPMU level immediately inform PD at SPMU level regarding the discover. Depending on the magnitude of the PCR, PD at SPMU level should check with the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) for advice on whether all works should be stopped, or only the works immediately involved in the discovery, or, in some cases where large buried structures may be expected, all works may be stopped within a specified distance (for example, 50 meters) of the discovery. Demarcation of the Discovery Site With the approval of the respective APD (III or IV) at DPMU level, the contractor is then required to temporarily demarcate, and limit access to, the site. Non-Suspension of Work The PD in consultation with the ASI will decide whether the PCR can be removed for the work to continue, for example in cases where the find is one coin. Chance Find Report The contractor should then, at the request of the respective APD (III or IV) at DPMU level, and within 7 days, make a Chance Find Report, recording: • Date and time of discovery; • Location of the discovery; • Description of the PCR; • Photo documentation of the PCR; • Estimated weight and dimensions of the PCR; • Temporary protection implemented. The Chance Find Report should be submitted to the PD, ASI and other concerned parties as agreed with the ASI, and in accordance with national legislation. The PD is required to inform the ASI accordingly. Arrival and Actions of Cultural Authority The ASI will be requested to arrive at the discovery site within 24 hours, and determine the action to be taken. Such actions may include, but not be limited to: • Removal of PCR deemed to be of significance; • Execution of further excavation within a specified distance of the discovery point; • Extension or reduction of the area demarcated by the contractor. These actions should be taken within 5 days. The contractor may or may not be entitled to claim compensation for work suspension during this period. Page XXVIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP If the ASI fails to arrive within the stipulated period, the PD may have the authority to extend the period by a further stipulated time. If the ASI fails to arrive after the extension period, the PD may have the authority to instruct the contractor to remove the PCR or undertake other mitigating measures and resume work. Such additional works can be charged to the contract. However, the contractor may not be entitled to claim compensation for work suspension during this period. Further Suspension of Work During this 5 day period, the ASI may be entitled to request the temporary suspension of the work at or in the vicinity of the discovery site for an additional period of up to, 15 days. The contractor may, or may not be, entitled to claim compensation for work suspension during this period. Page XXIX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 7: Report of the Independent Assessment Study on Dam Safety There are 5 reservoirs across river Damodar and its tributaries in Jharkhand. Of these reservoirs, four reservoirs constructed by Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) about 6 decades back and one reservoir by the Government of Jharkhand about 3 decades back. Apart from this, a barrage is constructed at Durgapur across river Damodar in Bardhhaman district by the DVC and handed over to the Government of West Bengal in 1964. Tenughat reservoir constructed by the Government of Jharkhand would also come under the unified command of DVRRC from 2016-17, which would further help in flood moderation in West Bengal as well as would provide more water for cultivating Boro paddy in the post winter period. So, availability of water at source is not an issue of concern. West Bengal regularly receives its share of allocated and earmarked quantum of water from DVC reservoirs for irrigation (Kharif and Rabi), drinking and other municipal and industrial uses. Apart from the committed allocation, surplus water in the post monsoon season after meeting other committed needs is also released for irrigating Boro (post winter) paddy in West Bengal. Dam Konar Dam Tilaiya Maithon Panchet Construction 1954 1953 1957 1959 Year Location On Konar river in Barakar, a major On the Barakar On the Damodar river in Hazaribagh tributary of river river in Dhanbad Dhanbad district District, Bihar Damodar district Drainage Area 996.72 sq.km. 984.2 km2.(380 sq. 6293.7 sq.km. 10,966 sq. km. Km) Design flood 5805.6 cumec 3823 m3/s 14727 cumec 19,256 cumec peak Average Annual 127 cm 111.76 cm.(44 in) 114.17 cm 114.17 cm rainfall over the catchment (1891-1966) Height of dam 49.07 m 30.18 m 103.63 m 42.7 m above deepest river bed level Maximum 1812.48 cumec. 5994 m3/s 10,449 cumec 12432 observed discharge at dam site Type of dam Rolled fill earth Straight Concrete Composite Composite (Earth and structure Gravity (Earth and Concrete) with concrete Concrete) gravity spillway in the river bed Top of dam EL.431.29 m 376.12 m 156.06 m 139.3 m Dead storage 6044.27 hec.m 7478 Ha-m 9317 Ha-m 18257 Ha-m Discharging 5409 cumec 47600 cusec 13592 cumec 16608 cumec capacity of spillway at EL 427.94 m Sluice gates – 2 Nos. of 19 cm dia Vertical Lift, 5 Vertical Lift, 5 Vertical Lift, 9 nos, & 1.7 m number and size size. nos, 2, 1.016 m X nos, & 1.7 m X3.0 m 1.664 m X3.0 m Butterfly type, 1 no, 1.7 X 3.0 m Length of dam 3806.04 m 365.76 m 4426.76 m 6777 m Spillway design 5805.6 cumec 3,823 m3/s. 14724 cumec 17840 cumec flood (1,35,000 cusec) Road width at 5.79 m 3.66 m 6.71 m 9.75 m top of dam Page XXX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Dam Safety Review Panel (DSRP) has conducted dam safety study of Konar, Maithon, Panchet and Tilaiya dam during the year 2013-14. The depth of sand in the river bed varies from 1.5 m to 2.5 m and fresh rock is available almost immediately below the sand. Major components like concrete dam, spillway, rode over top of the dam, hydraulic and mechanical structures including standby generators are affected over the decade. Upstream as well as downstream slope of all these dams are in bad conditions. Lot of vegetable and tree growth was observed on visible cracks on upstream as well as downstream slope of Panchet and Tilaiya dam. Top of rip-rap was disturbed at few locations of Konar dam. Some croaks and opens are observed in inspection, access, drainage gallery. Sweating was observed on the wall of the foundation gallery of Maithan dam. Seepage was observed through few drainages and formed holes of Panchet dam. Eventually electrical installations are likely to get damaged by short circuiting, etc. due to wet conditions in the gallery. Floors of the bell mouths for Konar dam were not examined since the execution of the project and needs inspection. Review committee has recommended many measures like involvement of expert agency for geophysical investigation of dam body, grouting of the cracks, testing for alkali aggregate reaction, evaluate the quality of concrete and its strength and other properties like porosity, density etc. Testing for alkali aggregate reaction may be done. It was recommended to urgently vet PMF value of all three dams from CWC. Review committee also suggested to entrust security to reliable agency like CISF. Presently it was observed that home guards are doing watch and ward of the dam and related structure. Review committee therefore recommended to immediately adopt aforementioned necessary action to protect dam, human life and restrict devastating flood occurrence due to dam failure. Page XXXI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 8: Stake-holder consultation Date District Place No. of Name of Participant Issue Raised Participant 21st March, Bankura Vill. - Patrasayer, GP. 8 Female: 1. Simanti Murmu, 1. People living in command area are not aware of 2018 - Patrasayer, Block- Male: 1. Sk. Imam, 2. Siraj Mallik, proposed upcoming project. Patrasayer 3. Ajizul Mallik, 4. Sushanta Murmu, 2. No land shall be acquired 5. Akbar Midda, 3. Enough compensation shall be provided for any 6. Sk Hafijul, 7. Nur Alam Midda kind of relocation or loss 21st March, West Vill.- Malandighi, 7 Female: 1. Mrs. Ila Mukherjee 4. No activity shall be carried out during monsoon 2018 Bardhhaman GP.- Malandighi, Male: 1. Tapan Kesh, 2. Avijit Garai, season and night time Block- Kanksa 3. Mr. Prahlad Chandra, 5. Avenue plantation shall be done through entire 4. Mr. Parimal Kumbhakar, streach of canal/ river 5. Monasa Ruidas, 7. Uday Badyakar 6. Contractor shall employ local labour during 22nd March, East Vill.- Tilkoria, GP.- 9 1. Atanu Mandal, 2. Somnath Ghosh, construction and operation 2018 Bardhhaman Jarugrame, Block- 3. Raghupati Ghosh, 7. Canal embsankment where encroachment occured Jamalpur 4. Chinmay Ghosh, 5. Tanmay Ghosh, 6. shall be avoided from rehabilitation work Mahadeb Bhumik, 8. Any construction or waste material generated 7. Debashis mondal, 8. Kuntal Ghosh, during construction shall not be stored on nearby 9. Bimalendu Dey agricultural field, rather it shall be stored on inner side 22nd March, Vill.- Kaligram, GP.- 11 1. Sanat Majhi, 2. Buddhadev Gorai, of embankment withought disturbing road 2018 Belkash, Block- 3. Joydev Gorai, transportation. Bardhhaman- 1 4. Saif Ahammed Mirza, 9. Desilted sand materials shall not be stored or thrown 5. Sahalom Mirza, 6. Sk Robiul Alam, away to nearby agricultural field 7. Samir Pandit, 8. Jaydeb Ghorui, 10. Construction labour shall not through away any 9. Naba Ghoroi, 10. Tina Ghosh, plastic bag/ materials to nearby agricultural field 11. Jagai Loher 11. Contractor shall engage woman workers from 13th March, Hooghly Vill.- Nandanpur, 10 Female: 1. Tukun Kar nearby Adivasi community. 2018 GP.- Jagatpur, Block- 1. Sasanka Shekhar Dolui, 12. Contractor shall provide equal wage for women Khanakul- II 2. Prasanta Majhi, 3. Sishir Dolui, workers and shall not force them to work during night 4. Bhaskar Dolui, time 5. Rabibdranath Mandal, 13. Separate toilet block shall specifically be provided 6. Ashok Bera, 7. Bibhutibhusan Kar, for women workers. 8. Ashok Kumar Samanta, 14. Small temple located on embankment shall not be 9. Utpal Bera disturbed at any circumstances Page XXXII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Date District Place No. of Name of Participant Issue Raised Participant 13th March, Vill.- Fatepur, GP.- 7 1. Shyam Sundar Mandal, 16. Mud/ clay portion of desilted material shall be used 2018 Chilidangi, Block- 2. Sushanta Sasmal, for filling up, strengthening and raising of Pursura 3. Ganesh Chandra Dhank, embankment and village road network. 4. Mrinmoy Bera, 5. Gopinath Ghosh, 17. Beatification of embankment and nearby park, 6. Subhendu Adhikary, picnic spot may be done. 7. Raghudeb Mondal 18. Sand mining from Mundeswari and other river 14th March, Vill.- Ratanpur, GP.- 8 2. Mamoni Soren, 2. Mrs. Sita Soren shall strictly be restricted. 2018 Singur-II, Block- 1. Ganesh Nayek, 19. Operator shall be engaged at each outlet point to Singur 2. Sandip Jana, 3. Kartik Nayek, control irrigation structure 4. Ashok Rui Dash, 5. Susanta Manna, 20. Proper water delivery schedule and mechanism 6. Mr. Srikanta Kisku, shall be developed and maintained to equally 11th March, Howrah Vill.- Sarpai, GP.- 9 distribute water among tail as well as head users 2018 Banichak, Block- 21. Construction of Boro band shall not be permitted Amta-I within river bed, it aggravates flood damage. 11th March, Vill.- Pancharul, GP.- 7 22. All meandering pond shall also be desilted to 2018 Pancharul, Block- increase storage capacity Udayanarayanpur 23. Drip/ sprinkler irrigation may be introduced for 12th March, Vill.- Rajapur, GP.- 7 horticulture with 50- 70 % subsidy. 2018 Bonibon, Block- Uluberia-II Page XXXIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Figure 16: Stake-holder consultation at Bankura district Page XXXIV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Figure 17: Stake-holder consultation at Bardhhaman district Page XXXV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Figure 18: Stake-holder consultation at Howrah district Page XXXVI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 9: Outline for preparation of minutes of stakeholder consultation meetings Project: West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP) Venue:_________________________ date :____________________ A. Brief of the consultation meeting (organizer, and participants) B. Topics discussed during the meeting C. Reports / Materials disclosed to the participants D. Suggestions and feedback of participants and response of project team Sl. Name of Participant Address of Issues Raised by Response of Project No. Participant Participants Team 1 2 3 n Page XXXVII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Photographs with caption specifying date and location: List of Participants: (insert scanned image of the attendance sheet) West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP) Stakeholder Consultation Date:_______________Venue:__________________ Organized by________________________________________ Sl. No. Name Designation/ Agency Contact No. Signature 1 2 3 4 5 6 n Page XXXVIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure- 10: Guidance to Ensure the Participation of all Eligible Farmers in Project Activities a) Special attention will be paid to ensure that the vulnerable water users have a full access to all project- related information. For this purpose, the project will engage a third-party service provider to disseminate project information to all stakeholders. b) Scheme/ Site Specific Participatory Social Assessment (SA): will be carried out under FS for each irrigation scheme and pilot land improvement site. The SA will (i) identify vulnerable farmers; (ii) conduct free, prior and informed consultations with them including, if relevant, ethnic minority farmers; (iii) identify measures to enhance their participation in the management of farmer owned systems and the implementation of land improvement pilots; and (iv) assess local sociopolitical dynamics and the risk that they may be excluded from local decision processes17. c) Vulnerable water users should be allowed to meaningfully particulate in the processes in which Water User Groups (WUGs) are formed and develop mechanisms for an equitable allocation of project benefits, minimize negative impacts on fellow water users and identify measures to mitigate residual impacts. The third-party service provider will be hired and provide necessary support and guidance to beneficiary farmers so that they will form, gradually and over time, WUGs in an inclusive and equitable manner. d) Vulnerable water users should be allowed to receive training and other capacity development supports as do fellow water users. e) Grievances from people affected by the project and vulnerable water users will be addressed primarily through the WUG under the participatory mechanisms as per procedures described in this ESMF. f) Vulnerable water users will participate in the monitoring of project implementation and be given opportunities to provide feedbacks. In particular, they will be allowed to participate in participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) to assess outstanding issues and identify measures to address them. Participatory M&E will seek to verify that farmer owned systems are rehabilitated and land improvement pilots are implemented in an incisive and equitable manner, and that negative impacts are addressed based on the consensus built among beneficiaries without causing significant impact on any member. The third- party service provider hired under the project will regularly participate in the meeting of WUGs and monitor project implementation. g) Members of the project oversight and implementation entities at all levels will be made fully aware of the challenges and constraints of the vulnerable water users, and of the needs for specific actions for their inclusion and informed participation. The project implementation agencies and oversight bodies at all levels will be made aware of the project principles and procedures with regard to farmer participation in project activities. Field extension workers will also be trained and sensitized so they will respond to the needs of smallholders and vulnerable farmers including female and ethnic farmers h) All farmers should be allowed to select crops they grow. i) Detailed grievance procedure will be developed based on the procedures described in this ESMF so all complains made by anyone locally or regionally to the displacement that may occur under the project will be properly processed. Such a procedure can set a good precedent and contribute towards resolving this difficult issue that require a nation-wide dialogue and consensus building. j) The project will be implemented in sites that are free of land disputes brought to the consideration of the Land Loss Enquiry Commission of the Parliament. k) Farmers should be allowed to participate in the decision on the investments/activities. 17 Where tribal communities are present in project areas of influence, SIA will address requirements provided in the Tribal Peoples Planning Framework attached to this ESMF. Page XXXIX of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure-11: Complaint Form Action taken Inform to concerned authority Check & verify by responsible person (Name) ………..……………………………………… …….. Pending (no response further Satisfactorily solved Name of person Village complain Name of Household Village Tract Head National Identity Township Date of complain Name of village administration Major complain (losses, damage, dissatisfaction) Analysis of the complaint (To be written by verifier/responsible person) Signature of person complain Signature of Village Administration Page XL of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure-12: Block wise ST population percentage in project district Table 101: Block wise ST population percentage in project district Bankura Bardhhaman East Bardhhaman West Howrah Hooghly Block % of ST Block % of ST Block % of ST Block % of ST Block % of ST Populatio Populatio Populatio Population Population n n n Barjora 1.64 Katwa - II 1.44 Faridpur 6.96 Uluberia - II 0.04 Khanakul - II 0.02 Durgapur Indus 1.85 Katwa - I 1.45 Kanksa 10.24 Shyampur - II 0.06 Chanditala - I 0.16 Patrasayer 3.01 Khandaghosh 2.29 Uluberia - I 0.07 Khanakul - I 0.30 Sonamukhi 3.50 Mangolkote 2.83 Bagnan - I 0.12 Pursura 0.48 Manteswar 2.93 Amta - II 0.14 Chanditala - II 1.00 Raina - II 4.00 Amta - I 0.15 Arambag 1.46 Galsi - I 4.08 Shyampur - I 0.16 Singur 1.47 Bardhhaman 5.62 Udaynarayanp 0.19 Chinsurah - 3.64 -I ur Magra Raina - I 5.80 Domjur 0.42 Jangipara 4.61 Galsi - II 6.83 Bagnan - II 0.48 Tarakeswar 5.04 Bhatar 9.74 Jagatballavpur 1.04 Haripal 6.70 Kalna - I 10.13 Balagarh 9.23 Bardhhaman 11.93 Polba - Dadpur 11.47 - II Ausgram - I 13.05 Dhaniakhali 14.26 Ausgram - II 14.42 Pandua 15.36 Jamalpur 15.18 Memari - I 15.78 Kalna - II 17.29 Memari - II 18.42 Average 2.50 8.59 8.60 0.26 5.01 Page XLI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Annexure-13: MoM on ESMF Consultation Workshop Minutes of meeting on “Consultation and Sharing Workshop on Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) of West Bengal Major Irrigation and Flood Management Project (WBMIFMP) This meeting was held on Friday 12th October 2018 at NIC Conference Hall of Jalasampad Bhawan, Saltlake, with the Welcomes Addressed by Sri Subir kumar Laha, Chief Engineer and Project Director, SPMU-WBMIFMP, I & D, Government of West Bengal. He welcomed the delegates from Local Self-governance personnel, NGOs representatives, Government Official, Line department personnel. He delivered his key welcome address by mentioned the project perspective and ESMF assignment and relevance of the workshop. Mr. Debashis Sengupta, Joint Secretary (Works), I & WD, government of the west Bengal addressed the key notes about the project and todays objectives of the workshop. He also welcomes again the delegates for their kind presence and attendance of the meeting as well. The perspective of this consultation workshop elaborated. He requested to the delegates for their suggestion and clarification in context with the draft finding of ESMF need to validated. In his short note Mr. Debashis addressed the project components 1. Modernization of Irrigation infrastructure. 2. Irrigation Management. 3. Flood Management 4. Project Management. Mr. Kader Mirdha on behalf of CTRAN Consulting was presented the ESMF findings. Mr. Saroj Nayak of the CTRAN also supplemented the findings through Power Point Presentation. The house was silently observed the key findings. Each and every section of the findings and recommendation narrated by Mr. Kader Mirdha, CTRAN in Bengali dialects. Soon after the Presentation, there was an questionaries’ session, out of the total participants, the following are SN Name of Person Question 1 Tapan Hazar- Farmer The Flood situation of Udaynpur Block of Howrah district extremely bad. The East Side Block-Udyanpur of Mundeswari River are silted. The over flow and excessive water leeching out the District-Howrah Ponds. We the Fish Farmers are badly affected. During the proposed plan of action can make us space to restore our Fish Farmers and Agriculture Land. 2 Ramesh Chandra Paul He extended his gratitude to the Department for such initiatives. He mentioned, Howrah Krishi Karmadhyakha Jila Parishad has taken many initatives to stop flood of Udaynpur Block and Amta Howra Jela Parishad Block. We are not able to control the flood. He also mentioned that, the rubber dam for the Mundeswari would be beneficial for us. He also told the silted soil are fertile hence it needs to be taken care. All the silted soil should be use for agriculture crops. The Brick clin industries should be avoided to use the silt during the de-siltation. He also recommended that there is some illegal habitation on the embankments. So, the district will take care of the habitation amicably settled during the project operation. 3 Mrs. Dalia Chatterjee She put her concerned. In the 2007, the devastating flood in block. We have seen the Self-Help Group run-off of Damodar River how the animal and human are brought by the water. So this Nabajarga Block intervention and remedial measure would help us. Hooghly 4 Banibrata Hayat We are the fish Farmer, due to devastating flood and over flow of the water, every year Fisherman we are suffering and losses. We harvested in early due to flood. Hence the de-siltation of Block-Khanakul-I Mudeswari would be beneficial for us. We can have better opertunities to get more Hooghly income. He also narrates, this process would help us for natural breeding of Fish. 5 Seikh Nur Islam Be a Producer Organization, we are suffering the flood situation and irrigation during FPO-Director the cropping season. This de-siltation and irrigation development programme would Block- Galsi help for better production of our member farmers. The de-silted soil contains with sand. District- Purba This should be kept separately. Burdwan 6 Rekha Mondal She concerned that de-silted earth contains with sand. So it is not helpful for the brick ADM- LR clin industries’ hence this could be use for road filling and other many purposes. During Hoogly District carrying of the sand, it need to taken care that it should not be open truck. 7 Prasanta Majhi He raised a question about the situation of Khanakul-II block of Hooghly district for the Farmer sitatuion of Rupnarayan. How the Rupnarayan river are destroying the our lives. Block-Khanakul-II Mr. Debasish Sen, replied that this is not our jurisdiction. Hence this may be avoided. District: Hooghly 8 Manoj Kole During execution of the plan of action, damp weather with frequent movement of trucks NGO- Representative and dirt there will be several health hazards. The people of the such area will badly Page XLII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP SN Name of Person Question ASHA DEEP affect by the workers, dirt and invisible particle. The wind of those area will be polluted. FOUNDATION Hence the remedial measures of the intervention kindly be addressed. Udaynarayanpur Block Howrah All the concerned and question related to project were addressed by team of ESIA experts and SPMU- WBMIFMP. Joint Secretary Mr. Debashis Sengupta expressed his thanks for the present in this workshop and the meeting was concluded. The List of Participants is given below. Page XLIII of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP List of Participants in ESMF consultation workshop Page XLIV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Page XLV of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Page XLVI of 294 ANNEXURE- ESMF for WBMIFMP Page XLVII of 294